INDEX

Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building

(Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station
including development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c
Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA
system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system,
Solar Photo Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport
Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).
Sl. No. Description Page No.
PART A
--do-- Index 1-2
--do-- Information & Instruction for Bidders for e-tendering 3-4
--do-- NIT (Form CPWD-6) 5-10
--do-- Form of Bank Guarantee for Performance Guarantee/Security Deposit 11 – 12
--do-- Proforma for Earnest Money Deposit Declaration 13
--do-- Form of Guarantee bond for Water Proofing works/Anti termite 14
--do-- Form of Guarantee bond for uPVC Windows 15
--do-- Percentage rate tender & contract for works (Form CPWD-7) 16-17
--do-- Proforma of Schedule (A to F) 18-24
PART B (Civil Works) 25
--do-- Additional Conditions & Special Conditions 26-36
--do-- Additional Specifications 37-57
--do-- Materials Arranged by Contractors & GHAR 58-72
--do-- List of approved make of Materials (Major component/ Civil work) 73-76
Part-C (Electrical Works) 77
Part C 1 Providing Internal EI i/c Street Light. 78-88
Proforma of Schedule (A to F). 78-81
Part C 2 SITC of Substation & LT distribution 89-101

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 1

 Sl. No. Description Page No.
Part C 3 SITC of DG set 102-118
Part C 4 SITC of LIFT 119-128
Part C 5 SITC of Fire Alarm & PA system 129-150
Part C 6 SITC of Fire Fighting System 151-169
Part C 7 SITC of CCTV & Networking System 170-182
Part C 8 SITC of Conferencing System 183-188
Part C 9 SITC of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant System 189-198
Part C 10 SITC of VRV / VRF AC System 199-209
Schedule of Quantities
--do-- Abstract of Cost 210
--do-- Schedule of Quantities (Civil) 211-269
--do-- Schedule of Quantities (Electrical) 270-320

This Composite NIT contains 1 to 320 pages (Part-A and Part -B for Civil works from page-1 to
76) & (Part-C for Electrical works from page- 77 to 209), Abstract of cost on 210 and Schedule
of Quantity for Civil Component from page No. 211-269, Electrical Component from page No.
270-320 including this page.

AE (C) AE(E) EE (C)

Approved by

CE-RANCHI

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 2

 PART A
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS FOR e-TENDERING
Forming part of bid document
The EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI on behalf of President of India invites online percentage
rate bids from approved and eligible contractors of CPWD enlisted in appropriate class in
composite category for the following work(s):
&

other

of
Estimated cost put to

Last date & time of

online submission of

specified in the bid

deposition of original

as
bid, copy of receipt of
Stipulated Period of
Completion of work
Earnest Money
Work

Date & Time

NIT No.
Sl. No.

opening of bid
and
Documents

documents
Construction of Residential and Non-residential building Name of
[Office Building (Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type- location

bid Rs.

EMD
type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No. Type -

& PA system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking,

VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport Office at Ranchi

Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm
IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub
II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed

drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c Street Light,

RCC Sump, Rain water harvesting, water supply line,
Station including development work, Internal Roads,

Conferencing system, Solar Photo Voltaic system and

08/NIT/CE-Ranchi/CPWD/2022-2023

Up to 03.00 PM on………02-08-2022
Composite: Rs. 45,88,13,040/-

03.30 PM on………02-08-2022
Civil: Rs. 36,55,22,820/-
Elect: Rs. 9,32,90,220/-

15 (Fifteen) months
RS. 55,88,130/-

1
(Jharkhand).

….*… Blanks to be filled by EE-RANCHI

1. The intending bidder must read the terms and conditions of CPWD-6 carefully. He should only
submit his bid if he considers himself eligible and he is in possession of all the documents required.
2. Information and Instructions for bidders posted on website shall form part of bid document.
3. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various types of
items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be complied with and
other necessary documents can be seen and downloaded from website [Link] free
of cost.
4. But the bid can only be submitted after deposition of original EMD either in the office of Executive
Engineer inviting bid or Division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within the period of bid
submission and uploading the mandatory scanned documents such as insurance surety bonds,
Account Payee Demand Draft or Bankers cheque or Fixed Deposit Receipts or/and Bank Guarantee
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 3
 (for balance amount as prescribed) from any of the commercial bank towards EMD in favor of
Executive Engineer as mentioned in NIT, receipt for deposition of original EMD to Division office of
any Executive Engineer (including NIT issuing EE/AE), CPWD and other documents as specified.
5. Those contractors not registered on the website mentioned above, are required to get registered
beforehand. If needed they can be imparted training on online bidding process as per details
available on the website.
6. The intending bidder must have valid class-III digital signature to submit the bid.
7. On opening date, the contractor can login and see the bid opening process. After opening of bids
he will receive the competitor bid sheets.
8. Contractor can upload documents in the form of JPG format and PDF format.
9. Contractor must ensure to quote rate in the prescribed column(s) meant for quoting rate in figures
appears in pink color and the moment rate is entered, it turns sky blue.
In addition to this, while selecting any of the cells a warning appears that if any cell is left blank the
same shall be treated as "0". Therefore, if any cell is left blank and no rate is quoted by the bidder,
rate of such item shall be treated as "0" (ZERO).
However, if a tenderer does not quote any percentage above/below on the total amount of the
tender or any section/sub head in percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid
and will not be considered as lowest tenderer.
10. Pre-bid conference shall be held in the Office of Chief Engineer-Ranchi, CPWD, Airport Road,
Hinoo, Ranchi at 15.30 hrs. on 28/07/2022 to clear the doubt of intending bidders, if any. Any
query/clarification is welcome on Email: eeranchicd-cpwd@[Link], eercdcpwd@[Link] 11.00
hrs. on 28/07/2022.

….*… Blanks to be filled by EE-RANCHI

11. List of Documents to be scanned and uploaded within the period of bid submission:
1. Insurance surety bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft or Bankers cheque or Fixed Deposit
Receipts or/and Bank Guarantee from any of the commercial bank against EMD.
2. Enlistment Order of the Contractor valid upto last date of receipt of bid.
3. GST Registration Certificate, if already obtained by the bidder.
If the bidder has not obtain GST registration as applicable, then he shall scan and upload
following under taking along with bid documents.
“If work is awarded to me, I/We shall obtain GST registration certificate, as applicable, within
one month from the date of receipt of award letter or before release of any payment by
CPWD, whichever is earlier, failing which I/We shall be responsible for any delay in payments
which will be due towards me/us on account of the works executed and/or for any action
taken by CPWD or GST Department in this regard”.
4. Copy of receipt for deposition of original EMD to Division office of any Executive Engineer (including
NIT issuing EE/AE) of CPWD.
5. Any other documents as specified in the NIT

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 4

 CPWD - 6
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
NOTICE INVITING BID
PART - A
Percentage rate composite bids are invited by EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI (Telephone No. 0651-
2253003 & Fax No. 0651-2250421, E-mail ID – eeranchicd-cpwd@[Link], eercdcpwd@[Link]) on
behalf of President of India from approved and eligible contractors of CPWD enlisted in
appropriate class in composite category for the work of “Construction of Residential and Non-
residential building [Office Building (Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13
Nos. Type -III Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station including development
work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP,
Providing Internal EI i/c Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm
& PA system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system, Solar Photo
Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).” The
enlistment of the contractors should be valid on the last date of submission of bids. In case the last
date of submission of bid is extended, the enlistment of contractor should be valid on the original
date of submission of bids.
1.1 The work is estimated to cost Rs. 45,88,13,040/- This estimate, however, is given
merely as a rough guide.
1.1.1 The authority competent to approve NIT for the combined cost and belonging to
the major discipline will consolidate NITs for calling the bids. He will also
nominate Division which will deal with all matters relating to the invitation of
bids.
For composite bid, besides indicating the combined estimated cost put to bid,
should clearly indicate the estimated cost of each component separately. The
eligibility of bidders will correspond to the combined estimated cost of different
components put to bid.
2. Agreement shall be drawn with the successful bidders on prescribed Form No. CPWD 7 (or
other standard form as mentioned) which is available as a Govt. of India Publication and
also available on website [Link]. Bidders shall quote his rates as per various
terms and conditions of the said form which will form part of the agreement.
3. The time allowed for carrying out the work will be 15 (Fifteen) months from the date of
start as defined in schedule 'F' or from the first date of handing over of the site, whichever
is later, in accordance with the phasing, if any, indicated in the bid documents.
4. (i) The site for the work is available with the client and same shall be handed over to
the agency as specified in Schedule A to F.
OR
(ii) The architectural and structural drawing for the work is available.
OR
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 5
 The architectural and structural drawings shall be made available in phased manner, as per
requirement of the same and as per approved programme of completion submitted by the
contractor after award of work.
5. The bid document consisting of plans, specifications, the schedule of quantities of various
types of items to be executed and the set of terms and conditions of the contract to be
complied with and other necessary documents except Standard General Conditions of
Contract Form can be seen on website [Link] free of cost.
6. After submission of the bid the contractor can re-submit/revised the bid any number of
times but before last time and date of submission of bid as notified.
7. While submitting the revised bid, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s) any
number of times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items) but before last time and date
of submission of bid as notified.
8. Earnest Money in the form of insurance surety bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed
Deposit Receipt, Bankers cheque or Bank Guarantee (for balance amount as prescribed)
from any of the commercial bank (drawn in favour of Executive Engineer, Ranchi Central
Division, CPWD, Ranchi) shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website within
the period of bid submission. The original EMD should be deposited either in the office of
Executive Engineer inviting bids or division office of any Executive Engineer, CPWD within
the period of bid submission. The EMD receiving Executive Engineer (including NIT issuing
EE/AE) shall issue a receipt of deposition of earnest money deposit to the bidder in a
prescribed format (enclosed) uploaded by tender inviting EE in the NIT.
A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. In such case,
minimum 50% of earnest money or Rs. 20 lakh, whichever is less, shall have to be deposited
in shape prescribed above, and balance may be deposited in shape of Bank Guarantee of
any commercial bank having validity for 6 months or more from the last date of receipt of
bids which is to be scanned and uploaded by the intending bidders.
The earnest money given by the tenders except the lowest tenderer shall be refunded
immediately after the expiry of stipulated bid validity period or immediately after
acceptance of the successful bidder, which ever in earlier. However, in case of 2/3 bid
system EMD of bidders unsuccessful during technical bid evaluation etc. should be
returned within 30 days of declaration of result of technical bid evaluation.
Copy of Enlistment Order and other documents as specified in the press notice shall be
scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website within the period of bid submission.
However, certified copy of all the scanned and uploaded documents as specified in press
notice shall have to be submitted by the lowest bidder only along with physically EMD of
the scanned copy of EMD uploaded within a week physically in the office of tender
opening authority. Online bid documents submitted by intending bidders shall be opened
only of those bidders, whose original EMD deposited with any division office of CPWD and
other documents scanned and uploaded are found in order.
9. Only e-bids shall be accepted. Agencies willing to participate in this bidding process, if not
already registered, should get themselves registered before hand with M/s ITI Limited
through their e-gateway by credit/debit card or internet banking or RTGS/NEFT facility .

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 6

 The bid can only be submitted after depositing e-tender Processing Fee as applicable in
favor of ITI Limited through their e-gateway by credit/debit card, internet banking or
RGTS/NEFT facility.
9(A) The contractors registered prior to 01.04.2015 on e-tendering portal of CPWD shall have to
deposit tender processing fee at existing rates, or they have option to switch over to the
new registration system without tender processing fee any time.
9 (B) Pre-bid conference shall be held in the Office of Chief Engineer-Ranchi, CPWD, Airport
Road, Hinoo, Ranchi at 15.30 hrs. on 28/07/2022 to clear the doubt of intending bidders, if
any. Any query/clarification is welcome on Email: eeranchicd-cpwd@[Link],
eercdcpwd@[Link] 11.00 hrs. on 28/07/2022.
* Blanks to be filled by EE-RANCHI
10. The bid submitted shall become invalid and e-tender processing fee shall not be refunded if:
(i) The bidder is found ineligible.
(ii) The bidder does not upload scanned copies of all the documents stipulated in the bid
document.
(iii) If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of
submission of bid and hard copies as submitted physically by the lowest bidder in the
office of bid opening authority.
(iv) If a tenderer does not quote any percentage above/below on the total amount of the
tender or any section/sub head in percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as
invalid and will not be considered as lowest tenderer.
11. The bidder whose bid is finally accepted will be required to furnish as specified percentage of the
tender amount as mentioned in schedule F and within the period specified in schedule F. This
guarantee shall be in the form of insurance surety bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft, Fixed
Deposit Receipt, Bankers cheque or Bank Guarantee (for balance amount as prescribed) from
any of the commercial bank in accordance with the prescribed form.
In case, the Bidder fails to deposit the said performance guarantee within the period as indicated
in Schedule- ‘F’ including the extended period if any, the bidder agrees that the President of India
or his successors, in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to
suspend the bidder for one year and shall not be eligible to bid for CPWD tenders from date of
issue of suspension order.
The Bidder whose bid is accepted will also be required to furnish either copy of applicable
licenses /registrations or proof of applying for obtaining labor licenses, registration with EPFO,
ESIC, and BOCW Welfare Board including Provident Fund Code No. if applicable and also ensure
the compliance of aforesaid provisions by the sub-agencies, if any, engaged by the Bidder for the
said work within the period specified in Schedule-F.
12. The description of the work is as follows:
The said work comprises of for Construction of Residential and Non-residential building
[Office Building (Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No. Type -IV
(Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station of Regional Passport Office
at Ranchi (Jharkhand).
The work shall also comprise of various services such as development work, Internal Roads,
RCC Sump, Rain water harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 7

 Internal EI i/c Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm &
PA system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system, Solar
Photo Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system. The main contractor will associate with
specialized firm for executing specialized work of part C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9 & C10 as
per terms and condition specified their on.
Intending Bidders are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and
satisfy themselves before submitting their bids as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil
(so far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site,
the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary
information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or
affect their bid. A bidder shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the site whether he
inspects it or not and no extra charge consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise
shall be allowed. The bidders shall be responsible for arranging and maintaining at his own
cost all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity access, facilities for workers and all other
services required for executing the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the
contract documents. Submission of a bid by a bidders implies that he has read this notice
and all other contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and
specifications of the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and
plant, etc. will be issued to him by the Government and local conditions and other factors
having a bearing on the execution of the work.
13. The competent authority on behalf of the President of India does not bind itself to accept
the lowest or any other bid and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all the bids
received without the assignment of any reason. All bids in which any of the prescribed
condition is not fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by
the bidders shall be summarily rejected.
14. Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with bidders is strictly prohibited
and the bids submitted by the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable for
rejection.
15. The competent authority on behalf of President of India reserves to himself the right of
accepting the whole or any part of the bid and the bidders shall be bound to perform the
same at the rate quoted.
16. The contractor shall not be permitted to bid for works in the CPWD Zone (Division in case of
contractors of Horticulture/Nursery category) responsible for award and execution of
contracts, in which his near relative is posted a Divisional Accountant or as an officer in any
capacity between the grades of CE-Ranchi and Junior Engineer (both inclusive). He shall also
intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are
subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives to any gazetted officer in the
Central Public Works Department or in the Ministry of Urban Development. Any breach of
this condition by the contractor would render him liable to be removed from the approved
list of contractors of this Department.
17. No Engineer of Gazetted Rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or
Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Government of India is allowed
to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his retirement from Government
service, without the prior permission of the Government of India in writing. This contract is
liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his employees is found any time to
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 8
 be such a person who had not obtained the permission of the Government of India as
aforesaid before submission of the bid or engagement in the contractor's service.
18. The bid for the works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of Thirty (30) days from
the date of opening of bids.
i. If any tenderer withdraws his tenders or makes any modifications in the terms and
conditions of the tender which is not acceptable to the department within 7 days
after opening of tender (excluding date of opening of tender) then the Government
shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of
the earnest money absolutely.
ii. After 7 days of opening of tender the Government shall without prejudice to any
other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 100% of the earnest money absolutely.
iii. The bidders shall not be allowed to participate in the rebidding process of the work.
19. This notice inviting Bid shall form a part of the contract document. The successful
bidders/contractor, on acceptance of his bid by the Accepting Authority shall within 15 days
from the stipulated date of start of the work, sign the contract consisting of:-
(a) The Notice Inviting Bid, all the documents including additional conditions, specifications
and drawings, if any, forming part of the bid as uploaded at the time of invitation of bid
and the rates quoted online at the time of submission of bid and acceptance thereof
together with any correspondence leading thereto.
(b) Standard C.P.W.D. Form 7 or other Standard C.P.W.D. Form as applicable.
20. For Composite Bids
20.1.1 The Executive Engineer in charge of the major component will call bids for the
composite work. The cost of bid document and Earnest Money will be fixed with
respect to the combined estimated cost put to tender for the composite bid.
20.1.2 The bid document will include following three components:
Part A:- CPWD-6, CPWD-7 including Schedule A to F for the major component of the work,
Standard General Conditions of Contract for CPWD 2020 as amended/modified upto
last date of submission of bid.
Part B:- General / Specific Conditions, Specifications and schedule of quantities applicable to
major component of the work.
Part C:- Schedule A to F for minor component of the work. Competent Authority under
clause 2 and clause 5 shall be same authority as mentioned in schedule A to F for
major components, General/specific conditions, specifications and schedule of
quantities applicable to minor component(s) of the work.
20.1.3 The Bidders must associate himself with Agencies as per NIT condition.
20.1.4 The eligible bidders shall quote percentage rates for all items of major component as
well as for all items of minor components of work.
20.1.5 After acceptance of the bid by Competent Authority, the EE in charge of major
component of the work shall issue letter of award on behalf of the President of
India. After the work is awarded, the main Contractor will have to enter into one
agreement with EE in charge of major component and has also to sign two or more
copies of agreement depending upon number of EE's in charge of minor
components. One such signed set of agreement shall be handed over to EE in charge
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 9
 of minor component(s). EE of major component will operate Part A and Part B of the
agreement. EE in charge of minor component(s) shall operate Part C along with Part
A of the agreement.
20.1.6 Entire work under the scope of composite bid including major and all minor
components shall be executed under one agreement.
20.1.7 Security Deposit will be worked out separately for each component corresponding to
the estimated cost of the respective component of works.
20.1.8 The main Contractor has to associate Agencies for specialized component(s)
conforming to eligibility criteria as defined in the bid document and has to submit
detail of such Agency(s) to Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s) within
prescribed time. Name of the Agency(s) to be associated shall be approved by
Engineer-in-charge of relevant component(s).
20.1.9 In case the main Contractor intends to change any of the above Agency/Agencies
during the operation of the contract, he shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-
charge of relevant specialized component. The new Agency/Agencies shall also have
to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-charge is not satisfied
with the performance of any Agency, he can direct the Contractor to change the
Agency executing such items of work and this shall be binding on the Contractor.
20.1.10 The main Contractor has to enter into MoU with agency(s) associated by him. Copy of
such MoU shall be submitted to EE in charge of each relevant component as well as
to EE in charge of major component. In case of change of associate Contractor, the
main agency(s) has to enter into MoU/ agreement with the new Contractor
associated by him.
20.1.11 Running payment for the major component shall be made by EE of major discipline to
the main Contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be made by the
Engineer-in-charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main
Contractor.
20.1.12A. The composite work shall be treated as complete when all the components of the
work are complete. The completion certificate of the composite work shall be
recorded by Engineer-in-charge of major component after record of completion
certificate of all other components.
20.1.12B. Final bill of whole work shall be finalized and paid by the EE of major component.
Engineer(s) in charge of minor component(s) will prepare and pass the final bill for
their component of work and pass on the same to the EE of major component for
including in the final bill for composite contract.
21. The intending bidders are requested to update their profile in CPWD e-tendering portal
and to upload their bids well in advance of last date of submission of tender. Any
issues related to updating profile/uploading tender can be resolved through the
concerned Executive Engineer/Assistant Engineer (Phone no. *………, e-mail Id
*……………) or ERP help line no. 18001803286 or e-mail Id
[Link]@[Link]. The e-tendering bidders are also advised not to
wait to raise any issues till the last date of submission of bid in their own interest.
* To be filled by EE-RANCHI.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 10

 (Guarantee offered by Bank to CPWD in connection with the execution of contracts)
Form of Bank Guarantee for Performance Guarantee/Security Deposit/ Earnest
Money Deposit
In consideration of the President of India (hereinafter called "The Government") having offered to
accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement between…………………………….and
…………….....................…… (hereinafter called "the said Contractor(s)") for the
work…………………………………………………… (hereinafter called "the said agreement") having agreed to
production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs. …………. (Rupees ………………………………… only) as a
security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the
terms and conditions in the said agreement.
1. We, ………………………………. (hereinafter referred to as "the Bank") hereby undertake to pay to
the Government an amount not exceeding Rs. ……………………….. (Rupees………………. Only) on
demand by the Government.
2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay the
amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from
the Government stating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries due or
likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be
conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However,
our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ……..
(Rupees ……………….only).
3. We, the said bank further undertake to pay the Government any money so demanded
notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding
pending before any court or Tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being
absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid
discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim
against us for making such payment.
4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the guarantee
herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for
the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the
dues of the Government under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its
claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineer-in- Charge on behalf of the Government certified
that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by
the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee.
5. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the Government
that the Government shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in
any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said
agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to time or to
postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Government
against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating
to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such
variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of
omission on the part of the Government or any indulgence by the Government to the said
Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to
sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the
Contractor(s).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 11

7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this
guarantee except with the previous consent of the Government in writing.
8. This guarantee shall be valid up to ……………*……………unless extended on demand by the
Government. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is
restricted to Rs. …………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with
us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee all
our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged. Dated the ………………..day of
……………………for………………….(indicate the name of the Bank)

Date.

1. Signature..................
Name and address

Witnesses Authorized signatory

Name Designation
Staff code no. Bank seal

1. Signature …………
Name and address

 Date to be worked out based on validity period of performance guarantee shall be stipulated
date of completion plus minimum 60 days.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 12

 RECEIPT OF DEPOSITION OF ORIGINAL EMD
(Receipt No................................/date...............)

Name of work:- Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building

(Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station
including development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c
Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA
system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system,
Solar Photo Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport
Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).

1. NIT No :- 08/NIT/CE-Ranchi/CPWD/2022-2023

2. Estimated Cost:- Rs. 45,88,13,040/-

3. Amount of Earnest Money Deposit :- Rs. 55,88,130/-

4. Last date of submission of bid:- …… 02-08-2022……..upto 15.00 hours.

(* to be filled by EE-RANCHI, CPWD, Ranchi)

1. Name of contractor:- ....................................................................................#

2. Form of EMD :- ..............................................................................................#

3. Amount of Earnest money deposit ...............................................................#

4. Date of submission of EMD ...........................................................................#

(# to be filled by EMD receiving EE)

EMD Drawn in favour of Executive Engineer, Ranchi Central Division, CPWD, Ranchi.

Signature, Name and Designation

of EMD receiving officer
along with Office stamp
(EE/AE(P)/AE/AAO)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 13

 GUARANTEE BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS
AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF WATER-PROOFING WORKS & Anti termite
(All Water Proofing Items/Anti termite)

The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand ………only) between
.............................................S/o........................................................ (hereinafter called the
GUARANTOR of the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government of
the other part).
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (Hereinafter called the Contract) dated
……….and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE PART AND the Government of the other
part where by the contractor interalia under took to render the building and structures in the said
contract recited completely water and leak-proof/Anti termite.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work will
remain water and leak proof/Anti termite, for five years from the date of completion of the work.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will render the structures
completely leak proof/Anti termite and the minimum life of such water proofing treatment/ Anti
termite shall be five years to be reckoned from the date of completion of the work.

The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be final and
binding on Guarantor.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any defect
being found render the building water proof/ Anti termite to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That if the guarantee or fails to execute the water proofing/ Anti termite and fails to control all kinds
of leakage and seepage or commits breach there under, then the guarantor will indemnify the
principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be in
cured by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and
observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage and / or cost
incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on
both the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator and
........................................by for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day, month and
year first above written.
SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of :
1.................................................
2 ………………………………
SIGNED FOR AND BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY in the presence of:
1................................................
2................................................
Note : For water proofing & Anti termite minimum Rs. 2,50,000/- shall be withheld for five years
from the date of completion of the work.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 14

 GUARANTEE BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS
AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF uPVC WINDOWS

The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand ………only) between
.............................................S/o........................................................ (hereinafter called the
GUARANTOR of the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government of
the other part).
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (Hereinafter called the Contract) dated
………. And made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE PART AND the Government of the other
part where by the contractor interalia under took to render the building and structures in the said
contract structurally stable to fulfill its intended purpose, free from workmanship defects,
discoloration, leak proof installation and use of only specified, certified material.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work will
remain structurally stable to fulfill its intended purpose, free from workmanship defects,
discoloration, leak proof installation and finishing for ten years from the Actual date of completion
of the work.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will remain structurally stable
to fulfill its intended purpose, and guarantee for quality workmanship, material, discoloration, leak
proof installation and finishing for ten years to be reckoned from the Actual date of completion of
the work.

The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be final and
binding on Guarantor.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any defect
being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge calling
upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the Department by some
other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the
cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to execute the water proofing and fails to control all kinds of leakage and
seepage or commits breach there under, then the guarantor will indemnify the principal and his
successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by
reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this
supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage and / or cost incurred by the
Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on both the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator and
........................................by for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on the day, month and
year first above written.
SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of :
1.................................................
2 ………………………………
SIGNED FOR AND BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY in the presence of:
1................................................
2................................................
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 15
 CPWD - 7
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER & CONTRACT FOR WORKS

Tender for the work Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building (Basement
of:- + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed
type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No. Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No.
Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station including development work, Internal Roads, RCC
Sump, Rain water harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal
EI i/c Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA
system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system, Solar Photo
Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport Office at Ranchi
(Jharkhand).

(i) To be submitted/ uploaded by ……15:00…… hours on ……02-08-2022……. to the EE-

RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI upload at [Link].
(ii) To be opened in presence of tenderers who may be present at ……15:30………… hrs. on
……02-08-2022….. in the office of the EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI.
TENDER
I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, schedule, A, B, C, D, E & F Specifications
applicable, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of Contract, clauses of
contract, Special conditions, Schedule of Rate & other documents and Rules referred to in the
conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender document for the work.

I/We hereby tender for the execution of the work specified for the President of India within the time
specified in Schedule ‘F’ viz., schedule of quantities and in accordance in all respect with the
specifications, designs, drawing and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 of General Rules and
Directions and in Clause 11 of the Conditions of contract and with such materials as are provided for,
by, and in respect of accordance with, such conditions so far as applicable.

We agree to keep the tender open for Thirty (30) days from the due date of its opening of bids and
not to make any modification in its terms and conditions.

I/We have deposited EMD for the prescribed amount in the office of concerned Executive
Engineer as per the bid document.
A copy of earnest money in receipt of prescribed amount deposited in the form of insurance
surety bonds, Account Payee Demand Draft, fixed deposit receipt, bakers cheque bank guarantee (as
prescribed) issued by a Commercial bank is scanned and uploaded. If I/We, fail to furnish the
prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period, I/We agree that the said President of
India or his successors, in office shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to
forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to commence work as specified, I/We
agree that President of India or the successors in office shall without prejudice to any other right or
remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the said performance guarantee absolutely. The said
Performance Guarantee shall be a guarantee to execute all the works referred to in the tender
documents upon the terms and conditions contained or referred to those in excess of that limit at the
rates to be determined in accordance with the provision contained in Clause 12.2 and 12.3 of the
tender form.
Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or Performance Guarantee as
aforesaid, I/We shall be debarred for participation in the re-tendering process of the work.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 16
 I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got executed through
another contractor on back to back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the notice of
Department, then I/We shall be debarred for tendering in CPWD in future forever. Also, if such a
violation comes to the notice of Department before date of start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall
be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.

I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents drawings and other records
connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not communicate
information/derived therefrom to any person other than a person to whom I/We am/are authorized
to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the safety of the State.

Dated Signature of Contractor

Witness: Postal Address

Address:

Occupation:

ACCEPTANCE

The above tender (as modified by you as provided in the letters mentioned hereunder) is accepted by
me for and on behalf of the President of India for a sum of Rs.
………*……......Rupees..................................................*...............................................................................
.........................................................................................................................)

The letters referred to below shall form part of this contract agreement:-

(a) *

(b) *

(c) *
For & on behalf of the President of India.

Signatures.............*................

Dated: ………*……. Designation.............*...............

( --*-- Blanks to be filled by EE-RANCHI)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 17

 PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
(Separate Performa for Civil & Elect. Works in case of composite Tenders)
(Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intending tenderer)
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule of quantities (as per PWD-3) : Civil - Page No. 211 to 269
Elect - Page No. 270 to 320
SCHEDULE ‘D’
Extra schedule for specific requirements/document for the work, if any : As attached in tender
documents.
SCHEDULE ‘E’
Reference to General Conditions of GCC construction works – 2020 as amended/ modified
contract. upto last date of submission of tender.
Name of work Construction of Residential and Non-residential building
[Office Building (Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr.
(G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4)
having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No. Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and
01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station including
development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing
Internal EI i/c Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG
set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV
& Networking, Conferencing system, Solar Photo Voltaic system
and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport Office at Ranchi
(Jharkhand).
Estimated cost of work Rs. 45,88,13,040/-
(Civil : Rs. 36,55,22,820/- & Elect: Rs. 9,32,90,220/-)
(i) Earnest money Rs. 55,88,130/-
(ii) Performance Guarantee 3% of tendered value.
(iii) Security Deposit 2.5 % of tendered value
SCHEDULE ‘F’
GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS:
Officer inviting tender : EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI.
Maximum percentage for quantity of items of work See below (Refer Clause-12)
to be executed beyond which rates are to be
determined in accordance with Clauses 12.2 & 12.3:
Definitions:
2(v) Engineer-in-Charge : EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI.
2(viii) Accepting Authority: CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi
2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and labour 15%
to cover all overheads and profits :
2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates Civil :- DSR - 2021 with upto date
correction slips upto last date of
submission of bids and Market Rates.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 18

 Electrical :- DSR – 2018 & DSR - 2019 with
upto date correction slips upto last date
of submission of bids and Market Rates
2(xii) Department Central Public Works Department
9(ii) Standard CPWD contract Form GCC 2020, GCC-2020 Construction work CPWD Form
CPWD Form 7 as modified & corrected up to 7 as modified & corrected up to last date
of submission of tender.
Clause 1
(i) Time allowed for submission of Performance Guarantee, Programme Chart 7 days
(Time and Progress) and applicable labour licenses, registration with EPFO,
ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board or Proof of applying thereof from the date of
issue of letter of acceptance :
(ii) Maximum allowable extension with late fee @ 0.1% per day of Performance 3 days
Guarantee amount beyond the period provided in (i) above :
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under clause 2 : CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi

Clause 5
Number of days from the date of issue of letter of 10 days
acceptance for reckoning date of start
Mile stone(s) as per table given below:-
Amount to be
withheld in
Time allowed case of non
in achievement of
SI.
Description of Milestone (Physical) days (from milestone (Civil
No.
date of and/or
start) electrical
Tender
Amount)
Completion of RCC work upto plinth level of all three blocks of
(a)
Residential Qtrs. and Basement floor of office building. 4 In the event of
1.
(b) Submission of conduit and cable layout drawings of IEI, Service Months not achieving
connection etc. for approval. the necessary
Completion of RCC work upto 3rd floor of all three blocks of Residential milestones as
(a) Qtrs. and upto 2nd floor of office building. 7 assessed from
2.
(b) Laying of conduit as per approved drawing where civil work is in Months mile stone
progress. chart, 1.00%
Completion of all RCC work (Residential and Non-residential building i/c of the
substation, sump etc.) and brick work upto 3rd floor of all three blocks tendered
(a) value of work
of Residential Qtrs. and upto 2nd floor of office building. Supply of
materials / equipments / accessories for STP. 11 will be
3. withheld for
(b) Delivery of materials for fans, fittings, Street Light, Lift, Fire Fighting Months
System, Fire Alarm & PA System, CCTV & Networking System, AC failure of each
System and Solar Photo Voltaic System, Conferencing system and cable mile stone
etc.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 19

 Completion of buildings in respect with lying of internal water supply
and sanitary lines, flooring, doors and windows i/c fittings, S.S. railing,
(a)
water supply & sanitary fittings, External and Internal painting, 14
4.
structural glazing and development works and all other items. Months
Installation, Testing & Commissioning of complete work in all respect of
(b)
all components.
5. Completion of all work as per agreement provisions including cleaning 15
(a) of site and Handing over to the client. Months

Note: Operation of Mile Stone shall be made separately by Executive Engineer of major
component and Executive Engineer of minor component as per details given in above table for
their respective tender value.

Time allowed for execution of work 15 (Fifteen) months

Authority to decide:
(i) Extension of time : CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi

(ii) Rescheduling of mile stones : CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi

(iii) Shifting of date of start in case of : CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi

delay in handing over of site.
Schedule of handing over of site
Part Portion of site description Time period for handing over
reckoned from date of issue of letter
of intent.
Part A Portion without any Full site is available 10 days
hindrance with the Client
Part B Portions with NIL -
encumbrances
Part C Portions dependent NIL -
on work of other
agencies
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net Rs. 243.00 Lakh for civil component. and
payment/adjustment of advances for material Rs. 62.00 Lakh for Electrical component.
collected, if any, since the last such payment for being
eligible to interim payment
Clause 7A
Whether Clause 7A shall be applicable - Yes,
No Running Account shall be paid for the work till
the applicable labour licenses, registration with
EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board whatever
applicable are submitted by the contractor to the
Engineer-in-Charge)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 20

 Clause 10A
List of testing equipment to be provided by the Contractor at site lab.
1 Balances 2 Sieve as per IS 460-1962 3 Oven
4 Dial Gauge 5 Equipment for Slump Test 6 Sieve Shaker
7 Graduated Measuring 8 Enamel Tray 9 Compression Testing
Cylinder Machine-1no.
10 Cube Mould – 24 no. 11 Thermometer 12 Rapid moisture meter
13 Rebound hammer
Any other machinery required for completion of the work as per decision of Engineer-in-Charge -
As per actual requirement

Clause 10B(ii)

Whether Clause 10 B (ii) shall be applicable Not Applicable

Clause 10C
Component of labour expressed as percent of value of work Not Applicable

Clause 10CA Applicable

SI. Materials Covered Nearest Materials (other Base Price of and its corresponding period of all the
No. under this clause: than cement*, Materials covered under clause 10 CA*
reinforcement bars, the (Base price period – June 2022)
structural steel and POL)
for which All India
Wholesale Price Index to
be followed:
Rate inclusive of GST Rate without GST
1 Cement (PPC) Not applicable PPC : Rs. 6,000/- Per MT PPC : Rs. 4,688/- Per MT
Conforming to IS :
1489
(Part-I)
2 Steel Not applicable Primary Producer: Primary Producer:
Reinforcement Rs. 76,700/- Per MT Rs. 65,000/- Per MT
Bars (TMT Fe. 500
D or more)
* includes Cement component used in RMC brought at site from outside approved RMC plants, if any

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 21

 Clause 10CC Applicable
(Applicable only for construction work) 12 months
Clause 10 CC to be applicable in contracts with stipulated
period of completion exceeding the period shown in next
column
Component of civil (Except materials covered under Xm ….. 35 % (civil component)
clause 10 CA/ Electrical construction materials expressed
as percent of total value of work). Xm ….. 85 % (Electrical component)

Component of Labor – expressed as percent of total value Y…..25% (civil component)

of work Y…..15% (Electrical component)
Component of POL expressed as percent of total value of NIL
work
Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for CPWD Specifications 2019 volume -I & II with
execution of work correction slips upto last date of submission of bid.
Clause 12
Authority to decide deviation upto 1.5 CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi
times of tendered amount

12.2 Deviation Limit beyond which clauses 12.2 & 12.3 shall 100%
and apply for building work (Hundred percent)
12.3
12.5 (i) Deviation Limit beyond which clauses12.2 & 12.3 shall 100%
apply for foundation work (except items mentioned in (Hundred percent)
earth work sub-head in DSR and related items)
(ii) Deviation Limit for items mentioned in earth work sub- 100%
head of DSR and related items. (Hundred percent)
Clause 16
Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi
Clause 18
List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the Contractor at site:-
1 Excavator cum loaders 1 Bar Bending Machine – 2 Bar Cutting Machine - 02 Nos.
(JCB 3D model or 02 Nos.
equivalent)-01 No.
4 Needle Vibrator- 02 Nos 5 Drilling Machine - 02 Nos 6 DG set (40 KVA) – 01 No.
7 Surface plate vibrator – 8 Concrete Pump – 01 No. 9 Crane – 01 No.
02 Nos.
10 Steel shuttering – 2000
Sqm
Any other machinery required for completion of the work as per decision of Engineer-in-Charge - As
per actual requirement
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 22
 Clause 19 C - EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI to decide penalty for each default
Clause 19 D - EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI to decide penalty for each default
Clause 19 G - EE-RANCHI, CPWD, RANCHI to decide penalty for each default
Clause 19 K - Rs. 250 per tradesman per days
Clause 25
Settlement of Dispute by Conciliation and Arbitration

SI. No.

(i) Conciliator ADG-RK, CPWD, Kolkata

(ii) Arbitrator Appointing Authority CE-Ranchi, CPWD, Ranchi

(iii) Place of Arbitration Ranchi

Clause 32
Requirement of Technical Representative(s) and recovery Rate
Rate at which recovery shall be made from
Representative)
Qualification of

Representative

the Contractor in the event of not fulfilling

Designation

Experience
Technical/
Minimum

Minimum
Discipline

(Principal
Technical

Technical

Number
provision of clause 36(i)
SI No

Figure Words

1. Graduate Civil Project 20 Year 1 Rs. 60,000/- Rupees Sixty

Engineer Manager (and having (per month per Thousand only.
experience of person) (per month per
one similar person)
nature of work)
2. Graduate Civil Deputy 12 Year 1 Rs. 40,000/- Rupees Forty
Engineer Project (and having (per month per Thousand only.
Manager experience of person) (per month per
one similar person)
nature of work)
3. Graduate Civil+ Project/Site 5 Year 1+1 Rs. 25,000/- Rupees Twenty
Engineer Elect. Engineer Or (per month per Five Thousand
10 person) only. (per month
or
respectively per person)
Diploma
Engineer
4. Graduate Civil+ Project 2 Year 1+1 Rs. 15,000/- Rupees Fifteen
Engineer Elect. Planning/ or (per month per Thousand only.
or quality/ 5 Years person) (per month per
Diploma billing respectively person)
Engineer Engineer
1. Nothing extra need to be added while preparing market rate justified amount of the work if
stipulation is made as per above recommended scale of requirement of technical staff.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 23

 2. Requirement of technical staff and their experience can be varied depending upon nature of work
by NIT approving authority with recorded reasons.
3. The NIT approving authority shall decide the appropriate stage of employment of technical staff for
minor component/specified work, if any at the time of approval of NIT.
Clause 38
(i) (a) Schedule/statement for determining theoretical quantity of cement & bitumen on the basis of
Delhi Schedule of Rates 2021 printed by CPWD.
(ii) Variations permissible on theoretical quantities:
(a) Cement, For works with estimated cost put to 2% plus/minus
tender more than Rs. 25 lakh.
(b) Bitumen All Works 2.5% plus & only & nil on minus side.
(c) Steel Reinforcement and structural steel sections for 2% plus/minus
each diameter, section and category
(d) All other materials Nil

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 24

 PART – B
(Civil Works)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 25

 PART – B (Civil Works)

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS
1. Unless otherwise specified, CPWD Specifications 2019 volume I - II with up to date
corrections slips shall be followed in general. Any additional item of work, if taken up
subsequently, shall also conform to the relevant CPWD specifications mentioned above.
Should there be any difference or discrepancy between the description of items as given in
the schedule of quantities, particular specifications for individual items of work (including
special conditions) and I.S. Codes etc., the following order of preference shall be observed:
i) Description of items as given in Schedule of quantities.
ii) Additional conditions
iii) Additional specifications.
iv) General Conditions of Contract for CPWD works 2020 with upto date
correction slip and CPWD Specifications.
v) I.S. Codes.
vi) Decision of Engineer-in-Charge.
2 INSPECTION OF SITE
The Contractors are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and
satisfy themselves with the nature of site, the means of access to the site, the constraints of
space for stacking material / machinery, labour etc. constraints put by local regulations, if
any, weather conditions at site, general ground / subsoil conditions etc. or any other
circumstances which may affect or influence their tenders.
3 The Contractor shall, if required by him, before submission of the tender, inspect the
drawings in the Office of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Department shall not bear any
responsibility for the lack of knowledge and also the consequences, thereof to the
Contractor. The information and data shown in the drawings and mentioned in the tender
documents have been furnished, in good faith, for general information and guidance only.
The Engineer-in-Charge, in no case, shall be held responsible for the accuracy thereof and /
or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor and all consequences
shall be borne by the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the
Contractor, if the data or information furnished in tender document is different or in-correct
otherwise or actual working drawings are at variance with the drawings available for
inspection or attached to the tender documents. It is presumed that the Contractor shall
satisfy himself for all possible contingencies, incidental charges, wastages, bottlenecks etc.
likely during execution of work and acts of coordination, which may be required between
different agencies. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
4 Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates of all items of work shall
be considered as inclusive of executing all work, wherever required, in or under water and /
or liquid mud, including bailing out water encountered from any source such as rain, floods,
tides ingress of water through pressure relieving sleeves left during PCC at base, sub- soil
water table being high and / or any other source whatever. During entire execution of work,

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 26

 the contractor shall carry out dewatering (at his own cost), as and when required or
specified herein. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

5 The nomenclature of the item given in the schedule of quantities gives in general the work
content but is not exhaustive i.e. does not mention all the incidental works required to be
carried out for complete execution of the item of work. The work shall be carried out , all in
accordance with true intent and meaning of the CPWD Specifications and the drawings
taken together, regardless of whether the same may or may not be particularly shown on
the drawings and / or described in the Specifications, provided that the same can be
reasonably inferred there from. There may be several incidental works, which are not
mentioned in the nomenclature of each item but will be necessary to complete the item in
all respect. All these incidental works / costs which are not mentioned in item nomenclature
but are necessary to complete the item shall be deemed to have been included in the rates
quoted by the contractor for various items in the schedule of quantities. No adjustment of
rates shall be made for any variation in quantum of incidental works due to variation /
change in actual working drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates shall be made due to any
change in incidental works or any other deviation in such element of work (which is
incidental to the items of work and are necessary to complete such items in all respects) on
account of the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.

6 Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of Quantities, the rates quoted by the Contractor
shall be inclusive of carrying out the works at and / or upto all heights, lifts, leads and
depths. The contractor shall make all arrangements for the same. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.

7 Accommodation for labour huts, site office, stores, installation of batching plant etc. will be
given at site as per availability only. In case, space is not available at the site of work,
Contractor shall make his own arrangements to provide such accommodation as per the
rules of the local bodies. He shall make his own arrangements for stores, field office etc.
Before tendering, he shall visit the site and assess the manner in which he is able to arrange
the above facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on
this account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.

8 SUBMISSIONS IMMEDIATELY AFTER AWARD OF WORK

The Contractor shall submit the following details immediately after award of work.
a. List of Equipments proposed to be deployed for this work.
b. Site organization chart with Bio-data of Project Manager and Key Personnel
proposed to be deployed at site.
c. A certified copy of Power of Attorney in the name of person who has signed the
tender document.
d. The details of shuttering and scaffolding material proposed to be used to complete
the entire R.C.C structural work commensurate with overall stipulated period for
completion of work.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 27

 e. The contractor shall prepare and submit a tentative integrated Bar Chart (for Civil
and E & M services) clearly indicating the various activities, in a manner to complete
the entire work covered under this tender within the stipulated period.

9 The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the Central & State
Governments, all orders, decrees of statutory bodies, tribunals having any jurisdiction or
authority, which in any manner may affect those engaged or employed and anything related
to carrying out the work. The contractor shall adhere to all the rules & regulations and
byelaws laid down by local Bodies and any other statutory bodies, during the execution of
work. The Contractor shall also adhere to all traffic restrictions notified by the local
authorities. All statutory taxes, levies, charges (including water and sewerage charges,
charges for temporary service connections and / or any other charges) payable to such
authorities for carrying out the work, shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
arrange to give all notices as required by any statutory / regulatory authority and shall pay
to such authority all the fees that is required to be paid for the execution of work. He shall
protect and indemnify the Department and its officials & employees against any claim and
/or liability arising out of violations of any such laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself
or by his employees or his authorized representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable on
these accounts. The fee payable to statutory authorities for obtaining the various
permanent service connections and Occupancy Certificate for the building shall be borne by
the Department.

10 Royalty at the prevalent rates shall be paid by the Contractor or the RMC supplier as per the
terms of supply between them on all materials such as boulders, metals, sand and bajri etc.
collected by him for the execution of the work, directly to the revenue authority of the state
government concerned. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

11 No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase) of
equipments, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be
carried out during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be
entertained from the Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate.

12 The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection with this
contract and shall protect and indemnify the Department from any and all damages and
claims that may arise on any account. The Contractor shall indemnify the Department
against all claims in respect of patent rights, royalties, design, trademarks of name or other
protected rights, damages to adjacent buildings, roads or members of public, in course of
execution of work or any other reasons whatsoever, and shall himself defend all actions
arising from such claims and shall indemnify the Department in all respect from such
actions, costs and expenses. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

13 SIGN BOARDS

The Contractor shall provide and erect a display board of size and shape as required and
paint over it, in a legible and workman like manner, the details about the salient features of
the project, as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall fabricate and put
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 28
 up a sign board in an approved location and to an approved design indicating name of the
project, client / owner, architects, structural consultants, Department etc. besides providing
space for names of other Contractors, Sub-Contractors and specialized agencies. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.

14 INTEGRATED SERVICE DRAWINGS

The contractor shall prepare following drawings for various civil and electrical services
showing details of lay out plan including sectional elevations and submit the same for the
approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
a) Plumbing drawings GI and CI line
b) Layout of conduits, switchboard, Distribution boxes etc.
Subsequently Integrated drawings shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor as
per local Byelaws and as per the site conditions to facilitate convenient installation as well
as maintenance. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

15 PROTECTIVE / SAFETY MEASURES

Necessary protective and safety equipments shall be provided to the Site Engineer, workers
& Supervisory staff by the Contractor at his own cost and to be used at site.
The Contractor shall do proper sequencing of the various activities by suitably staggering
the activities within various pockets in the plot so as to achieve early completion. The
agency may deploy adequate equipments, machinery and labour as required for the
completion of the entire work within the stipulated period specified. Also ancillary facilities
shall be provided commensurate with requirement to complete the entire work within the
stipulated period. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Adequate number/sets of
equipments in working condition, along with adequate stand-by arrangements, shall be
deployed during entire construction period. It shall be ensured by the Contractor that all
the equipments, Tools & Plants, machineries etc provided by him are maintained in proper
working conditions at all times during the progress of the work and till the completion of
the work. Further, all the constructional tools, plants, equipments and machineries
provided by the Contractor, on site of work or his work shop for this work, shall be
exclusively intended for use in the construction of this work and they shall not be shifted /
removed from site without the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
16 DISPLAY PERMISSIONS
The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates, bar charts,
other statements etc. under various labour laws and other regulations applicable to the
works at his site office.

17 REMOVAL OF ‘MULBA’ ETC. FROM SITE

The Contractor shall not stack building material / mulba / muck on any other land outside
site barricading. The muck, rubbish etc. shall be removed periodically as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, from the site of work to the approved dumping grounds as per the
local byelaws and the Contractor shall obtain regulations of the concerned authorities and
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 29
 all necessary permissions in this regard from the local bodies. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account. The contractor shall be liable to pay any charges/penalties as may
be levied by local bodies. The Engineer –in-Charge shall be at liberty to recover, such sums
due but not paid to the concerned authorities on the above counts, from any sums due to
the Contractor including amount of the Security Deposit and performance guarantee in
respect of this contract agreement.
18 TOOLS AND PLANTS
The Department shall supply no tools and plants including any special T&P etc. and the
Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements at his own cost. No claim of hindrance
(or any other claim) shall be entertained on this account.

19 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

The Contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of
the work being performed by other Contractors or by the Engineer-in-Charge. As far as
possible, he shall arrange his work and place, so as not to interfere with the operations of
other Contractors or shall arrange his work with that of the others, in an acceptable and
coordinated manner and shall perform it in proper sequence.

20 FACILITIES BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE OTHER CONTRACTORS / AGENCIES

The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide the facilities to the sub Contractors and
other agencies working at site for smooth execution of the work. The Contractor shall
a) Allow use of scaffolding, toilets, sheds etc.
b) Properly co-ordinate their work with the work of other contractors.
c) Provide control lines and benchmarks to his Sub-Contractors and the other
Contractors.
d) Provide electricity and water at mutually agreed rates.
e) Provide hoist and crane facilities for lifting material.
f) Co-ordinate with other Contractors for leaving inserts, making chases, alignment of
services etc. at site.
g) Adjust work schedule and site activities in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge
and other Contractors to suit the overall schedule completion.
h) Resolve the disputes with other Contractor amicably and the Engineer-in-Charge
shall not be made intermediary or arbitrator. The contractor shall indemnify the
Department against any claim(s) arising out of such disputes.

21 The site of work shall be always kept clean due to constraints of space and to avoid any
nuisance to the users of buildings in the adjacent plots. The Contractor shall take all care to
prevent any water- logging at site. The wastewater, slush etc. shall not be allowed to be
collected at site. It may be directly pumped into the creek with prior approval of the
concerned authorities. For discharge into public drainage system, necessary permission shall
be obtained from relevant authorities after paying the necessary charges, if any, directly to
the authorities. The work shall be carried out in such a way that the area is kept clean and

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 30

 tidy. All the fees/charges in this regard shall be borne by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.

22 PREVENTION OF NUISANCE AND POLLUTION

The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or
inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupants of the adjacent properties and to the
public in general .The Contractor shall take all care, as not to damage any other adjacent
property or other services running adjacent to the plot. If any damage is done, the same
shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost and to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall use such methodology and equipments for
execution of the work, so as to cause minimum environmental pollution of any kind during
construction, to have minimum construction time and minimum inconvenience to road
users and to the occupants of the buildings on the adjacent plot and public in general, etc.
He shall make good at his own cost and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge
any damage to roads, paths, cross drainage works or public or private property whatsoever
caused, due to the execution of the work or by traffic brought thereon, by the Contractor.
Further, the Contractor shall take all precautions to prevent any pollution of streams and
waterways. All waste or superfluous materials shall be carted away by the Contractor,
entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Utmost care shall be taken to keep
the noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance as far as possible is caused to
the occupants / users of adjoining buildings. No claim what so ever on account of site
constraints mentioned above or any other site constraints not specifically stated here, shall
be entertained from the Contractor. Therefore, the Contractors are advised to visit site and
get first hand information of site constraints. Accordingly, they should quote their tenders.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

23 SCAFFOLDING
Wherever required for the execution of work, all the scaffolding shall be provided and
suitably fixed, by the Contractor. It shall be provided strictly with steel double scaffolding
system, suitably braced for stability, with all the accessories, gangways, etc. with adjustable
suitable working platforms to access the areas with ease for working and inspection. It
shall be designed to take all incidental loads. It should cater to the safety features for
workmen. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. It shall be ensured that no
damage is caused to any structure due to the scaffolding.

24 The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of entire
work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all damages and repairs,
rendered necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any other causes. The Engineer-in-
Charge shall not be responsible for any claims for injuries to person/workmen or for
structural damage to property happening from any neglect, default, want of proper care or
misconduct on the part of the Contractor or of any other of his representatives, in his

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 31

 employment during the execution of the work. The compensation, if any, shall be paid
directly to the Department / authority / persons concerned, by the Contractor at his own
cost.

25 For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or more
shifts (including night shifts). No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account, not
with-standing the fact that the Contractor may have to pay extra amounts for any reason to
the labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the
provisions of the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered
upon by the Contractor with them.

26 In case of flooding of site on account of rain or any other cause and any consequent damage,
whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be entertained not withstanding any
other provisions elsewhere in the contract agreement. Also, the Contractor shall make
good, at his own cost, the damages caused, if any.

27 The Contractor shall render all help and assistance in documenting the total sequences of
this project by way of photography, slides, audio / video recording etc. Nothing extra shall
be payable to Contractor on this account. However, cost of photographs, slides, audio /
videography etc. shall be borne by the Department. The original films shall be the property
of the Department. No copy shall be prepared without the prior approval of the Engineer- in
- Charge.

28 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for protecting from rains, the work
already executed and for carrying out the further work, during monsoon including providing
and fixing temporary shelters, protections etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account. Also, no claims for hindrance shall be entertained on this account.

29 INCIDENTAL CHARGES
For all items of work, the entire incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage,
wastage and safe custody of material etc. shall be borne by the Contractor and no claim of
any kind, whatsoever, shall be entertained on this account.
30 STORAGE OF MATERIAL AT SITE
No inflammable materials including P.O.L shall be allowed to be stored in huge quantity at
site. Only limited quantity of P.O.L may be allowed to be stored at site subject to the
compliance of all rules / instructions issued by the relevant authorities and as per the
direction of Engineer -in- Charge in this regard. Also all precautions and safety measures
shall be taken by the Contractor for safe handling of the P.O.L products stored at site. All
consequences on account of unsafe handling of P.O.L shall be borne by the Contractor.
31 NO WAIVING OF LEGAL RIGHTS AND POWERS
The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be precluded or stopped from taking any measurements,
and framing of estimates or detaining any certificates made either before or after the
completion and acceptance of the work and payment, from showing the true amount and
character of the works performed and materials furnished by the Contractor and from
showing that any such measurements, estimates or certificates untrue or incorrectly made
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 32
 and that Engineer-in-Charge shall not be precluded or stopped from recovering from the
Contractor such damages as it may be sustained by reasons of his failure to comply with the
terms and conditions of the contract.
32 FINAL TESTING OF THE INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall demonstrate trouble free functioning of all the Civil and E & M
installations and services. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives shall
carry out final inspection of the various Civil and E & M services and installations. Any
defect(s) noticed during demonstration shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own cost
to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
33 Unless otherwise provided in the Schedule of quantities, the rates of tendered by the
contractor shall be all inclusive and shall apply to all heights, lifts, leads and depths of the
building and nothing extra shall be payable to him on this account. Payment for centering,
shuttering, however, if required to be done for heights greater than 3.5 m shall be
admissible at rates arrived at in accordance with clause 12 of the agreement if not already
specified.
34 The contractor shall make his own arrangements for water and for obtaining electric
connections if required and make necessary payments directly to the department
concerned.
35 Other agencies doing work related with this project will also simultaneously executed the
works and the contractor shall afford necessary facilities for the same. The contractor shall
leave such necessary holes, openings etc. for laying, burying in the work pipes, cables,
conduits, clamps, boxes and hooks for fan clamps, etc. as may be required for other agencies
conduits for Electrical wiring/cables will be laid in a way that they leave enough space for
concreting and do not adversely affect the structural members. Nothing extra over the
agreement rates shall be paid for the same.

36 Some restrictions may be imposed by the security staff etc. on the working and for
movement of labour, materials etc. The contractor shall be bound to follow all such
restrictions/instructions and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

37 (a) The building for components will be carried out in the manner complying in all respect
with the requirements of relevant by laws of the local body under the jurisdiction of which
the work is to be executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and nothing extra will be
paid on this account.
(b) The contractor shall comply with proper and legal orders and directions of the Local or
Public authority or Municipality and abide by their rules and regulations and pay all fees and
charges, which he may be liable.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 33

38 The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be
payable to the contractor for the test.
39 Any cement slurry added over base surface (or) for continuation of concreting for better
bond is deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall be payable (or) extra
cement considered in consumption on this account.
40 Testing of materials:
Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charge by the
Contractor including its transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests for all
materials shall be borne by the Contractor. The test shalll be carried out by the contractor
from the approved laboratory as mentioned in NIT page no. 38 para 5.8.
Testing of materials shall only be got conducted from any Government Testing Labs as per
direction and decision of the Engineer-in-charge. However, in case of exigencies of some
works, testing may be permitted from the approved Private Labs (NABL Accridated only)
other than Government Testing Labs on written request by the Contractor and duly
approved by the NIT approving authority in writing. However, permission for testing
materials from Private Labs (NABL Accridated only) depends solely at the discretion of the
NIT approving authority.
41 The Structural and Architectural drawings shall be all times be properly co-related before
executing any work. However, in case of any discrepancy in the item given in the schedule of
quantities, appendent with the tender and Architectural drawings relating to the relevant
item, the former shall prevail unless and otherwise given in writing by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
42 For the purpose fo recording measurements and preparing running account bills, the
abbreviated nomenclatures indicated in the publications “Abbreviated nomenclature of item
of DSR’2018” with up to date correction slips shall be accepted. The abbreviated
nomenclature shall be taken to cover all the materials and operations as per the complete
nomenclature of the relevant items in the agreement and other relevant specifications.
In the case of items for which abbreviated nomenclature is not available in the above cited
publication and also in case of extra and substituted items of works for which abbreviated
nomenclature is not provided in the agreement, the full nomenclature of the items shall be
reproduced in the measurement books and bill forms for running account bill. The full
nomenclature of the items shall be adopted in preparing abstract of final bill form in the
measuremet book and also in the bill form for final bill.
43. Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India) order 2017 issued by competent authority
of Government of India shall be implemented during selection of materials and execution of
work accordingly.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 34

 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. The contractor shall not store/dump construction material or debris on metalled road.
2. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for the area where the construction
material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This area shall not cause any obstruction
to the free flow of traffic/inconvenience to the pedestrian. It should be ensured by the contractor
that no accidents occur on account of such permissible storage.
3. The contractor shall take appropriate protection measure like raising wind breakers of appropriate
height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and/or other similar material to ensure
that no construction material dust fly outside the plot area.
4. The contractor shall ensure that all the truck or vehicle of any kind which are used for construction
purpose/or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and other allied material are fully
covered. The contractor shall take every necessary precaution that each vehicle is properly cleaned
and dust free to ensure to exit for their destination and also it is to be ensured that no dust, sand or
any other particles are released in air to pollute.
5. The Contractor shall provide mask to every worker on the construction site and hand gloves specially
who are involved in loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and construction debris
to prevent inhalation of dust particles and injury respectively.
6. The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the workers involved in
the construction of building.
7. The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C&D waste site only and due record
shall be maintained by the contractor.
8. The contractor shall compulsorily use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
9. The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as stated in the
MoEF guidelines, 2010.
10. The contractor shall carry out on-Road-inspection for black smoke generating machinery. The
contractor shall use cleaner fuel.
11. The contractor shall ensure that all DG sets comply emission norms notified by MoEF.
12. The Contractor shall use vehicles having up to date pollution control certificate.
13. The Contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin. The contractor
shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are permitted to pollute air quality as a
result of such storage.
14. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities or CPWD specifications, the rates for
respective items shall be all inclusive and apply to the following: -
a) All lifts & all heights, floors including terrace, leads and depths.
b) All labour, material, tools and plants and other inputs involved in the execution of the item.
c) Any of the conditions and specifications mentioned in the tender documents.
d) Pumping / bailing out surface water / rain water / sub soil water, if necessary for any reason.
e) Providing sunk flooring in bath-rooms, kitchen, etc.
f) Any legal or financial implications resulting out of disposal of earth, if any.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 35

 g) Payment of Royalty at the prevailing rates, if any, on the earth, boulders, metal, shingle, sand
and bajri etc. or any other material collected by him for the work shall be made direct to
revenue authorities. The proof for deposition of royalty amount have to be submitted in the
office of Engineer-in-Charge. If the agency fails to submit such proof before every running
account bill, then amount as per prevailing rate will be deducted from running account bill and
will be deposited in the concerned office by the Engineer-in-charge.
h) Performance test of the entire installation(s) before the work is finally accepted.
i) Any cement slurry added over base surface (or) for continuation of concreting for better bond
is deemed to have been built in the items.
j) All incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of materials brought to site.

NOTE :
1. No extra payment will be made to the Contractor for the operation of the above activity as
mentioned at SI. No. 1 to 14.

Maintenance of Material at Site (MAS) Register –

1. All the MAS Registers including Cement and Steel Registers shall be maintained by Contractor
which shall be issued to the contractor by Engineer-in-Charge in the same manner as being issued
to CPWD field staff. Authenticated copies of bills / Invoice of materials which has to be entered in
the MAS register are to be submitted by the contractor to CPWD before making payments.
2. Cement Register shall be reviewed by EE at least once in a month.
3. It will be deemed that work so measured, checked and paid is of the required quality and
standard, both in respect of ingredients as well as the intended functions it is supposed to
perform. In other words, the work would not only meet the required specifications but also the
workmanship as per sound engineering practices.
4. The PM/CE shall also have to check and sign these reports at suitable intervals in token of his
ensuring compliance of the ‘Quality Assurance Plan’ for the work.
5. Copies of bills / Invoice : Agency will provide authenticated copies of itemize bills of materials
which has to be entered in the MAS Register viz steel, cement, bitumen, paint, water proofing or
any other item suggested by the Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 36

 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION

1. The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the Schedule
of quantities, drawings etc. (F.P.S. units wherever indicated are for guidance only).
2. The following modifications to the above specifications and some additional specifications
shall however apply:
i) All stone aggregates shall be of hard stone variety to be obtained from approved
quarries or from any other quarries where the material meeting to required quality
and specification is available after approval from the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) Sand to be used for cement concrete work, mortar for masonry and plaster work
shall be of standard quality. Sand shall be obtained from approved location or from
any other place where the material meeting to required quality and specification is
available after approval from the Engineer-in-charge.
iii) Brick of 75-class designation shall be obtained from any kiln where the material
meeting to required quality and specification is available after approval from the
Engineer-in-charge.
iv) Fly ash bricks of required designation and strength shall be used in the work. Bricks
shall be obtained from approved manufacturer only. The material should meet to
required specifications.
3. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specification occurs in the documents
relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or
revisions thereof, if any, up to the last date of submission of bid.
4. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items of the work
shall be considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water if required for which no
extra payment will be made. This will include water encountered from any source, such as
rains, floods, and sub-soil water table being high due to any other cause whatsoever.
5. RCC Work & DESIGN MIX CEMENT CONCRETE
The contractor shall be required to submit two separate design mix of concrete with
and without using plasticizers, separately. The decision of the engineer-in-charge to specify
the design mix of concrete based on above shall be final.
5.1 Coarse aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications
5.2 Fine Aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications.
5.3 Water: It shall conform to requirements laid down in IS:456: 2000 and CPWD
specifications.
5.4 Cement: Cement arranged by the contractor will be PPC (in bags) conforming to
IS:1489-Part-I. If for any reasons, cement other than that specified in this para for
example OPC of grade 43 or higher grade is brought to site by contractor, the issue,
payments rate as well as the quantity to be used in the design mix concrete will
remain unchanged.

5.5 Slump: Design slump should be clearly specified in the mix design.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 37

 5.6 Admixtures shall not be used without approval of Engineer-in-charge. Wherever
required, admixtures of approved quality shall be mixed with concrete as specified.
The admixtures shall conform to IS: 9103. The contractor shall not be paid anything
extra for admixture required for achieving desired workability without any change in
specified water cement ratio for RCC/CC work.

5.7 Grade of Concrete : The compressive strength of various grades of concrete shall to
be given as below:

Grade Compressive Specified Minimum Maximum

designation strength on characteristic cement water
15 cm cubes compressive quantity (Kg. cement
min. 7 days strength at 28 per cum. ratio
(N/mm2) days Mtr.)
(N/mm2)

I M 25 As per design 25 As per CPWD 0.50

II M 30 As per design 30 specification/ 0.45
BIS Code
III M 35 As per design 35 0.45

IV M 40 As per design 40 0.40

Note-

(i) In the designation of a concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and number to the
specified characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm x 15 cm x 15 cm – cube
28days expressed in N/mm2
(ii) The minimum/maximum cement content for design mix concrete shall be
maintained as per the quantity mentioned above. In case where the quantity of
cement required is higher than the minimum specified above to achieve desired
strength based on an approved mix design extra shall become payable to the
contractor.
(iii) Design slump has to be constantly monitored and maintained during placing of
concrete through slump tests carried out as per CPWD specification 2019 Vol. 1 for
Mortar, Concrete and RCC works, and records maintained accordingly.
5.8 The concrete mix design/laboratory tests with and without admixture shall be got done by
contractor at his own cost and will be carried out by the contractor through one of the
following laboratory/Test houses:
(i) NIT Jamshedpur
(ii) IIT Dhanbad, Patna, Khargpur
(iii) BIT, Sindri
(iv) Any NABL Accredited LAB approved by CE-Ranchi.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 38

 (v) Approved Lab/Govt. Engineering Institutions as directed by the Engineer-in- charge.
The various ingredients for mix design / laboratory tests shall be sent to the test
houses through the Engineer-in-Charge and the samples of such aggregate & cement
shall be preserved at site by the department.
5.9 The contractor shall submit the mix design report from any of above approved laboratory
for approval of Engineer-in-Charge within 30 days from the date of issue of letter of
acceptance of the tender. No concreting shall be done until the mix design is approved by
the Engineer-in-charge. In case of white portland cement and the likely use of admixtures in
concrete with PPC/white portland cement the contractor shall design and test the concrete
mix by using trial mixes with white cement and/or admixtures also for which nothing extra
shall be payable.
5.10 In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the
concrete mix during the work, a revised laboratory mix design report conducted at
laboratory established at site shall be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
Note:- Extra Cement upto 10% of the minimum specified cement content in design mix
shall be payable separately.
In case the cement content in design mix is more than 110% of the specified minimum
cement content, the contractor shall have discretion the either re-design the mix or bear
the cost of extra cement.
However, if admixture is not used in approved design mix, necessary recovery shall be
affected as per agreement item.
5.11 The contractor shall be free to use Ready Mix Concrete (RMC)/ Batch mix concrete. The
contractor shall ensure that transit mixtures shall transport the concrete to site. All the
precautions shall be taken during the transportation and handling of concrete to achieve
the desired strength, durability, etc. as envisaged in the Mix Design. Contractor has to get
the approval from Engineer-In-Charge regarding source of RMC by giving the details of such
plants indicating name of owner / company, its location, technical establishment, past
experience and text of Memorandum of Understanding (proposed to be entered between
purchaser and supplier). The Engineer-in-Charge, after satisfying himself about quality /
capability of the company shall give approval in writing (subject to drawing of MOU). The
MOU shall be drawn with RMC plant owner / company and submitted to Engineer-in-
Charge within a week of such approval. The contractor will not be allowed to purchase RMC
without completion of above formalities for use in the project. Notwithstanding the
approval granted by Engineer-in-Charge in aforesaid manner, the contractor shall be fully
responsible for quality of concrete including input control, production, transportation and
placement etc. The Engineer-in-Charge will reserve the right to deploy his supervisor at
plant site to inspect at any such stage and reject the material / concrete etc if he is not
satisfied about quality of material / product.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 39

6. Trial Batches
The designed mix proportion shall be checked for target mean compressive strength by
means of trial batches.
The quantities of materials for each trial mix shall be sufficient for at least six specimens
(cubes) and the concrete required for carrying out work ability tests.
The work ability of Trial Mix No. 1 shall be measured and mix shall be carefully observed
for freedom from segregation, bleeding and its finishing characteristics. The water content,
if required, shall be adjusted corresponding to the required changes in the work ability.
With the modified water content, the mix pro-portions shall be recalculated by keeping
with water cement ratio unchanged. The mix proportions, as modified, shall form the Trial
Mix No.2 and tested for the specified strength and work ability.
In addition, Trial Mix No. 3 and 4 shall be designed by keeping water contents same as that
determined for trial mix 2 but varying the water cement ratio + 10 percent of the specified
value and tested for their design characteristics.

All cost of mix designing and testing connected therewith including charges payable to
the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor including redesigning of the concrete mix
wherever required and directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

7. APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX:

The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a target mean
compressive strength Tck=Fck+1.65 s. Where Fck = Characteristic compressive strength
of 28 days = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality control The degree
of quality control for this work is “good” for which the standard deviation (s)obtained
for different grades of concrete shall be as below:

Grade of Concrete For “Good” quality of control

M 25 4.00
M 30 5.00
M 35 5.00
M 40 5.00

of the six specimen of each set three shall be tested at seven days and
remainingthreeat28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only to
indicate the strength to be attained at 28 days.

7 (a) All cost of mix designing and testing connected therewith including charges payable
to the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor.

7 (b) The batching plant shall conform to IS:4925. It shall have the facilities of presetting
the quantity to be weighed with automatic cutoff when the same is achieved.
Concreting at places may have to be resorted to through concrete pump for which
nothing extra shall be paid.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 40

 7 (c) All other operations in concreting work like Mixing, Slump, Laying Placing of
concrete, compaction curing etc. not mentioned in this particular specification for
Design Mix of concrete shall be as per CPWD specification.

7(d) WORK STRENGTH TEST

TEST SPECIMEN

Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS: 456 on random sampling.
Each test shall be conducted on six specimens, three of which shall be tested at 7 days and
remaining three at 28 days.
7 (e) TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLE

The test result of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimen. The
individual variation shall not be more than 15 percent of the average. If more, the test
results of the sample are invalid. 90% of the total test shall be done at the laboratory
established at site by contractor and remaining 10% in the laboratory of CPWD or in any
other laboratory as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Lot size

The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be according to the
following:-

Quantity of concrete in the work cubic metre per day Number of samples.

1-5 1
6-15 2
16-30 3
31-50 4
51 & above 4 + one additional sample for additional 50
cubic metre or part thereof.
Note: At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.
8. FREQUENCY OF TEST:
The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be one sample for every
50 cum or part thereof. At least one sample shall be taken from each shift. 90% of the total
tests shall be done at the laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining
10%in any laboratory mentioned in Para 3.9 above.
9. STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE:

10. Acceptance criteria of design mix shall be in accordance with Para 5.8.3 of CPWD
Specification 2019 Volume I.

11. For cast-in-situ (if required), the contractor has to arrange at site centering and shuttering as
given in Proforma of Schedule before one month from stipulated date of start of work. Only M.S.
centering / shuttering and scaffolding material unless & otherwise specified shall be used for all
R.C.C. work to give an even finish of concrete surface. However, marine-ply shuttering as per site
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 41
 requirement may be used on specific request from contractor as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. No extra payment shall be made on any of these grounds

12. In order to keep the floor finish as per architectural drawings and to provide required thickness of
the flooring as per specifications, the level of top surface of R.C.C. shall be accordingly adjusted at
the time of its centering, shuttering and casting for which nothing extra shall be paid to the
Contractor.

13. As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies,
corridors shall be kept 15 mm lower than corridor/ adjacent rooms/ general
floors and shuttering should be adjusted accordingly and slabs should be laid with
slope towards the drainage point. Nothing extra is payable on this account.

14. FORM WORK

14.1 The work shall be done in general as per CPWD Specifications.
14.2 Only M.S. centering / shuttering and scaffolding material unless & otherwise
specified shall be used for all R.C.C. work to give an even finish of concrete surface.
However, shutter-ply shuttering in exceptional cases as per site requirement may be
used on specific request from contractor to be approved by the Engineer–in-Charge.
Steel shuttering as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used by the
contractor. Minimum size of shuttering plates shall be 600mm x 900mmexcept for
the case when closing pieces required to complete the shuttering panels. Dented,
broken, cracked, twisted or rusted shuttering plates shall not be allowed to be used
on the work. The shuttering plates shall be cleaned properly with electrically driven
sanders to remove any cement slurry or cement mortar or rust. Proper shuttering oil
or de-bonding compound shall be applied on the surface of the shuttering plates in
the requisite quantity before assembly of steel reinforcement.
14.3 For the execution of centering and shuttering, the contractor shall use propriety
“Reebole” chemical mould release agent of FOSROC or equivalent as shuttering oil as
approved by Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
14.4 Double steel scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided for
external wall finish, cladding etc. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied
together with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding platform shall be fixed.
Scaffolding shall have steel staircase for inspection of works at upper levels.
14.5 Nothing extra shall be paid for the centering and shuttering, circular in shape
whenever the form work is having a mean radius exceeding 6m in plan.
14.6 In order to keep the floor finish as per architectural drawings and to provide
required thickness of the flooring as per specifications, the level of top surface of
R.C.C. shall be accordingly adjusted at the time of its centering, shuttering and
casting for which nothing extra shall be paid to the Contractor.
14.7 As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies, shall be
kept 12 to 20mm lower than general floors as required. Shuttering should be
adjusted accordingly. Nothing extra is payable on this account.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 42

 14.8 Concreting of upper floor shall not be done until concrete of lower floor has set at
least for 14 days but form work and reinforcement can be taken up after the
concrete has set at least for three days.

15. STAINLESS STEEL CRAMPS

The size & shape of the cramps shall be as per drawing and as per directions of Engineer-in-
charge. The samples of steel cramps should be got approved in advance before starting the
stone cladding work.
16. FLOORING
The rate of items of flooring is inclusive of Providing Sunken Flooring in Bathrooms, Kitchen,
W.C., etc. and nothing extra on this account is admissible.
17. WOOD WORK
The samples of species of timber/PVC to be used shall be deposited by the contractor with
the Executive Engineer before commencement of the work. The contractor shall produce
cash vouchers and certificates from standard kiln seasoning plant operator about the
timber section to be used on the work having been kiln seasoned by them, failing which it
would not be so accepted as kiln seasoned.
17.1 Factory made shutters, as specified shall be obtained from factories to be approved
by the Engineer-in-charge and shall conform to IS: 2202 (Part-I) 1991. The contractor
shall inform well in advance to the Engineer-in-charge the names and address of the
factory where from the contractor intends to get the shutters manufactured. The
contractor will place order for manufacture of shutters only after written approval of
the Engineer-in-charge in this regard is given. The contractor is bound to abide by
the decision of the Engineer-in-charge and recommend a name of another factory
from the approved list in case the factory already proposed by the contractor is not
found competent to manufacture quality shutters. Shutters will, however, be
accepted only if this meets the specified tests. The contractor will also arrange stage-
wise inspection of the shutters at factory of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative. Contractor will have no claim if the shutters brought at site are
rejected by Engineer-in-charge in part or full lot due to bad workmanship/quality.
Such shutters will not be measured and paid and the contractor shall remove the
same from the site of work within 7 days after the written instructions in this regard
are issued by Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.
18. STEEL WORK
All welded steel work shall be tested for quality of weld as laid down in IS: 822-1970 before
actual erection.

19. INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

19.1 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron S & S pipes and G.I. pipes wherever necessary shall be
fixed to R.C.C. columns, beams etc. with rawl plugs and nothing extra shall be paid
for this.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 43
 19.2 The contractor shall be responsible of the protection of the sanitary and water
supply fittings and other fittings and fixtures against pilferage and breakage during
the period of installation and thereafter until the building is handed over.
20. VARIATION IN CONSUMPTION OF MATERIALS
The variation in consumption of material shall be governed as per CPWD specifications and
clauses of the contract to the extent applicable.
21 CONDITIONS
21.1 The contractor will have to work according to the programme work, decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall also construct a sample unit complete in all
respects within time specified by the Engineer-in-Charge and this sample unit shall
be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before mass construction is taken up.
No extra claim whatsoever beyond the payments due at agreement rates will be
entertained from the contractor on this account. The contractor shall take
instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge for stacking of materials in any place.
21.2 No excavated earth or building materials shall be stacked on areas where other
buildings, roads, services of compound wall are to be constructed.

21.3 If as per Municipal rules the huts for labour are not to be erected at the site of work
by the contractors, the contractors are required to provide such accommodation as
is acceptable to local bodies and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
21.4 Grey cement bags shall be stacked/stored in separate godown to be constructed by
contractor at his own cost as per (which is only indicative and actual size will depend
on the site requirements) at page 23 of CPWD specification 2019 Vol. I with weather
leak proof roofs and walls. Each godown shall be provided with single door with two
locks. The keys of one lock shall remain with CPWD Engineer-in-Charge of work and
that of the other lock with the authorized agent of the contractor at the site of work
so that the cement is removed from the godown according to the daily requirement
with the knowledge of both the parties and proper account maintained in standard
proforma.
21.5 The contractor is responsible for the safe custody of the materials issued to him even
if the materials are under double lock system.
21.6 The contractor shall construct suitable godowns, yard at the site of work for storing
all other materials so as to be safe against damage by sun, rain, damages, fire, theft
etc. at his own cost and also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for
the purpose at his cost.
21.7 The standard sectional weights referred to as standard tables in Para 5.3.4 in
specifications for works,2019 Vol. I& II vide page 135 of Table-5.4 to be considered
for conversion of length of various size of M.S. bars/cold twisted bars and Thermo
Mechanically Treated Bars into weight are as under:[Note: These are
as per clause 6.2 of IS:1786].

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 44

 TABLE
Nominal Size Weight KG/M Size (Diameter MM) Weight KG/M
6 0.222 25 3.85
8 0.395 28 4.83
10 0.617 32 6.31
12 0.888 36 7.99
16 1.58 40 9.86
20 2.47
21.8 All materials obtained from contractor shall be got checked by the Junior Engineer-
in-Charge of the works on receipt of the same at site before use.
21.9 Royalty at the prevalent rates shall have to be paid by the contractor on all the
boulders, metals, shingle sand and bajri etc. collected by him for the execution of the
work, direct to the Revenue authority or authorized agent of the State Government
concerned or Central Government. In event of non submission of royality challan
with bills the necessary deduction shall be made as per guideline issued from State
Government.
21.10 For all kind of R.C.C. work PPC (Portland Pazzolana Cement) shall be allowed to be
used.

22.0 TESTING OF MATERIAL

22.1 Grey cement & Thermo-mechanically Treated Bar shall be arranged by the
Contractor.
22.2 The Contractor shall produce all the materials in advance so that there is sufficient
time for testing and approving of the material and clearance of the same before use
in work.
23. INTEGRAL WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
The contractor must associate himself with the specialized firm to be approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge in writing, for integral cement based water proofing treatment for
sunken floors and on roofs. A five (05) years Guarantee Bond in prescribed Performa as
specified in this document must be given by the specialized firm on stamp paper which shall
be countersigned by the contractor, in token of his overall responsibility. In addition 10%
(ten percent) of the cost of these items would be retained as Guarantee Bond to watch
the performance of the work done. If any defect is noticed during the Guarantee period for
five (05) years to be reckoned from the date after the maintenance period prescribed in the
contract expires it should be rectified by the contractor within seven days and if not
attended to, the same will be got done by another agency at the risk and cost of the
contractor. However, this security deposit can be released in full, if bank guarantee of
equivalent amount for five (05) years is produced and deposited with the department.
24. Treatment for Roof Surface
24.1 The brickbats shall be from well-burnt bricks. The proprietary water proofing
compound shall conform to IS: 1856-1975. Before execution of work, water proofing
compound has to be brought to site from which random sample would be got tested
and a certificate of it’s conforming to IS Code should be produced. The proprietary
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 45
 waterproofing compound shall be added at the rate recommended by the
specialized firm but not exceeding 8% (percent) by weight of cement.
24.2 The finished surface after waterproofing treatment shall have minimum slope of 1 in
80. At no point shall the thickness of waterproofing treatment be less than 65mm.
24.3 While treatment of roof surface is done it shall be ensured that the outlet drain
pipes have been fixed and mouths at the entrance have been added and rounded off
properly for easy flow of water.
24.4 The surface where the waterproofing is to be done shall be thoroughly cleaned with
wire brushes. All loose scales shall be removed and dusted off. The surface shall be
treated with neat cement slurry admixed with proprietary water proofing compound
to penetrate into crevices and fill up all the pores in the surface. This cement slurry
shall be applied at the junction of parapet and terrace slab by injection process.
24.5 After the slurry coat is laid, layer of well burnt brick bats shall be laid in cement
mortar of mix as specified by the specialist firm but not leaner than1:5(1 cement: 5
coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing compound to required
gradient and joints filled to half the depth. The brickbat of various thickness shall be
used to achieve the specified gradient. This layer shall be rounded at the junction
with the parapet and tapered toward stop for a height of 300 mm. Curing of this
layer shall be done for three days.

24.6 After curing, the surface shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound.

24.7 Joints of brick bat layer shall be filled fully with cement mortar of mix as specified by
the specialized firm but not leaner than 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) admixed with
proprietary waterproofing compound and finally top finished with average 20mm
thick layer of same mortar and finished smooth with cement slurry admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound. The finished surface shall have marking of
300 x 300 mm false squares to give the appearance of tiles.

24.8 Curing of water proofing treatment shall be done for a minimum of ten days.

24.9 The Measurement shall be taken along with the finished surface of treatment
including the rounded and tapered portion of junction of parapet wall.

25. Road Work

25.1 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (UNDER ORDINARY CONDITIONS) Specifications of

item 16.37 to be followed except that cement concrete of grade 1:2:4 or specified
otherwise to be prepared and compacted.

25.2 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 46

25.2.1 Materials
[Link] Cement
(a) Cement used on work shall be as per sub head cement concrete of CPWD
specifications2019 (Vol. – I).

[Link] Water : Water used on work shall conform to SH: cement concrete of CPWD,
Specification 2019- Vol. I.

[Link] Coarse Aggregate : These shall be crushed or broken from hard stones obtained
from approved quarry. These shall be clean strong, durable of fairly cubical shape and free
from soft, friable, thin elongated and laminated disintegrated pieces. These shall also be
free from dirt, organic deleterious and any other foreign matter and adherent coatings and
shall satisfy the physical requirements laid down in para 16.37.19 under quality control.

[Link] Fine Aggregate : This shall be coarse sand conforming to CPWD Specification 2019
Vol. I.

[Link] Grading of Mixed Aggregates : The grading of all aggregates (coarse and fine
aggregates) to be used in the work shall be determined in the laboratory. The coarse and
fine aggregates shall be mixed in suitable proportions so that the grading of the mixed
aggregates shall be in the range indicated in Table 16.32.

Table 16.32
I.S. Sieve Size (IS 460) % age passing by weight
45 mm 100
22.4 mm 55 - 60
11.2 mm 45 - 50
5.6 mm 35 - 40
2.8 mm 30 - 35
1.4 mm 20 - 25
710 microns 15 - 20
355 microns 10 - 14
180 microns 2-5
25.2.2 Mix Design

[Link] The mix shall be approved by Engineer-in- Charge so as to obtain the following
mean strength that exceeds the minimum specified flexural strength by 1.64 times the
designed standard deviation.

Minimum works beam flexural = 300 kg/sqm. for M-30 or specified in item
strength at 28 days

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 47

Designed standard deviation = 60 kg/sqm. for M-30 or for specified
grade(s)
Design flexural strength at 28 days = 300+60x1.64
Water cement ratio by weight = 398.4 kg/sqm. (f + 1.64 s ) says 400 kg
Water cement ratio by weight 0.5
Minimum slump not more than 25 mm

[Link] For the purpose of tendering the contractor shall base his rate on the assumption
that the quantity of cement used for one cum. of finished concrete shall be 340 kg. or M -
30. If the actual quantity of cement required to be used as a result of the laboratory test is
different from that assumed above, necessary adjustment in the cost due to short cement
used shall be made on the basis of issue rate of cement including storage charges plus 2.5%
for handling charges. However, under no circumstances the quantity of cement to be used
shall either exceed 350 kg./cum or fall below 330 kg. per cum of finished concrete.

25.2.3 Statistical Field Check

[Link] Samples of concrete shall be taken at the mixer and works beams, made, cured
and tested in accordance with IS 1199 and IS 516.

[Link] When a mix is used for the first time, it is important to get a large number of
results, as soon as possible, in order to establish the level of control and then suitability of
the mix proportions. A sample of concrete shall be taken at random on eight separate
occasions during each of the first five days of using that mix. From each sample two beams
shall be made one for test at 7 days and the other for test at 28 days.

[Link] The work beam results shall be examined both individually and in consecutive (but
not overlapping) sets of four, for which the average and the range of each set is calculated.
The mix proportions shall be modified to increase the strength, if in the first ten
consecutive (but not overlapping) sets any of the following conditions are not satisfied.

(I) Each sample has a test strength not less than the minimum specified strength i.e.
30 kg/sq. cm. (or otherwise specified in item).

OR

(II) (a) Not more than two individual results (Not more than one of first twenty) of
the 40 beams tests shall fall below the minimum work beam strength but they shall
not be less than 80% of the specified beam strength of 30 kg./sq. cm (or otherwise
specified in item) or the minimum specified strength minus 1.35 times the standard
deviation whichever is greater.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 48

 (b) No value of the range in any set shall exceed 3 times the designed standard
deviation.

(c) The average for all samples (10 sets) shall not be less than the minimum specified
strength i.e. 30 kg/sq. cm (or otherwise specified in item) plus 1.64 times the
designed standard deviation 60 kg./[Link] M-30.

[Link] If either of these conditions ([Link] I or [Link] II) are not satisfied, the mix shall
be modified and the procedure described above shall be repeated till results satisfying the
above criterias are obtained.

[Link] Subsequently samples shall be taken at the rate of one for every 30 cubic metre of
concrete laid. Eight beam specimen shall constitute one sample. A set of 4 specimen shall
be tested after 7 days and another set of 4 specimen shall be tested after 28 days. These
test results shall be checked individually and in sets of four as the work progresses. If at any
stage it is found that either of conditions [Link],I or 16.4.3,II are not satisfied, the overall
average and the standard deviation of the previous consecutive 40 beam test results
including the non-complying set shall be calculated. If the overall average strength minus
1.64 times the standard deviation is more than the specified beam strength (30 kgm/[Link])
(or otherwise specified in item) the concrete shall be accepted. But if it is less than the
concrete work corresponding to these 40 beams tests shall be rejected and the mix
proportion shall be modified forth with for further work. The rejected work shall be
replaced by the contractor immediately at his own cost and expense.

[Link] The statistical field checks described in [Link] to [Link] are meant to control
the quality of concrete. The standard of acceptance of concrete shall be governed by the
provision of para [Link] to [Link].

25.2.4 Slump Test

The test shall be carried out as per IS 1199. A slump test shall be carried out at each mixer
at least one in fifty batches mixed or more frequently if directed by the Engineer- in-Charge.
Any batch from which slump test is being made shall not be transferred to the place of
laying till the slump test has been completed. Not only the batch which gives a slumps in
excess of that specified shall be rejected but the concrete already laid immediately
preceding the batch tested upto the nearest last transverse joint may be rejected by the
Engineer-in-Charge or his subordinate, if he is satisfied that such preceding batches were
substandard in this respect. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this respect shall be
final and binding on the contractor. Such rejected concrete shall be removed by the
contractor immediately and replaced with proper slump concrete at his cost and expense

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 49

26. EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM
26.1 FLOOR JOINT
26.1.1 General requirement of material : The expansion joint system will be of extruded
aluminum base members, self aligning /self centering arrangement and support plates etc. as per
ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it provides floor to floor/ floor to wall expansion
control system for various vertical locations in load application areas that accommodate multi
directional seismic movement without stress to its components. The system shall consist of metal
profiles with universal aluminum base member designed to accommodate various project
conditions and finish floor treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness
required to satisfy projects movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by
utilizing manufacturer‟s pre-engineered self centering arrangement that freely rotates/ moves in
all directions. The self-centering arrangements shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and
slide inside the corresponding aluminum extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and
flexure in all directions including vertical displacement. Provision of moisture barrier membrane
in the joint system to have water tight joint is mandatory requirement. The scope of work includes
all labour, materials, equipments and services and perform all operations required for complete
installation of expansion joint system.
26.1.2 Performance Requirement : Material and works shall conform to the latest edition of
reference specifications as specified in the item and to all applicable codes and requirement of
local authorities having jurisdiction.
26.1.3 Approval of expansion joint system : Sample of expansion joint system along with
manufacturers latest published literature for material specified herein, material test reports, shop
drawings etc. shall be submitted for obtaining approval before material are delivered at the site.
The expansion joint cover assembly should be from one source (from single manufacturer)
26.1.4 Installation of expansion joint system: In all cases the manufacturer‟s standard written
instruction or specific instructions for installation shall be followed.
26.1.5 Measurement : The length of expansion joint shall be measured, correct to a cm.
26.1.6 Rate : The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour involved in providing & fixing of
expansion joint.

26.2 WALL JOINT

26.2.1 General requirement of material : The expansion joint system related with wall joint
(internal/ external) shall be of extruded aluminum base members, self aligning / centering
arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221-02. The material shall be such that it provides
an Expansion joints systems suitable for vertical wall to wall/ wall to corner application, both
new and existing construction in office buildings & complexes with no slipping down tendency
amongst the components of the joint system. The Joint System shall utilize light weight aluminum
profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminum surfaces mechanically snap locking the
multicellular to facilitate movement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 50

26.2.2 Performance Requirement : Material and works shall conform to the latest edition of
reference specifications as specified in the item and to all applicable codes and requirement of
local authorities having jurisdiction.
26.2.3 Approval of expansion joint system : Sample of expansion joint system along with
manufacturers latest published literature for material specified herein, material test reports, shop
drawings etc. shall be submitted for obtaining approval before material are delivered at the site.
The expansion joint cover assembly should be from one source (from single manufacturer)
26.2.4 Installation of expansion joint system : In all cases the manufacturer‟s standard written
instruction or specific instructions for installation shall be followed.
26.2.5 Measurement : The length of expansion joint shall be measured, correct to a cm.
26.2.6 Rate : The rate shall be inclusive of all material and labour involved in providing & fixing of
expansion joint.

26.3 FIRE RESISTANT METAL/GLAZED DOORS

26.3.1 GENERAL
The Fire resistant Metal/Glazed Doors shall not collapse during the rated period of fire under the
specified fire conditions and shall provide safe access to the escape route.
26.3.2 CODES & SPECIFICATIONS
All materials, items, hardware etc. shall be subjected to approval by Engineer-In-Charge.
Necessary documentation/ test certificates shall be furnished by the Contractor from the
manufacturer before supply of material for approval by Engineer-in-charge. Each Door shall be
provided with a small metal identification plate in suitable location indicating Fire rating, name of
the Manufacturer, date of installation and details of approved test house. Each Metal/Glazing
pane shall carry a permanent stamp of the manufacturer. The complete assembly of the doors i.e.
frame, shutter, vision glass and hardware shall have fire rating as required and shall confirm to:

1. EN 1634-1 Fire resistance and smoke control tests for door and shutter assemblies,
openable windows and elements of building hardware - Part 1: Fire
resistance test for door and shutter assemblies and openable windows
2. EN 1364-1 Fire resistance tests for non-load bearing elements – Part 1: Walls
3. EN 410 Determination of luminous and solar characteristics of glazing.
4. EN 12600 Glass in Buildings – Pendulum test – Impact test and classification for flat
glass

26.3.3 TESTING AND CERTIFICATION :

The Fire resistant Metal/Glazed Doors shall be supplemented with appropriate
certification by fire test lab, for applicable or higher dimension with complete description
of the architectural components and hardware for Fire resistant Metal/Glazed Doors for
which the approval is given. Along with the material tests, the complete system along with
the framing shall be tested in accordance with the criteria of EN1634- 1 for door/window
and EN1364-1 for partition. The installation of the fire rated system shall confirm to
requirement of test evidence. The choice of hardware and/or glazed accessories shall be as
per test evidence.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 51

27. FRP UNDER GROUND PACKAGE SWEAGE TREATMENT PLANT (STP)

FRP under ground Package Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) of 50 KLD Capacity with
Tertiary Treatment Plant (TTP).
TECHNICAL DETAILS.

1. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
a) Preliminary Treatment:
The influent sewage water passes through a bar screen to remove all large objects
like cans, rags, sticks, plastic packets etc. carried in the sewage stream.
b) Secondary Treatment:
i. Anaerobic Zone
First stage transforms the solids in raw sewage to settled solids while allowing
scum to float on the surface. It is a zone in which settled sludge is stabilized by
anaerobic digestion.

ii. Anoxic Zone:

Water then enters anoxic zone and de-nitrification of the wastewater stream is
accomplished by returning activated sludge from the final sedimentation zone to
the anoxic zone where in Dissolved oxygen levels are maintained approx. as 0.2
to 0.5 mg/l. In the de-nitrification process, anoxic microbes break down
existing nitrates, which results in the release of inert nitrogen gas into the
atmosphere.

iii. Aeration Zone:

The sewage from the solid separation zone flows to the aeration zone. Air is
diffused with help of air blowers which will encourage the growth of bacteria
cultures in and around the Floating plastic media inside the aeration zone. The
MBBR media provides extended surface area for growth of microorganisms.
iv. Sedimentation Zone:
The next step of treatment involves the sedimentation where organic wastes are
settled in the zone. The settled waste in the bottom of the tank is pumped back
to the anoxic zone as a return sludge, to ensure that quality of effluent would
pass the stipulated sewage parameters.
c) Tertiary Treatment System
The secondary treated sewage is then passed through Pressure Sand Filter &
Activated Carbon Filter for removal of Suspended Solids, Color & Odor. The
treated water is then disinfected using Sodium Hypochlorite before reuse.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 52

2. FLOW CHART

BAR SCREEN

ANAEROBIC TANK

ANOXIC TANK

Sludge Recycle

AERATION TANK

SEDIMENTATION TANK

FILTER FEED TANK (INTERMEDIATE TANK)

↓

TTP

DISINFECTION

TREATED WATER STORAGE TANK

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 53

3. SCOPE OF WORK:

● Construction of RCC manhole / sewage collection chamber with Bar screen.

For 50 KLD – 1500 ltr.

Bar screen dimension shall be 0.5 mtr. x 0.5 mtr. made from mild steel FRP coated
bar. Bar Spacing shall be 10 mm.
● Supply of Underground FRP Package Sewage Treatment Plant with inbuilt
standard manholes & cover.

For 50 KLD :-

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 54

No Item Description Specification Qty.
1. Bar Screen (Mesh) Dimension : 0.5 m x 0.5 m 01 No.
MOC : MS FRP coated
Bar Specing : 10 mm
2. FRP under ground Tanks : 1 No. 01 Lot
STP of capacity Chamber : 4 Nos. each
50,000 ltr/day Dimension : 13.20 mtr (L) x 2.2 mtr (Dia)
Tank 1
3 FRP under ground Tanks : 1 No. 01 Lot
(a) treated water tank of Chamber : 2 Nos. each
capacity of 20,000 ltr. Dimension : 6.89 mtr (L) x 2.2 mtr (Dia)

3 FRP under ground Tanks : 1 No. 01 Lot

(b) tank of capacity
10,000 ltr. For
collection of sewage.
4. Air blower Nos. : 2 Nos. (1 working + 1 standby) 01 Lot
Make : Cleantek/ Equi
(with accessories)
Pressure : 0.3 Kg/cm2
Type : 2 HP
5. Recirculation Pump No. : 2 Nos. (1 working + 1 standby) 01 Lot
Make : Lubi/Kirloskar/CRI/CG/Equi.
Capacity : 0.5 HP
Type : Non-clog Submersible
6. Control Panel MCC Make : Siemens/L&T/ABB 01 Lot

7. Pipes & Fittings Make : 01 Lot

Supreme/Finolex/Prince/Astral/
(PVC/ uPVC)
Hindware (Truflow).

8. Filter Feed Pump No. : 2 Nos. (1 working + 1 standby) 01 Lot

Make : Lubi/Kirloskar/CRI/CG
Capacity : 1 to 2 HP
Type : Non-clog Submersible
9. Pressure sand filter Capacity : 4 Cum / hour 01 Lot
MOC : FRP
Filter media : Gravels / Pebbles / Corse
Silex / Fine Silex / sand
Piping : PVC
Make : Pentair

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 55

No Item Description Specification Qty.
10. Activated Carbon Capacity : 4 Cum / hour 01 Lot
Filter MOC : FRP
Filter media : Activated carbon 1200 I / V
Piping : PVC
Make : Pentair
11. Chlorine (Sodium No. : 1 No. 01 Lot
hypochlorie dosing) Make : Asia LMI / E-dose / Kaigo
system Dosing pump : 0 to 6 ltr. / hour
Dosing drum : 50 Ltr. (HDPE drum)
12. Treated water No. : 2 Nos. (1 working + 1 standby) 01 Lot
transfer pump Make : Lubi/Kirloskar/CRI/CG
Capacity : 1 to 2 HP
Type : Non-clog Submersible

The contractor has to construct manhole of required size for fixing the bar screen. The
contractor has to construct Oil and Grease trap before the STP tank or outside the mess for
raw sweage has FOG>= 40 PPM.
STP / FRP tank shall be placed below the ground level after necessary excavation to meet the
gravitational flow.
150 mm thick Plain Cement Concrete shall be placed at the base of excavated pit.
RCC deadmen provided by manufacturer shall be placed above the finish surface of PCC as
per specified distance.
In between RCC deadmen aggregate mix of size as per schedule shall be placed upto the top
surface of RCC deadmen. After placing the STP and other FRP tank over deadmen
backfilling shall be done by aggregate mix upto the top surface of STP.
Necessary pump house of size 3 mtr. x 3 mtr. shall be constructed near STP to inhouse
electrical panel / pump etc. Pump room shall be RCC framed structure. Payment made
separately as per schedule item i.e. brick work, RCC etc. of the agreement.
Necessary warranty / guarantee of all equipment shall be submitted by the contractor upto
defect liability period.
Running, Operation & maintenance of 50 KLD MBBR type STP after successful
commissioning and trial run of 15 days and after handing over to client which ever is later,
for period of 06 months including round of clock operators cum security guard in required
numbers, periodical checking of the plant, oiling, greasing, routine maintenance, necessary
safety arrangements, all consumables chemicals like HYPO/DWPE /Clorine etc. solution
alongwith filter media, electrical fitting and fixtures, motor, pump, associated pipe line work,
valve, gagues etc complete. During this period of maintenance surplus dried sludge /waste
shall be disposed of as per direction of Engineer-in-charge/client. This shall include all cost
involved in maintenance except for electricity and water for operation, which shall be
provided by the client department free of cost.
If agency has fails to successful Running, Operation & maintenance of STP the amount Rs.
25,000/- per month deducted from the security deposit.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 56
 The contractor shall be submit test report of water obtained from STP. Testing charges shall
be paid by the contractor.
Electrical service connection shall be provide from the nearest point within 15 mtr. by the
contractor without any extra charge.
Agency has to submit design and flow diagram to Engineer-in-charge before execution.
Nothing shall be paid extra in lieu of disposing of excess soil, piping and fittings,
electrical cabling, electrical panel, test report etc.

24.11 SEWAGE PARAMETERS WITH TTP :

Sewage parameters guaranteed at outlet of Package STP and Tertiary Treatment System
(MGF+ACF+Cl. Do.) are :-

Sr. Parameters Inlet Outlet

No.
1. pH The quality of the raw sewage 6.5 – 8.5
shall be determined by the
agency themselves.

2. BOD -Do- < 10 mg/lit

3. COD -Do- < 80 mg/lit

4. TSS -Do- < 20 mg/lit

5. FOG -Do- < 10 mg/lit

6. Total Nitrogen -Do- < 10 mg/lit

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 57

 MATERIALS ARRANGED BY THE CONTRACTOR

A. CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT

1. In all contracts where departmental issue of cement and steel is not stipulated, special
conditions shall be incorporated as below:
1.1 Conditions for Cement (Grey Cement).
i) The contractor shall procure 43 grade ordinary Portland cement conforming
to IS 8112/Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) [conforming toIS:1489 (Part-I)],
as required in the work, from reputed manufacturers of grey cement as
mentioned in approved list of materials or from any other reputed cement
Manufacturer having a production capacity not less than one million ones per
annum as approved by Chief Engineer/ Chief Project Manager for that zone.
Supply of cement shall be taken in 50 Kg. bags bearing manufacturer’s name
and ISI marking. Samples of cement arranged by the Contractor shall be taken
by the Engineer-in-charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of
relevant BIS codes. In case the test results indicate that the cement arranged
by the contractor does not conform to the relevant BIS codes, the same shall
stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at his
own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-charge to
do so.
ii) Use of ones nd pozzolana/ordinary ones nd/ ones nd slag cement,
admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS : 9103 shall be used in RCC
structures in accordance with the circular issued by the Directorate General of
Works vide No. egk- fu- @fn-n-vuq@20 fnukad % 16-02-2021- The use of cement
shall be regulated as per the following conditions stipulated in the circular dt.
09.04.2009:-
a) IS:456-2000 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete (as
amended upto date) shall be followed in regard to Concrete Mix
Portion and its production as under:
(i) The concrete mix design shall be done as “Design Mix Concrete”
as prescribed in clause-9 of IS 456 mentioned above.
(ii) Concrete shall be manufactured in accordance with clause 10 of
above mentioned IS:456 covering quality assurance measures
both technical and organizational, which shall also necessarily
require a qualified Concrete Technologist to be available during
manufacture of concrete for certification of quality of concrete.
b) Minimum M25 grade of concrete shall be used in all structural
elements made with RCC both in load bearing and framed structure.
c) The mechanical properties such as modulus of elasticity, tensile
strength, creep and shrinkage of flyash mixed concrete or concrete
using flyash blended cements (PPCs) are not likely to be significantly
different and their values are to be taken same as those used for
concrete made with OPC.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 58

 d) To control higher rate of carbonation in early ages of concrete both in
flyash admixed as well as PPC based concrete, water/binder ratio shall
be kept as low as possible, which shall be closely monitored during
concrete manufacture. If necessitated due to low water/binder ratio,
required workability shall be achieved by use of chloride free chemical
admixtures conforming toIS:9103. The compatibility of chemical
admixtures and super plasticizers with each set OPC, fly ash and /or
PPC received from different sources shall be ensured by trails.
e) In environment subjected to aggressive chloride or sulphate attack in
particular, use of flyash admixed or PPC based concrete is
recommended. In case, where structural concrete is exposed to
excessive magnesium sulphate, flyash substitution/content shall be
limited to 18% by weight. Special type of cement with low C3A content
may also be alternatively used. Durability criteria like minimum binder
content and maximum water/binder ratio also need to be given due
consideration is such environment.

f) Wet curing period shall be enhanced to a minimum of 10 days or its

equivalent. In hot & arid regions, the minimum curing period shall be
14 days or its equivalent.
g) Subject to General Guidelines detailed out as above, PPC manufactured
conforming to IS:1489 (Part-I) shall be treated at par with OPC for
manufacture of Design Mix Concrete for structural use in RCC.

h) Till the time, BIS makes it mandatory to print the %age of flyash on
each bag of cement, the certificate from the PPC manufacturer
indicating the same shall be insisted upon before allowing use of such
cements in works.

i) While using PPC for structural concrete work, no further admixing of

flyash shall be permitted.

III. The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50

tonnes or as decided by the Engineer- In- Charge. The cement godown of
the capacity to store a minimum of 2000 bags of cement or as decided by NIT
approving authority in case less than 1OO MT cement is required for the work,
shall be constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra
payment shall be made. For small maintenance works, NIT approving
authority shall decide the requirement of the storage/godown.

IV. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward and safety of
the cement godown. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the
cement godown by the Engineer-in-Charge at any time.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 59

 V. The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall be used
on the work only after satisfactory test results have been received. The
contractor shall supply free of charge the cement required for testing
including its transportation cost to testing laboratories. The cost of tests of
cement shall be borne by the contractor.
VI. The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and
proper accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The
theoretical consumption of cement shall be worked out as per procedure
prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by conditions
laid therein. In case the cement consumption is less than theoretical
consumption including permissible variation, recovery at the rate so
prescribed shall be made after ensuring structural soundness and stability
on the basis of testing. In case of excess consumption no adjustment need
to made.
VII. The cement brought to the site and the cement remaining unused after
completion of the work shall not be removed from site without the written
permission of the Engineer-in- charge.
VIII. The damaged cement shall be removed from the site immediately by the
contractor on receipt of a notice in writing from the Engineer-In-Charge. If he
does not’do so within 3 days of receipt of such notice, the Engineer-In-
Charge shall get it removed at the cost of the contractor.
IX. Chief Engineers/CPMs/ADGs/SDGs may change the brand of Cement
depending upon availability in local market but conforming to grade
mentioned in the NIT and only with ISI mark, if warranted. The name of
manufacturers should be finalized after taking into consideration the
availability and cost factor.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 60

 B. CONDITIONS FOR STEEL REINFORCEMENT
1. The contractor shall procure ISI marked TMT Bars of Fe 500D grade from the steel
manufacturer such as SAIL, TISCON, RINL, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd. and JSW Steel ltd. Or
their authorized dealer having valid BIS License for IS 1786-2008 (Amended –
November 2012). If TMT bars of any dia of above mentioned make is not available in
market at any time then the contractor on producing non availability certificate from
the manufacturers may procured TMT bars of that dia from Steel manufacture as per
the following guidelines:
2. The Special Director General of Project Region Kolkata of CPWD shall approve the steel
manufactures subject to the guidelines for eligibility criteria and other technical
parameters given below.
Credentials for eligibility criteria & other technical parameters for steel manufacturer :
The manufacturer should meet the following eligibility criteria:
a) The Steel manufacture should have following documentary evidence:
i. Certificate of incorporation
ii. Memorandum of articles of Association
iii. Credit rating of the company from CARE/CRISIL/ICRA (the grading should not be C/D
grade for minimum last 3 years)
b) The Steel manufacturer must have following licenses and certificates:
i. ISI certificate for billets (IS 2830:2012)
ii. ISI certificate for TMT Bars (IS 1786:2008 (Amendment -1 November 2012)
c) The Steel manufacturer should also preferably have the following licenses:
i. ISO 9001:2015
ii. ISO 14001:2015
iii. OHSAS 18001:2007
d) The steel manufacturer should be using iron ore as the basic raw material. The entire
gamut of iron and steel production is owned by the same company or its subsidiary
company (ies) and the iron making capacity is sufficient matching the steel making
capacity, adopting any of the refining technologies for manufacturing steel & TMT Bars
as given under are eligible:
i. BF-BOF route
ii. COREX-BOF Route
iii. DRI-EAF Route (Each Electric Arc Furnace should be 100 MT or more)
e) Billets produced must be ISI marked (IS 2830:2012)
f) The TMT bars produced must be ISI marked (IS 1786:2008)
g) The steel manufacturer should have the following in house testing facilities (NABL
Accredited):
i. Computerized Universal Testing Machine
ii. Spectrometer
iii. Bend Re-bend facility as per IS : 1786:2008 (Amendment-1 November 2012)
iv. Raw material laboratory: Arrangement for testing Carbon, Sulphur & Phosphorous etc.
v. Other testing facilities as specified in IS : 1786:2008 & IS : 2830:2012

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 61

3. Steel can also be procured from any particular steel manufacturer who has been suo
motto approved by the Special Director General of Project Region Kolkata, CPWD.
4. Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the
provisions in this regard in relevant BIS codes. In case the test results indicate that the
steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the specifications, the same shall
stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his
cost within a week time or written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
5. The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10 tonnes or
more, or as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6. The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such
away as to prevent their distortion and corrosion, and nothing extra shall be paid on
this account. Bars of different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate
easy counting and checking.
7. For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test & re-bend test etc. specimen of
sufficient length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random at frequency not less
than the specified below:

Size of bar For consignment below For consignment above

100 tones 100 tonnes
Under 10 mm dia bars One sample for each 25 One sample for each 40
ones or part thereof ones or part thereof
10mm to 16mm dia One sample for each 35 One sample for each 45
bars ones or part thereof ones or part thereof
Over 16mm dia bars One sample for each 45 One sample for each 50
ones or part thereof ones or part thereof
8. The contractor shall supply free of charge the required steel bars for testing including
its transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the
contractor.
9. The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper
accounts maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical
consumption of steel shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 38 of
the contract and shall be governed by conditions laid therein. In case the consumption
is less then theoretical consumption including permissible variations leading to under
designing of the structure, the work shall be summarily rejected, otherwise recovery at
rate so prescribed shall be made after ensuring structural soundness and stability. In
case of excess consumption no adjustment need to be made.
10. Steel brought to site and remaining unused shall not be removed from site without the
written permission of Engineer- in-Charge
11. The standard sectional weights referred to shall be as given in Table 5.4 in para 5.3.4 in
CPWD Specification 2019 Vol.-I and will be considered for conversion of length of
various sizes of TMT Bars in to standard weight. Record of actual sectional weights shall
also be kept dia. And lot wise. The average sectional weight for each diameter shall be
arrived at from samples from each lot of steel received at site. The decision of the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to be followed for determining the
average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each diameter of steel received at site
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 62
 of work each day will constitute one single lot for the purpose. The weight of steel by
conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the actual weighted average
sectional weight shall be terms as Derived Actual Weight.
a) If the derived weight is less than the standard weight, then the Derived
Actual Weight shall be accepted if it is within the following tolerances
specified in IS:1786-2008, otherwise whole lot will be rejected. However,
deductions shall be made for the difference in derived actual weight and
standard weight at the rate mentioned in clause 10CA for TMT-500D
reinforcement bars. Tolerance on nominal mass shall be in accordance with
Table 5.4A of CPWD Specification 2019.
b) If the derived actual weight is found more than the standard weight, then
nothing shall be paid extra for the difference in derived actual weight and
standard weight.
12. The contractor shall submit original vouchers from the manufacturer for the total
quantity of steel supplied under each consignment to be used in the work. All
consignment received at the work site shall be inspected by the Site staff along with
the relevant documents before acceptance. The contractor shall obtain Original
Vouchers and Test Certificates and furnish the same to the Engineer-in-Charge in
respect of all the lots of steel brought by him from approved supplier to the site of
work. The original vouchers and test certificates shall be defaced by the Site staff and
kept on record in the site office.
13. Guidelines for use of reinforcement bars in structures.
13.1 For reinforced cement concrete or pre-stressed concrete works, the reinforcement
bars shall consist of the following grades conforming to IS 1786 : 2008 (Indian
Standard specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement) : Fe 415, Fe 415D, Fe 415S, Fe 500D, Fe 500S and Fe 550D.
13.2 The contractor shall obtain manufacture’s certificate stating the process of
manufacture, chemical composition and test sheet giving result of each mechanical
test applicable to the material purchased and submit it to the Engineer-in-Charge.
Each test certificate shall indicate the number or identification mark to be found on
the material.
13.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall get each consignment tested for both chemical
composition and physical properties (including bend and re-bend test) as specified in
IS : 1786 from NABL accredited laboratory any Government laboratory.
13.4 Reinforcement bar is one of the most important building materials. Its quality
directly affects the life span, resistance to earthquake and durability of the structure.
In order to ensure consistent quality of rebars, the NIT approving authority may
prescribe reputes bands like SAIL, RINL, Tata, JSW, JSPL in the list of preferred makes.
Only corrosion resistant steel rebars shall be used.
13.5 All testing charges of reinforcement (TMT) bars shall be borne by the contractor.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 63

2 Requirement of GHAR Rating
The building is proposed to be conforming to GHAR criterion under MNRE scheme. The
contractor is required to execute the work in a befitting manner to confirm to the GHAR
criterion.
2.1 Special conditions for GHAR rating:-
a) The contractor shall prepare scheme for the approval of Engineer-in-charge for
obtaining GHAR rating in the criterions relevant to the execution of work.
b) The contractor shall plan and execute the work in a manner to preserve and
protect the landscape during construction and shall arrange the
materials/equipment and follow the procedure as per criteria of the GHAR
rating as applicable.
c) The contractor shall appoint/engage consultant/ consultancies to provide
technical guidance and supervise the work for obtaining GHAR rating
pertaining to the criterion related to the execution of work.
d) The contractor shall preserve the top soil layer for supporting vegetative
growth.
e) The contractor shall comply with NBC norms on construction safety, health
and sanitation as per criterion 8.
f) The construction activity shall be done in a befitting manner and the
contractor shall adopt measures to prevent air pollution at site in compliance
with criterion 9 of GHAR rating as applicable.
g) The contractor shall comply with all the instructions and schemes for
execution of green building.
h) Noting shall be paid extra for fulfillment of all these conditions except (d) of
44.1 for which joint measurements shall be taken at site and work done shall
be paid on the basis of rates worked out on the terms of the agreement.
2.2 Pre-construction Stage
a) Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery
* All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be procured for construction
will conform to the relevant Bureau of India Standard (BIS) norms.
* Emission from the vehicles must conform to environmental norms.
* Dust produced from the vehicular movement and other site activities
can be mitigated by sprinkling of water.
* Noise limits for construction equipments will not exceed 75 dB (A),
measured at one meter from the edge of the equipment in free area, as
specified in the Environment Protection Act, 1986, schedule VI part E, as
amended on 19th May, 1993. The maximum noise levels near the
construction site should be limited to 65 dB (A) Leq (5 min) in project
area.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 64
2.3 Construction Stage
a) Construction Wastes Disposal
* The pre-identified dump locations will be a part of solid waste
management plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation
with Engineer-in-charge.
* Contractor will get approved the location of disposal site prior to
commencement of the excavation on any section of the project
location.
* Contractor will ensure that any spoils of material will not be disposed
off in any municipality solid waste collection bins.
b) Procurement of Construction Materials
* All vehicles delivering construction materials to the site will be covered
to avoid spillage of materials and maintain cleanliness of the roads.
* Wheel Types of all vehicles used by of the contractor, or any of his sub
contractor or materials supplies will be cleaned and washed clear of all
dust/mud before leaving the project premises.
* Contractor will arrange for regular water sprinkling at least twice a day
(i.e. morning and evening) for dust suppression of the construction sites
and unpaved roads used by his construction vehicles.
c) Pollution
i) Water Pollution
* The Contractor will take all precautionary measures to prevent the
wastewater during construction to accumulate anywhere.
* The wastewater arising from the project is to be disposed off in the
manner that is acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.
d) Air and Noise Pollution
* Contractor will use dust screens and sprinkle water around the
construction site to arrest spreading of dust in the air and surrounding
areas.
* Contractor will ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used
for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that emission
levels comply with environmental emission standards/norms.
* For controlling the noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipments, the
Contractor will confirm the following:
i) All vehicles and equipment used in construction will be fitted with
exhaust silencers.
ii) Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done
regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness
of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 65
 replaced.
iii) Noise emission from compactors (rollers) front loaders, concrete
mixers, cranes (movable), vibrators and saws should be less than
75 dB(A).
iv) As per the standards/guidelines for control of Noise Pollution from
Stationary Diesel Generator (DG) sets, noise emission in dB(A) from
DG Set (15-500 KVA) should be less than 94+10 log 10 (KVA). The
standards also suggest construction of acoustic enclosure around
the DG Set and provision of proper exhaust muffler with insertion
loss of minimum 25 dB(A) as mandatory.

e) Personal Safety Measures for Labour

Contractor will provide the following items for safety of workers:
* Protective footwear and gloves to all workers employed for the work on
mixing, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc. and openings in water
pipeline/sewer line.
* Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding
works.
2.4 The following provisions shall be maintained by the contractor at site:-
a) Provide minimum level of sanitation/safety facilities for construction workers
to ensure the health and safety of the workers during construction, with
effective provisions for the basic facilities such as sanitation, drinking water
and safety equipments or machinery.
i) All the workers should be wearing helmet and shoes all the time on site.
ii) Masks and gloves should be worn whenever and wherever required.
iii) Adequate drinking water facility should be provided at site, adequate
number of decentralized latrines and urinals to be provided for
construction workers.
iv) Full time workers residing on site should be provided with clean and
adequate temporary hutment. Crèche/Day-care facility should be
provided to young children of labourers residing on site.
v) First aid facility should also be provided.
vi) Overhead lifting of heavy materials should be avoided. Barrow wheel and
hand-lift boxes should be used to transport materials onsite.
vii) Tobacco and cigarette smoking should be prohibited onsite.
viii) All dangerous parts of machinery are well guarded and all precautions
for working on machinery are taken.
ix) Maintain hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes and other lifting
tackles in good condition.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 66
 x) Use of durable and reusable formwork systems to replace timber
formwork and ensure that formwork where used is properly maintained.
xi) Ensure that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound
construction and are provided with safety rails and belts. Provide
protective equipments such as helmets.
xii) Provide measure to prevent fire. Fire extinguisher and buckets of sand to
be provided in fire-prone area and elsewhere.
xiii) Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night.
xiv) Ensure that measures to protect workers from materials of construction,
transportation, storage and other dangers and health hazards are taken.
xv) Ensure that the construction firm/division/company have sound safety
policies.
xvi) Comply with the safety procedure, norms and guidelines (as applicable)
as outlined in NBC 2005 (BIS 2005c).
xvii) Adopt additional best particles and prescribed norms as in NBC 2005 (BIS
2005).
b) Identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Update vehicular
roads (if these are unpaved) by increasing the surface strength by improving
particle size, shape and mineral type that make up the surface base. Add
surface gravel to reduce source of dust emission. Limit amount of fine particles
(smaller than 0.075mm) to 10-20%. Limit vehicular speed on site 10km/h.
c) All material storages should be adequately covered and contained so that they
are not exposed to situations where winds on site could lead to
dust/particulate emissions.
d) Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly so the spilled
material does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent of
seepage of pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers. When cleaning up
the spill, ensure that the clean-up process does not generate additional dust.
Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be contained/cleaned
up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ground or runoff in
nearby areas.
e) Ensure that water spraying is carried out by wetting the surface by spraying
water on:
i) Any dusty material.
ii) An area where demolition works is carried out.
iii) Any unpaved main-haul road and.
iv) Areas where excavation or earth moving activities is to be carried out.
f) The contractor shall ensure the following:
i) Cover and enclose the site by providing dust screen, sheeting or netting
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 67
 to scaffold along the perimeter of a building.
ii) Covering stockpiles of dusty material with impervious sheeting.
iii) Covering dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave
the site.
iv) Transferring, handling/storing dry loose materials like bulk cement and
dry pulverized fly ash inside a totally enclosed system.
v) Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly so that the
spilled material does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to
prevent seepage of pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers.
When cleaning up the spill, ensure that the clean-up process does not
generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid
wastes should be contained/cleaned up immediately before they can
infiltrate into the soil/ground or runoff in nearby areas.
vi) Clear vegetation only from areas where work will start right away.
vii) Vegetate/mulch areas where vehicles do not ply.
viii) Apply gravel/landscaping rock to the areas where mulching/paving is
impractical.
g) Adopt measures to prevent air pollution in the vicinity of the site due to
construction activities. There is no standard reference for this. The best
practices should be followed (as adopted from international best practice
documents and codes).
h) Provide hoardings of not less than 3m heights along the site boundary, next to
a road or other public area.
i) The contractor will provide experienced personnel with suitable training to
ensure that these methods are implemented. Prior to the commencement of
any work, the method of working, plant equipment and air pollution control
system to be used on-site should be made available for the inspection and
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge to ensure that these are suitable for the
project.
j) Employ measures to segregate the waste on-site into inert, chemical or
hazardous wastes. Recycle the unused chemical/hazardous wastes such as oil,
paint, batteries and asbestos. The inert waste is to be disposed off to Municipal
Corporation/local bodies dump yard and landfill sites.
2.7 Preserve and protect landscape during construction
a) Following provisions shall be made at site by the contractor to preserve and
protect landscape. Nothing shall be paid on this account unless specifically
provided for in the BOQ.
To preserve the existing landscape and protect it from degradation during the
process of construction. Select proper timing for construction activity to
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 68
 minimize the disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling of the
construction material and its mixing with rainwater. The construction
management plan including soil erosion control management plan shall be
prepared accordingly for each month and got approved from the Engineer-in-
Charge. The application of erosion control measures includes construction of
gravel pits and tyre washing bays of approved size and specification for all
vehicular site entry/ exits, protection of slopes greater than 10%.
Sedimentation Collection System and run-off diversion systems shall be in
place before the commencement of construction activity. Preserve and protect
the existing vegetation by not disturbing or damaging to specified site areas
during construction. The trees that are identified to be retained on site are
protected during the construction period using the following measures:
i) The damage to roots is prevented during trenching, placing backfill,
driving or parking heavy equipments. The dumping of trash, oil, paint and
other material is detrimental to plant health. These activities should be
restricted to the areas outside of the canopy of the trees.
ii) The trees are not used for support; their trunks should not be damaged
by cutting and carving by nailing posters and advertisements or in any
other way.
iii) The lighting of fires or carrying out heat or gas emitting construction
activity within the ground covered by canopy of the trees is not
permitted.
iv) The young trees of saplings identified for preservation within the
construction site must be protected using tree guards of approved
specification.
v) The grades of soil should be maintained around existing vegetation.
Lowering or raising the levels around the vegetation should not be
allowed unless specifically directed by the Architect/Engineer –in –
Charge.
vi) Maintenance activities should be performed, as and when needed, to
ensure that vegetation remain healthy.
B) Staging is dividing a construction area into two or more sections to minimize
the area of soil that will be exposed at any given time. Staging should be done
to separate undisturbed land from land disturbed by construction activity and
material storage. A CAD plan to be submitted indentifying the areas of sites,
which shall be disturbed for the construction activity and apart from these
other areas on site should not be disturbed. Measures should be followed for
collecting drainage water run-off from construction areas and material storage
sites and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas. Temporary
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 69
 drainage channels and perimeter dike/swale should be constructed to carry the
pollutant-laden water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal
sewer line). The plan should indicate how the above was accomplished on site
well in advance of the commencement of the construction activity.
i) The Contractor should follow the construction plan as proposed by the
architect/landscape consultant to minimize the site disturbance such as
soil pollution due to spilling. Use staging and spill prevention and control
plan to restrict the spilling of the contaminating material on site. Protect
top soil from erosion by collection storage and reapplication of top soil,
constructing sediment basin, contour trenching, mulching etc.
ii) Spill prevention and control plans should clearly state measures to stop
the source of the spill. Measures to contain the spill and measures to
dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes. It should also
state the designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills.
Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners and petroleum
products.
c) A soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) should be prepared prior
to construction and should be applied effectively. Measures for prevention of
top soil are given below:
i) Top Soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas proposed
for buildings, roads, paved areas and external services. It should be
stockpiled to a maximum height of 40 cm in designated areas and
reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation. The top soil
should be separated from the sub soil debris and stones larger than 50
mm in diameter. The stored top soil may be used as finished grade for
planting areas post construction or cordoned off undisturbed areas on
site. Stockpiled top soil should not be compacted to help process of
aeration. It should be stabilized on the top by temporary seeding or
plastic sheets to avoid wind and water erosion.
ii) Sedimentation basin, a temporary dam or basin at the lowest convenient
point of the site should be constructed for collecting, trapping and
storing sediment produced by the construction activities. A flow
detention facility must also be constructed for reducing peak run-off
rates. This would also allow most of the sediments to settle before the
run-off is directed towards the outfall.
iii) Contour trenching is to be provided which an earth embankment or
ridge-and-channel arrangement constructed parallel to the contours,
along the face of the slope, at regular intervals on the lengths and slopes
greater than 10% (1:10). They are used for reducing run-off velocity,
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 70
 increasing the distance of overland run-off flow. They are also used to
hold moisture and minimize sediment loading of surface run-off.
d) Prepare the list of trees to be felled with reference to the tree survey,
Compensate the loss of vegetation (trees) due to the construction activity by
compensatory plantation. Replant same native and/or non-invasive species,
which existed on the site before elimination, in the proportion of 1:3 (as per
the suggestion of the landscape consultant).
e) The contractor shall prepare and submit ‘Spill prevention and control plans’
before the start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of
the spill, to contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and
hazardous wastes, and stating designation of personnel trained to prevent and
control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and
petroleum products.
f) The contractor shall ensure that no construction leach (Ex: cement slurry) is
allowed to percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to
safeguard against this including reduction of wasteful curing processes,
collection, basic filtering and reuse. The contractor shall follow requisite
measures for collecting drainage water run-off from construction areas and
material storage sites and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas.
Temporary drainage channels, perimeter dike/swale, etc. shall be constructed
to carry the pollutant-laden water directly to the treatment device or facility
(municipal sewer line).
g) All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labour
quarters during construction shall be CFL bulbs of the appropriate illumination
levels. This condition is a must, unless specifically prescribed.
h) All paints, adhesives and sealants should comply with the VOC limits prescribed
by GHAR, as follows:
Table 1- VOC limits for paints, adhesives and sealants
Paints VOC limit (g/l)
Non-flat paints 150
Flat (Mat) paints 50
Anti-corrosive/anti-rust paints 250
Varnish 350
Adhesives VOC limit (g/l)
Wood flooring Adhesive 100
Tile adhesives 65
Indoor carpet adhesives 50
Wood 30

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 71

 i) All the building materials and systems used on site must be as per the
specifications and approved makes by the consultants.
j) All required certificates explaining the properties of the building
material/system needs to be obtained from the manufacturer/vendor as
required by the green building rating authority.
i) The final certificates would be produced after the approval of green
building consultant with necessary due diligence.
ii) The purchase orders of all the materials made with the
manufacturers/authorized vendors should be maintained and shall be
provided for the process with due diligence upon request.
k) Water saving measures as suggested by the consultants need to be followed on
site.
l) Any other site management measures suggested by the green building
consultant shall be followed on site.

m) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge after construction of the

buildings, a detailed as built quantification of the following:
i) Total materials used,
ii) Total top soil stacked and total reused,
iii) Total earth excavated,
iv) Total waste generated,
v) Total waste reused,
vi) Total water used,
vii) Total electricity consumed, and
viii) Total diesel consumed.
n) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, before the start of
construction, a site plan along with a narrative to demarcate areas on site
from which top soil has to be gathered, designate area where it will be
stored, measures adopted for top soil preservation and indicate areas
where it will be reapplied after construction is complete.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 72

 LIST OF APPROVED MAKE OF MATERIALS (Civil Work)
Specification/brands names of materials (Refer materials, whichever are applicable for the scope
of work) and finishes approved by the NIT approving authority are listed below. However
approved equivalent material and finishes of any other specialized firms may be used, in case it is
established that the brands specified below are not available in the market but only after approval
of the alternate brand by the NIT approving authority. (See also condition of contract) :-
SI.
Materials Approved make
No.
1 POLY-SULPHIDE SEALENT DR. FIXIT, FOSROC, BASF, DOW CORNING,
TUFFSEAL, CHOKSEY, CICO, SIKA.
2 DAMP PROOF MATERIAL DR. FIXIT, FOSROC, BASF, IMPERMO, CICO,
SIKA, BERGER.
3 STEEL
(a) STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS TATA, SAIL, RINL, JINDAL STEEL & POWER
LTD., JSW STEEL LTD, APL APPOLO, TCI Tube
Ltd.
(b) REINFORCEMENT BAR TATA, SAIL, RINL, JSW, JSPL.
4 CEMENT (PPC) ULTRATECH, ACC, JAYPEE, NOVOCO, GRASIM,
AMBUJA.
5 ADMIXTURE FOSROC, SIKKA, DR. FIXIT, BASF, CICO, BERGER.
6 WHITE CEMENT J.K. WHITE, BIRLA WHITE.
7 WATER PROOFING COMPOUND DR. FIXIT, FOSROC,SIKA,
TAPECRETE, CICO, ACCOPROOF.
8 BITUMEN INDIAN OIL, HINDUSTAN PETROLEUM,
BHARAT PETROLEUM.
9 INJECTION GROUTING DR. FIXIT, FOSROC, BASF, CICO.
10 LOCKS/LATCH, MORTISE LOCK GODREJ, HARRISON, DOORSET, LINK, HETTICH.
11 LAMINATES GREEN, CENTURY, MERINO, ROYAL TOUCH,
STYLAM
12 SS WIRE MESH STERLING ENTERPRISES, TRIMURTY WELDED,
SPC (SELECTED PRODUCT Co.)
13 PRELAMINATED PARTICLE BOARD NOVOPAN, KITLAM, ARCHID PLY, ACTION
TERSA
14 ADHESIVE PIDILITE, DUNLOP, VAMORGANIC, FOSROC,
SIKA, CICO, BASF.
15 EPOXY MORTAR FOSROC, SIKA, DR. FIXIT, CICO.
16 DASH FASTENER HILTI, FISHER, BOSCH, CANON.
17 FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS CENTURY, GREENPLY, GREEN PANEL.
(DECORATIVE/NON DECORATIVE).
18 BOARD & PLYWOOD CENTURY, GREENPLY, GREEN PANEL
19 HYDRAULIC DOOR CLOSER/ FLOOR HARDWYN, GODREJ, DORMA, HEFFLE, KICH,
HETTICK.
20 WOODEN DOOR FITTINGS OF BRUSHED GODREJ, DORMA, HEFFLE, KICH, HETTICK.
STEEL
21 (a) FIRE CHECK DOOR/ FIRE PROOF DOOR PROMAT, NAVAIR, SAINT GOBAIN, SIGNUM
(Glass) (SIGNUM FIRE PROTECTION INDIA PVT. LTD.),
ROMA, BHAWANI FIRE PROTECTION PVT. LTD.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 73

SI.
Materials Approved make
No.
(b) FIRE CHECK DOOR/ FIRE PROOF DOOR PROMAT, NAVAIR, SIGNUM (SIGNUM FIRE
(Metal) PROTECTION INDIA PVT. LTD.), ROMA,
BHAWANI FIRE PROTECTION PVT. LTD.
22 FIRE CHECK ACCESSORIES CALCIUM/ PROMAT, NAVAIR, ASTRO FLAME, SAINT
SMOKE SEAL STRIP/ DOOR CLOSER GOBAIN, ROMA
LOCK
23 PREMIUM ACRYLIC INTERIOR PAINT WITH ASIAN (ROYALE), BERGER (SILK LUXURY
LOW VOC EMULSION), NEROLAC (IMPRESSION 24
CARAT), DULUX (VALVET TOUCH)
24 CEMENT PRIMER WITH LOW VOC ASIAN, BERGER, NEROLAC, ICI-DULUX
25 ANODISED ALUMINIUM HARDWA HARDIMA, EVERITE, SIGMA (ISI MARKED),
RE (HEAVFY DUTY) CLASSIC.
26 HARDWARE FITTINGS GODREJ, HAFFLE, HETTICH, KICH, DORMA,
PRAYAG, POLYTUF (R.S. INDUSTRIES)
27 TOUGHENED GLASS MODI GUARD, SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI
28 ALUMINIUM SECTIONS HINDALCO, INDALCO, JINDAL.
29 FRICTION STAY HINGES EARL-BIHARI, HETTICH, DORMA, HEFFLE.
30 NUTS, BOLTS, DASH FASTNER AND S. S. HILTI, SUNDRAM FASTNER, TVS, OMNI, EXCEL
SCREWS
31 EPDM GASKET HANU, ANAND, NEOPRENE
32 STRUCTURAL SILICON, WEATHER SILICON DOW CORNING, WACKER, 3M, PIDILITE,
ALSTONE, LOHMANN
33 ADHESIVE TAPE NORTON, 3M, GYPROC.
34 GLAZED CERAMIC TILES KAJARIYA, JOHNSON, SOMANY, NITCO, AGL.
35 CEMENT CONCRETE TILES/HARDONITE NITCO, HINDUSTAN, PODDAR, ULTRA TILES,
TILES NTC.
36 VITRIFIED TILES KAJARIYA, JOHNSON, SOMANY, NITCO, AGL.

37 TILE ADHESIVE CICO, PIDILITE, FOSROCK, BAL ENDURA,

LETECRETE.
38 CHEQUERED TERRAZO TILES NITCO , BHARAT, PODDAR, ULTRA TILES,
SOMANY, HINDUSTAN.

39 CLAY TILES ON ROOF KENJAI , JOHNSON, UNISOFT.

40 CC PAVERS ULTRA TILES, HINDUSTAN, SATI.

41 GRASS PAVER UNISTONE, ULTRA, HINDUSTAN, SATI.

42 WATER-PROOF CEMENT PAINT SNOWCEM, ASIAN, BERGER, NEROLAC.
43 SYNTHETIC ENAMEL PAINT BERGER, NEROLAC, ASIAN, ICI-DULUX
44 PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT ASIAN, BERGER, NEROLAC, ICI-DULUX.
45 VITREOUS CHINA SANITARYWARE CERA, KOHLAR, JAQUAR.
46 FIRECLAY SINK & DRAIN BOARDS CERA, KOHLAR, JAQUAR.
47 STAINLESS STEEL SINKS NIRALI, NILKANTH, SPC, M/s PRAYAG
POLYMERS (P), Ltd,.
48 [Link] FITTINGS JAQUAR, KOHLAR, ROCA.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 74
SI.
Materials Approved make
No.
49 SOIL, WASTE & VENT PIPES & FITTINGS NECO, RIF, BIC, HEPCO, SKF, RPMF
(A) CENTRIFUGALLY CAST IRON
50 LA (CI) PIPES NECO, RIF, BIC, HEPCO, SKF, RPMF
51 [Link] TATA, JINDAL (HISSAR)
52 [Link] (MALLEABLE CAST IRON) UNIK, ZOLOTO.
53 GUNMETAL VALVES LEADER, SANT, ZOLOTO.
54 STONEWARE PIPE & GULLY TRAPS PERFECT, PARRY.
55 R.C.C. PIPES- ( NP-2/NP-3) LAKSHMI,SOOD & SOOD, JAIN & CO,
HINDUSTAN.
56 MS PIPES TATA, SAIL, JINDAL, APOLLO TRICOAT TUBES.
57 C.I. DOUBLE FLANGED SLUICE VALVES. KIRLOSKAR, IVC, BURN.
58 C.I. DOUBLE FLANGED NON- KIRLOSKAR, LEADER
RETURN VALVES
59 C.I. MANHOLES COVERS BIC, RIF, SPC (SELECTED PRODUCTS Co.)
60 uPVC/CPVC PIPE SUPREME, PRINCE, FINOLEX, ASTRAL,
ASHIRWAD, HINDWARE (TRUFLO).
61 BALL VALVES ZOLOTO, IBP, ARCO.
62 SPIDER FITTINGS DORMA, HEFFLE, KICH, HETTICK, GODREJ
63 MINERAL FIBRE FALSE CEILING ANUTONE,USG KNAUF, SAINT GOBAIN.
64 LIGHT WEIGHT CALCIUM SILICATE FALSE AEROLITE, HILUX, ANUTONE.
CEILING
65 ALUMINIUM COMPOSITE PANEL ALUCOBOND, ALUDECOR, REYNOBOND,
ALSTONE, ALUTUFF
66 COLOURED REFLECTIVE GLASS SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI, MODI GUARD
67 GLASS REINFORCED CONCRETE TILE UNISTONE, ULTRA, GYPROC
68 uPVC WINDOW SECTION FENESTA, REHAU, KOMMERLING, ENCRAFT,
DIMEX, VEKA.
69 POLYCARBONATE SHEET GE PLASTICS INDIA LTD., LEXAN, PALRAM.
70 STAINLESS STEEL 304 GRADE HARDWARE KICH, INNOTEC, HAFFLE, HETTICH, DOORSET,
FITTINGS GODREJ.
71 STAINLESS STEEL 202 GRADE HARDWARE DOORSET, GODREJ, CRUST, RAJBADRI, AKS,
FITTINGS INNOTEC.
72 HUBLESS CENTRIFUGALLY PIPES & FITTINGS NECO, RIF, BIC, HEPCO, SKF, RPMF
73 SOLID PVC CUP BOARD, SOLID KITCHEN RAJ SHREE, ALSTONE.
CABINET & SOLID PVC DOOR
74 PVC DOORS & FRAMES POLY LINE, (POLY LINE EXTRUSION PVT. LTD)
RAJSHRI (RAJSHRI PLASTIWOOD).
75 PTMT BATHROOM FITTIGS M/S PRAYAG POLYMERS PVT. LTD., POLYTUF
(R.S INDUSTRIES), KINGSTON (PLASTOCRAFT

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 75

SI.
Materials Approved make
No.
SANITARY INDIA PVT. LTD)
76 WPC BOARD, FRAMED AND DOOR SHUTTER ALSTONE, RAJSHREE, CENTUARY, GREEN, VIR.
77 PVC WATER TANK ROTOSTORE, SINTEX, SUPREME, ASTRAL,
PRINCE.
78 CEMENT PARTICAL BOARD BISON PANEL, SHERA, CENTURY
79 RMC – PLANTS LAFARGE (NUVOCO), ULTRATECH, ACC, FIRST
CHOICE, RMC INDIA
80 PREMIUM ACRYLIC EXTERIOR PAINT WITH ASIAN (APEX ULTIMA), BERGER (WHEATHER
LOW VOC LONGLIFE 7), NEROLAC (EXCEL TOTAL), DULUX
(WHETHER SHIELD MAX)
81 GYPSUM BOARD FALSE CEILLING USG KNAUF, GYPROCK, SAINT GOBAIN.
82 METAL FALSE CEILLING USG KNAUF, HUNTERDOUGLAS, ARMSTRONG.
83 ANTI TERMITE TREATMENT
INTEGRATED MULTI SERVICES & SOLUTIONS
PVT. LTD. (IMSS), RENTOKILL PEST CONTROL
INDIA PVT. LTD. (PCI),ISS HIGH CARE PVT. LTD.
84 FRP UNDER GROUND STP (MBBR) ENVISOL / SINTEX
85 ZINC COMPOSITE PANEL ALPOLIC, VM ZINC, ALUDECOR, ALSTONE
86 MS PIPES TATA, SAIL, JINDAL, APOLLO TRICOAT TUBES.
87 EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM (ASTM 6063) SCON, KANTAFLEX, SUNFIELD, Z-TECH, MNR
ENGINEERING PRODUCTS.
88 FIRE SHAFT DOOR NAVAIR, ASES SECURITY PVT. LTD.
89 AAC BLOCK ACC, ULTRATECH, TISCO BUILD, FLEXI BUILD.
90 ADHESIVE FOR AAC BLOCK PIDILITE, FOSROC, SIKA, CICO, ACC,
ULTRATECH.
Preference to PPP-M – II Policy (Make in India):
(i) The Government has issued public procurement policy (Preference to Make in India) vide
Ministry of Commerce and Industry Development of industrial policy and promotion (PPS) vide
order No. P- 45021/2/2017-PP BE-II dated 28.05.2018, to ―Encourage Make in India‖ and to
promote manufacturing and production of Goods and services in India with a view to enhancing
income and employment. CPWD has decided to implement this policy.
(ii) The agency shall submit list of makes of materials proposed to be used on the work from local
suppliers (as defined in the above order dated 28.05.2018) along with minimum local content as
specified below for approval of the department out of the approved makes kept in the tender.
(iii) The department will be approving only makes of the materials having a minimum local content
of 50% for use on this work, out of the preferred makes list.
(iv) The minimum local content of 50% is considered for the complete item including labour
component. The agency shall obtain the certificate for all items except for sundry items.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 76

 PART-C
For Electrical & Mechanical
Works

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 77

 PART – C1
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
(Separate Performa for Civil, Electrical & Horticulture Works in case of Composite Tenders)
(Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intending tenderer)
SCHEDULE „A‟
Schedule of quantities (as per PWD-3) - ATTACHED -
SCHEDULE „D‟
Extra schedule for specific requirements/document for the work, if any
AS PER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS, ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF MATERIALS ATTACHED WITH
SCHEDULE OF WORK
SCHEDULE „E‟
Reference to General Conditions of contract
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 2020 CONSTRUCTION WORKS SHALL BE MADE PART OF
AGREEMENT
Name of work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH: Providing Internal EI i/c Street
Light).

Estimated cost of work: (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

(i) Earnest Money: (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
(ii) Performance Guarantee: (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
(iii) Security Deposit: (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

SCHEDULE 'F'
GENERAL RULES &DIRECTIONS:

Officer inviting tender (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Maximum percentage for quantity of items
of work to be executed beyond which rates
are to be determined in accordance with
Clauses 12.2 & 12.3: See below
Definitions:-
2(v) Engineer-in-Charge EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II, CPWD

2(viii) Accepting Authority (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

2(x) Percentage on cost of materials and

Labour to cover all overheads and profits: (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

2(xi) Standard Schedule of Rates: - DSR 2018/2019 AND CURRENT MR

2(xii) Department: CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

9(ii) Standard CPWD Contract Form GCC 2020, (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
CPWD Form 7/8 modified & corrected upto date:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 78

Clause 1
(i) Time allowed for submission of (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
Performance Guarantee, programme chart
(Time and progress) and applicable labour licenses,
Registration with from the date of issue of
letter of acceptance

(ii) Maximum allowable extension with (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
late fee @0.1% per day of performance guarantee
amount beyond the period provided in (i) above

Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under clause 2 (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 2A
Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 5
Number of days from the date of issue of letter (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
of acceptance for reckoning date of start

Mile stone(s) as per table given below:-

Sl. No. Description of Milestone (Financial) Time allowed in Days Amount to be withheld in
(from date of start) case of non achievement of
mile Stone on tender value
of E&M works

AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟

Time allowed for execution of work (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Authority to decide:

(i) Extension of time (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

(Engineer in Charge or Engineer in Charge of Major Component in case of Composite Contracts, as the case may be)

(ii) Rescheduling of mile stones (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

(iii) Shifting of date of start in (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
case of delay in handing
over of site

PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES Clause5 schedule of handling over of site

Part Portionofsite Description Time Period for handing

over reckoned from date of
issue of letter of intent.
Part A Portion without any hindrance
Part B Portions with encumbrances AS PER SCHEDULE ‘F’ OF PART ‘A’
Part C Portions dependent on work of
other agencies

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 79

Clause 6 Applicable Clause 6A

Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net payment/adjustment
of advances for material collected, if any, since the last such AS PER SCHEDULE ‘F’ OF PART ‘A’
payment for being eligible to interim payment.

Clause 7A
Whether Clause 7A shall be applicable Yes

Clause 8A
Authority to decide compensation on account EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II, CPWD
If contractor fails to submit completion plans

Clause 10A
List of testing equipment to be provided by the contractor at site lab
1. Earth Tester, 2. Test lamp, 3. Meggar, 4. Line Tester All equipments required till
5. Chese Cutting Machine, 6. Bending device handing over the works

Clause 10B (ii)

Whether Clause 10B (ii) shall be applicable Not Applicable

Clause 10C AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟

Component of labour expressed as percentage of value of work Not Applicable

Clause 10CA Not Applicable

Clause 10CC (Applicable /Not Applicable) AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟

Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for execution of work:

CPWD GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS PART-I (INTERNAL) 2013,

PART-II (EXTERNAL) 1994,
CPWD General Specifications for Part-IV Substation -2013,
CPWD General Specifications for Part-VII DG Sets-2013,
CPWD General Specifications for Part-III-Lift & Escalators - 2003
CPWD General Specifications for Part-VI Fire Detection and Alarm System-2018,
CPWD General Specifications for Part-V Wet Riser & Sprinkler Systems-2020,
CPWD General Specifications for Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning (HVAC)-2004, 2017
Amendments upto date AND AS PER ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS, ACCEPTABLE MAKES
OF MATERIALS ATTACHED WITH SCHEDULE OF WORK

Clause 12
Authority to decide deviation upto 1.5 times of tendered (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 12.2 & 12.3: Deviation Limit beyond which clauses

12.2 & 12.3 shall apply for building work (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 80

Clause 12.5
(i) Deviation Limit beyond which cluases 12.2 & 12.3 (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
Shall be apply for foundation work
(except items mentioned in earth work subhead in DSR
and related items)
(ii) Deviation Limit for items mentioned in earth work (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)
Subhead of DSR and related items)

Clause 16
Competent Authority for deciding reduced rates. (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 18
List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the contractor at site

ALL TOOLS & PLANTS AS REQUIRED TO CARRYOUT THE ELECTRICAL WORKS

Clause 19C
Competent authority to decide penalty for each default (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 19D
Competent authority to decide penalty for each default (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 19G
Competent authority to decide penalty for each default (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 19K
Competent authority to decide penalty for each default (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 25
Constitution of Dispute Redressal Committee (DRC):- (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 32
Requirement of Technical Representative(s) and Recovery Rate (AS PER SCHEDULE „F‟ OF PART „A‟)

Clause 38 - (NOT APPLICABLE IN ELECTRICAL WORKS)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 81

 GENERAL COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS FOR E&M WORK
1.1 Scope
(i) Electricity has become the lifeline of modern society. Homes, Offices, Industry, Schools, Hospitals,
Transportation, Communication, Road Lighting, Markets all depend on reliable Electric Supply. Life
comes to a standstill without electricity. Electricity has become an integral and inevitable part of every
body‟s life.
It is also necessary to remember that electricity becomes destructive and dangerous, if not handled with
care, safety conforming to laid down safety standards and norms. In case of building fires, which often
destroy property and lives causing sufferings to the affected people, the first culprit is often supposed to be
„Electric Short Circuit‟.
In the above context, the General Specification for Electrical Works (Internal) aims to lay down General
guidelines to ensure safe, efficient, reliable and economical use of electricity.
(ii) While these Specifications serve as general guidelines, appropriate technical sanctioning authority can
depart from such guidelines to meet the particular requirements of any work or for other technical reasons.
(iii) These General Specifications are subject to revision from time to time.
1.2 Related Documents
Each work has its own particular requirements. Therefore, in addition to the General Specifications, governing
BIS, I.E. Rules, Standard Contract Conditions etc. there would be necessity of additional conditions / specifications
for a particular work. In case of any discrepancy such additional conditions / specifications will override these
General Specifications.
1.3 Terminology
1.3.1 The definition of terms shall be in accordance with IS 732 : 1989 (Indian Standard Code of Practice for Electrical
Wiring), except for the definitions of point, circuit, and submain wiring, which are defined in this specification.
1.4 Rates
1.4.1 The work shall be treated as on works contract basis and the rates tendered shall be for complete items of work
(except the materials, if any, stipulated for supply by the department) inclusive of all taxes (including works
contract tax, if any), duties, and levies etc. and all charges for items contingent to the work, such as, packing,
forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery at site for the materials to the supplied by the contractor, watch and
ward of all materials (including those, if any, supplied by the department) for the work at site etc.
1.4.2 Prices quoted shall be firm. Price adjustments shall however be governed by Clause 10C/10CC of the Conditions
of Contract given in form CPWD 7 or 8 of the tender documents, for works executed under these forms. All
relevant documents shall be produced by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge, whenever called upon by him to
do so, for working out such adjustments in rates.
1.5 Taxes and Duties
1.5.1 Being an indivisible works contract, GST etc. are not payable separately.
1.5.2 The works contract tax shall be deducted from the bills of the contractor as applicable in the State in which the
work is carried out, at the time of payments.
1.6 Mobilization Advance
No mobilization advance shall be paid for the work, unless otherwise stipulated in tender papers for any individual
work.
1.7 Completeness of Tender
All sundry fittings, assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, termination lugs for electrical
connections as required, and all other sundry items which are useful and necessary for proper assembly and
efficient working of the various components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender,
whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
1.8 Works to be done by the Contractor
Unless and otherwise mentioned in the tender documents, the following works shall be done by the contractor, and
therefore their cost shall be deemed to be included in their tendered cost :-
(i) After award of work contactor will submit name and other documents of Technical Representative.
The Technical Representative will come to discuss along with specific BIS code etc. with Engineer-
in-Charge or Representative for conduit layout and calculation of LUX level etc., accordingly the
contactor will submit layout of conduit for approval.
(ii) Foundations for equipments and components where required, including foundation bolts.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 82

 (ii) Cutting and making good all damages caused during installation and restoring the same to their original
finish.
(iii) Sealing of all floor openings provided by him for pipes and cables, from fire safety point of view, after
laying of the same.
(iv) Painting at site of all exposed metal surfaces of the installation other than prepainted items like fittings,
fans, switchgear / distribution gear items, cubicle switchboard etc. Damages to finished surfaces of these
items while handling and erection, shall however be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
(v) Testing and commissioning of completed installation.

1.9 Storage and Custody of Materials

1. Arrangement of suitable and lockable storage.
2. Accommodation and its watch and ward and their safe custody shall be his responsibility till the final
taking over of the installation by the Department.

1.10 Electric Power Supply and Water Supply

Unless and otherwise specified, power supply and water supply will be arranged by the contractor at the site for
installation purpose. Nothing extra shall be paid for this.

1.11 Tools for Handling and Erection

All tools and tackles required for handling of equipments and materials at site of work as well as for their assembly
and erection and also necessary test instruments shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

1.12 Payment Terms

1.12.1 Unless otherwise specified in the additional conditions of the contract, the payment shall be made as per the
relevant clauses of form PWD 7/8 forming a part of the tender documents.
1.12.2 Security deposit shall be deducted in such form and as per provisions contained in CPWD form 7/8 as amended
from time to time. The earnest money deposit shall be adjusted against this security deposit. The security deposit
shall be released on the expiry of guarantee/ maintenance period stipulated in the contract.
However, the contractor can furnish a bank guarantee in the specified format from a scheduled bank for the full
value of the security deposit, in which event no recovery shall be made towards security deposit from his bills. The
bank guarantee shall be kept valid till the expiry of the above guarantee / maintenance period.

1.13 Co-ordination with Other Agencies

The contractor shall co-ordinate with all other agencies involved in the building work so that the building work is
not hampered due to delay in his work. Recessed conduit and other works, which directly affect the progress of
building work, should be given priority.

1.14 Care of Buildings

Care shall be taken by the contractor to avoid damage to the building during execution of his part of the work. He
shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to their original finish at his cost. He shall
also remove at his cost all unwanted and waste materials arising out of his work from the site.

1.15 Structural Alterations to Buildings

(i) No structural member in the building shall be damaged / altered, without prior approval from the
competent authority through the Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) Structural provisions like openings, cutouts, if any, provided by the department for the work, shall be used.
Where these require modifications, or where fresh provisions are required to be made, such contingent
works shall be carried out by the contractor at his cost.
(iii) All such openings in floors provided by the Department shall be closed by the contractor after installing
the cables/conduits/rising mains etc. as the case may be, by any suitable means as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge without any extra payment.
(iii) All chases required in connection with the electrical works shall be provided and filled by the contractor at
his own cost to the original architectural finish of the buildings.

1.16 Addition to an Installation

Any addition temporary or permanent to the existing electrical installation shall not be made without a properly
worked out scheme/design by a qualified Electrical Engineer to ensure that such addition does not lead to
overloading, safety violation of the existing.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 83

1.17 Work in Occupied Buildings
(i) When work is executed in occupied buildings, there would be minimum of inconvenience to the
occupants. The work shall be programmed in consultation with the Engineer-in-charge and the occupying
department. If so required, the work may have to be done even before and after office hours.
(ii) The contractor shall be responsible to abide by the regulations or restrictions set in regard to entry into,
and movement within the premises.
(iv) The contractor shall not tamper with any of the existing installations including their switching operations
or connections thereto without specific approval from the Engineer-in-charge.

1.18 Conformity to IE Act, IE Rules, and Standards

1.18.1 All Electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Indian Electricity Act, 2003 and
Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 amended up to date (Date of call of tender unless specified otherwise).

1.19 General Requirements of Components

1.19.1 Quality of Materials
All materials and equipments supplied by the contractor shall be new. They shall be of such design, size and
materials as to satisfactorily function under the rated conditions of operation and to withstand the environmental
conditions at site.

1.19.2 Inspection of Materials and Equipments

(a) Materials and equipments to be used in the work shall be inspected by the Departmental officers. Such
inspection will be of following categories:
(i) Inspection of materials / equipments to be witnessed at the manufacturer‟s premises in accordance
with relevant BIS/Agreement Inspection Procedure.
(ii) To receive materials at site with Manufacturer‟s Test Certificate(s).
(iii) To inspect materials at the Authorized Dealer‟s Godowns to ensure delivery of genuine materials
at site.
(iv) To receive materials after physical inspection at site.
(b) The Departmental officers will take adequate care to ensure that only tested and genuine materials of
proper quality are used in work.
(c) Similarly, for fabricated equipments, the contractor will first submit dimensional detailed drawings for
approval before fabrication is taken up in the factory. Suitable stage inspection at factory also will be made
to ensure proper use of materials, workmanship and quality control.
(d) The tender specifications will stipulate the inspection requirements or their waiver for various
materials/equipments including norms of inspection in specific cases.

1.19.3 Rating of Components

(a) All components in a wiring installation shall be of appropriate ratings of voltage, current, and frequency,
as required at the respective sections of the electrical installation in which they are used.
(b) All conductors, switches and accessories shall be of such size as to be capable of carrying the maximum
current, which will normally flow through them, without their respective ratings being exceeded.

1.19.4 Conformity to Standards

(a) All components shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specifications, wherever existing. Materials
with ISI certification mark shall be preferred.

1.19.5 Interchangeability
Similar parts of all switches, lamp holders, distribution fuse boards, switch gears, ceiling roses, brackets,
pendants, fans and all other fittings of the same type shall be interchangeable in each installation.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 84

1.20 Workmanship
1.20.1 Good workmanship is an essential requirement to be complied with. The entire work of manufacture/fabrication,
assembly and installation shall conform to sound engineering practice.

1.20.2 Proper Supervision/Skilled Workmen

The contractor shall be a licensed electrical contractor of appropriate class suitable for execution of the electrical
work. He shall engage suitably skilled/ licensed workmen of various categories for execution of work supervised
by supervisors / Engineer of appropriate qualification and experience to ensure proper execution of work. They
will carry out instructions of Engineer-in-charge and other senior officers of the Department during the progress of
work.

1.20.3 Use of Quality Materials

Only quality materials of reputed make as specified in the tender will be used in work.

1.20.4 Fabrication in Reputed Workshop

Switch boards and LT panels shall be fabricated in a factory / workshop having modern facilities like quality
fabrication, seven tank process, powder/ epoxy paint plant, proper testing facilities, manned by qualified technical
personnel.
The tender shall specify some quality makes of fabricators with modern facilities of design, fabrication and testing
capable of delivering high quality LT panels and switch boards after testing as per relevant specifications.

1.21 Testing
All tests prescribed in these General Specifications, to be done before during and after installation, shall be carried
out, and the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge in prescribed Performa, forming part of the
Completion Certificate.

1.22 Commissioning on Completion

After the work is completed, it shall be ensured that the installation is tested and commissioned.

1.23 Completion Plan and Completion Certificate

(i) For all works completion certificate after completion of work shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) Completion plan drawn to a suitable scale in tracing cloth with ink indicating the following, along with
three blue print copies of the same shall also be submitted.
(a) General layout of the building.
(b) Locations of main switchboard and distribution boards, indicating the circuit numbers controlled
by them.
(c) Position of all points and their controls.
(d) Types of fittings, viz. fluorescent, pendants, brackets, bulk head, fans and exhaust fans etc.
(e) Name of work, job number, accepted tender reference, actual date of completion, names of
Division/Sub-Division, and name of the firm who executed the work with their signature.
1.24 Guarantee
The installation will be handed over to the Department after necessary testing and commissioning. The installation
will be guaranteed against any defective design/workman-ship. Similarly, the materials supplied by the contractor
will be guaranteed against any manufacturing defect, inferior quality. The guarantee period will be for a period of
12 months from the date of handing over to the Department. Installation/equipments or components thereof shall
be rectified / repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 85

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR INTERNAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION I/C STREET
LIGHT

1.0 SITE CONDITION:

The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site requirement by
him, before tendering.

SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS :

1.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.3 The work shall comprise entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary to make a complete
installation to the entire satisfaction of the department. The term complete installation shall mean, not only major
items of equipment covered by these specifications, but also incidental sundry components necessary for complete
execution and satisfactory performance of the installation, with all labour charges, whether or not these have been
mentioned in detail in the tender documents. The work shall include data entry, programming, start up test and
demonstration, training of personnel for maintenance and operation, submission of construction and installation
drawings and writing diagrams, as built documents and system guarantee.

INTERPRETING SPECIFICATIONS
In interpreting the specifications the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of
contradictions:
a) Schedule of quantities
b) Technical specifications of the NIT
c) Approved Drawing (If any)
d) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Work Part-I (Internal) 2013, Part-II (External) 1994.
e) Relevant IS or other international code in case IS code is not available.

INTERNAL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATOIN WORK:

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of
the Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are to
be followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition & specification of the
work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not mentioned so, makes of the
materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E) & decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final &
binding.
iii) The contractor will ensure that all the skilled persons managed / deployed for executing the electrical work possess
the wireman license issued by approved authorities. Consequences arising due to the default of the contractor to
comply with this condition would be contractor‟s responsibility only.
iv) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him and material issued from the
department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E). The watch and ward
of the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work is completed & handed
over to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account. The contractor shall make
his own arrangement for carriage of materials, fittings, cables etc. issued to him departmentally from the site store to
the site of work at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
v) All the DB‟s switchgears shall have identification marking on them written in white paint/ identification ferrule.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
vi) Earth points with studs are to be provided on each of the switchboards / DBs.
vii) The MCBDB made of MS sheet should not be less than 1.6 mm thick and left out MCB outlets of the sheet steel
enclosures (not occupied by the MCBs) shall be covered with blanking plates. MCB will be of 10 KA braking
capacity.
viii) The drawing showing dimension layout of the main board, allied equipment SLD, Connection diagram etc shall be
got approved by the contractor from the Engineer-in-Charge before fabrication and execution.
ix) All hardware, fastening material viz. nuts, bolts, washers and screws etc. to be used on work shall be of Zinc /
cadmium plated iron.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 86

x) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
xi) The contractor shall have to furnish the insulation test report, earth report, along with all required details of electrical
load on the prescribed Performa for the electric connection from Supply Company.
xii) The contractor shall submit the completion certificate and completion plan as per Clause 1.26 of General
specifications for Electrical Works Part-I, Internal 2013 after completion of work.
xiii) All earthing material (GI plate, strip, wire) should be hot dip galvanized. All concealed works and earthing shall
have to be done in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
xiv) The chases in walls shall be done by chase cutting machines, for which contractor shall arrange adequate numbers of
chase cutting machines (Chase Cutters) for cutting chases in walls etc. for laying of conduits.
xv) The fans & fittings to be supplied by the contractor shall be procured & brought to site not before “finishing” works
so that these fans & fittings are not damaged & do not loose their manufacturers warrantee.
xvi) MCCBs shall have Ics = 100%Icu.
xvii) The department reserves the right to inspect the Panel Boards/Rising Main at the manufacturer‟s
premises for which the contractor should give 15 days advance notice.
xviii) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
xix) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking from the OEM vide OM [Link]/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
a) Authorization certificate.
b)The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of
contract as well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the
system.
c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.
xx) As per Office Order [Link]/SE(E)TAS/ miscellaneous /12 Dated 03.09.2019.
(a) All the LED Bulbs / LED Fittings shall be guaranteed for a period of 5 years from date of record of
completion certificate by competent authority.
(b) While returning the Performance Guarantee on completion of work as per agreement, 50% of the
proportionate portion of this PG related to LED Fittings items of the schedule of work shall be retained by
department.
(c) This Performance Guarantee retained shall be refunded year wise proportionately (only after satisfaction
of E-in-C. On failure to do needful during this period of 5 years, the E-in-C shall be free to do the same at
risk and cost of contractor).
(d) In case of discontinuation of model and non – availability of spares, the agency shall replace the fittings
with equivalent / high end model in case of manufacturing defect during the warranty period of 5 years.
xxi) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out
of acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

EARTHING: As per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I INTERNAL-2013 and in conformity with
provision of rules 32, 61, 62, 67 & 68 of Indian Electricity Rules 1956 and as per IS-3043-1966.

LED FITTINGS: LED fittings shall have IESNA certification i.e. LM 79 (Luminaire), LM 80 (LED) & LM70 >= 50,000 Burning
Hours. The copy of same must be submitted before placing order to the manufacturer and their dealer.

FEEDER PILLAR/PANEL: Feeder Pillar/Panel and components shall be fabricated and installed as per CPWD General
Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I Internal 2013 and conforming to the requirements of the latest revision including
amendments of the IS codes and standards.
The feeder pillar shall be divided into distinct vertical sections each comprising of:
i) The fabrication will be done out of 2 mm thick CRCA sheet with double door and inbuilt locking arrangement.
ii) All connections (incoming and outgoing) will be taken out in cable alley with suitable rated solid copper conductor.
iii) The depth of panel shall be as per requirement.
iv) Aluminium bus bars shall be fitted on insulated DMC support.
v) Sizes and arrangement shall be as per site requirement.
vi) The panel should be provided with terminal blocks for incoming & outgoing cables. From MCCB to terminal block
wiring will be done with copper conductor/suitable cable.
vii) Incoming/outgoing UG cable will be terminated in terminal block.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 87

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF MATERIAL FOR IEI I/C STREET LIGHT
SL. NO. ITEM MAKE
1 MS Conduit BEC / AKG / MKAY / RMG Steel Pvt. Ltd. (RMCON)/ STEEL KRAFTS
2 MS Conduit accessories BEC / AKG / MKAY / RMG Steel Pvt. Ltd. (RMCON)/ STEEL KRAFTS
3 GI Pipe (ISI Marked) Tata / Jindal (Hissar) / Bansal (Utkarsh)
4 MCCB, MCB Siemens / ABB / Schneider Electric / Legrand / L&T
5 MCBDB Siemens (Betagard) / ABB (Elegance) / Schneider (Acti-9) / Legrand
(Ekinox) / L&T
6 FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
(ISI Marked)
7 Modular Switch / Socket/ Electronic Legrand (Arteor) / Schneider (Opale) / ABB (Ivie) / L&T (Englaze) / North
stepped Regulator West (Artisa)
8 TV & Telephone Cables / Wires (ISI Havells / Finolex / Polycab / KEI / RR Kabel
Marked)
9 Electrical light fittings / lamp Philips / Wipro / Trilux / Lighting Technologies / Crompton/Jaquar
10 Non-Decorative wall bracket fitting Crompton / Havells (City-3) / Philips / Wipro / Trilux / Lighting
Technologies/ Jaquar

11 Ceiling Fan Usha / Orient / Havells / Crompton / Bajaj / Atomberg

12 Wall Fan / Exhaust Fan Usha / Orient / Havells / Crompton / Bajaj / Atomberg
13 Occupancy Sensor Legrand / Honeywell / Steinel / ABB

14 Rising Main Legrand / L&T / Schneider

15 Cubical type LT Panel Board / Feeder SPC Electrotech / Masstech Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. / Ambit / Tricolite /
Pillar Adlec / Milestone / Advance Panels & Switchgears (P) Ltd. / Industrial
Switchgears / Meditron / Stech Power Industries / TTS Pvt. Ltd. / S. K.
Engineering Works / Innovative Engineering Solution / Aarnav Powertech
(APT) (Only CPRI Approved)
16 Energy Meter L&T / HPL / Secure / Bentec / Schneider
17 Selector Switch ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Kaycee / BCH
18 Digital type Ammeter / Voltmeter / ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Automatic Electric / Kappa
Multifunction meter
19 LED Type Indicating Lamps ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
20 Push Buttons ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
21 Control fuses with base Siemens / BCH / L&T / GE
22 Octagonal Pole / Decorative Pole Transrail / Bajaj / Crompton / Philips/ Surya / Volmont/ Jaquar
23 CAT 6 I/O Port, CAT 6 Cable Belden / Commscope / Systimax / AMP / Molex

Preference to PPP-M – II Policy (Make in India):

(i) The Government has issued public procurement policy (Preference to Make in India) vide Ministry of Commerce
and Industry Development of industrial policy and promotion (PPS) vide order No.P-45021/2/2017-PP BE-II dated
28.05.2018, to―Encourage Make in India‖ and to promote manufacturing and production of Goods and services in
India with a view to enhancing income and employment. CPWD has decided to implement this policy.
(ii) The agency shall submit list of makes of materials proposed to be used on the work from local suppliers (as defined
in the above order dated 28.05.2018) along with minimum local content as specified below for approval of the
department out of the approved makes kept in the tender.
(iii) The department will be approving only makes of the materials having a minimum local content of 50% for use on
this work, out of the preferred makes list.
(iv) The minimum local content of 50% is considered for the complete item including labour component. The agency
shall obtain the certificate for all items except for sundry items.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 88

 PART C-2
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH: Providing Substation equipments & LT
Distribution system).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Part-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Substation
equipments & LT Distribution system, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of
the Executive Engineer (E). If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of Substation 1,67,61,361/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
equipments & LT agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
Distribution system requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 67.04 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 100.57 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 134.09 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of Substation

equipments & LT Distribution system ”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 89

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 90

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer
is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.

11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWD in charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 91

 SUB-STATION WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR SUB-STATION

1. Specification: The work shall be executed as per CPWD‟s general specification for Electrical Works, Part-I-2013,
Part-II-1994 (External) & Part-IV-2013 for Sub-Station. Indian Standards amended upto date and as per direction
of Engineer-in-Charge. The additional specifications are to be read with above and in case of any variations,
specifications given along with the tender shall apply.
2. Location: The contractor is advised to visit the site before submission of their tender and ensure that equipment
being offered by them shall be accommodated in the spaces available.
3. Terms of Payments:
Following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against the
stage of work shown herein.
(i) No advance payment shall be made.
(ii) 80% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition at site along with test report and other
relevant papers, on pro-rata basis.
(iii) 10% after completion of installation in all respect.
(iv) Balance 10% will be paid after Testing, Commissioning & Handing Over to the department for beneficial
use.
4. Rates:
4.1 The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes, etc. and all charges for packing
forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing, commissioning etc. at site including temporary
construction of storage, risks, over head charges, general liabilities/ obligations.
5. Completion Period :
The Completion period indicated in the tender documents is for the entire work of planning, designing, approval of
drawings etc., arrangement of materials & equipments, delivery at site including transportation, installation, testing,
commissioning and handing over of the entire system to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
6. Storage: Responsibility for storage space for execution of work shall be of main contractor.
7. Power & Water Supply: Responsibility for supply of power & water for execution of work shall be of main
contractor.
8. Indemnity -:
The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this works contract. The
successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations for any accident occurring
due to any cause and the contractor shall be responsible for any accident or damage incurred or claims arising three
from during the period of erection, construction and putting into operation the equipments and ancillary equipment
under the supervision of the successful tenderer in so far as the latter is responsible. The successful tenderer
shall also provide all insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra
payment would be made to the successful tenderer on account of the above.
9. Insurance and Storage:
All consignments are to be duly insured upto the destination from warehouse at the cost of the contractor. The
insurance covers shall be valid till the equipment is handed over duly installed, tested and commissioned.
10. Inspection by CEA-: After completion of the work, the contractor will offer the same for inspection of Central
Electricity Authority, if required. The contractor will extend all help including test facilities to the representative of
Central Electricity Authority. In case the contractor fails to make desired facilities available during inspection, the
department reserve the right to provide the same at the risk & cost of the contractor. The observation of Central
Electricity Authority which is a part of agreement will be attended by the contractor promptly. The installation will
be commissioned only after receiving clearance from Central Electricity Authority. Inspection fees of Central
Electricity Authority will be borne by the department.
11. The material in required quantity to be used in the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before
its use at site. The Engineer-in-charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which,
in his opinion, is not as per specifications.
12. Contractor shall preserve the copies of invoices, test certificates, gate passes etc. to prove the genuineness of
material/purchases. The responsibility of procurement, genuine material of specialized works shall rest with the
contractor.
13. No inspection out side the country is permissible if required so the same will be deemed to be waived off and
necessary test reports shall be submitted before the dispatch of equipment.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 92

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SUBSTATION WORK

1.0 SITE CONDITION: The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.
1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site
requirement by him, before tendering.
1.2 The work shall comprise entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary to make a complete
installation to the entire satisfaction of the department. The term complete installation shall mean, not only major
items of equipment covered by these specifications, but also incidental sundry components necessary for complete
execution and satisfactory performance of the installation, with all labour charges, whether or not these have been
mentioned in detail in the tender documents. The work shall include data entry, programming, start up test and
demonstration, training of personnel for maintenance and operation, submission of construction and installation
drawings and writing diagrams, as built documents and system guarantee.
Interpreting Specification
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical specifications
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General specifications
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available

1.0. SPECIFICATION OF 11 KV HT PANEL

11 KV HT Panel shall be as per CPWD specifications. The HT panel manufacture shall be manufacturer of VCB also.

CABLE TERMINATION
The switchboard panel shall be complete with suitable cable end termination for XLPE insulated cables. Cable and sealing
box shall preferably be mounted inside the panel. For XLPE cables adequate space and clearances shall be made for heat
shrinkable termination.
Two earthing terminals shall be provided in each panel in cable box / cabling chamber for earthing armour / screen.
Where more than one core is terminated on each phase, links suitably designed and properly supported shall be provided to
avoid unnecessary bending of cable cores without decreasing the length of insulated cable tail. Electrical clearances that
would normally be required when using one core per phase shall be maintained.
Compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables with XLPE insulated cables.

TESTING & INSPECTION

After completion of all work at the manufacturer‟s works the switchboards shall be inspected and tested in presence of the
Engineer in Charge or his authorized representative. The contractor shall arrange the inspection and testing of the
equipments at the manufacturer‟s premises and at site of work after installation. All the expenses for testing and inspection
shall be borne by the contractor, however expenses of lodging and boarding in respect of the Engineer in Charge or his
authorized representative shall be borne by the department. Stage inspection may also be carried out from time to time to
check the progress of the work and workmanship. Contractor shall intimate the date of inspection after confirmation from
the Manufacturer at least fifteen days advance.

The following tests shall be carried out:

i) All routine tests specified in relevant Indian shall be carried out on all circuit breakers.
ii) Test for protective relay operation by primary or secondary injection method.
iii) Operation of all meters.
iv) Secondary wiring continuity test.
v) Insulation test with 5000 Volts megger, before and after voltage test.
vi) HV test on secondary wiring and components on which such test is permissible (2 KV for one minute)
vii) Simulating external circuits for remote operation of breaker, remote indicating lights and other remote operations,
if any.
viii) Measurement of power required for closing / trip coil of the breaker.
ix) Pick up and drop out voltages for shunt trip and closing coils.
x) CT Polarity test.

Vendor shall provide all facilities such as power supply, testing instruments and apparatus required for carrying out the
tests. Required copies of test certificates for all the tests carried out along with copies of type test certificates and
certificates from Sub-Vendor for the components procured from them are to be submitted before dispatch of switchboards.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 93

DRAWINGS AND INFORMATION
The contractor shall furnish following drawings / documents in accordance with enclosed requirements:
i) General Arrangement drawing of the Switchboard, showing front view, plan, foundation plan, floor cutouts /
trenches for external cables and elevations, transport sections and weights.
ii) Sectional drawings of the circuit breaker panels, showing general constructional features, mounting details of
various devices, bus bars, current transformers, Potential transformer, cable boxes, terminal boxes for control
cables etc.
iii) Schematic and control wiring diagram for circuit breaker and protection including indicating devices, metering
instruments, alarms, space heaters etc.
iv) Terminal plans showing terminal numbers, ferrules markings, device terminal numbers, function etc.
v) Relay wiring diagrams.
vi) Equipment List with details of make and type.

Contractor shall furnish required number of copies of above drawings for reviews by the Engineer in Charge or his
authorized representatives; fabrication of switchboards shall start only after approval of drawings by the Engineer in
Charge.
The following information shall be furnished:
i) Technical literature giving complete information of the equipment.
ii) Erection, Spare Parts Catalogues, Operation and Maintenance Manual complete with all relevant information,
drawings and literature for auxiliary equipment and accessories, characteristics curves for relays etc.
iii) A comprehensive spare parts catalogue.

HV PANEL-11 KV

1. Applicable Standard: : IS: 13118 amended upto date.

2. Rating: : 630 A, 12 KV, 18KA.
Degree of Protection : IP – 4X
3. Execution: : Indoor Metal Clad, horizontal drawout,
horizontal isolation.
4. Circuit Breaker : Vaccum Circuit Breaker one
interrupter per phase.
5. Operating Mechanism : Manual charging.
6. Tripping arrangement : Shunt trip.
7. Busbar: : Copper bus bar suitable for 630 Amps.
Provided with heat shrinkable sleeve.
8. C.T. : Dual Core Dual Ratio, Cast Resin
(a) 15 VA Burden with 5 P 10 accuracy
for protection
(b) 15 VA Burden with Class-I accuracy
for metering
9. P.T. : Dry type Epoxy.
3 Phase, 3 Links 11 KV/110 V
Withdrawable with automatic
Shutters. Not less than 100 VA Burden

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 94

10. Relays & Accessories

Sl. No Description Incoming Outgoing

Panel Panel
(i) IDMT characteristics of micro Y Y
processor based Relay
(ii) Trip Circuit Y Y
Supervision Relays
(iii) Master Tripping Relays Y Y
(iv) P.T. + Voltmeter with Y -
selector switch.

(v) CT for Metering and Y Y

Protection.

(vi) Ammeter with selector switch Y Y

Note:- „Y‟ stands for „yes‟ that is to be provided

11. Indicating Lamps/ : All standard indicating lamp like

Push Button Phases, ON/OFF, breaker charged etc. heater, heater
switch, emergency trip, breaker control switch, etc.
12. Ammeter/Voltmeter : Digital Type 96 x 96 [Link]
13. Cable Termination : XLPE HT Cable of suitable size.
(Both incoming & outgoing)
Power Pack : 12 Volt, 150AH Capacity maintenance free battery
for 220V A.C Input and 110 / 24 Volt D.C Continuous
output.
14. Testing. : Routine Acceptance Test as per BIS / IEE /
IS as is relevant.

2.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER WITH OFF LOAD TAP

CHANGER
Indoor transformer shall be step down transformer from 11 KV to 0.433 KV three phase 50 cycles copper wound.
Transformer shall be having high efficiency and low impedance, shall be as per latest IS. It shall be double wound
core type with ON-AN cooling having delta connection on HT side and star connection on secondary side neutral
brought out having arrangements for earthing or Bus trunking, off load tap changing device in high tension side for
tapping in steps of + 5% to - 10% step of 2.5% (as per IS 1180). Transformer shall be as per relevant BIS and
CPWD specifications. The transformer shall be complete with the following accessories.
(i) Off load tap changer with mechanical manual operating device with locking arrangement.
(ii) Oil conservator with sump and drain valve, cover plate & oil level indicator.
(iii) Dehydrating breather with silica gel and oil seal.
(iv) Oil filling valve 32mm with cover plate.
(v) Thermometer pockets.
(vi) Diagram, rating plate, terminal marking plate.
(vii) Two earthing terminals.
(viii) Lifting lugs for active part only.
(ix) Four uni-directional plain rollers.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 95

 (x) First filling of dehydrated transformer oil.
(xi) Double diaphragm explosion vent with sight glass.
(xii) 150 mm dial type winding temperature indicator with maximum reading pointer.
(xiii) Plain oil level gauge with minimum level marking.
(xiv) Air release plug on tank cover.
(xv) Detachable radiator with top and bottom stop valves and drain and air release plugs.
(xvi) 150mm dia type oil temperature indicator with maximum reading pointer.
(xvii) Jacking pads with haulage holes.
(xviii) Base channel with viewing holes.
(xix) Drain cum bottom filter valve 32mm with cover plate.
(xx) 11 KV cable end box suitable for 3 core suitable size XLPE cable.
(xxi) LT 0.433 KV TP&N cable end box with extended suitable size tinned copper bus bar / Bus trunking on all
four bushings to facilitate 3.5 core suitable size cable connection.
(xxii) Extra neutral bushing for solid earthing.
The transformer shall be rated for a maximum temperature rise of 50 Deg. C for oil and 55 Deg. C for winding over 45
Deg. C ambient temperatures. The transformer shall conform to the latest IS.
CONTROL WIRING
The Contractor shall supply and install, test and commission all control/instruments wiring as found necessary. The job is
turnkey and shall remain the responsibility of Contractor to ensure its functioning in useful and defined manner.
All the indoor control wiring shall have copper conductor and PVC insulated.
The indoor control wiring shall conform to latest IS for voltage grade of 1.1 KV for A.C./230 V for D.C.
The conductor cross sectional are shall not be less than 2.5 Sq mm or as per OEM recommendation.
The indoor wiring shall be in surface conduit neatly placed on wall or ceiling either in horizontal or vertical run.
The control wiring which are to be placed indoor or which are to run in cable trench shall be of 650/1100 voltage grade and
shall conform to latest IS. The cable shall have minimum dia of conductor to 2.5 sq. mm.

VECTOR GROUP
Transformer shall have vector group of Dy 11
TESTS:
Transformers shall be subjected to routine tests at manufacturer works as specified in IS 2026, IS 1180 (latest
amendment) given below:
Routine tests:
• Turns ratio measurement at various taps
• HV and LV winding resistance
• Checking of vector group
• Insulation Resistance Test
• No Load Loss & No Load current measurement.
• Measurement of Load losses
• Impedance voltage and impedance.
• Separate source voltage withstand test
• Induced over voltage withstand test.

Type tests (Documents are to be submitted only, no type test will be done)
• Heat Run Test.
• Impulse voltage withstand test.
• Short circuit test.
• Measurement of acoustic noise level.
• Leakage Test (tank).
• High Frequency withstand test.
The power frequency test voltage for the secondary winding shall be 2.5 KV R.M.S. The transformer shall be
charged only after the tests are conducted and approval of local authorities is obtained.
Tenderer may submit type test certificates conducted on similar rated transformers for bid validation.

TESTING AND INSPECTION:

The Contractor shall draw up and carry out a comprehensive inspection and testing programmed during manufacture and
commissioning of the transformer. The Engineer in Charge shall approve the Programme for the Inspection and witness of
tests.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 96

Contractor shall ensure that type tested equipment is only offered and routine test shall be conducted as per relevant
standards in presence of the Engineer in Charge or his authorized representative at the manufacturer work place. The
supplier shall only dispatch the Transformer after inspection and approval for acceptance of the tests by the Engineer in
charge.

DRAWING AND INFORMATION

The vendor shall furnish following drawings / documents in accordance with enclosed requirement.
General arrangement of transformer
General arrangement of HV cable box with connection diagram
General arrangement of LV cable box / bus trunking and connection arrangement
General arrangement of marshalling box and wiring diagram
Rating and diagram plate indicating % impedance etc.
Type test and guaranteed technical parameters
Reactance, resistance and capacitance
The initial charging current (in rush current)
Calculation for transformer such as core sizing, flux density, turns ratio & sizing of transformer

QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality Assurance shall follow the requirements of the Engineer in Charge as applicable. Quality assurance
involvement will commence at enquiry and follow through to completion and acceptance thus total conformity
to Purchaser’s requirements.

DEVIATION
Deviation from specifications must be stated in writing at the quotation stage.
In the absence of such a statement, it will be assumed that the requirements of the specifications are met
without exception.

SPECIFICATION OF 11/0.433 KV ONAN TRANSFORMER

1. Voltage Ratio : 11/0.433 KV.

2. Type : Dy 11, ONAN, Indoor
3. Type of tap changer : at HT side.
4. Tapping on HV : OFF Load + 5% to - 10% step of 2.5%
5. Termination : i) Cable end box on 11 KV side for 3 core of
suitable size.
ii) Cable end box on LT side.
6. Fittings/Accessories : As per latest IS as under.
i) Lifting lugs
ii) Roller (Bi directional)
7. Losses : Losses as per IS 1180 Level2 under BIS Guidelines.
8. Installation : To be installed in accordance with IS
10028 (part II & III) code of practice for
installation. Necessary support channels
should be grouted in the flooring.
Control cables from transformer to LT/HT Panel to be
provided, including supply and laying cable,
termination with lugs, thimbles etc as reqd.
9. Testing : Routine acceptance test as per IS to

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 97

 be witnessed by the representative
of Engineer in Charge at his discretion.
10. Commissioning : All mandatory test as per IS and or
manufacturer‟s recommendations to
be conducted before commissioning.
3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LT PANEL
Cubicle type switchboards and components shall be fabricated and installed as per CPWD General Specifications for
Electrical Works Part-IV Substations 2013 and conforming to the requirements of the latest revision including.

PAINTING OF ALL STEEL WORK (FACTORY FABRICATION WORK)

a) Degreasing: All the steel components, to be painted, should be effectively cleaned by alkaline degreasing.
b) Pickling: Oxide scale rust formation is to be removed in a hot bath of sulphuric acid. Pitting of the surface
is to be prevented by the use of pickling in habitors.
c) Cold rinsing: The parts are then to be washed with cold water to remove all traces of acidic solution.
d) Phosphate: In order to attain durable paint coating the metal surface is to be given phosphatic treatment by
development a phosphate layer on the surface. Preferably hot grenadite solution is to be used in the
phosphate plant.
e) Passivating: This process is to be carried out by using dedicate solution.
f) Drying: The treated parts should be dried in a hot chamber in dust free atmosphere to ensure that they are
absolutely clear and dry before the paint is applied.
g) Primer Coating: The treated and dried parts are to be sprayed with high corrosion resistance primer.
h) Stove Drying: The primer coating is to be packed in an electrically heated, air circulated area type storing
over.
i) Finishing Coat: The final finishing coat shall be powder coating of approved shade.

4.0 EARTHING
Earthing of system shall be as per CPWD specification and relevant BIS.

5.0 CABLE LYING WORK:

The work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical works part II External 1994 as amended
up to date, relevant IE rules, and as per directions of Engineer- in Charge .

6.0 CABLE TERMINATION

Compression type cable glands shall be provided for power and control cables with XLPE insulated cables.

7.0 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Safety provisions shall be generally in conformity of CPWD General Specifications of Electrical Works (Part I – Internal),
2013.
Fire Extinguishers – CO2 conforming to IS:15683
Fire Buckets – Fire buckets conforming to IS 2546:1974 shall be installed with the suitable stand for storage of water and
sand.

8.0 DANGER NOTICE PLATES

As per provisions of IE Rules 1956, Danger Notice Plates in Hindi or English and, in addition, in the local language with
the sign of skull and bones are required to be provided on power line supports and other installations.
Standards
1. The Danger Notice Plates shall comply with IS:2551-1982.
Dimensions
I. Two sizes of Danger Notice Plates as follows are recommended:
• For display at 415 V installations – 200x150mm
• For display at 11 KV (or higher voltages) installations – 250x200mm
II. The corners of the plate shall be rounded off.
III. The location of fixing holes is provisional and can be modified to suit the requirements.
Lettering
1. All letterings shall be centrally spaced. The dimensions of the letters, figures and their respective position
shall be as per directives of Engineer – In charge.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 98
2. The size of letters in the words in each language and spacing between them shall be so chosen that these
are uniformly written in the space earmarked for them.
Languages
1. Under Rule No. 35 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956, the owner of every medium, high and extra high
voltage installation is required to affix permanently in a conspicuous position a danger notice in Hindi or English
and, in addition, in the local language, with the sign of skull and bones.
2. Adequate space should be provided in the specimen danger notice plates for having the letterings in local
language for the equivalent of’ Danger’,’ 415′ ’11000′ and ‘Volts’
Material & Finishing
1. The plate shall be made from mild steel sheet of at least 1.6mm thick and vitreous enameled white, with letters, figures
and the conventional skull and cross-bones in signal red color (refer IS:5-1978) on the front side. The rear side of the
plate shall also be enameled.
Danger boards:
2. All supports carrying HV lines shall be fitted with danger plates confirming to IS 2551 at height of 3 M from ground
indicating the voltage of line. The script shall be both in „English/Hindi‟.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

ITEM NO. PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS AS PER NIT

I CO2 Type Fire Extinguisher
1 Conforming IS IS: 15683
2 Capacity 4.5 Kg
3 Filling Ratio 0.66
4 Type Portable
5 Expellant Self
6 Efficiency Discharge Minimum 95%
7 Discharge Time More Than 8 Sec & 15 Sec
8 Throw Minimum 2 Mtrs. for 4.5 Kg
9 Operating Position Upright
10 Operating Valve Wheel / Squeeze Grip type
11 Operating Temperature Range -30 Deg C To +55 Deg C
12 Fire Rating 21B, C
II Electrical Matting
1 Conforming IEC IEC 61111
2 Class Class - 1 PV tested upto 10 KV

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1) After completion of the works, firm/contractor has to arrange inspection from C.E.A., if
required and obtain no objection certificate and also arrange releasing of connection from
local supply company / electricity board for which nothing extra will be paid.
2) All the pre-commissioning, testing, calibration of relays etc to be done in presence of the
Engineer-in-charge before commissioning of system. All the test results should be recorded
and report to be signed by authorized person and as well by CPWD officials who will witness
the results (EE / AE / JE).
3) Material shall be got inspected by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative at
manufacturer work prior to dispatch.
4) Manufacturer’s test certificates of all equipments such as transformers, LT panel, relays, CTs
should be submitted by the firm at the time of supply.
5) Testing shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-IV
Substations 2013. All pre-commissioning tests shall be carried out at site in the presence of
the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.

Interpreting specifications: In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be
followed in case of contradictions:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 99

 a) Schedule of quantities
b) Technical specifications
c) Drawings (if any)
d) General specifications
e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.
Inspection and testing as per CPWD general specification for electrical works Part-IV sub-
station 2013

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

Compliance with Regulations and Indian Standards

All work shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation both statutory and those specified by the
Indian standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation
will comply with the following:-
(i) Factories act
(ii) Indian Electricity Rules.
(iii) B.I.S & other standards as applicable.
(iv) Workmens compensation Act
(v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like CEA, Power Supply [Link].
After completion of the installation, the same shall be offered for inspection by the representatives of the Central
Electricity Authority. The contractor will extend all help including test facilities to the representatives of CEA.
The observations of CEA will be attended by the contractor. The installation will be commissioned only after
getting clearance from CEA.
Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the successful tenderer of his responsibility for the
design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all accessories in accordance with currently applicable
statutory regulations and safety codes.
Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety regulations and departmental
requirements of safety codes in respect of labour employed on work by the tenderer. Failure to provide such
safety requirement would make the tenderer liable for penalty of RS------/- for each default. In addition the
department will be at liberty to make arrangement for the safety requirements at the cost of tenderer and recover
the cost thereof from him.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 100

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF SUBSTATION EQUIPMENTS

SL. No. Item Makes

1 Transformer Kirloskar / Crompton / ABB / Schneider
2 HT Panel / VCB Kirloskar / Crompton / ABB / Schneider / Siemens / L&T

[OEM or Authorised channel partner of OEM]

3 Makes of accessories of HT As per standard practice of manufacturer.
Panel
4 Air Circuit Breaker, MCCB, MCB, ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
Contactor etc.
5 Cubical type LT Panel Board / Feeder SPC Electrotech / Masstech Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. / Ambit
Pillar (CPRI approved) / Tricolite / Adlec / Milestone / Advance Panels &
Switchgears (P) Ltd. / Industrial Switchgears / Meditron /
Stech Power Industries / TTS Pvt. Ltd. / S. K. Engineering
Works / Innovative Engineering Solution / Aarnav
Powertech (APT) (Only CPRI Approved)

6 Selector Switch ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Kaycee /

BCH
7 Digital type Ammeter / Voltmeter / ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Automatic
Multifunction meter Electric / Kappa
8 LED Type Indicating Lamps ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
9 Push Buttons ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
10 Control fuses with base Siemens / BCH / L&T / GE
11 CT / PT As per manufacturer‟s practice.
12 FRLS PVC insulated copper Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
conductor (ISI Marked)
13 HT / LT Cable (ISI Marked) Polycab / RR Kable / Havells / KEI / Finolex
14 Cable jointing kit 3M / Raychem
15 Cable Lugs / Glands Dowels /Asian / Comet
16 GI Pipe (ISI Marked) Tata / Jindal (Hissar) / Bansal (Utkarsh)
17 Fire Extinguisher and Accessories Life Guard / Getech / Omex / Fire Shield / Minimax /
Ceasfire
18 DWC HDPE Pipes Tirupati (Gemini) / Rex / Duraline

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 101

 PART C-3
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing DG Set).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Part-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of DG Set, he shall be
allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E). If himself is eligible, they
will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of DG Set 20,77,399/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 8.30 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 12.46 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 16.62 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of DG Set”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 102

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
ii He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
iii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(d) Authorization certificate.
(e) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(f) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 103

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 104

 DG SET WORK
TERMS, CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF DG SET WORK

1.0 SITE CONDITION:

1.1 The work of installation of DG sets is to be carried out for “Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO,
Ranchi”.

1.2 The DG Sets with acoustic enclosures shall be installed outdoor on the CC platform.

1.3 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site to be well acquaintance about the site requirement
by him, before tendering.

1.4 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Work shall be consisting of Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of One No. Diesel Generating set of
prime power rating with suitable capacity.
DG Sets shall comprising of suitable capacity of Diesel Engine, coupled with Alternator mounted on common
base plate fabricated with MS Channel, Acoustic Enclosure complying CPCB norms for noise control & emission
norms as per design type tested by approved laboratory. DG Sets shall be installed on suitable size of Cement
Concrete foundation. The DG Sets shall be fitted with inbuilt / separate AMF Panel, Diesel storage tank & other
accessories as per schedule of work & specifications specified in the NIT. Earthing for Body Earth & Neutral
Earthing, interconnections with XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, Aluminium Conductor, Armoured Cable from
Alternator to AMF Panel & Load for three phase distribution with the existing panel boards shall be installed as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge & as per requirement of client.

1.5 PRIME POWER RATING:

Prime power rating is applicable for supplying electric power in lieu of commercially purchased power. Prime
power is the power available at variable load for an unlimited number of hours. A 10% overload capacity is
available at intermittent periods. Overload of 10% for one hour in 12 hours of operation shall be tested in the
workshop of the manufacturer or at site as the case may be.
Rating is in accordance with ISO-8528/1, overload power in accordance with ISO-3046/1 BS5514, AS2789 and
DIN 6271.
The Department shall not issue any T & P for carrying out the work. Nothing extra shall be
paid on account of engagement of T&P by the supplier / Contractor to carryout the work at
site.

2.0 SPECIFICATIONS FOR DG SETS:

2.1 This specification is intended to cover the complete installation of Diesel Generating Set in a first class
workmanlike manner and to include all work and materials in accordance with the drawings and specifications as
specified. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Work
Part-I (Internal) 2013, Part-II (External) 1994 & part-VII (DG sets) 2013 as amended up to date, relevant I.S.
Specifications, National building Code 2016, National Electric Code, Indian Electricity Act & Rules which govern
the requirements of the DG Set installation and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge including amendments up to
date of the specifications, standards and regulations. These specifications are to be read in conjunction with above
and in case of variations; specifications given in these additional conditions shall apply. However nothing extra
shall be paid on account of the additional specifications and conditions as the same are to be read along with
schedule of quantities for the work.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 105

 GENERAL CONDITIONS AND COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS

This specifications cover manufacture, testing as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at site, all preparatory work,
assembly and installation, commissioning, seeking approval & license from the local authorities, putting into operation of
DG Sets for beneficial use of client as per satisfaction & direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
LOCATION
The DG Set shall be installed at Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi for entire essential load.
TYPE OF CONTRACT: The work to be awarded by this tender shall be treated as individual work contract.
SUBMISSION OF TENDERS:
(i) Tender documents shall be downloadable to only eligible & specialized agencies.
(ii) The tenderers are advised not to deviate from the technical specifications / items, commercial terms and conditions
of NIT like terms of payment, guarantee, arbitration clauses, escalation etc.
(iii) Scrutiny / evaluation of the “Tender” shall be done by the department. In case it is found that the tenderer is not in
line with NIT specifications, requirements and / or contains many deviations, the department reserves the right to
reject the tender of such firm(s) without making any reference to the tender(s).
(iv) Necessary clarifications required by the department shall have to be furnished by the tenderers within the time
given by the department for the same. The tenderers will have to depute their representative to discuss with the
officer(s) of the department as and when so desired. In case, if in the opinion of the department a tenderer is
delaying in furnishing the desired clarifications beyond reasonable time, his tender will be rejected without making
any reference.
(v) The department reserves the right to reject any or all the “Price Bids” / “Revised Price Bids” and call for fresh
prices / tenders as the case may be without assigning any reason.
TERMS OF PAYMENT: The following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be
payable against the stage of work shown herein.
(i) 85% against supply of Diesel Generating Sets (ENGINE-ALTERNATOR SET & AMF Panel) as per item of the
schedule of work after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis. [ For Other items:-
75%]
(ii) 10%On Completion of Pro-Rata installation of DG Set (ENGINE-ALTERNATOR SET & AMF Panel) at
specified locations in all respect. [ For Other items:-20%]
(iii) Balance 5% will be paid after testing, commissioning trial run & handing over of the DG Sets to client for their
beneficial use.
(iv) Tenderers may quote the breakup of their prices for individual components for assessment of part payment against
supply of materials in parts for any reason subject to acceptability to the department.
(v) Payments for other items in the schedule of work shall be made as per assessment of progress of work assessed by
the Engineer-in-Charge or his Authorized Representative (The Assistant Engineer Electrical / Junior Engineer
Electrical).

SECURITY DEPOSIT: Security Deposit shall be deducted from each running bill and the final bill to the extent of 2.5%
of the gross amount payable as per GCC-2020. The security deposit shall be released after completion of work & expiry of
guarantee period stipulated in the contract and as per relevant clauses of “General conditions of Contracts for Central PWD
Works 2020” which shall be part of agreement.
RATES:
(i) Rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes and all charges for packing forwarding,
insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing, commissioning etc. at site. Fee paid for inspections of
authorities for local clearance shall be borne by the department by reimbursement on submission original receipt
issued from the office of the inspection authority.
(ii) The contractor has to carry out routine & preventive maintenance for 12 months from the date of handing over.
Nothing extra shall be paid except consumables for carrying out such work.
COMPLETION OF TENDER:
1. All sundry equipment, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, termination lugs for
electrical connections, and all other items which are useful and necessary for efficient assembly and installation of
equipment and components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender irrespective of the fact
whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
2. Diesel Generating Sets shall be inspected by the Engineer-in-Charge or his Authorised Representative (Assistant
Engineer Electrical / Junior Engineer Electrical) in the workshop / factory of the manufacturer or OEM. The
contractor will intimate the date of inspection & witnessing of testing of equipments at the manufacturer‟s works /
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 106
 OEM before dispatch. The department also reserves the right to inspect the fabrication job at factory and the
successful tenderer has to make the arrangement for the same. The successful tenderer shall give sufficient advance
notice regarding the dates proposed for such tests / inspection to the department‟s Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative(s) to facilitates his presence during testing / fabrication. The Engineer-in-Charge at his discretion
may witness such testing / fabrication. The cost of the Engineer‟s visit to the factory on account of traveling &
lodging expenses will be borne by the Department. Also equipment may be inspected at the Manufacturer‟s
premises, before dispatch to the site by the contractor. Department may also wave off such inspection at its
discretion.
STORAGE AND CUSTODY OF MATERIALS:
The Diesel Generating Sets are to be installed in the open space in the campus of client. No space shall be provided for
storage of sundry materials and erection equipments. The agency has to make his arrangement at his own. Watch and ward
of the stores and their safe custody shall be the responsibility of the contractor till the completion of work with entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and final taking over of the installation by client for their beneficial use.
CARE OF THE BUILDING:
Care shall be taken by the contractor while handling and installing the various equipments and components of the work to
avoid damage to the building. He shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to their original
finish at his cost. He shall also remove all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the installation from the site of work
on day to day basis at his cost
COMPLETION PERIOD:
The completion period of 15 Months indicated in the tender documents is for the entire work of planning, designing,
supplying, and installation, testing, commissioning and handing over the entire system to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE:
1. The Tenderer shall guarantee among other things, the following
(a) Quality, strength and performance of the materials used.
(b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all parts under all specified conditions of operation.
(c) Satisfactory completion of work as per contract, handing over DG Sets for operation during the maintenance
period.
GUARANTEE: All equipments shall be guaranteed for a period of 12 months from the date of record of completion
certificate by competent authority and taking over by the client. Against unsatisfactory performance and / or break downs
due to defective design, workmanship of material, the equipments or components, or any part thereof, so found defective
during guarantee period shall be forthwith repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
In case it is felt by the department that the contractor in doing this repair or replacement of part(s) is causing undue delay,
the department at the risk and cost of the contractor will do the same. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this regard
shall be final & binding to the contractor.
POWER SUPPLY: Electric service connection of 230 Volts single phase / 415 V, 3 phases, 4 wires, 50 Hz, AC supply is
to be arranged by the agency free of cost in the existing building for installation purposes.
WATER SUPPLY: Water supply is to be made available by the agency free of cost.
DATA MANUAL AND DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENDERERS:
1. The tenderer shall furnish detailed technical literature, pamphlets and performance data for appraisal and
evaluation of the offer along with the tender. The tenderer will also submit the power calculation for Alternator &
Diesel Engine considering de-rating factor at 500C and as per tropical location of Ranchi for assessment of actual
load the DG Set can meet out in case of normal power failure. De-rating data shall be provided from the
manufacturer of the Alternator & Diesel Engine. Details of AMF panel with drawings indicating capacities of
components & controls shall be provided. Detailed drawing with type test approval for the Acoustic Enclosure
shall be attached with the tender.
De-rating calculations varies manufacturer to manufacturer & tenderer shall have to submit their calculation as per
data from the manufacturer.

2. The successful tenderer would be required to submit the following drawings within fifteen days of award of work
for approval before commencement of installation.
(a) All make and model / technical specification with general arrangement drawings as per site
(b) locality.
(c) Details of foundation for the equipment, load data, location etc. of various assembled equipment as may be
needed generally by other agencies for purpose of their work.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 107

 (d) Complete layout with dimensions for every unit / group of units with dimensions required for erection
purposes.
(e) Any other drawing/information not specifically mentioned above but deemed to be necessary for the job to
be carried by the contractor.
All the drawings shall be submitted immediately after award of work for the approval from the Engineer-in-Charge
and before the work is started at site.
3. The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed instructions and manuals of
manufacturers for all items of equipments regarding installation, adjustments operation and maintenance i/c
preventive maintenance & trouble shooting together with all the relevant data sheets, spare parts catalogue and
workshop procedure for repairs, assembly and adjustment etc. All the documents shall be bound in form of
booklets in three sets. If the original documents shall not be available in three copies, one booklet shall be
consisting of original documents and other two shall be neatly photocopied. All relevant information regarding
addresses & telephone contacts of authorized service stations in the Jharkhand state shall be provided in the
documents.
EXTENT OF WORK:
(i) The work shall comprise and include of entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary to make a
complete installation and such tests the department may require adjustments and commissioning etc. The term
complete installation shall not only mean major items of the plant and equipments covered by specifications but all
incidental sundry components necessary for complete execution and satisfactory performance of installation with
all layout charts whether or not those have been mentioned in details in the tender documents in connection with
this contract.
(ii) Minor building works necessary for installation of equipment, foundation, marking of opening in walls or in floors
and restoring to their original condition, finish and necessary grouting etc. as required.
(iii) Maintenance (Routine & preventive) except consumables like fuel, lubricating oil, fuel filters, air filters & oil
filters etc. for one year from date of completion and handing over.
(iv) The work is turnkey project. Any item required for completion of the project but left inadvertently shall be
executed with in the quoted rates & scope of the agreement.

INSPECTION AND TESTING:

(i) Copies of all documents of routine and type test certificates of the equipment, carried out at the manufacturers
premises shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-Charge and consignee.
(ii) After completion of the work in all respect the contractor shall offer the installation for testing and trial run
operation.
VALADITY
Tenders shall be valid for acceptance for a period as prescribed in CPWD-6 from the date of opening of price bid.
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS:
1) All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the
Indian Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation
will comply with the following:
(i) Factories Act.
(ii) Indian Electricity Rules.
(iii) I.S. & BS Standards as applicable.
(iv) Workmen‟s compensation Act.
(v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like CEA, Local State Government Authorities etc.
2) Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the successful tenderer of his responsibility for the
design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all accessories in accordance with currently applicable
statutory regulations and safety codes.
3) Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety regulations and departmental
requirements of safety codes in respect of labour employed on the work by the tendered. Failure to provide such
safety requirement, department will, at its liberty to make arrangement for the safety requirements at the cost of
tenderer and recover the cost thereof from him / his bill / security deposit as deemed fit.
INDEMNITY: The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this work contract. The
successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations for any accident occurring due to
any cause and the department shall not be responsible for any accident or damage incurred or claims arising there from
during the period of erection, construction and putting into operation the equipments and ancillary equipment under the
supervision of the successful tenderer in so far as the latter is responsible. The successful tenderer shall also provide all

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 108

insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment would be made to the
successful tenderer due to the above.
ERECTION TOOLS
No Tools and tackles either for unloading or for shifting the equipments or for erection purposes or for trial run would be
made available by the department. The successful tenderer shall make his own arrangement for all these facilities. No extra
payment shall be made on account of arranging tools & Plants by the tenderer for carrying out the work at site.
COOPERATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
The successful tenderer shall co-ordinate with other Contractors, Agencies engaged in the construction of building, if any,
and exchange freely all technical information so as to make the execution of this works contract smooth. No remuneration
should be claimed from the department for such technical cooperation. If any unreasonable hindrance is caused to other
Agencies and any completed portion of the work has to be dismantled and re-done for want of cooperation and coordination
by the successful tenderer during the course of work, such expenditure incurred will be recovered from the successful
tenderer if the restoration work to the original condition or specification of the dismantled portion of the work was not
undertaken by the successful tenderer himself.
MOBILIATION ADVANCE
No mobilization advance shall be paid for this work.
INSURANCE AND STORAGE
All consignments are to be duly insured upto the destination from warehouse to warehouse at the cost of the supplier. The
insurance covers shall be valid till the equipment is handed over duly installed, tested and commissioned position at site of
work.
VERIFICATION OF CORRECTNESS OF EQUIPMENT AT DESTINATION
The contractor shall have to produce all the relevant records to certify that the genuine equipment from the manufacturers
have been supplied and erected. All relevant documents such as equipment dispatch invoices / bills, Excise Gate Pass, test
certificate form the manufacturer / authorized testing laboratories etc. shall be made available as required by the department
for verification at any stage.

PAINTING
This shall include cost of painting of entire exposed ironwork complete in the installation. All equipments shall be painted
at the works before dispatch to the site. Final painting shall be carried out as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

TRAINING
The scope of work includes on the job technical training to two / three persons at site for proper day to day maintenance &
operation of the DG Set for the beneficial use of client, Jharkhand State. The operating staff engaged by the client / CPWD
shall be trained for “Do” & “Do Not Do” for up-keeping the DG Set as per recommended conditions of the manufacturer.
MAINTENANCE
(i) Sufficient trained and experienced staff shall be made available by the tenderer / contractor as and when called for
to meet out any exigency of work during the guarantee period of one year from the handing over of the installation.
(ii) Maintenance (Routine & preventive) as per manufacturer‟s recommendation except consumables like fuel,
lubricating oil, fuel filters, air filters & oil filters etc. for one year from date of completion and handing over shall
be carried out by the agency free of cost. The manufacturer shall undertake to make availability of after sales
service and spare parts on contractual payment basis (Contract shall be executed after completion of work and
expiry of free maintenance service between service centre of the manufacturer and client / CPWD as per
requirement).
OPERATION & TRIAL RUN:
After installation & testing of the DG Sets on load at site as per NIT conditions of the specification, the DG Set shall be put
on trial run by the tenderer for ensuring reliable operation & training to departmental operators to be well acquaintance with
sequence of operation. The DG Sets shall be operated by the qualified operator of the manufacturer / contractor for at least
one week. Period of trial run of the DG Set can be extended for further next week if required by the department. The
manufacturer shall issue fitness certificate of the equipment for putting the DG Sets in regular operation for beneficial use
of client. Diesel fuel for testing the DG sets on load as per NIT conditions shall be provided by the tenderer / contractor
however for operation & trial run all consumables including fuel shall be provided by client / CPWD.
WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR:
1. The work shall comprise of entire labour i/c supervision and all materials necessary to make a complete installation
and such tests, adjustments and commissioning as may be required by the department. The term complete
installation shall not only mean major items of the plants and requirements covered by specifications but all
incidental sundry components necessary for complete execution and satisfactory performance of installation, all

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 109

 labour charges whether or not those have been mentioned in details in the tender documents in connection with this
contract.
2. In addition to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of equipments, as per schedule of works and
specifications, the following works shall be deemed to be included within the scope of work to be executed by the
contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid.
(i) All minor building works for the installation such as cutting and making good the damages.
(ii) Construction of Plain Cement Concrete Platform as per CPWD General Specifications part-VII (DG set)
2013 and installation of DG Sets on the same and including providing necessary anti vibration mountings.
(iii) All supports, insulation, conduits, cables, cable trays, etc as necessary, the external support structure
required to support the equipments shall be robust enough to take care of the dynamic loads, external wind
pressure etc. as per satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
(iv) Tools and plants required for handling and installation of equipments.
(v) Protection required for the equipments from rain, dust storm during transportation such as provision of
polythene cover, tarpaulin, etc.
(vi) Necessary equipments for the commissioning / site testing.
(vii) Fuel, lubricating oil and other consumable items required for testing in factory and also for testing and
commissioning at site.
(viii) Necessary control cables.
(ix) The equipment must be insured towards transit form manufacturer‟s place of work till installation, handing
over to the department.
(x) Safe custody of material and installation till the same is taken over by the department.

EXCLUSION OF WORKS TO BE DONE BY OTHER AGENCIES (IF REQUIRED):

1 Major dismantling of any existing building work.

CIVIL WORK TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR (INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT)

a) To carry out minor civil work, such as modification and making good the pocket / cutout in wall / ceiling
for cables, Distribution Boards, Wiring, conduits, or any other work required for smooth operation &
commissioning of DG Set.

TROPICAL LOCATION / ENVIRONMENT SITE CONDITIONS:

The tenderer will submit the power calculation for Alternator & Diesel Engine considering de-rating factor at 500C inside
the acoustic enclosure and as per tropical location of Ranchi as per following environment conditions for assessment of
actual load the DG Sets can meet out in case of normal power failure. De-rating data shall be provided from the
manufacturer of the Alternator & Diesel Engine. The environmental conditions under which the DG Sets are to function
and approximately as detailed below:

a) Height above Mean sea level – 700 M.

b) Maximum temp. 40.0 Degree C.
c) Minimum temp. 4.5 Degree C.
d) Relative humidity (R.H.) - 65 to 90%
e) Working temperature inside the acoustic enclosure at 500 C.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 110

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The Work shall be carried out as per CPWD General Specifications for DG Set Works, 2013 as amended up to date along
with the following changes, CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I, II & IV, as amended up to date,
relevant IE rules and as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. For electrical panels, CPWD General Specifications for
Electrical Works Part-IV shall be applicable.

A) DIESEL ENGINE:
Diesel Engine shall be of multi cylinders, vertical type, 4- stroke cycle, water-cooled, Natural Aspiration / turbo charged,
diesel engine developing suitable BHP for giving power rating as per ISO 8528 – Part – 1 in KVA at the load terminals of
alternator at 1500 rpm at actual site conditions.
The engine shall be capable for delivering specific prime power rating at variable loads for PF of 0.8 lag with 10% overload
available in excess of specified output for one hour in every 12 hours. The average load factor of the engine over period of
24 hours shall be 0.85 (85%) for prime power output.

The engine shall be fitted with following accessories subject to the design of the manufacturer :-
a) Dynamically balanced fly wheel.
b) Necessary flexible coupling with guard between alternator and engine.
c) Air cleaner (dry / Oil bath type).
d) A Mechanical / electronic governor to maintain engine speed at all conditions of load.
e) Fuel service tank as per standard design of the manufacturer. Tenderers are to specify the capacity of the fuel
tank. Fuel tank should have the provisions of inlet, outlet connection, air-vent, drain plug and level indicator. MS
fuel piping from tank to engine with valves, unions, reducers, flexible hose connection and floor mounting
pedestals, twin fuel filters and fuel injectors.
f) Dry exhaust manifold with suitable exhaust residential grade silencer to reduce the noise level.
g) Suitable self – starter for 12 V / 24 V DC.
h) Battery charging alternator unit and voltage regulator, suitable for starting batteries, battery racks with
interconnecting leads and terminals.
i) Necessary gear driven oil pump for lubricating oil, priming of engine bearing as well as fuel systems as per
manufacturer recommendations.
j) Naturally aspirated / turbo charger (as per manufacturer standard).
k) Lubrication oil cooler.
l) Lubrication oil filters with replaceable elements.
m) Crank case heater as per manufacturer recommendations.
n) Fuel injection : Engine should have suitable fuel injection system in order to achieve low fuel consumption.
o) Fuel control solenoid.
p) Fuel pump with engine speed adjustment.
q) Engine control panel : Fitted and having digital display for following :-
I. Start / Stop switch
II. Lube oil pressure indication
III. Water temperature indication.
IV. RPM indication
V. Engine hour indications
VI. Battery charging indication
VII. Low lub. Oil trip indication
VIII. High water temperature indication
IX. Over speed indication
r) All moving parts of the engine shall be mechanically guarded.
s) Radiator / Heat Exchanger System / Remote Radiator.
t) Any other item not included / specified but is a standard design of the manufacturer.
GOVERNOR:
Mechanical governor of class A2 for up to and including 200 KVA capacity and Electronic governor of class A1 for capacity
above 200 KVA, as per ISO 3046 / BS 5514 with actuator shall be provided as per standard design of manufacturer.
Governor shall be a self contained unit capable of monitoring speed.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 111

FREQUENCY VARIATION:
The engine speed shall be so maintained that frequency variation at constant load including no load shall remain within a
band of 1% of rated frequency.

FUEL SYSTEM:
Fuel system for the engine shall be fed through engine driven fuel pump. The daily service tank shall be complete with
necessary support, gauges, connecting pipe work etc. In case of Top Mounted tanks, non return valves are must in fuel
supply and return line of specified value. Pipe sealant should be used for sealing for all connections. No Teflon tape to be
used.

LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM:

Necessary lubricating oil system shall be so designed that when the engine starts after a long shut down lubrication failure
does not occur. Necessary priming pump for lubricating oil circuit as per recommendation of manufacturer shall be
installed, to keep bearings primed. This pump shall be normally automatically operative on AC / DC supply available with
the set.

STARTING SYSTEM:
Starting System of the Engine shall comprise of necessary heavy-duty battery of 12V / 24V DC (as per manufacturer
standard), and suitable starter motors, axial type gear to match with the toothed ring on the flywheel. A bimetallic relay
protection to protect the starter motor from excessively long cranking runs suitably integrated with the engine protection
system shall be included within the scope of the work & requirements of control panel, indications and auxiliaries etc. The
scope shall cover all cabling, terminals, including initial charging etc. The system shall be capable of starting the DG set
within 20 – 30 Sec. even in winter condition with an ambient temperature down to 00 C.

BATTERY CHARGER:
The battery charger shall be suitable to charge required numbers of batteries at 12 V / 24 V complete with transformer,
rectifier, charge rate selector switch, indicating ammeter & voltmeter etc. connections between the battery charger and
batteries shall be provided with suitable copper leads with lugs.

PIPING WORK:
MS Pipe (medium class) of adequate size shall be used for fuel line connections. M.S. black pipes will be permitted for the
exhaust and water lines. The pipe work shall be inclusive for all fittings and accessories such as valves, bends, reducers,
elbows, flanges, flexible connection and all necessary hardware etc. as required. The installation shall cover clamps,
supports, hangers etc, as are necessary for completing the work. However, the installation shall be sectionalized with
flanged connections as are necessary for easy isolation for maintenance of the units.

COMMON BED PLATE:

Engine and alternator shall be directly coupled or coupled by means of flexoplate / flexible coupling as per manufacturer
standard design and both units shall be mounted on a common bed plate together with all auxiliaries to ensure perfect
alignment of engine and alternator with minimum vibrations. The bed plate shall be suitable for installation on suitable
anti – vibration mounting system.

EXHAUST SYSTEM:
1) Exhaust Piping: All MS pipes for exhaust lines shall be conforming to relevant IS. The runs forming part of factory
assembly on the engine flexible connections up to exhaust silencer shall be exclusive of exhaust piping item.
a) The piping for the exhaust should have minimum back pressure.
b) Number of bends should be kept minimum and smooth bends should be used to minimize back pressure.
c) Pipe sleeve of larger dia. should be used while passing the pipe through concrete wall and gap should be filled
with felt lining.
d) Exhaust piping inside the Acoustic Enclosure / Genset room should be lagged with asbestos rope along with
aluminium sheet cladding / insulated to avoid heat input to the room.
e) Exhaust flexible shall have it’s free length when it is installed. For bigger engines, 2 flexible bellows can be used.
f) For engine up to 500 KVA, only one bellow is required. However, if exhaust pipe length is more than 7 Mtrs then
additional bellow / provision for expansion should be provided.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 112

 g) MS pipes and long bend / elbows should be used.
h) The exhaust outlet should be in the direction of prevailing winds and should not allow exhaust gasses to enter air
inlet / windows etc.
i) When tail end is horizontal, 45 Degree downward cut should be given at the end of the pipe to avoid rain water
entry into exhaust piping.
j) When tail end is vertical, there should be rain trap to avoid rain water entry. If rain cap is used, the distance
between exhaust pipe and rain cap should be higher than diameter of pipe. Horizontal run of exhaust piping
should slope downwards away from engine to the condensate trap. Silencer should be installed with drain plug at
bottom.
SILENCER:
Residential type silencer suitable for outdoor mounting shall be provided with all relevant accessories required as per
manufacturer’s design.

AIR SYSTEM:
It is preferable to provide vacuum indicator with all engines to indicate choked filter. Maximum air intake restrictions with
clean and choked filters should be within prescribed limit as per OEM / manufacturer recommendation for the particular
model of the engine. Gen sets should be supplied with medium duty / heavy duty air cleaners.

COOLING SYSTEM:
System should be designed for ambient temperature of 40 Deg. C
Water softening / demineralizing plants should be used, if raw water quality is not acceptable.
Coolant should be used mixed with additive as per recommendation of OEM / Manufacturer for various engine models.
Radiator fan flow should be free from any obstruction.

B) ALTERNATOR:
The alternators shall be self excited, screen protected, self regulated, brushless, horizontal foot mounted in single /
double bearing construction suitable for the following:

Rated PF : 0.8 (Lag)

Rated voltage : 415 Volts
Rated frequency : 50 Hz
No. of Phases : 3
Enclosure : SPDP
Degree of Protection : IP – 23
Ventilation : Self ventilated air cooled
Ambient Temperature : 40 Deg C Maximum
Insulation Class : F/H
Temperature Rise : Within class F / H limits at rated load
Voltage Regulation : +/- 1%
Voltage Variation : +/- 5%
Overload duration / capacity : 10% for one hour in every 12 hours of continuous use.
Frequency Variation : As defined by the Engine Governor (+/- 1%)
Excitation : Self / separately excited
Type of AVR : Electronic
Type of bearing and
Lubrication arrangement : Anti – friction bearing with Grease lubrication
Standard : IS 4722 & IEC : 34 as amended upto date

Alternator should be able to deliver output rating at actual site condition.

EXCITATION:
The alternator shall be brushless type and shall be self / separately excited, self – regulated having static excitation
facility. The exciter unit is mounted on the control panel or on the alternator assembly. The rectifier shall be suitable for
operation at high ambient temperature at site.

AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATORS (AVR):

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 113

In order to maintain output terminal voltage constant within the regulation limits i.e. +/- 1%, Automatic voltage regulator
unit shall be provided as per standard practice of manufacturer.

FAULT TRIPPING:
In the event of any fault e.g. over voltage / high bearing temperature / high winding temperature or an external fault, the
AVR shall remove the excitation voltage to the alternator. An emergency trip shall also be provided.

STANDARDS:
The alternator shall be in accordance with the following standards as are applicable :
a) IS 4722 / BS 2613 : 1970 The performance of rotating electrical machine.
b) IS 4889 / BS 269 rules for method of declaring efficiency of electrical machine.
PERFORMANCE:
Voltage dip shall not exceed 20% of the rated voltage for any step load or transient load as per ISO 8528 (Part – I). The
winding shall not develop hot spots exceeding safe limits due to imbalance of 20% between any two phases from no load
to full load.
The generator shall preferably be capable of withstanding a current equal to 1.5 times the rated current for a
period of not more than 15 seconds as required of IS 4722 : 1992.
The performance characteristics of the alternator shall be as below:
a) Efficiency at full load 0.8 PF
i. Upto 25 KVA – not less than 82%
ii. Above 25 KVA and upto 62.5 KVA – not less than 86%
iii. Above 62.5 KVA & upto 250 KVA – not less than 90%
iv. Above 250 KVA – not less than 93.5%
b) Total distortion factor - Less than 3%
c) (i) 10 % Overload - One hour in every 12 hour of continuous use.
(ii) 50% Overload - 15 Seconds

TERMINAL BOXES:
Terminal boxes shall be suitable for UG cables / Bus trunking. The terminal box shall be suitable to withstand the
mechanical and thermal stresses developed due to any short circuit at the terminals.

EARTH TERMINALS:
2 Nos. earth terminals on opposite side with vibration proof connections, non – ferrous hardware etc. with galvanized
plate and passivated washer of minimum size 12 mm dia. Hole shall be provided.

SPACE HEATERS:
Alternator of capacity more than 500 KVA shall be provided with suitable space heaters to maintain the winding
temperature automatically such that it does not absorb moisture during long idle period. The heater terminals shall be
brought to a separate terminal box suitable for 230 V AC supply and a permanent caution notice shall be displayed.

TESTS ON GENERATING SETS:

Following tests shall be conducted on the DG Set before these are put into operation.
i. The routine tests as per relevant IS standards at manufacture’s works. Copies of such test certificates are to be
enclosed.
ii. Insulation resistance tests.
iii. Operational checks.
iv. Full load run test for continuous 12 hours including 10% overload allowed for 1 hour at Contractor’s / OEM /
Manufacture’s premises in the presence of representative of Engineer-in-charge. Hourly readings for all important
parameters shall be taken during the test run. These readings must be certified to be acceptable by the OEM /
Manufacturer’s of D.G. set. All consumables like fuel, lubricating oil, coolant etc shall be provided by the tenderer.
Adjustable Electrical Load shall be arranged by the tenderer. The contractor shall intimate department for the
testing dates & place at least fifteen days earlier. All expenses for conducting tests except traveling, lodging &
boarding of the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be paid by the contractor. In addition to the above
tests in the workshop of contractor’s / OEM / Manufacturer’s premises, load run test for at least 6 hours shall be
carried out at the site of work on available load.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 114

v. If, however, due to any reason the department can not send their representative to attend the testing, the full load
testing shall be done at site with artificial load to be arranged by the contractor.
vi. All the expenses to be incurred for testing i/c cost of POL / Consumables and artificial load shall have to be borne by
the successful tenderer within his quoted rates. Nothing extra shall be payable.

C) AMF CONTROL PANEL:

AMF control panel shall be fabricated by the manufacturer of the DG Set / OEM as per standard manufacturing practice.
OEM recommendation in respect of AMF panel is also acceptable.
The control panel shall be fabricated out of 1.6 mm thick sheet steel, totally enclosed, dust, damp and vermin proof free
standing floor mounted type and front operated. It shall be made into section such that as far as feasible, there is no
mixing of control, power, DC and AC functions in the same section and they are sufficiently segregated except where their
bunching is necessary. Hinged doors shall be provided preferably double leaf for access for routine inspection from the
rear. The degree of protection required will be IP – 42 conforming to IS 2147.

EQUIPMENT & REQUIREMENT:

The AMF control cubicle panel shall incorporate assembled equipment duly wired and as per systems requirement and
OEM recommendation. However the system shall generally comply with the following requirements as under:
i. Back up protection for mains & DG sets supply with suitable capacity and KA rating of 4 poles for electromechanical
over load, short circuit & earth fault protection shall be provided.
ii. Mains & Alternator power 4P contractor of suitable Amps capacity, 415 Volts, 50 Hz with auxiliary contacts for AMF
panel for interlocking & indications shall be provided. The DG Set contractor shall have adjustable thermal overload
relay in each case to suit the capacity of the DG Set.
iii. 415 Volts, 4 strip Aluminium Bus Bars for AMF panel with colour coded heat shrinkable insulation shall be provided.
iv. Flush mounted digital voltmeters of nominal size 96 mm square of suitable range with selector switch.
v. Flush mounted digital ammeters of nominal size 96 mm square of suitable range with selector switch & CTs.
vi. Flush mounted digital frequency meter.
vii. Energy meters (KWH) suitable for 415 V, three phases, 4 wires system (flush mounted)
viii. Power meters (KW) suitable for 415 Volts, three phases, 4 wires systems.
ix. Equipment and relay with visual indications for testing the healthiness of the generating set with test mode and
with “load on” mode.
x. Suitable capacity battery charger with trickle & boost charging facility (with automatic cut off system while battery
is charged through the Gen. Set) with voltmeter, ammeter, with shunt, surge suppressor.
xi. Indicting lamps for “Mains ON”, “GEN ON” & LOAD ON”
xii. Instrument fuses for circuit protection.
xiii. Audio visual annunciation for
a. Low lubricating oil pressure. b. High water temperature.
c. Engine over speed. d. Set fails to start
e. Over current trip of alternator f. Earth fault.
xiv. Test / Auto / Manual selector switch.
xv. Push button for engine start / stop / re-set,
xvi. Suitable range of C.T’s 15 VA burden, class-I for metering & class 15P10 for protection.
xvii. All internal wiring for various meters / equipment, battery charger etc, shall be done with insulated copper wire of
not less than 2.5 sq mm. cross sectional area and with markers for easy identification.
xviii. Three phase monitoring relay.
xix. Hooter for engine stop.
xx. Hooter cancel switch.
xxi. Control fuses.
xxii. A set for DC control relay for monitoring engine shut down, engine starting and failure to start lockout etc.
xxiii. Any other relay if necessary to make the control panel complete and functional and to meet the site requirement as
specified in the scope of work under additional condition.
xxiv. Alternatively compact Electronic DG Set automatic operation & control relay may be provided in place of individual
relays. Electronic Multiple Metering unit in place of individual units for measuring electrical & engine parameters
shall be acceptable.

D) SYSTEM OPERATION:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 115

MANUAL MODE:
i) It shall be possible to start up the generator set only by the operator by pressing the start push button is kept
pressed.
ii) Alternator close and trip operation shall also be operated by pressing appropriate button on the panel. However,
closure of the contractor shall be feasible only after alternator has build up full voltage.
iii) Engine shut down otherwise due to faults, shall also be manual by pressing “Stop” button.

TEST MODE:
During test mode engine shall get the start signal even though the main supply is healthy and the alternator start building
up voltage but the set shall not take load by closing of contactor for alternator. It the main failure taken place during
tasting mode the load shall be transferred to DG set.

AUTO MODE:
During failure of power, the DG set will start automatically within 30 seconds (in three attempts) and power contractor of
DG set will automatically close. As soon as the power resumes the same will automatically trip and close the power
contactor of supply mains. The engine should stop automatically.

E) ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE: OEM recommendation in respect of ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE is also acceptable.

CONSTRUCTION:
 It should have weather proof corrosion resistant modular construction fabricated with 2mm / 1.6 mm thick CRCA
Sheet outer and should adhere to mandatory gazette noise regulation norms.
 All the sheet steel components should be pretreated with zinc phosphate prior to polyester powder coating with
zinc plated or stainless steel fasteners.
 The container should be designed for easy access to serviceable parts. It should have glass control panel viewing
window. It should have provision for illumination inside enclosure.
 The doors should be fitted with high quality EPDN gaskets to avoid leakage of sound.
 For security and safety, it should have special lockable door handles with single key and emergency stop button.
 Detachable cable glands shall be provided.

PAINTING:
 The sheet metal component should be powder coated after seven tanks pre-paint treatment.
 To have longer life of container it should be P.P. based powder coated (inside as well as outside).
 Base frame should be epoxy coated when fabricated.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION:
 Sound proofing of enclosure should be done with quality rock wool / glass wool / mineral wool conforming to IS:
8183 of 96 Kg. /m3 density. Alternatively insulated with fire retardant foam as per standard manufacturing
practice of the manufacturer shall also be acceptable.
 The rock wool / glass wool / mineral wool shall further be covered with fiberglass cloth / fiber tissue paper fire
resistive and perforated powder coated sheet of 0.6 mm thickness.
 The Acoustic Enclosure shall be as per type tested design approved by laboratory for compliance of sound level of
75 dBA at 1 meter specified by Ministry of Environment & forest / CPCB.
 Drawing of the type tested enclosure & copy of test certificate shall be provided at the time of submission of
technical bid.
VENTILATION AND AIR CIRCULATION:
 The ventilation system shall be designed to provide air inlet / exhaust acoustic louvers for efficient air circulation
and shall have following special features.
a. Adequate ventilation is to be provided to meet air requirement for combustion and heat removal.
b. The temperature inside the enclosure shall not exceed 5-70C more than the ambient temperature near air
suction point.
EXHAUST SYSTEM:
A high efficiency residential silencer along with its associated piping and flexible bellow is to be mounted inside the
acoustic enclosure.
F) EARTHING:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 116

Earthing for DG Set body earthing & Neutral earthing shall be provided as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical
Work Part-I (Internal) 2013, Part-II (External) 1994 & part-VII (DG set) 2013.

ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION FOR E&M WORK

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of
the Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are
to be followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition & specification of
the work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not mentioned so, makes of
the materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E), & decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final &
binding.
iii) The contractor will ensure that all the skilled persons managed/deployed for executing the electrical work possess
the wireman license issued by approved authorities. Consequences arising due to the default of the contractor to
comply with this condition would be contractor‟s responsibility only.
iv) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him, and material issued from
the department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E). The watch and
ward of the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work is completed &
handed over to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account. The contractor
shall make his own arrangement for carriage of materials, fittings, cables etc. issued to him departmentally from
the site store to the site of work at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
v) All hardware, fastening material viz. nuts, bolts, washers and screws etc. to be used on work shall be of Zinc /
cadmium plated iron.
vi) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
vii) The contractor shall have to furnish the insulation test report, earth report, along with all required details of
electrical load on the prescribed Performa for the electric connection from Supply Company.
viii) The contractor shall submit the completion certificate and completion plan as per Clause 1.26 of General
specifications for Electrical Works Part-I, Internal 2013 after completion of work.
ix) All earthing material (GI plate, strip, wire) should be hot dip galvanized. All concealed works and earthing shall
have to be done in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
x) MCCBs shall have Ics = 100%Icu.
xi) The department reserves the right to inspect the Panel Boards at the manufacturer‟s premises for which the
contractor should give 15 days advance notice.
xii) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
xiii) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking from the OEM vide OM [Link]/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system.
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.
xiv) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out
of acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 117

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF MATERIAL FOR DG SET WORK

Sl. No. Materials Acceptable makes

1 Engine Cummins / Ashok Leyland / Mitsubishi / Kirloskar /
Greaves

2 Alternator Cummins / Kirloskar / Crompton Greaves / Stamford /

Leroy Somer
3 Anti Vibrations Mountings Dunlop / Polybond

4 Batteries Exide / Faruken / Standard / Amco / Manufacturer‟s

make
5 Relays As per standard practice of manufacturer

6 Acoustic Enclosure Manufactured by OEM only.

7 M.S Pipes Tata / Jindal (Hissar) / Bansal (Utkarsh)

8 Air Circuit Breaker, MCCB, MCB, ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
Contactor etc.
9 AMF PANEL Manufactured by OEM only.
10 Selector Switch ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Kaycee
/ BCH
11 Digital type Ammeter / Voltmeter / ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T /
Multifunction meter Automatic Electric / Kappa
12 LED Type Indicating Lamps ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T

13 Push Buttons ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T

14 CT / PT As per manufacturer‟s practice.

15 FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor (ISI Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
Marked)
16 LT Cable (ISI Marked) Polycab / RR Kable / Havells / KEI / Finolex

(i)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 118

 PART C-4
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing Lifts Work).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Part-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Lifts Work, he
shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E). If himself is
eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of Lifts Work 1,05,01,362/- The successful bidder shall assocaite with him specialized
agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
pupose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 42.00 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 63.00 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 84.01 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of Lifts

Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 119

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 120

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 121

 TERMS, CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFT WORK

1.0 LOCATION

The lift shall be installed in Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.
Office Building (B+G+4) Total Height (26 Mtrs. Approx)
Type - II (G+6) Total Height (21 Mtrs. Approx)
Type - III (G+6) Total Height (21 Mtrs. Approx)
Type – IV & V (G+4) Total Height (16 Mtrs. Approx)
2.0 Interpreting specifications
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of
contradictions:
a) Schedule of quantities
b) Technical specifications
c) Drawing (if any)
d) General specifications
e) Relevant IS or other international code in case IS code is not available.
3.0 SITE CONDITION:
3.1 The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.
The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any particulars to be well acquaintance about the site requirement by
him, before tendering.
3.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Providing and installing 2 Nos. lift in Office Building, 1 No. lift in Type - II (G+6), 1 No. lift in Type - III (G+6)
and 1 No. lift in Type – IV & V (G+4) of RPO, Ranchi is being carried out by CPWD. Dimension of lift shaft shall
normally be governed by CPWD specification for Lift and approved architectural drawing. The type of lifts shall
Passenger Lift (2 Nos. 16 Person & 3 Nos. 13 person).
3.3 The Department shall not issue any T&P for carrying out the work. Nothing extra shall be paid
on account of engagement of T&P by the supplier/Contractor to carryout the work at site.
4.0 SPECIFICATIONS FOR LIFTS: -
These specifications are intended to cover the complete installation of Passenger Lift (2 Nos. 16 person & 3 Nos.
13 person) in the “Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.” in a first class workmanlike manner
and to include all work and materials in accordance with the drawings and specifications as specified. The work
shall be carried out in accordance with the CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Work 2013 & Part-III lift
& escalators 2003 as amended upto date, relevant I.S. Specifications, National electric code, Indian Electricity Act
& Rules which govern the requirements of the lift installation and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge including
amendments up to date of the specifications, standards and regulations. These specifications are to be read in
conjunction with above and in case of variations; specifications given in these additional conditions shall apply.
However nothing extra shall be paid on account of the additional specifications and conditions as the same are to
be read along with schedule of quantities for the work.
5.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS: -
5.1 These specifications cover manufacture, testing as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at site, all
preparatory work, assembly and installation, testing, commissioning, trial run, seeking approval / license from the
local authorities, putting into operation of Lifts for beneficial use of client as per satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
6.0 COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS
6.1 TYPE OF CONTRACT: The work to be awarded by this tender shall be treated as individual work contract.
7.0 Terms of payment
7.1 The following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against
the stage of work shown herein.
(i) 80% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
(ii) 10% after completion of installation in all respect.
(iii) Balance 10% will be paid after testing, commissioning trial run and handing over to the department for beneficial
use.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 122

8.0 Rates
8.1 The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes, duties and levies and all charges for
packing forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing commissioning etc. at site including
temporary constructional storage, risk, overhead charges general liabilities / obligations and clearance from local
authority.
The contractor has to carryout routine and preventive maintenance for 12 months from the date of handing over.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
9.0 Completeness of tender
9.1 All sundry equipment, fittings, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, termination lugs for
electrical connections and all other items which are useful and necessary for efficient assembly and installation of
equipment and components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender irrespectively of the
fact whether such items are specifically mentioned in the tender documents or not.
10.0 Inspection and Testing
10.1 For item / equipment requiring initial inspection manufacturer‟s works the contractor will intimate the date of
testing of equipments at the manufacturer works before dispatch. The department also reserves the right to inspect
the fabrication job at factory and the successful tenderer has to make the arrangement for the same. The successful
tenderer shall give sufficient advance notice regarding the dates proposed for such test / inspection to the
department‟s representatives to facilities his presence during testing / fabrication. The Engineer-in-charge at his
discretion may witness such testing / fabrication. The cost of Engineer‟s visit to the factory will be borne by the
department. Also equipment may be inspected at the manufacturer‟s premises, before dispatch to the site by the
contractor.
Copies of all documents of routine and type test certificates of the equipments, carried out at the manufacturer
premises shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge and consignee.
11.0 Storage and custody of materials
11.1 No separate storage accommodation shall be provided by the department. Watch and ward of the stores and their
safe custody shall be the responsibility of the contractor till the final taking over of the installation by the
department.
12.0 Care of the building
12.1 Care shall be taken by the contractor while handling and installing the various equipments and components of the
work to avoid damage to the building. He shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to
their original finish at his cost. He shall also remove at his cost all unwanted and waste materials arising out of the
installation from the site of works.
13.0 Completion of period
13.1 The completion period of 15 Months indicated in the tender documents is for the entire work of planning,
designing, supplying, installation, testing, commissioning and handing over of the entire system to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-charge.
14.0 Guarantee
14.1 All equipments shall be guaranteed for a period of 12 months from the date of taking over the installation by the
department against on satisfactory performance and / or breakdown due to defective design, workmanship of
material. The equipments or components, or any part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be
forthwith repaired or replaced free of cost, to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. In case it is felt by the
department that undue delay is being caused by the contractor in doing this, the same will be got done by the
department at the risk and cost of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be
final.
15.0 POWER SUPPLY
Electric service connection of 230 Volts single phase / 415 V, 3 phases, 4 wires, 50 Hz, AC supply is to be
arranged by the agency free of cost in the existing building for installation purposes.
16.0 WATER SUPPLY: Water supply is to be made available by the agency free of cost.
17.0 Data manual and drawings to be furnished by the tenderers
17.1 The tenderer shall furnish along with the tender, detailed technical literature, pamphlets and performance data for
appraisal and evaluation of the offer.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 123

18.0 After award of work
18.1
(i) The successful tenderer would be required to submit the following drawings within a month of award of
work for approval before commencement of installation.
a) All general arrangement drawings.
b) Details of foundations for the equipment, load data, location etc. of various assembled equipment
as may be needed generally by other agencies for the purpose of their work. The data will include
breaking load on guides, reaction of buffers on lift pits reaction on support points in machine
room, lift well etc.
c) Complete layout dimensions for every unit / group of units with dimensions required for erection
purposes.
d) Any other drawing / information not specifically mentioned above but deemed to be necessary for
the job by the contractor.
18.2 The successful tenderer should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed instructions and manuals of
manufacturers for all items of equipments regarding installation, adjustments operation and maintenance including
preventive maintenance and troubleshooting together with all the relevant data sheets, spare parts catalogue and
workshop procedure for repairs, assembly and adjustment etc. all in triplicate.

19.0 Maintenance (Routine and Preventive) - For one year from date of completion and handing over.

20.0 Minor building work – Minor building work necessary for installation of equipment, foundation, making of
opening in walls or in floors and restoring to their original condition, finish and necessary grouting as required.

21.0 CIVIL WORK TO BE DONE BY LIFT CONTRACTOR (INCLUDED IN CONTRACT)

a) To provide scaffolding (iron) in the hoist way required for erection of lift.
b) To carry out minor civil work, such as modification and making good the pockets / cutouts in wall / ceiling for car,
counter weight, rail bracket, hall buttons, indicators and laying of sills in positions or any other work required for
smooth operation commissioning of lifts.
c) To provide and fix the steel item such as machine beams, arch beam, bearing plate in the machine room, separators
wherever required and buffer support channels and vertical iron ladder in lift.
d) Department will provide required electric panel with cable feed at one place or in the lift supplier panel within the
machine room. Lift supplier will do all electrical works from departmental panel to the lift controller and machine
etc.
e) Providing of hoisting beam in the machine room for hoisting of equipment during erection and to facilitate
maintenance in future including their fixing etc.
f) Providing and fixing of necessary sill supporting projection sheet facia plates on all landings as per requirements.

22.0 CONTROL PANEL: As per manucaturer practice and relevant code

23.0 REVERSE PHASE RELAY

A reverse phase relay shall be provided on the controller which is designed to protect the lift equipment against
phase reversal and protection against phase failure.

24.0 TESTS AT SITE: As per CPWD specification for lifts and elevators and as per B.I.S code.

25.0 PERMISSION TO INSTALL THE LIFTS AND LICENSE TO RUN THE LIFTS FROM RELEVANT
AUTHORITIES
25.1 It shall be the responsibility of the successful tenderer to obtain the necessary permission, if required, to install the
lifts from the relevant local authorities and subsequently to have the installation inspected by the relevant local
authorities and arrange to obtain the license to run the lifts. All relevant papers connected to obtaining the
permission and final inspection will be submitted to the Department. The requisite fees for this purpose shall be
included in the quoted rate and no extra will be paid on this account.

26.0 ERECTION
26.1 The lift Contractor shall commence the erection of the lift equipment immediately after receipt
of the complete equipment from makers and complete the work to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge within the stipulated time. The lift installation shall be handed over in
perfect working order on completion of the work.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 124

27.0 Compliance with regulations and Indian standards

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the
Indian Standards related to the works covered by the specifications. In particular, the equipment and installation
will comply with the following:

(i) Factories Act.

(ii) Indian electricity rules
(iii) IS and BS standards as applicable.
(iv) Workmen’s compensation Act
(v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like CEA, NDMC etc.
(All as amended upto date)

28.0 Eligibility Criteria for Lift Works

1) The lift manufacturer shall comply with latest BIS standards, duly certified by the manufacturer itself.
2) The manufacturer shall be compliant to the Public Procurement (Preference to Make In India), Order 2017 (as
amended from time to time) issued by the department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP), Ministry of
Commerce and Industry.
3) The experience of successful completion of similar works shall be as per CPWD Works Manual / SoP.
4) The manufacturer shall furnish an undertaking regarding availability of spares for the entire life i.e. 15 to 20 Years.
5) The complete lift installation including its components, safety devices, various types of controls etc., testing,
inspection, operation & maintenance shall conform to relevant codes, Standards, code of practices, guidelines,
safety rules, inspection manual(s), rules issued by Bureau of India Standards, as amended up to the last date of
receipt of tenders.
6) Quality Standards shall conform to IS/ISO-9001:2015.
7) The down time of installed lifts, which are being maintained by the manufacturer, shall not
be more than 8 hours (average) in case of minor faults and 7 days (average) in case of major faults in last one year.
The data to be considered shall be for last financial year.

SPECIFICATIONS OF PASSENGER LIFT

Specification for Passenger Lift (16 passenger 1088 Kg.)

Specification for Passenger Lift (13 passenger 884 Kg.)

1 Type of Lift Passenger lift (Without machine Room)

2 Number of lifts required
a Office Building Two
b Type – II Building One
c Type – III Building One
d Type – IV & V Building One
3 Load: Number of persons
a Office Building 16 (passengers) 1088 Kg.
b Type – II Building 13 (passengers) 884 Kg.

c Type – III Building 13 (passengers) 884 Kg.

d Type – IV & V Building 13 (passengers) 884 Kg.

4 Rated speed 1.5 MPS for 16 (passengers) 1088 Kg.

1 MPS for 13 (passengers) 884 Kg.
5 Drive Completely Gear less type with STM CSB driven /
conventional wire rope driven.
6 Motor 3 Phase Induction motor
7 Type of leveling method Automatic leveling with leveling accuracy of + 5 mm.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 125

 8 Travel In meters
a Office Building - 16 (passengers) 1088 Kg 22.5 Mtr. (Approx)
b Type – II Building - 13 (passengers) 884 Kg 18 Mtr. (Approx)

c Type – III Building - 13 (passengers) 884 18 Mtr. (Approx)

Kg
d Type – IV & V Building - 13 (passengers) 12.6 Mtr. (Approx)
884 Kg
9 Number of floors served
a Office Building - 16 (passengers) 1088 Kg 6 Floors (B+G+4)
b Type – II Building - 13 (passengers) 884 Kg 7 Floors (G+6)
c Type – III Building - 13 (passengers) 884 7 Floors (G+6)
Kg
d Type – IV & V Building - 13 (passengers) 5 Floors (G+4)
884 Kg
10.a Lift Well
16 (passengers) 1088 Kg 2550 mm x 2100 mm
13 (passengers) 884 Kg 2550 mm x 1950 mm
11.a Type of control Microprocessor based AC variable voltage variable
frequency (V3F)
11.b Type of operation Simplex without attendant
11.c Potential free contacts Potential free contacts for each floor position and up and
down movement of the lift shall be provided in the
controller.
12 Car entrance door Horizontal sliding, centre opening, power operated,
fabricated with stainless steel sheet in Moon Rock Finish
/ Hairline Finish, not less than 1.5 mm thick.
A Number & Position of Car Entrance 1 No., Centre
B Type of Doors Horizontal sliding-center opening fabricated from
stainless steel in Moon Rock Finish/Hairline Finish of not
less than 1.5 mm thick.
13 Construction design and finish of car body Car Frame: The car frame shall be in accordance with
work clause - 4 of IS 14665 (Part 4-Sec3):2001 made of sheet
steel of rigid construction to withstand without permanent
deformation the operation of safety gear. The car shall be
so mounted on the frame that vibration and noise
transmitted to the passengers inside is minimized.
Car platform: The car platform shall be of framed
construction and designed on the basis of rated load
evenly distributed. The dimensions shall confirm IS:
14665 (PART 1)2000. The flooring shall be smooth and
anti skid surface. A load plate along with overload alarm,
giving the rated load and permissible maximum number
of passengers should be fitted in each lift car in a
conspicuous position.
Car body: The car shall be enclosed on all sides by
metallic enclosure (fabricated with stainless steel sheet in
Moon Rock Finish / Hairline Finish not less than 1.5 mm
thick). The enclosure including the door shall withstand
without deformation a thrust of 36 kg applied normally at
any point and as per IS 14665 (part 4 / Sec3) – 2001 (SS
sheet steel shall not be less than 1.5 mm thick).
Ventilation openings shall be as per IS 14665 (Part 4 / Sec
3) - 2001. Grounding switches at ground floor level shall
be provided on the lifts to enable the fire service to
ground the lifts (fireman‟s switch).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 126

 Car Roof: The roof of car shall be solid type capable of
supporting a weight of at least 140 kg and as per IS 14665
(Part-4-Sec3):2001.
Car Thresholds: Car entrance shall be provided with
metal thresholds having a grooved surface.
Toe Guard Aprons: The toe guard apron of gauge not
less than 1.6 mm sheet steel shall be provided extending
at least 15mm beyond entrance jambs at each side. The
guards shall have a straight vertical face extending below
the level of the finished car.
Clearance: The clearance between the top of the car and
the soffit of the lift shaft roof, bottom of the car and the
pit floor, the buffers etc., and the clearance between the
car and the lift well, between the car and the landing sill,
between two lift cars in the same shaft etc., shall be
provided as per IS 14665 (Part 1, 2&4).
Car apron, landing thresholds and sills: A apron shall
be fitted to the car platform such that no dangerous gap
exist at any time when the landing door is opening.
Thresholds and sill plates shall be provided at the landings
also.
Intercom System: Telephone with minimum two
connections-one at the operator's room and other at
security guard room and the emergency signal with
rechargeable batteries as source of supply shall be made
in the each lift car. The emergency signal device should
incorporate a feature that gives immediate feedback to the
car passengers that the signal has been passed on to
desired security / maintenance staff. This shall be
achieved by pressing of button from these control stations
which shall give audio signal to the passengers in the car.
Emergency Power Supply for lift car: This shall include
suitable secondary battery with charging arrangement and
inverter with necessary contactors for supplying the light
fixture in the lift car. The same battery shall also feed the
alarm bell and communication equipment.
Ratings and instructions: Inside the lift car, a stainless
steel metallic plate indicating the rated load and detailed
instructions for the passengers shall be provided.
Lift car interior finish: The side rear and facial panel
shall be of scratch free stainless steel sheet.
Operating panel inside the car: The car operating shall
be of full length stainless steel metal flush mounted and
duly finished to match the car interior décor. A separate
illuminated panel for indicating the floor and direction
shall be provided on the door way. All switches shall be
fade proof. Each device and its operating position shall be
legible fade proof and marked. Braille Language shall
also be provided to make the lift user friendly to blinds.
14 Type of signal system Digital floor position indicator in the car and at all
landings (to be provided above the car / landing doors /
along the landing door buttons.)
Travel direction indicator in the car and at all landings (to
be provided above the car / landing doors / along the
landing door buttons.)
Gongs & visual indication on all landings for pre arrival
of the car for both cars.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 127

 Overload warning audio & visual indicator inside the
car. (lift should not start on overload)
Battery operated alarm bell and emergency light
Car operating panel with fade proof luminous buttons in
car and with landings
Luminous hall buttons at all landings with Braille
language engraved.
Firemen‟s switch at ground floor
15 Landing entrance
Location of landing entrance in different All doors on the same side
floors
Number
a Office Building - 16 (passengers) 1088 Kg 6 Floors (B+G+4)
b Type – II Building - 13 (passengers) 884 Kg 7 Floors (G+6)
c Type – III Building - 13 (passengers) 884 7 Floors (G+6)
Kg
d Type – IV & V Building - 13 (passengers) 5 Floors (G+4)
884 Kg
Type of doors Horizontal sliding-center opening fabricated with stainless
steel sheet in Moon Rock Finish / Hairline Finish not less
than 1.5 mm thick. All landing doors should have
minimum 1 hr. fire rating door.
Lift in use / lift out of order sign A suitable box above the lift landing with LED
illuminated bilingual (in English & Hindi) sign of "LIFT
IN USE / LIFT OUT OF ORDER" coming up
simultaneously at all floors.
16 Electric supply Power : 415V, AC, 3 phase 50 Hz, 4 wire system
Lighting : 230 V, AC,50Hz
17 Is neutral wire available for control circuits Yes
18 Safety Devices: 1) The governor opens the motor circuit and applies
the brake in the event of over speed in the
ascending direction of lift car or counter weight.
2) Every landing gate or door shall be fitted with an
Electro – mechanical locking device.
3) The lift shall be provided with a self leveling
feature within ± 5 mm.
19 Additional items if any Automatic rescue device complete with dry maintenance
free batteries as required. Any other requirements not
included above bidders to specify.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 128

 PART C-5
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing Fire Alarm & PA System).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Part-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.
2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Fire Alarm
System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E).
If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of Fire Alarm 28,53,775/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
System Work agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 11.42 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 17.12 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 22.83 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of Fire

Alarm System Work”.
The value of executed works shall be brought to current
costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 129

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
iii He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
iv He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
a) Authorization certificate.
b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 130

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 131

 COMMERCIAL AND ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM & PA
SYSTEM

1.0 General
1.1 This specification covers manufacturing, testing as may be necessary before dispatch, delivery at site, all
preparatory work assembly and installation, commissioning putting into operation of FAS/AFAS including
intelligent addressable fire alarm system & final testing & commissioning.
1.2 Location: The equipments will be installed at Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi. The work
shall be executed as per CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I (Int.) 2013, Part-II (Ext.) 1994,
Part-IV (Sub St.) 2013, Part-VI (FAS)-2018, as amended upto date, relevant I.E. Rules, BIS/IEC and as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. These additional specifications/conditions are to be read in conjunction with
above and in case of variations; specifications given in these additional conditions shall apply. However, nothing
extra shall be paid on account of these additional specification and conditions, as the same are to be read along
with schedule of quantities for the work.
1.3 The tenderer should in his own interest visit the site and get familiarize with the site conditions before
tendering.
1.5 No T&P shall be issued by the Department and nothing extra shall be paid on account of this.

2.0 Commercial Conditions:

2.1 Type of contract: The work to be awarded by this tender shall be treated as indivisible works contract.
2.2 Submission and opening of Tenders:
2.2.1 The tender shall be submitted online, duly completed as per NIT conditions within period of bid submission:
2.2.2 The tenderers are advised not to deviate from the technical specifications/item, commercial terms and conditions of
NIT like terms of payment, guarantee, arbitration clause, escalation etc.
2.2.3 Tender only shall be opened on the due date and time in the presence of tenderers or their authorized representative
who wish to remain present.
2.2.4 Scrutiny/evaluation of the tender shall be done by the department. In case, it is found that the technical
specification of a tenderer is not in line with NIT specifications/requirements and/or contains too many deviations,
the department reserves the right to reject the tender of such firms(s) without making any reference to the
tenderer(s).
2.2.5 Necessary clarifications required by the department shall have to be furnished by the tenderer within the time given
by the department for the same. The tenderer will have to depute his representative to discuss with the officer(s) of
the department as and when so desired. In case, in the opinion of the department a tenderer is taking undue long
time in furnishing the desired clarifications, his bid will be rejected without making any reference.
2.2.6 After obtaining clarification from all the tenders, the tenders shall be opened.
2.2.7 The department reserves the right to reject any or all the price bids and call for fresh prices/tenders as the case may
be without assigning any reason.

3.0 Terms of Payments

The following percentage of contact rates for the various items included in the contact shall be payable against the
stage of work shown herein.
3.1 80% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
3.2 10% after completion of installation in all respects.
3.3 Balance 10% will be paid after testing, commissioning and handing over to the department for beneficial use.

3.4 Security Deposit

Security Deposit shall be deducted from each running bill and final bill to the extent of 2.5% of the gross amount
payable. The security deposit shall be released on the expiry of guarantee period stipulated in the contract.
3.5 Income tax, GST, labour cess & other statutory deduction etc. shall be deducted at source as per the prevalent laws.
The deduction of Security Deposit, Income Tax, etc., shall be done after calculation for the above due payment as
per clauses 3.1 to 3.3 and net payment shall reduce accordingly.

4.0 Rates
4.1 The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes (including works GST & labour cess),
duties, levies, etc. and all charges for packing forwarding, insurance, freight and delivery, installation, testing and
commissioning etc. at site including temporary construction of storage, risks over head charges, general liabilities./
obligations and clearance from CFO. However, the fee if any, for the CFO/Local body inspections shall be borne
by the Department.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 132

4.2 The contractor has to carry out maintenance as per manufacturer's standards for a period of 12 months from the
date of handing over. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
5.0 Completeness of tender
All sundry equipments, fitting, unit assemblies, accessories, hardware items, foundation bolts, termination lugs for
electrical connections and all other items which are useful and necessary for efficient assembly and installation of
equipment and components of the work shall be deemed to have been included in the tender irrespective of the fact
whether such items are specially mentioned in the tender documents or not.

6.0 Storage and Custody of Material

The agency has to make his own arrangement for storage. No separate storage accommodation shall be provided by
the department Watch and ward of the storage and their safe custody shall be responsibility till the final taking over
of the installation by the department.

7.0 Care of the Building

Care shall be taken by the contractor while handling and installing the various equipment and components of the
work to avoid damage to the building. He shall be responsible for repairing all damages and restoring the same to
their original finish at his cost. He shall also remove at his cost all unwanted and waste material arising out of the
installation from the site of work.

8.0 Completeness Period

The completion period indicated in the tender documents is for the entire work of planning, designing, approval of
drawings etc, arrangement of materials & equipments, delivery at site including transportation, installation, testing,
commissioning and handing over of the entire system to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

9.0 Guarantee
9.1 All equipments shall be guaranteed for a period of 12 months from the date of taking over the installation by the
department against unsatisfactory performance and/ or breakdown due to defective design, workmanship or
material. The equipment or component, or any part thereof, so found defective during guarantee period shall be
forthwith repaired or replaced free of cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. In case it is felt by the
department that undue delay is being caused by the contactor in doing this, the same will be got done by the
department at the risk and
cost of the contractor. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final & binding on the contractor.
9.2 The tenderer shall guarantee among other things, the following:
(a) Quality, strength and performance of the material used as per manufacturer's standards.
(b) Safe mechanical and electrical stress on all part under all specified conditions of operation.
(c) Satisfactory operation during the maintenance period.

10.0 Water supply / Power Supply

Arrangement of Water / power supply shall be responsibility of contactor within its quoted rate.

11.0 Acceptable makes of various equipments

The acceptable makes of various equipments / components / accessories have been indicated in “Acceptable
Makes” indicated in the list attached. The tenderer shall work out the cost of the offer on this basis. Alternate
makes are not acceptable.

12.0 Data Manual and Drawing to be furnished by the tenderer:

12.1 With tender : The tenderer shall furnish alongwith the tender, detailed technical literature, pamphlets and
performance date for appraisal and evaluation of the offer.
12.2 After award of work: The successful tenderer be required to submit the following drawings within 15 days of
award of work of approval before commencement of installation.
(a) General arrangement drawing of the equipments like Detectors, R.I., C&I Panel etc. in the building with
complete dimensions.
(b) Any other drawing necessary for the job.

13.0 The successful tender should furnish well in advance three copies of detailed instruction and manuals of
manufacturer's for all items of equipments regarding installation, adjustment operation and maintenance including
preventative maintenance and troubleshooting together with all the relevant date sheets, spare parts catalogue etc.
all in triplicate.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 133

14.0 Extent of Work
14.1 The work shall comprises of entire labour including supervision and all material necessary to make a complete
installation and such tests and adjustment and commissioning as may be required by the department. The term
complete installation shall not only mean major items of the plant and equipments covered by the specification but
all incidental sundry components necessary for complete
execution and satisfactory performance of installation with all layout charts whether or not those have been
mentioned in details in the tender documents in connection with this contract as this is a turnkey job.
14.2 In addition to supply, installation, testing and commissioning of FAS/ AFAS including intelligent addressable FAS
equipments, following works shall be deemed to be included with the scope of work to be executed by the tenderer
as this is a turnkey job-
(a) Minor building works necessary for installation of equipments, foundation making of opening in walls or in
floors and restoring them to their original condition / finish and necessary grouting etc. as required.
(b) All supports for cable and MS Channel for erection as are necessary.
(c) Getting CFO inspection done and obtaining clearance. However, necessary fees for inspection shall be borne by
the Department.

15.0 Exclusion and work to be done by other agencies:

The following shall be excluded from the scope of work:
(a) Major dismantling of any existing building work.

16.0 Inspection and Testing

16.1 The material and equipments shall be offered for initial inspection at manufacturer's works. The contactor will
intimate the date of testing of equipments at the manufacturer's work before dispatch. The successful tenderer shall
give advance notice of minimum two weeks regarding the dates proposed for such test to the department
representative to facilitate his presence during testing. The Engineer-in-charge may witness such testing. The cost
of the Engineer visit to the factory will be borne by the Department. Equipments will be inspected at the
manufacturer/ Authorized Dealers premises before dispatch to the site by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be
paid for initial inspection/testing at Manufacture Works.
16.2 Copies of all documents of routine and type test certificates of the equipment carried out at the manufactures
premises shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge and consignee.

17.0 VALIDITY
Tenders shall be valid for acceptance for a period as defined in part A of NIT.

18.0 COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS:

18.1 All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation both statutory and those specified by the
Indian Standards related to the works covered by this specification in particular, the equipment and installation will
comply with the following:
(i) Factories Act.
(ii) Indian Electricity Rules
(iii) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable
(iv) Workmen's compensation Act.
(v) Statutory norms prescribed by local bodies like fire department, CEA, Power Supply Co. etc.

18.2 After completion of the installation the same shall be offered for inspection by the representatives of the C.F.O.
The contractor will extend all help including test facilities to the representatives of CFO. The observation of CFO
will be attended by the contractor.
18.3 Nothing in this specification shall be constructed to relieve the successful tender of his responsibility for the
design, manufacture and installation of the equipment with all accessories in accordance with currently applicable
statutory regulations and safety codes.
18.4 Successful tenderer shall arrange for compliance with statutory provisions of safety regulations and departmental
requirements of safety codes in respect of labour employed on the work by the tenderer. Failure to provide such
safety requirements would make the tenderer liable for penalty for each default. In addition, the department will be
at liberty to make arrangement for safety requirements at the cost of tenderer and recover the cost thereof from
him.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 134

19.0 INDEMNITY
The successful tenderer shall at all times indemnify the department, consequent on this works contract. The
successful tenderer shall be liable, in accordance with the Indian Law and Regulations for any accident occurring
due to any cause and the contractor shall be responsible for any accident or damage incurred or claims arising there
from during the period of erection, construction and putting into operation the equipments and ancillary equipment
under the supervision of the successful tenderer in so far as the latter is responsible. The successful tenderer shall
also provide all insurance including third party insurance as may be necessary to cover the risk. No extra payment
would be made to the successful tenderer on account of the above.

20.0 Erection Tools:

No tools and tackles either for unloading or for shifting the equipments for erection purposes would be made
available by the department. The successful tendere shall make his arrangement for all these facilities

21.0 Cooperation with Other Agencies:

The successful tenderer shall co-ordinate with other contactors and agencies engages in the construction of
building if any, and exchange freely all technical information so as to make the execution of this work / contract
smooth. No remuneration should be claimed from the department for such technical cooperation. If any
unreasonable hindrance is caused to other agencies and any completed portion of the work has to be dismantles and
re-done for want or cooperation and coordination by the tenderer during the course of work, such expenditure
incurred will be recovered from the successful tenderer if the restoration work to the original condition or
specification of the dismantled portion of work was not under taken by the tenderer himself.

22.0 Mobilization Advance:

No mobilization advance shall be paid for this work

23.0 Insurance and Storage:

All consignments are to be duly insured upto the destination from warehouse at the cost of the contractor. The
insurance covers shall be valid till the equipment is handed over duly installed, tested and commissioned.

24.0 Verification of Correctness of equipments at destination:

The contractor shall have to produce all the relevant records to certify that the genuine equipments from the
manufacturers has been supplied and erected.

25.0 Painting
This shall include cost of painting of the entire installation. The major equipments like C&I Panel, cable trays etc.
shall be factory final finish painted. The agency shall be required to do only touching to the damages caused to the
painting during transportation, handling & installation at site, if there is no major damage to the painting. However
hangers, supports etc. of cable tray etc. shall be painted with required shade including painting with two coats of
anti corrosive primer paint at site.
26.0 Training :
The scope of work includes the on job technical training of two persons of department at site. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.

27.0 Maintenance:
27.1 Sufficient trained and experienced staff shall be made available to meet any exigency of work during the guarantee
period of one year from the handing over of the installation.
27.2 The maintenance, routine as well as preventative for one year from the date of taking over the installation as per
manufactures recommendation shall be carried out.
28.0 Interpreting Specification:
In interpreting the specification, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of
contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical Specification
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General Specification
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 135

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF INTELLIGENT ADDRESABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM & PA
SYSTEM

1.0 General & System Engineering

The latest development in fire alarm system, Detectors Technology is Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm System over
conventional system. It is now become almost necessary to install this system in every functional and important building
because the system has many advantages over conventional automatic fire alarm system such as:
(i) Accurate quick response to emergencies.
a) Early fire warning
b) Individual Device identification / location
c) Analog Signal feed back
d) Pre-alarm notification
(ii) Eliminates nuisance alarms
(iii) Powerful operator interface
(iv) Reliable
(v) Advance on line diagnostics i.e.
a) Continuous circuit supervision
b) Detection and isolation of faults
c) Continuous processing of analog value sensor data
d) Maintenance diagnostics
e) Panel test
f) Control Board self test
(vi) Reduction in maintenance costs by:
a) Remote testing and sensitivity adjustment.
b) Panel testing of smoke sensor to meet International Standard.
c) Individual sensor cleaning on need based only.
(vii) Flexible application

An intelligent addressable fire alarm system is provided to effect total control over the life safety services required in the
building. The system is provided with addressable and analog fire alarm initiating, annunciating and control devices. The
system is such that smoke sensors/detectors, thermal sensors/detectors and manual call points etc. can be identified with
point address. The system is capable of:
a. Setting smoke sensor sensitivity remotely on a pre-programmed sequence. The system is able to recognize normal and
alarm values that reveal trouble condition, pre alarm or need of maintenance.
b. Provide a maintenance / pre-alert capability at smoke sensors to prevent the detectors from indications a false alarm due
to dust, dirt, etc.
c. Provide alarm verification of individual smoke sensors. Alarm verification printed on the in-built printer of the main
fire alarm panel on the external printer attached.
d. Provide outputs that are addressable i.e. output have a point address to be set from the main control station.
e. The operator is able to assign such points to logical point groups (software zones) for pre-programmed operation.
f. In the event of fire alarm but not in a fault condition, the exact location is shown on the main fire alarm panel, local
sounder automatically sounded; the complete information is printed along with time and date of occurrence. Air
handling units on the effected zones is automatically switched OFF and simultaneously respective fire dampers are
closed. Pressurization fans on the evacuation shafts i.e. stairwells, etc. are automatically switched ON. All system
output program assigned via control-by event programs that are activated by a particular point in the alarm are
executed, and the associated system output (alarm notification appliance and/ or relays) are activated. The audio portion
integrated to the system directs the proper signal (tone or Voice) to the appropriate speaker circuits. Pre-recorded alarm
messages are played on the public address system.
g. All the loop elements are able to isolate the short circuits on the loop wiring and thus no element is isolated in the event
of single short circuit and the exact location of the short circuit is indicated on the respective fire alarm panel.
h. The fire alarm panels have necessary interface units for intelligent addressable detectors alarm output modules for
external actuations through fail safe programmable relays and communication interface.
Fire alarm management system in an intelligent addressable Fire Alarm and Detection System comprises of Graphical
Management System which is multi-user, with a lot of facilities. It has two screen display the left screen dedicated to
display the graphic ( building floor plans, Alarm panels etc.) and the right screen lists all events (alarm reports, Fault
massages, information about disable detectors etc.)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 136

i. Building management system provides bidirectional monitoring and operation of the attach devices of the Fire Alarm
and Detection Systems. Besides, other components/ devices in the building like AHU's Pressurization Doors, lifts etc.
can also be monitored and operated from the graphical fire alarm management software.
2.0 Manual Call Points
2.1 Scope
This section covers the requirements of manual call points (MCP) used in addressable intelligent fire alarm systems.
2.2 Constructional requirements of:-
i. It is used to trigger a fire alarm manually, and should be suitable for connection to the system loop technology. The
alarm is raised by breaking the glass with the alarm carrying on until a replacement glass panel is fitted or alarm to
be made silent from control panel. Suitable arrangement like scratching by a diamond bit shall be incorporated in
the frangible element.
ii. A micro switch within the units is held “off” by the edge of the glass when glass is broken the switch is released
and a signal is transmitted to control panel where the alarm is raised. The glass is preferably plastic coated to
eliminate the damage of splinters causing injury.
iii. For testing without breaking the glass a test key, should be available so as to lower or remove the glass to release
the micro switch. Full functional test is achieved accordingly.
iv. Facility for reset/adjustment of manual call point alarm triggering.
v. The unit shall be made out of polycarbonate ABS blend with flame retardant & self extinguishing properties or cast
aluminum or ASA plastic or as per manufacturer design and applicable standards.
vi. It shall preferably contain an integrated short circuit isolator which should ensure that a fault is localized and that
the loop continues to function fully in the event of a wire break or a short circuit.
vii. The call box shall have suitable provision to knock out of termination of a 20mm conduit. This shall also have
suitable provision for being fixed on surface or semi recessed in wall.
viii. The word 'FIRE' shall appear embossed in red color on the front.
ix. Acknowledgement LED displays –red for triggered alarm indication (flashing) and / or maintenance evacuation.
x. Protective category shall be IP54 for indoors & IP65 for outdoors applications.

2.2.1 Installation Requirements

i. Manual call boxes shall be installed at a height of l400mm above the floor level.
ii. They shall be installed at easily accessible, well illuminated and conspicuous position, preferably in a contrasting
background so that they are easily noticed from either direction. They should be semi-recessed so as to project
minimum 10mm from wall surface.
iii. They shall be installed free from obstructions and shall not themselves obstruct exit way.
iv. It shall be located on escape routes at (inside or outside) each floor to escape stairs preferably near entry to
staircases at various level.
v. It shall be located such a way that, no person in the premises needs to travel more than 30 meters to reach a manual
call point to give an alarm.
vi. Where necessary, the travel distance may be reduced to less than 30 meters e.g. where there is difficulty in access
or in potentially dangerous risk areas.

3.0 Intelligent Addressable Fire Detectors

3.1 Scope
The section covers the requirement of automatic intelligent addressable fire detectors.
3.2 Type of Detectors
The detectors shall be one or more of following types:
(A) Heat Detectors:
a. Fixed Temperature
b. Rate of Rise-Cum-fixed temperature Detectors
c. Probe type high temperature Bi-Metal Heat Detector
d. Linear Heat Sensing Cables
(B) Smoke Detectors:
a. Ionization type
b. Optical type
c. Air Sampling type (Laser type Detector or high sensitivity detector)
d. Multi-criteria Type
e. Photo-thermal Type
f. Beam Detector
g. Carbon Monoxide

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 137

(C) Spark / Ember Detector
(D) Ultra Violet (UV) Flame Detector
(E) Infra Red (lR) Flame Detector
(F) Thermal Multi-Criteria Detector

3.2.1 Governing Specifications:

a. Heat Detectors shall conform to IS-2175 - 1988 or BS-5445 ( EN 54) Part 5 –1977(VdS/LPCB approved)
or NFPA72 (UL/ULC/FM approved) amended upto date.
b. Smoke Detectors shall conform to IS-11360-1985 or BS 5446 Part I-1977 & Part VII –1985 (VdS/LPCB
approved) or NFPA72 ( UL/ULC/FM approved) amended upto date.
c. For other detectors/devices relevant IS or BS (EN 54) (VdS/LPCB approved) or NFPA 72 (UL/ULC/FM
approved) amended upto date

3.2.2 Detectors & Applications:

(a) Fixed Temperature Heat Detector:
The fixed temperature heat detectors are designed to operate when the temperature of detectors exceeds a predetermined
value.
Application : Used where the ambient temperature is likely to fluctuate rapidly over short period e.g. in kitchen, boiler
room, D.G. Set room, Non AC. area in building.

(b) Rate of rise-cum-fixed temperature detectors:

These detectors are designed to operate within a given time.
- When the rate of temperature rise at the detector exceeds a predetermined value regardless of the actual temperature.
- When temperature at detector exceeds a predetermined value
Application -
In areas subject to smoke, dust and dirt during normal use, where smoke detectors cannot used.
© Probe type High Temperature Bi-Metal Heat Detector:
The detector are reset type and highly suitable to use above 80°C where electronic components cannot be used.
Application: Generator Enclosure, turbine enclosures, oven and furnace area etc.
(d) Linear Heat Sensing Cables:
These can be broadly divided into two categories; digital and analogue, depending upon the principle by which the sensing
cable registers a change in temperature.
Digital sensor consists of two core cable in which the conductors are separated by a heat sensitive insulator. When a
specified temperature is reached, the cable insulation breaks down and an alarm is activated.
In analogue sensor, cores are separated by a negative temperature co-efficient polymer whose resistance reduces in
proportion to temperature increase.
Applications: These cables are used for detecting fire and overheating in following areas:
a. Cable tunnels, trays and vaults
b. Material conveyors
c. Bulk storage mull - racked areas
d. Rim seals of floating roof tanks storing hazardous chemicals.
(e) Ionization smoke Detector
Good for invisible smoke detection. Due to use of radioactive element present in it, the disposal is a great problem and can
cause serious health hazard, hence now slowly becoming obsolete, use of this detector may be avoided.
(f) Optical Smoke Detectors
The optical smoke detector is based on Light Scattering principle. The LED (Light Emitting Diode) transmits light to the
measuring chamber where it is absorbed. In case of fire, smoke enters the measuring chamber and the smoke particle scatter
the light. The amount of light reaching to photo diode is converted into a proportional electrical signal. On operation of
detector when the electrical signal reaches a predetermined threshold value it triggers the alarm on control panel.
Use: More suitable for smoldering fire which produces mainly larger particle of smoke e.g. burning of PVC, in A.C. area in
a building.
(g) Air sampling type detector (High sensitivity smoke detector)
Laser type smoke detectors are used in this type of system. Detector consists of a piping or tubing distribution network that
runs from the detector to the areas to be protected. An aspiration fan in the detector housing draws air from the protected
area back to the detector through air sampling ports, piping or tubing. At the detector, the air is analyzed for the products by
the laser based smoke detector.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 138

Use: Typical application of the system is in places where trace of smoke needs to be detected and high airflow can make
traditional smoke detector inadequate.

(h) Spark / Ember Detector

This detector uses a solid state photodiode or photo transistor to sense the radiant energy emitted by embers typically
between 0.5 microns and 2.0 microns in normally dark environments.
These detectors can be made extremely sensitive (microwatts) and their response times can be made very short
(microseconds).
Applications:
The detectors are primarily installed to detect sparks and embers that could, if allowed to continue to burn, can cause a
much larger fire or explosion.
The detector is mounted on some form of duct or conveyor, monitoring the fuel as it passes by. It is necessary to enclose the
portion of the conveyor where the detectors are located, as these devices generally require a dark environment.

(i) Ultra-Violet (UV) Flame Detector:

It makes use of ultra violet sensitive photocathode for detecting flame. It has very high sensitivity and low false alarm rate
and is suitable for indoor application.
The detector is not suitable for high ceiling as the radiation from fire is attenuated by smoke. The random UV radiation
from sources such as lighting, the Arc welding etc. can cause false alarms hence usage in such areas to be avoided.

(j) Infra-red flame detector:

Almost all the materials that participate in the flaming combustion emit ultraviolet radiation to some degree during flaming
combustion whereas only carbon containing fuels emit significant radiation at 4.35 micron (Carbon dioxide) band used by
many detectors to detect a flame. This detector senses wave length in the infrared spectrum.

Application:
a. High-ceiling, open-spaced buildings such as ware-houses and aircraft hangers
b. Outdoor or semi outdoor areas where winds or draughts can prevent smoke from reaching a heat or smoke
detector.
c. Where rapidly developing flaming fire can occur such as in petrochemical production areas, storage areas,
natural gas installations, paint shops or solvent areas.
Some of the extraneous sources of radiant emissions that have been identified as interfering with the stability of flame
detectors include the following:
a) Sun Light
b) Lightning
c) X-rays
d) Gamma Rays
e) Cosmic Rays
f) Ultraviolet radiation from welding
g) Electromagnetic interference
h) Hot objects
i) Artificial lighting

(k) Photo - Thermal Multi-criteria detector

This detector combines optical smoke and heat detection and is capable of being used as a smoke and heat detector both.
The multi criteria detector shall be able to discriminate between non-threatening deceptive phenomenon such as cigarette
smoke and actual fire hazards. This avoids nuisance alarm.
Application: This is good for smoldering and fast flaming fires, optically dense smoke and can be used in buildings for AC
and Non-AC area.

3.3 General Features common to all Detectors:

i. Built-in-response Indicator:
Each detector shall incorporate indicator ''LED'' at the detector which shall blink on actuation of the detector to
locate the detector which is operated while on fire. The detector shall not be affected by the failure of the response
indicator lamp.
ii. The detector shall have preferably 360 visible view of the alarm LED or twin LEDs blink whenever detector is
addressed.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 139

 iii. The detector shall have preferably with integrated built in short circuit isolator or as per manufacturer design so
that in case of any short circuit in the detector, the detector can be isolated so that loop should be able to retain the
full functionality or in case built in short circuit isolator not available/ provided by the manufacturer a fault isolator
unit shall be provided after every 20 detectors/ devices in a loop. But in later case isolator unit shall ensure that the
loop is functional except the faulty detector.
iv. The detector shall be with IP 54 protection category with base.
v. The detector shall be with built in microprocessor capable of making alarm on control panel based on the
information stored in detector.
vi. The detector shall confirm to international standard i.e. NFPA/EN or equivalent.
vii. The detector shall provide electronic address setting by means of configuration software.
viii. The detector shall be plug-in-type and shall have common base to facilitate exchange for cleaning & maintenance.
The base of the detector shall be interchangeable with other smoke detectors.
ix. The detector shall be supplied fully tested and each detector should bear the SI. No. and seal of the approving
laboratory/body.
x. The detectors, device including response indicator and control panel shall be of same make.
xi. Reversed polarity or faulty zone wiring shall not damage the detector.
xii. The detector shall be suitable for column/ceiling mounting.
xiii. The detector should have static voltage over load protection.
xiv. The detector shall be individually identifiable from the control unit by geographical location in the system.
xv. The detector shall connect to the local control unit via a fully supervised two wire circuit.
xvi. The detector shall be inserted into or remove from the base by a simple push twist mechanism with an appropriate
tool.

3.4 Addressable Beam Detector (Infra-red light detector)

i. The Beam Detectors shall be long range, projected beam type smoke detectors which consist of a separate
transmitter and receiver and evaluating unit integrated into a compact housing.
ii. The transmitter shall emit an invisible pulsed infra red beam to receiver when beam is obscured beyond selected
threshold (20%, 30%,........70% obscuration) by smoke, the receiver shall signal an alarm. If the beam is completely
blocked, receiver shall signal a trouble.
iii. It shall provide selectable sensitivity and alarm response time for flexibility of installations.
iv. It shall have a range coverage from 9 mtrs. to 100 mtrs. with upto 16-17 mtrs. spacing between adjacent detectors
on smooth , flat ceilings.
v. It shall have automatic environment compensation.

3.5 Addressable Heat Detector:

i. The detector and transmission electronics in the detector head for easy exchange in the event of malfunction.
Therefore no electronics are permitted in base.
ii. It has maximum triggering temperature programmable from 58 0C to 81 0C.
iii. It has high level of immunity to electromagnetic influences.
iv. The alarm signal when limit temperature is reached is given in Para (ii) above.
v. Automatic addressing during initial set up or exchange of the detector, without making adjustment of detector.
vi. Adjustment of the maximum temperature value in combination with or without the temperature differential value.
vii. Theft protection to protect against unauthorized removal of the detector from base can be available.

3.6 Addressable optical- Thermal ( Multi Criteria Detector):

i. The intelligent multi criteria detector shall have photo electric and thermal technologies in a signal sensing device.
ii. The device shall include to combine the signal of the thermal sensor with the signal of the photoelectric signal in an
effort to react in the event of a fire condition.
iii. It shall have an ability to distinguish between a fire condition and a fire alarm condition by examining the
characteristics of the thermal and smoke sensing chambers and comparing them to database of actual fire and
deceptive phenomena.
Use:
i. These detector shall be utilized for slow smoldering fire.
ii. The microprocessor shall be capable of selecting the appropriate sensitivity levels based on the environmental
conditions, it can be in office, manufacturing unit, kitchen etc. and have the ability to automatically change the
setting as the environment changes.

3.7 Intelligent Duct Smoke Detectors

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 140

 i. The smoke detectors housing shall accommodate either an intelligent ionization detector or an intelligent photo
electric detector of that provides continuous analog monitoring and alarm verification from the panel through a
control module in the loop system.
ii. When sufficient smoke is sensed in the return air coming to AHU (Detector unit has to be installed in return air
path) an alarm signal is initiated at FACP to close the fire damper and prevent the rapid distribution of toxic smoke
and fire gases throughout the areas served by duct system.

3.8 Detector Base:

i. The detectors of all types shall fit into a common type of standard base.
ii. Once a base has been installed, it shall be possible to insert, remove and exchange different types of detectors by a
simple push & twist movement.
iii. The standard base shall be equipped with screw less wiring terminals suitable for securing wire size upto 1.5 sqmm
and with built in strain limits to prevent permanent terminals deformation and weakening of contact pressure.
iv. It shall have a sealing plate, prevent dirt, dust condensation or water from the conduit reaching the wire terminals
of the detector contact points.
v. All standard base shall be supplied with a removable dust cover to protect the contact area during installation and
construction phase of the building. It must allow the inspection and verification of the zone wiring before insertion
of any detectors.
vi. The standard base shall have a built in mechanism, which allows mechanical locking of any installed detector head,
thus preventing unauthorized removal or tempering while maintaining.
vii. Reversed polarity or faulty zone wiring shall not damage the detector.

3.9 Intelligent Addressable Monitor Module

i. The module shall be suitable to monitor the polling of up to minimum four potential free contacts by using a single
or multiple housing and designed for surface or flush mounting.
ii. The operating mode can be selected and is assigned separately for each input the addressing of the module and the
setting of parameters should be carried out using PC software, via the fire alarm control panel.
iii. The module should contain an integrated short circuit isolator which ensures that the fault is localized and the loop
continues to function fully in the event of a wire break or a short circuit.
iv. The module should be minimum IP 40 protection category when housed in a case or as per manufacturer design.
v. The module should be with soft addressing to be set with a PC via fire alarm panel at the time of programming.
vi. The module should have integrated buzzer force signaling maintenance alarms.
vii. An LED shall be provided that shall flash under normal condition indicate that module is operational.

3.10 Intelligent Addressable Relay / Control Module

i. Relay module may contain upto four relays each with a potential free changeover contact.
ii. Each relay contact should be FAIL/ SAFE programmable, means it should be possible to program each contact to
operate in three conditions viz. NO FIRE CONDITION, FIRE CONDITION AND LOOP POWER FAILURE
CONDITION.
iii. Both the addressing of the module and setting of parameters to be carried out using PC software via the fire alarm
control panel.
iv. The module contains a short circuit isolator, which ensures that the fault is localized and that the loop continues to
function fully in the event of a wire break or a shot circuit.
v. The module should be minimum with IP 40 protection category when housed in a case or as per manufacture
design.
vi. It should have integrated buzzer for signaling maintenance alarms.
vii. Its housing have is designed for surface or flush mounting.

3.11 Isolator Module:

i. The module shall limit the number of module of detectors that may be rendered inoperative by a short circuit on the
loop segment.
ii. At least one isolator module shall be provided for each floor or protected zone of the building.
iii. If a wire short circuit occurs, the isolator module shall automatically open circuit (disconnect) the loop. When the
short circuit condition is corrected, the module shall automatically reconnect the isolated section.
iv. The module shall not require any address setting and its operation shall be automatic. It shall not be necessary to
replace or reset an isolator module after its normal operation.
v. It shall give information on the control panel in the form of audio- visual alarm enunciations along with list of
detectors which have become non-functional.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 141

4.0 Addressable Fire Alarm Control panel
4.0.1 Scope: This section covers the requirements of main fire alarm, control panel, repeater panel, graphical
management system, response indicator etc. used in addressable fire alarm system.
4.1 Functional Requirement.
4.2 General
i. In the event of fire alarm but not in a fault condition, the exact location shall be shown on the Main Fire Alarm
Panel (MFAP).
ii. Local sounder should sound automatically.
iii. Complete information shall be printed with time and date of occurrence.
iv. Air handling units on the effected zones shall be automatically switched OFF and respective fire dampers shall also
be closed.
v. Pressurization fans of staircase shall automatically be switched ON.
vi. The audio portion integrated to the system shall direct the proper signal (tone or voice) to the appropriate speaker
circuits.
vii. Pre-recorded alarm messages shall be played on the Public Address System.
viii. The panel shall have the facility to process the input signals and control the output functions either directly or
through interface modules as per the requirements.
ix. The panels shall have necessary interface units for addressable detectors alarm output modules for external
actuations through fail safe programmable relays.
x. The processor shall interact with the other modules through a common bus.
xi. The system shall store all basic information and job specific data in memory.
xii. Different password shall protect any change to system operations.
xiii. The design of the panel hardware and software shall incorporate the capability to accept additional input from fire
protection system such as sprinkler and water flow switch, operation of fire dampers, pressurization fans etc.
xiv. The panel shall have an extra loop card to serve as standby in case of burn out or malfunctioning of any operating
loop cards.
xv. The panel shall be totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof.
4.3 Type of control and indicating panels:
Following are the types of control and indication panels in Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel:
1) Intelligent Addressable Main Fire Alarm Control and Indicating Panel.
2) Graphical Fire Alarm Management System.
3) Intelligent Repeater Panel.
4) Intelligent Response Indicator
5) Talk Back System / Fire Fighter Telephone Systems.

4.4 Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP)

1) The addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall function as a network panel & also as a fully stand alone
panel. FACP shall have its own microprocessor, software and memory. In the event of failure of panel or
communication breakdown between the networked panels the FACP shall automatically operate on stand-alone
mode without sacrificing any functions (The networking should be peer to peer). Information of all panel in the
network should be available on all individual panels.
2) The panel should be modular microprocessor based in nature and should be expandable from single loop up to 10
loops.
3) FACP shall supervise detection circuits and shall generate an alarm in case of abnormal conditions.
4) FACP shall provide general purpose inputs for monitoring such functions as low battery on AC power failure.
FACPs shall provide tamper protection and commandable outputs, which can operate relays or logic level devices.
5) Smoke detectors shall be powered using the FACP based smoke detection circuits FACPs shall provide control for
resetting smoke detectors, fault isolation and sensor loop operations. It shall be possible to mix different fire
devices within same FACP to optimize field wiring.
6) It shall be possible for the panel to have a loop length with different modules offering 1.5 km length of devices
from the panel.
7) FACP shall provide monitoring and control of one floor or area or for multiple floors or areas. FACP shall meet the
following requirements to assure the integrity and reliability of the system:
(a) The FACP shall have proper listing and / or approval from the following recognized agencies:
(i) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) -USA. This will cover the following approval:

a) UL (Under writers Laboratories Inc.)

b) ULC (Under writers Laboratories Canada)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 142

 c) FM (Factory Mutual)
d) CSM (California State Fire Marshal)

(ii) EN (European)
This will cover the following approval:
a) LPCB (Loss Prevention Council Board)
b) VDS (Vertauen Durch Sicherheit)
c) BRE
FACP shall be NFPA/EN listed independently and as per relevant IS Code as a Fire Alarm Control Panel.
(b) The FACP should have integrated power distribution module and fixed cabling done internally to
guarantee a clear and tidy cable feed.
(c) The panel should have an LCD display with minimum 300 characters and keypad. The Display should
enable a flexible design of the operating menu with variable keys and message windows fixed keys
should be used for standard operating steps e.g. for fire alarm securities supervisory trouble and other
events. The current status of the system should be displayed by LED's interfaces (RS232) enable the
connection to a PC.
(d) The panel should have a 230V AC power supply unit in plug in design with rack and panel connector and
24VDC /6Amp. single output power supply. The module should be protected against over voltage and
reverse polarity. The output voltage is monitored and regulated externally.
(e) LCD display at the FACP shall be provided to indicate point of alarm or trouble. In Such systems means
for manually scanning the points in trouble shall be provided and a trouble and alarm LED shall be
used to indicate that there are points in alarm / trouble. The alarm /trouble LED shall only get
switched off when all alarm / trouble are cleared from the loop.
(f) It shall be possible to command test, reset and alarm silence from the FACP.
8) FACP switches shall allow authorized personnel to accomplish the following, independent of the central console.
(a) Acknowledge a general alarm condition.
(b) Silence the local audible alarm.
(c) It shall be possible to silence the alarm indicating devices (hooters).
(d) Reset all zones (logical Point Group) / points, after all initiating devices have returned to normal.
(e) Perform a complete operational test of the memory with a visual indication.
(f) Test all panel LED‟s for proper operation without causing a change in the condition of any zone (Logical
Point Group).
(g) Walk test –The system shall provide both a basic and advanced walk test for testing the entire fire alarm
system including testing of all devices, detectors module etc. in the complete system.
9) Software zones/loops shall be circuited and protected by fault isolators such that in the event of a zone/ loop short –
circuit, smoke and thermal sensors shall be located and shall report alarm and fault isolator unit after every 20
detector or devices in a loop isolates the part.
10) Monitoring modules shall be provided to monitor and address contact-type input devices. The monitor module
shall be housed in the FACP supervised by FACP.
11) The FACP shall have drift compensation facility to compensate for environment. When a detector accumulates
dust in the chamber and reaches an unacceptable level but still below the allowed limit, the control panel shall
indicate a maintenance alert warning. When the detector accumulates dust in the chamber above the allowed limit,
the control panel shall indicate a maintenance urgent warning.
12) The FACP should be NFPA/EN listed approved to provide the sensitivity measurement and documentation
required.
13) FACP shall be backed up with its built in UPS power or can be powered separately.
14) The display on FACP shall provide indication for AC power, system alarm, system trouble/security alarm, display
trouble and signal silence to this would mean that in the event of change of any detector/zone sequence alterations,
the operator can initiate these by use of the LCD & alpha –numeric keys on the FACP panel to reconfigure the
above parameters.
15) Power supply unit of FACP shall have following characters:
(a) The main power supply shall be 230V AC ±10% 50Hz ± 3% and shall in turn provide all necessary power
of FACP.
(b) It shall provide a separate battery control module with charger. The battery should last for 24 hours
minimum in normal operation upon power failure & 30 minutes in alarm condition.
(c) For ease of service, all wiring terminal blocks shall be plug-in type.
(d) The fire alarm panels shall have a possibility of being interlinked by direct connectivity or an optical cable
link between the various locations and should further have connectivity to the main control center.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 143

 16) Each loop shall have minimum 99 detectors/devices.
17) There shall be minimum 20% spare capacity in the looping system for future expansions. The firm has to intimate
the maximum number of devices/ detectors can be connected in one loop based on the manufacturer design. Some
devices need external supply and some devices supported by loop power.
18) The length of loop shall not exceed more than 3000 meter for wire size 1.5sq mm. as per manufacturer
recommendations.
19) Each loop should not be divided into more than 8 fire zones.

4.5 Response indicator:

1) The response indicator shall be used to locate a fire alarm if the detector's LED cannot be seen (i.e. it is hidden by
false floors, false ceilings etc.). When a detector is set off, as well as the alarm message being sent, unit response
indicator is also activated and flashes red.
2) The response indicator shall loop powered and separate power supply shall not be required.
3) Remote response indicator shall be installed outside the areas normally kept closed to identify the detector response
even if the room is locked. These indicators shall be able to indicate the status of the corresponding detectors in
these areas.

4.5.1 Installation of Response Indicator:-

1) Response indicator shall be installed on wall such that its top is at door level and by the side of the entrance to the
respective premises.
2) Response indicators for detectors installed over a false ceiling in a corridor shall be installed directly under the
false ceiling.
3) Response indicators for detectors under a false floor shall be installed at a height of 1 mtr. above false floor level.
Additionally, a marking of an arrow pointing downwards shall be made by the side of the response indicator.
4) The installation shall be such that visual indications from the response indicators are conspicuous and the affected
area is spotted without difficulty.

4.6 Talk Back System/Fire Fighters Telephone Systems:-

(i) Fire Fighters Telephone System Panel:-
Fire Fighters Telephone System Panel shall be microprocessor based with its own microcontroller, memory,
communication modules, intelligent initiating and indicating devices and suitable SMPS. The panel shall be suitable for
required number talk back unit connections. The fire fighters telephone system will have integral talk back system to
provide a 2 way voice communication between the fire fighters telephone. The talk back system shall include fire fighter
master control console with a backlit LCD display for status display and a fire fighters telephone handset, standby battery
for 24 hours in operation and half an hour alarm condition.

The Fire Fighter Telephone System shall also include the following:
A red colored master telephone handset with flexible coiled self winding five feet cord placed within the fire fighters
telephone system panel housing:-

The Fire Fighters Telephone Systems Panel shall include:-

 Indicating High power LEDs
 Input power supply : 230 volts AC 50Hz single phase supply 17-28V DC through rectifier, sealed maintenance free
battery including trickle/Booster battery charger. Fire fighters telephone system panel housing shall be Dust and
vermin proof cold rolled steel sheet 16 gauge powder coated with see through glass front Fire fighters Telephone
system shall be able to withstand 10 0C to 490 0C and upto 93 % RH non condensing type.
Fire fighter Telephone system shall be able to be integrated with building and control system and Public Address
System.

(ii) Talk back Units/Fire Fighters Telephone:-

Red Colored fire fighters telephone of rugged ABS plastic construction with 1500 mm coiled cord, a hook switch and the
telephone jack placed in a surface mounted cabinet of 18 gauge CRC sheet steel construction with a hinged lockable door
and a break glass full front panel labeled. Fire Fighters Telephone including painting with two coats of red synthetic enamel
paint over one coat of primer.

5.0 Addressable Intelligent Sounders and Silencing Switches

5.1 Scope:
This section covers the requirements of sounders and silencing switches used in fire alarm systems:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 144

5.2 Type of Sounders:
1) Panel Sounders
2) Addressable Loop Fire Alarm Sounders.

5.3 Functional requirements:

1) Panel Sounder shall be provided in specified fire alarm panel, repeater panel if any so as to draw attention of the
caretaking personnel in a building to a fault in the FAS wiring and a fire condition in the protected premises.
2) Fire alarm sounder of low intensity type shall be installed to signal to the occupants of the building to evacuate in
the event of a fire.
3) Fire alarm sounders cum strobe of high intensity types shall be installed to draw the attention of the fire fighting
personnel towards the main location of fire in the premises where a fire has erupted. The strobe should have a light
intensity of 15cd. To 100cd.
4) Fire alarm sounders shall not be used for any purpose other than for fire operations.
5) Silencing facility shall be provided only for panel sounders and not for fire alarm sounders.
6) It shall be designed Suitable for ceiling mounted or wall mounted.

5.4 Operation of sounders and silencing:

1) Panel sounders shall be actuated automatically from the control panel.
2) Panel sounders shall be actuated automatically as soon as fire alarm signal is initiated from any trigger device
connected to them. These shall also be sounded when there is a fault alarm signal within their areas of control.
3) A silencing switch shall be provided in the panel. Operation of this switch shall mute the audio output from the
panel sounder in this panel and in its repeater panel, if any. Silencing switch shall also be provided in repeater
panel which when actuated shall mute the audio output in the panel only.
4) Fire alarm sounders in a zone affected by a fire shall be actuated automatically as soon as fire alarm signal is
initiated from any trigger device in that zone. All other fire alarm sounders shall be actuated only automatically
from the fire alarm panel.

5.5 Specification Requirements:

5.5.1 Sounders
a. The frequency of sound from sounders shall lie in the 500-1000 Hz band. The sound level shall be at least 65dB
(A) or 5dB (a) above or any other noise likely persists for a period longer than 30 second at any part of the building
sounders with a level greater than 120 dB (A) shall not be provided.
b. The sound shall be continuous although the frequencies and amplitude may vary and of the same characteristics
from the fire alarm sounders in a building. Coded fire alarm signaling from sounders shall not be provided which
may cause hearing damage.
c. 'Fault alarm' and 'Fire alarm' in a panel sounder shall be distinctly different.
d. The sounder shall be with IP 54 protection category.
e. It shall conform to EN/NFPA/Indian standards.
f. The volume of sounders can be adjusted from the fire detectors control panel. Minimum three volume setting from
fire alarm control panel shall be available.
g. The strobe cum hooter are two wire devices that offer tone choices of either continuous horn or temporal tone
when constant voltage from fire alarm control panel is applied. Each tone has minimum three volume levels that
can be selected for installation.
h. The strobe cum hooter installed at entrance of building should have three tones programmable from the fire
detector control panel so that at least one of these tones can be selected to comply with at least 110dB (A)
frequency range of 440Hz to 2850 Hz. The Volume should be adjustable from control panel.
i. The strobe should have a light intensity from 15 cd to 110 cd.

5.6 Installation Requirements:

a. Low intensity fire alarm sounders may be installed on surface of ceilings, suspended from ceiling or recessed in
flush with the ceiling, depending on the construction of the sounder and ceiling height.
b. These shall be installed at a height not lower than 2.4 mtrs. except when recessed in a false ceiling of lower height.
In such cases the sounders shall be recessed at false ceiling level.
c. When installed flush with a false ceiling these shall match the ceiling surface. Necessary provisions such as
wooden boxing or frame work to accommodate the sounders shall be made in the ceiling in advance.
d. High intensity sounders shall be mounted or substantial supports. Provisions for terminating the electrical wiring
cables shall be such as not to permit entry of rain water through the wiring conduits or cable runs.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 145

6.0 Zoned Audio Amplifier – Digital Audio Amplifiers delivers highly intelligible voice for evacuation and mass
notification / emergency communication purposes. Digital messages generated by the audio source unit and paging
messages are multiplexed into 6 separate channels transmitted over fiber optic cable or a single twisted pair of wire. Each
zone amplifier contains integrated de multiplexing circuitry that allows any one of the 6 digital audio channels to place
messages or signals on the amplifier‟s built – in speaker circuit.
Listing - UL, ULC, CE, EN
Operating Environment – 00C - 490C, 93% RH, Non – Condensing
Frequency Response – 400 Hz to 4KHz @ +/-3dB
Output Voltage – 25 Vrms
TDH (distortion) - <7%
Line resistance – 50 Ohms Max.
Internal Tone Generator – 1KHz Temporal (3-3-3) Tone evac

7.0 Speaker -
Housing – Engineering Plastic
Wire Connection – 0.75 Sq. mm to 2.5 Sq. mm wire size
Operating Environment – Indoor only 00C - 490C ambient temperature, 93% RH
Listing – UL, ULC, CE, EN
Operating Voltage – 25 Vrms or 70 Vrms
Speaker Response – 400 To 4000 Hz

8.0 Power Supply Equipment and Wiring

8.0.1 Scope :
This section covers the requirements of power supply equipment for the addressable Fire Alarm System (AFAS) and the
wiring for the system.

9.1 Main Supply

Power supply at 230 + 10% V, 50Hz, AC single phase shall be provided by the department, terminating directly into the
incoming switches of the C&I panel. Earth wire shall also be provided with the power supply. Rectification of the input AC
supply into DC and further stabilization of the voltage as may be necessary shall form part of the FAS equipment.

9.2 Stand by battery supply

1) Standby battery shall be provided with Fire Alarm Control Panel.
2) Battery supply shall be arranged to automatically feed the FAS in the event of variation of input A.C. voltage
beyond preset values on high and low sides.
3) The battery shall be sealed completely maintenance free. The battery shall be conforming to relevant
Indian/International Standard. The normal voltage shall be suitable for the AFAS. The Capacity of the battery shall
be suitable to feed the fire alarm panel and other addressable loop elements for a period of 24 hours upon a normal
power failure and after which sufficient battery shall remain to provide full load operation for at least 30 minutes in
line with IS 2189.
4) Installation:
Battery shall be located in the main fire alarm panel.

9.3 Battery Charger

1) The power supply in the fire alarm panel shall be in-built automatic battery charger suitable to charge the batteries
as per the requirements of relevant standard.
2) The charger shall be complete with necessary voltmeter, ammeter, indicating lamps, fuses etc.
3) It shall have protection from overloads and short circuits on both AC & DC sides.
4) It shall have protection to prevent discharge through the charger.

9.4 Wiring for FAS/AFAS

9.4.1 Circuit Design:
(i) The loop element (Smoke Detectors Heat Detectors, Manual Call Points, Monitor Modules Control Modules, Loop
Sounders) wiring in AFAS shall be closed circuit loop type (Class A type) , so that if the communication fails
from one side, it is restored automatically from the other side. The wiring shall be independent of the detector
zoning. The Zones shall be software based.
(ii) The design of the system wiring shall match the control and indicating equipment in the system.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 146

9.4.2 Wiring Materials:
(i) The wiring shall be PVC insulated 2 core 1.5 Sq mm FRLS shielded copper Conductor stranded cables in red/black
color and generally confirming to IS-694-2010 and meet the signal cabling requirements.
(ii) The strand of cables shall not be cut to accommodate & connect to the terminals. The terminals shall have
sufficient cross sectional area to take all the strands.

9.4.3 Installation requirements:

(i) The electrical work connected with a FAS shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD general specification for
electrical works Part-I (Internal) 2013, and part-II (external) 1994, both amended up to date.
(ii) In no case the FAS equipment or connections be mounted in or on boxes, cover plates or blanks carrying the
accessories or connections of any other service.
(iii) FAS wiring shall be exclusive to the FAS and be physically separated from wiring for any other service in the
building.
(iv) Wiring for different circuit voltages in a FAS shall be in separate conduits.
(v) To minimize possible disruption due to fire or other causes, fire alarm circuits should be separated as much as
possible from each other. Where practicable, the different fire alarm circuit shall be run through different routes.
(vi) The metal body of all control and indicating panels shall be loop earthed using 2.5 sqmm copper wire and bonded
to the earthling system in the building.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CONVENTIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

1.0 Manual Call Boxes

1.1 Scope
This section covers the requirements of manual call boxes used in fire alarm system.
1.2 Constructional requirements:-
i) The call box shall be of 1.5 mm thick welded sheet steel or 3 mm thick cast aluminium. The front face shall have a
glass area designed to break by a steady application of pressure or by impact. Suitable arrangement like scratching
by a diamond bit shall be incorporated in the frangible element so that when it breaks upon application of pressure
by a finger, it does not hurt the finger.
ii) The frangible element shall keep a push button pressed inside such that in the event of breaking of the frangible
element, the push button is released to actuate an alarm in the control panel. The push button shall be partly
depressed so as not to hinder breaking of the frangible element.
iii) The call box shall have suitable knock out for termination of a 20 mm conduit. This shall also have suitable
provision for being fixed on surface or semi recessed in wall.
iv) Where sheet steel is used for call box, this shall be thoroughly cleaned off dust, dirt, grease and rust if any and two
coats of anti rust primer shall be given both inside and outside followed by two coat of synthetic enamel paint in
signal red colour or expoxy or powder coated after seven tank process.
v) In the case cast aluminium body for a call box, the surface shall be neatly finished with red colour paint.
vi) The word 'FIRE' shall be printed on the call box in face of window.
vii) The glass surface shall be minimum 30 Sqcm in area and glass thickness shall not exceed 2 mm.
1.3 Installation Requirement:-
i) Manual call boxes shall be installed at a height of l400mm above the floor level.
ii) They shall be installed at easily accessible, well illuminated and conspicuous position, preferably in a contrasting
background so that they are easily noticed from either direction. They should be semi-recessed so as to project
minimum 10mm from wall surface.
iii) They shall be installed free from obstructions and shall not themselves obstruct exit way.
iv) It shall be located on escape routes at (inside or outside) each floor to escape stairs preferably near entry to
staircases at various level.
v) It shall be located such a way that, no person in the premises needs to travel more than 30 meters to reach a manual
call point to give an alarm.
vi) Where necessary, the travel distance may be reduced to less than 30 meters e.g. where there is difficulty in access
or in potentially dangerous risk areas.
1.4 Functional Requirement:-
One the glass is broken the alarm shall sound on the floor as well as on control panel.

2.0 Control and Indicating Panels

2.1 Scope:
This section covers the requirements of the various Control and indicating panels used in Fire Alarm System 2.2
Type of control and indicating panels:
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 147
Following are the types of control indicating panels in a FAS / AFAS. These shall be provided as specified in the schedule
of work.
a) Main control and indicating panel (C & I Panel) including Public Addressable System
b) Sector Panel
c) Zonal Panel
d) Repeater Panel
3.0 Functional Requirement.
3.1 General
The trigger devices shall be connected to the respective zonal panels. Where the zoning design in any work provides of area
as sector and further sub division as zones, the trigger devices shall be connected to the sector panels, since no zonal panel
is required in such a case. The sector / zonal panels shall in turn be connected to the C & I Panel. The C & I panel shall
provide necessary audio – visual alarm and actuate the sounders. This shall also initiate signals for any other operation
specified in tender specification. Electric power supply to the entire FAS / AFAS shall be fed through this panel.
3.2 Constructional requirements:
3.3 General design & fabrication:
(i) The various control and indicating panels shall be totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof and shall be suitable for
the environmental conditions at the site of their installation.
(ii) These shall be fabricated out of sheet steel of 1.6 mm thickness and designed for wall or floor mounting. They shall
be front openable type with hinged cover and lock.
(iii) The C & I panel shall be designed such that the equipment for power supply, battery charging and PA system for
FAS / AFAS are housed in independent compartments. Maintenance free batteries shall however not be
accommodated inside the panel to avoid problems due to corrosion.
(iv) Suitable knock outs shall be provided for the entry of cables and wiring into the panels.
(v) The panels after fabrication shall be cleaned to remove any dust / dirt / grease / rust and phosphated. After two
coats of anti – rust primer, the panels shall be finished with powder coating of fire red colour.
(vi) All components and their wiring shall be arranged so as to be conveniently attended to from the front of the
panels.
(vii) All indicating lamps, control switches and buttons and fuses shall be located in the front of the panels. These
shall be suitable and unambiguously labeled.
(viii) The indicating lamps should consist of LED confirming to relevant Indian standards, connected in parallel, of
following colours:
a) Red to indicate FIRE condition – Two LED
b) Amber to indicate FAULT condition – only one LED i.e. for open & short circuits
separately
c) Green to indicate HEALTHY condition.
(ix) Test buttons to test the indicating lamps shall be provided.
(x) All control and indicating panels can be of either electro – mechanical type or of electronic type.
(xi) Any printed circuit boards (PCBs) used in the panels shall be plug in type. The PCBs shall be suitably
protected against atmospheric corrosion.
(xii) If required, the panel should have additional capacity to operate auxiliary equipment like fire dampers, fire
closers, ventilation and / or pressurizing fans, smoke exhaust fans etc.

4.0 Sounders and Silencing Switches

4.1 Scope:
This section covers the requirements of sounders and silencing switches used in fire alarm system / Automatic Fire Alarm
System:
4.2 Type of Sounders:
Sounders in a FAS / AFAS shall be of the following types:
(a) Panel Sounders
(b) Fire Alarm Sounders. These in turn comprise of low intensity and high intensity sounders. The sounders for
fire alarm should be electronic hooters / horns / electric bell.

4.3 Functional requirements:

(a) Panel Sounder shall be provided in C & I panels, sector / zonal panel specified and repeater panel if any so as
to draw attention of the care taking personnel in a building to a fault in the FAS / AFAS wiring and a fire
condition in the protected premises.
(b) Fire alarm sounder of low intensity type shall be installed to signal to the occupants of the building to evacuate
in the event of a fire.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 148

 (c) Fire alarm sounders cum strobe of high intensity types shall be installed to draw the attention of the fire
fighting personnel towards the main entrance of the premises where a fire has erupted.
(d) Fire alarm sounders shall not be used for any purpose other than for fire operations.
(e) Silencing facility shall be provided only for panel sounders and not for fire alarm sounders.
4.4 Specification Requirements:
4.4.1 Sounders
(a) Hooter shall be provided for both sounders and fire alarm sounders. Bell may be provided as low intensity fire
alarm sounders, only where so specified.
(b) The frequency of sound from sounders shall lie in the 500-1000 Hz band. The sound level shall be at least
65dB (A) or 5dB (a) above or any other noise likely persists for a period longer than 30 second at any part of
the building sounders with a level greater than 120 dB (A) shall not be provided.
(c) The sound shall be continuous although the frequencies and amplitude may vary and of the same
characteristics from the fire alarm sounders in a building. Coded fire alarm signaling from sounders shall not
be provided which may cause hearing damage.
(d) 'Fault alarm' and 'Fire alarm' in a panel sounder shall be distinctly different.

4.5 Installation Requirements:

(a) Low intensity fire alarm sounders may be installed on surface of ceilings, suspended from ceiling or recessed
in flush with the ceiling, depending on the construction of the sounder and ceiling height.
(b) These shall be installed at a height not lower than 2.4 mtrs. except when recessed in a false ceiling of lower
height. In such cases the sounders shall be recessed at false ceiling level.
(c) When installed flush with a false ceiling these shall match the ceiling surface. Necessary provisions for frame
work to accommodate the sounders shall be made in the ceiling in advance.
(d) High intensity sounders shall be mounted on substantial supports. Provisions for terminating the electrical
wiring cables shall be such as not to permit entry of rain water through the wiring conduits or cable runs.

5.0 Power Supply Equipment and Wiring

5.0.1 Scope :
This section covers the requirements of power supply equipment for the Fire Alarm System / Automatic Fire Alarm System
and the wiring for the system.
5.1 Main Supply
Power supply at 230 V, 50Hz, AC single phase shall be provided terminating directly into the incoming switches of the
C&I panel. Earth wire shall also be provided with the power supply. Rectification of the input AC supply into DC and
further stabilization of the voltage as may be necessary shall form part of the FAS equipment.
5.2 Stand by battery supply
(a) Standby battery shall be provided with C & I Panel.
(b) Battery supply shall be arranged to automatically feed the FAS / AFAS in the event of variation of input A.C.
voltage beyond preset values on high and low sides.
(c) The battery shall be sealed completely maintenance free lead acid type or any other rechargeable type. The normal
voltage shall be suitable for the FAS / AFAS. The Capacity of the battery shall be such that it should capable of
maintaining the system in normal operation for a period of not less than 24 hours after failure of normal supply.
(d) Installation:
Battery shall be located in a well ventilated space close to the C & I panel, so as to be conveniently maintained.
This shall be installed in a non corrosive enclosure, such as wood, PVC or steel coated with epoxy paint.
5.3 Battery Charger
(a) The battery shall be provided with a matching battery charger which shall form part of the C & I panel. The battery
shall be in continuous trickle / boost charge.
(b) The charging rate shall be such that after re – charging for a period of 8 hours.
(c) The charger shall be complete with necessary voltmeter, ammeter, indicating lamps, fuses, etc.
5.4 Wiring for FAS/AFAS
5.4.1 Circuit Design:
The design of the system wiring shall match the manufacturer system design.
5.4.2 Wiring Materials:
(a) The PVC insulated FRLS copper conductor cable having a minimum 1.5 Sq mm cross sectional area confirming to
IS-694 to be used.
(b) Armoured XLPE cables confirming to IS 7098 Part – 1, 1988 with upto date amendments shall be used for
connection with control panels & other areas wherever required.
(c) Wiring shall be laid in metallic / rigid conduit.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 149

 (d) Cables connected to detectors should be given „S‟ loops on both sides of the detectors which should be properly
clamped to the ceiling. Loop should also be left, where wire / cables connect to sounders & all other accessories in
the system. Appropriate glands should be provided where the cables enters the junction box.
(e) Only „red colour‟ wire should be used for laying in conduit.
(f) No over head lines should be used to connect different building.
(g) All the wires should be tagged for proper identification, should be identified by ferrules at junction & cable by
colour bands at every 3 meters distance.
(h) Multi core cables and flexible cords shall not be used.
5.4.3 Installation requirements:
(a) The electrical work connected with a FAS shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD general specification for
electrical works Part-I (Internal) 2013, and part-II (external) 1994, both amended up to date.
(b) In no case the FAS equipment or connections be mounted in or on boxes, cover plates or blanks carrying the
accessories or connections of any other service.
(c) FAS wiring shall be exclusive to the FAS and be physically separated from wiring for any other service in the
building.
(d) Wiring for different circuit voltages in a FAS shall be in separate conduits.
(e) To minimize possible disruption due to fire or other causes, fire alarm circuits should be separated as much as
possible from each other . Where practicable, the different fire alarm circuit shall be run through different routes.
(f) The metal body of all control and indicating panels shall be loop earthed using 2.5 sq mm copper wire and bonded
to the earthling system in the building.

ACCEPTABLE MAKES FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM & PA SYSTEM

Sl. No. Item Acceptable makes

1 Automatic Fire Alarm Control Panel, Addressable Honeywell (Notifier) / Bosch / Edward /
Detectors, Addressable Manual Call Points, Low Siemens
Intensity Strobe cum Hooter / Sounder, Fault
Isolator Module etc.
2 PA System Honeywell / Bosch / Edward / Siemens
3 Conventional Fire Alarm Panel, Manual Call Honeywell / Agni / Apollo / Siemens
Points, Hooter / Sounder, etc.
4 Wires / Cables Polycab / RR Kable / Havells / Finolex /
KEI

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 150

 PART C-6
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing Fire Fighting System).
1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Part-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.
2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Fire Fighting
System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E).
If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of Fire 1,27,87,170/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
Fighting System agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
Work requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 51.14 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 76.72 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 102.29 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of Fire

Fighting System Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 151

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 152

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 153

 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

1. Specification:-
The work shall be executed as per CPWD‟s general specification for Electrical Works Part – I (Internal) – 2013, Part – II
(External) – 1994, Part – V (Wet Riser and Sprinkler System for Fire Fighting Installations) – 2020, I.E. Rules, Indian
Standards amended up to date and as per direction of Engineer-in charge. The additional specifications are to be read with
above and in case of any variations; specifications given along with the tender shall apply.

2. Terms of Payments:-
Following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against the stage of
work shown herein on pro – rata basis.
(i) No advance payment shall be made.
(ii) 80% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
(iii) 10% after completion of installation in all respect.
(iv) Balance 10% will be paid after Testing, Commissioning & Handing Over to the department for beneficial
use.

3. Approval from CFO:- The Contractor shall be liable to obtain NOC from Chief Fire Officer, and work shall be deemed
to be completed only after receiving NOC from CFO & rectification thereafter if any. However, required statutory fee if
any shall be paid by department. However all liasoning work / arranging inspection of CFO shall be the responsibility of
contractor. It is the responsibility of the contactor to apply for fire advisory from local fire safety department and get the
preliminary inspection done before any work of Fire Fighting and Fire Alarm System. After completion of the work, the
system shall be offered to local fire safety department for obtaining NOC.

4. Storage:-Responsibility for storage of material for execution of work shall be of main contractor.

5. Power & Water Supply:- Responsibility for supply of power & water for execution of work shall be of main contractor.

6. The material in required quantity to be used in the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use
at site. The Engineer-in-charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his opinion,
is not as per specifications.

7. Contractor shall preserve the copies of invoices, test certificates, gate passes etc. to prove the genuineness of
material/purchases. The responsibility of procurement of genuine material of specialized works shall rest with the
contractor.

8. No inspection out side the country is permissible if required so the same will be deemed to be waived off and necessary
test reports shall be submitted before the dispatch of equipment.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 154

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

1.0 SITE CONDITION:

The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site
requirement by him, before tendering.

SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS:

1.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Single Multistoried Office Building, Type – II Building, Type – III Building & Type – IV & V Building of RPO,
Ranchi.

1.3 The work shall comprise entire labour including supervision and all materials necessary to make a complete
installation to the entire satisfaction of the department. The term complete installation shall mean, not only major items of
equipment covered by these specifications, but also incidental sundry components necessary for complete execution and
satisfactory performance of the installation, with all labour charges, whether or not these have been mentioned in detail in
the tender documents. The work shall include data entry, programming, start up test and demonstration, training of
personnel for maintenance and operation, submission of construction and installation drawings and writing diagrams, as
built documents and system guarantee etc. as required.

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS.

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the Indian
Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will comply with
the following:
(i) CPWD Specification for Internal (2013) and External Specification (1994) as amended up to date.
(ii) Prevailing factories Act. as amended up to date.
(iii) Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date.
(iv) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable as amended up to date.
(v) Workmen‟s compensation Act. as amended up to date.
(vi) Water works manual as amended up to date.

Interpreting Specifications:
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical specifications
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General specifications
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.

TECHNICAL DETAILS OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

Internal Hydrant:- Every riser will be provided with the following at every floor including terrace
(i) Single headed out let - 1 No
(ii) First Aid Hose Reel - 1 No.
(length of pipe shall be such that nozzle of the hose can be
Taken into every room and within 6 Mtr. Of any part of
The room keeping in view layout and obstruction)
(iii) Hose pipe 63 mm dia 15 me long with male and female
Coupling at both ends - 1 No
(iv) Branch pipe 63 mm dia with 20 mm
(nominal internal diameter)
Nozzle and suitable for instantaneous connection - 1 No.

Yard Hydrant (External Hydrant)

For fighting fire from outside the building, yard hydrants are provided around the building and in the closed court yard. For
connecting yard hydrants a ring of pipe shall be laid underground around the building at a minimum distance of 2 m from
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 155
the face of the building. All internal risers shall be connected with this ring. Yard hydrants shall be located at a minimum
distance of 2 m but not more than 15 m from the building face. The yard hydrants shall be easily accessible and should
normally be provided near boundary wall/along road. While locating yard hydrants it should be ensured that same do not
become hindrance in vehicular movement or entrance to the building. Yard hydrants, should be located around the building
in such a way that it should be possible to fight fire on any face of the building from the nearest hydrant. At least one
hydrant post shall be provided for every 45 m.
Fire Hydrants shall be of stand post type conforming to IS 908. All Yard hydrant outlets shall be situated 1 m above ground
level.
The stand posts shall be 80 mm in diameter for single headed hydrants. The stand posts shall be painted „fire red‟. Mild
steel stand post may be accepted even in cases where underground mains are of cast iron, using flanged joints. Only
Oblique hydrants conforming to IS 5290 with outlets angled towards ground shall be used. The hydrant couplings shall be
of the instantaneous spring-lock (female) type of 63 mm diameter and valves shall be of the screw down type. Suitable
pressure reducing devices shall be provided for yard as well as internal hydrants where the pressure exceeds 7 kgf/cm2,
considering the safety of operators.
All hydrants should be serially numbered.

Yard hydrant will include the following accessories

(i) Connection from ring main with 80 mm dia MS pipe
(ii) 63 mm dia single head landing valve - 1 No.
(iii) Butterfly/sluice valve 80 mm dia - 1 No.
(iv) Hose pipe 63 mm dia 15 m long with male and female coupling at ends - 2 Nos.
(v) Branch pipe 63 mm dia with 20 mm nominal internal diameter nozzle,
suitable for instantaneous connection - 1 No.

All above components shall be housed in a suitable size MS cabinet made from 2 mm thick sheet with glass panel on front.
The cabinet shall be painted red.
(Note:- In case hose pipes and branch pipes are likely to be stolen from yard hydrants, the same may be kept in a central
place i.e. fire control room/ fire pump room.)

Fire Service inlet :- In order to facilitate feeding of water in the system by fire service, a 2/3 way 63 mm diameter
collecting head shall be provided and connected with each riser/down comer and the ring main with non-return valve and
butterfly/sluice valve. This should be located at a place where fire brigade tender can reach.

Fire Service connection: It is for feeding water to underground storage tank by fire tenders. The static water storage tank
shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting head with 4 number 63 mm diameter instantaneous male inlets arranged in a
valve box at a suitable point at street level. If tank is not approachable for the fire engines, the fire brigade collecting head
shall be connected to the static tank by a suitable fixed galvanized iron pipe not less than 150 mm in diameter to discharge
water into the tank when required.
Fire Brigade draw out collecting head: Each of the static water storage tanks shall also be provided with a fire brigade
draw out collecting head with 63 mm diameter instantaneous male draw out arranged in a valve box at a suitable point at
street level. This draw out shall be connected to galvanized iron pipe of 100 mm diameter with foot valve arrangement in
the tank.

Air Vessel: - To counteract the water hammer effect, air vessel shall be provided at the top of each riser.

Orifice Plate: - Suitable pressure reducing devices shall be provided for yard as well as internal hydrants to control
pressure to desired limit especially at lower level hydrants.

Alarm for Wet Riser System: - To indicate the flow of water in the system, turbine type alarm shall be provided at a
prominent place outside the pump house in the main line before any connection is taken. The alarm will indicate the
healthiness of the system and shall not be silenced till the main fire pump is in operation.

Control system-
The system shall be designed for operation automatically so that as and when water is drawn from the system through any
hydrant, the pumps will operate automatically and feed water in to the system. However once a fire pump starts working, it
will be stopped only manually (except jockey pump) or on account of any fault or non-availability of power supply to
electrical pumps or low water level in UG/Terrace tank.
Facility shall also be provided for manual operation. A selector switch for auto/manual selection shall be provided for each
pump.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 156
The control system shall be designed to provide the following sequence of operation:
i) The Pressurization Pump shall maintain pressure in the system and shall operate only on account of slow pressure loss. In
case of sudden pressure loss the Pressurization Pump shall not operate. The pump shall start when the water pressure in the
system falls to a pre-set value (about 0.35 kgf/cm2 below normal system pressure) and shut down when the system pressure
reaches the set value. Both limits shall be adjustable.
ii) Main Electric Fire Pump shall operate on account of sudden pressure loss. So long as Main Electric Fire Pump is
working, other Fire Pumps will not operate. The pump shall start when the water pressure falls to a pre-set value in the
system (about 1 kgf/cm2). In case, Normal Electric Supply fails while the Main Electric Fire Pump is running, the DG Set
for essential supply will start within 5 seconds.
iii) The Diesel Fire Pump will start on sudden pressure loss, only in case supply to Main Electric Fire Pump is not available
or within a pre-set time the Main Electric Fire Pump fails to start or fails during operation. No other pump will be working
when Diesel Engine Fire Pump is in operation. Audio-Visual Alarm shall be available to indicate failure of Main Electric
Fire Pump.
iv) A three attempts starting facility will be provided for diesel pump.
v) If within a pre-set time, the standby pump also fails to start or fails to develop pressure, the standby pump shall also be
shut down and locked out. An audio visual alarm indication shall be given at the control panel.
vi) The Terrace Pumps will start on sudden loss of pressure only when both the Fire Pumps have either failed to start or
exhausted water.
vii) Only one pump will be working at a time. In manual mode more than one pump can be started.
viii) Water level in UG and terrace tanks shall be monitored and in case of low water level, pumps connected with the tank
shall not operate (even on manual mode) or stop operation as the case may be. An audio-visual alarm shall be given at the
control panel.

Wet Riser:- Wet Riser shall be interconnected at terrace level to form a ring and cut-off shall be provided for each
connection to enable repair/maintenance without affecting rest of the system.

Down Comer:- In down comer, underground tank, fire pumps at ground level, ring main and yard hydrant will not be
provided. A minimum of two terrace pumps (electrical) shall be provided. One pump shall act as standby.
All down comer pipes shall be inter connected at the terrace level. In case terraces are not interconnected, all building will
be treated as individual buildings.

Fire service inlet shall be provided with each Riser/down comer for facilitating pumping of water from fire service tenders.

Control system: - The starting of terrace pump shall be automatic i.e. with the opening of any hydrant valve or hose reel on
any floor, the pump will start automatically with fall in line pressure. In addition start/stop push buttons shall be provided at
ground floor near internal hydrant for starting the pump manually. Where fire control room has been provided, remote
operation of terrace pump may be done from fire control room in place of near internal hydrant. The control panel for
terrace pumps shall be provided near the pumps in a suitable enclosure to avoid unauthorized operation.

FIRE PUMPS
TYPE
Pumps conforming to IS 12469 shall be exclusively used for Firefighting purposes. The pumps shall be centrifugal type
direct driven with a 3 phase, 415 V + 10%, 50 Hz, A.C. motor. The standby fire pump shall be driven by diesel engine. The
pumps may be either of horizontal split casing (HSC) type with operating speed not exceeding 1500 rpm, or solid casing
with operating speed not exceeding 3000 rpm as specified in the tender documents.

RATING
The terrace pump shall be suitable for continuous operation in the system. The head and discharge requirements shall be as
specified in the tender documents. The head shall be suitable for the system and shall take into consideration the pressure
drops across the various components in the water circuit as well as the frictional losses.
Pump shall be capable of discharging not less than 150 percent of the rated discharge at a head of not less than 65 percent
of the rated head. The shut off head shall not exceed 120 percent of the rated head in the case of horizontal Pumps.

MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION

i) The centrifugal pumps shall conform to IS 1520.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 157

ii) The pump casing shall be of heavy section close grained cast iron and designed to withstand 1.5 times the working
pressure. The casing shall be provided with shaft seal arrangement as well as flanges for suction and delivery pipe
connections as required.
iii) The impeller shall be of bronze, brass or stainless steel. This shall be shrouded type with machined collars. Wear
rings, where fitted to the impeller, shall be of the same material as the impeller. The impeller surface shall be
smooth finished for minimum frictional loss. The impeller shall be secured to the shaft by a key.
iv) The shaft shall be of stainless steel and shall be accurately machined. The shaft shall be balanced to avoid
vibrations at any speed within the operating range of the pump.
v) The shaft sleeve and wearing ring etc. shall be of bronze, brass or stainless steel.
vi) The bearings shall be ball or roller type suitable for the duty involved. These shall be grease lubricated and shall be
provided with grease nipples/cups. The bearings shall be effectively sealed against leakage of lubricant or entry of
dust or water.
vii) The shaft seal shall be mechanical type, so as to allow minimum leakage. A drip well shall be provided beneath the
seal.
viii) The pumps shall be directly coupled to the motor/diesel engine shaft through a flexible coupling protected by a
coupling guard.
ix) The pump and motor/diesel engine shall be mounted on a common robust bed plate fabricated from mild steel
section. The bed plate shall have rigid, flat and true surfaces to receive the pump and motor/diesel engine
mounting feet. The pump will be perfectly aligned with the motor/engine so as to avoid any vibration during
operation at all variations of load.

ACCESSORIES
Each pump shall be provided with the following accessories:-
(a) Butterfly / sluice valves on suction and discharge.
(b) Reducers, as may be required to match the sizes of the connected pipe work.
(c) Non-return valve at the discharge.
(d) Pressure gauge at discharge side between pump and the non-return valve.

INSTALLATION
a) The pump and motor /engine assembly shall be mounted and arranged for ease of maintenance and to prevent
transmission of vibration and noise to the building structure or to the pipe work.
b) The pump and motor /engine assembly shall be installed on suitable RCC foundation. The length and width of the
foundation shall be such that 100 mm space is left all around the base frame. The height of foundation shall be so
decided that the total weight of foundation block is 1.5 times the operating weight of the pump assembly.
c) The foundation shall be isolated from the floor by vibration isolating pads.
d) More than one pump and motor assembly shall not be installed on a single base or Cement concrete block.
e) The suction / discharge pipe shall be independently supported and their weight shall not be transferred to the pump.
It should be possible to disconnect any pump for repairs without disturbing the connecting pipe line.
f) A minimum clearance of 1 meter around the main pumps shall be provided.

PIPE WORK
PLUMBING DESIGN
Pipe sizes shown in tender documents are purely for contractor‟s guidance. The contractor shall be responsible for selection
of sizes as per detailed engineering to be done by him. Plumbing design to be done by the contractor shall incorporate the
following:-
(a) Butterfly/sluice valves shall be provided at suction and delivery sides of pumps
(b) Fire service connection/inlet
(d) Test valve.
(e) Drain connections.
(i) For testing the system healthiness and automatic operation on daily basis, one test pipe with Butterfly/sluice
valve shall be provided in common discharge header. For avoiding wastage of water, this pipe shall
discharge water in the tank.
(ii) Non return valve shall be provided at the delivery of each pump and fire service inlet. This Shall be of swing
type.
(iii) Air release valves with ball valve shall be provided in the piping system for venting trapped air With a size
of 25 mm for pipes up to 100 mm and 40 mm for larger pipes.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 158

 (iv) Plumbing drawings showing the sizes of pipe, valves, layout and other details shall be prepared and shall be
got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before the execution of the plumbing work.

PIPE MATERIALS
Pipes shall be of the following materials
(a) Mild steel heavy class(c-class) conforming to IS:1239 upto 150 mm.
(b) Welded block steel pipe, class 2, conforming to IS: 3589, for sizes greater than 150 mm. These pipes shall be
factory rolled and fabricated from minimum 6 mm thick M.S sheet for pipes up to 350 mm dia and from
minimum 7 mm thick M.S. sheet for pipes for 400 mm dia and above.
(c) Cast iron double flanged class-“A” conforming to IS: 1536 or IS: 1537(to be provided only
in under ground application)
(d) GI pipe medium class (B-class) conforming to IS: 1239(For Drain)
(e) Cadmium plated steel nuts/bolts/washers shall be used.

PIPE SIZES
The pipe sizes shall be selected as under:-
(i) Suction and delivery pipes of pumps shall be note be less than following

Pump Discharge Suction dia (mm) Delivery dia (mm)

(a) 900 lpm 75 50

(b) 2280 lpm 150 150

(ii) Pipe connecting pump house to ring main shall be not less than 150 mm diameter. Higher size pipe shall
be selected depending upon length of pipe and friction loss.
(iii) Down comer pipe size shall be of 100 mm dia.
(iv) Where wet riser/down comers are not to be provided but hose reel and terrace tanks are to be provided,
pipe of size 65 mm diameter shall be provided in between the pump and hose reel.
(v) Fire service inlet and fire service connection shall be with pipe size not less than 150 mm diameter.
(vi) All tee off connection for landing valve from vertical risers or from ring main for external hydrants shall
be with pipe size not less than 80 mm dia.

Selection of Material:- Components like landing valve, hose coupling branch pipes etc. are available in three material i.e.
Aluminum Alloy, Gun metal and Stainless steel. Aluminum Alloy is prone to wear and tear and weather conditions faster
than other two materials. However being cheaper, Aluminum Alloy may be used in location where chances of pilferage are
more. Stainless steel may be considered at location not very safe from theft. Gunmetal may be used in installations which
are well protected.
Hose Pipes/ Branch pipes:- A minimum of two number of 63 mm diameter, 15 m long hose pipe with instantaneous
coupling at both ends and one number branch pipe with nozzle shall be kept with every internal and external hydrant.
Orifice Plate:- The pressure in a firefighting system varies from point to point. The pressure will be maximum in the pump
house and minimum at the farthest hydrant at terrace level. To reduce pressure to safe operating pressure at every
internal/external hydrant, orifice plates are provided before connection of landing valve between the flanges of landing
valve and pipe flange. The size of orifice shall be calculated as per details given in

PIPE MATERIALS
Pipes shall be of the following materials:
a) Mild steel heavy class (C-class) conforming to IS:1239 for sizes up to 150 mm.
b) Welded black steel pipe, Class 2, conforming to IS: 3589, for sizes greater than 150 mm. These pipes shall be
factory rolled and fabricated from minimum 6mm thick M.S. Sheet for pipes upto 350 mm diameter and from
minimum 7 mm thick M.S. sheet for pipes of 400 mm diameter and above.
MS pipes may be allowed for extension of existing systems which are laid with CI pipes.
c) Cast iron double flanged pipe, Class-A conforming to IS 1536 or IS: 1537 (to be provided only in underground
application).
d) (i) GI Pipe medium Class (B-class) conforming to IS:1239 (For Drain)
(ii) Cadmium plated steel nuts/bolts/washers shall be used.
(iii) Flex drop of stainless steel metallic pipe with mounting accessories, frame for installation on false ceiling.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 159

PIPE JOINTS
(i) Electric welding joints shall be provided in the M.S. pipe work. Flanged joints shall be provided for
connections to valves, pumps, air vessels etc and also on straight lengths at suitable points to facilitate
erection and subsequent maintenance.
(ii) For connection of C.I. pipe, fittings shall also be of C.I heavy grade conforming to IS:1538. The flanges
shall be smooth faced and neoprene gasket shall be provided. Where un-avoidable and to connect under
ground pipe with risers, M.S. pipe may be used in the form of distant pieces. The joint between C.I and
M.S. pipe shall be flanged type. M.S. pipe laid at such locations shall be provided anti-corrosive treatment.
(iii) Mild steel flanges shall be of IS:6392 i.e. “Plate Flanges for Welding” and flange thickness shall be as
under. Gasket thickness shall not be less than 3 mm.

Pipe dia Flange Thickness

200 mm 24 mm.
150 mm and 125 mm 22 mm
100 mm and 80 mm 20 mm
65 mm 18 mm
40 mm and below 16 mm

(iv) Fittings installed underground shall be of cast iron „heavy‟ grade conforming to IS 1538 whereas those
installed above ground shall normally be of medium grade wrought steel or mild steel conforming to IS
1239 (Part 2) or malleable iron fittings conforming to IS 1879.
(v) All hardware items such as Nuts, bolts, washers shall be of appropriate size. Washers shall be used on both
sides of the bolt.

VALVES
Sluice valve conforming to IS: 780 or butterfly valve conforming to IS: 13095 shall be provided. All valves shall be
suitable to with-stand the pressure in the system and rating shall be PN. 1.6. All valves shall be right handed (i.e. handle or
key shall be rotated clock wise to close the valve), the direction of opening and closing shall be marked and an open/shut
indicator fitted.
(i) The materials of valves shall be as under:-
Body – Cast Iron
Disc – Cast Bronze or Stainless Steel
Seat – Either integral or Nit rile rubber
o-ring- Nit rile/Silicon.
(ii) Non return valves shall be swing check type in horizontal run and lift check type in vertical run of pipes.
(iii) Air release valves shall be gun metal body.

STRAINERS: Stainless steel strainers shall have minimum 1 mm thick screen with 3 mm perforations. Strainers shall be
provided with flanges.

ORIFICE PLATE
Orifice plate shall be made of 6 mm thick stainless steel and shall have an identification tag projecting beyond any flange
between which it is clamped. The orifice shall be plain central hole without burs and diameter not less than one half of the
internal diameter of the pipe to which it is fitted.

INSTRUMENTS
(i) Pressure gauge of appropriate range and 150 mm dia size shall be provided.
(ii) The pressure gauge shall be duly calibrated before installation and shall be complete with shut off valve.
AIR VESSEL
Air vessel shall be provided on top of each riser and shall be fabricated out of 8 mm thick M.S. Sheet. The ends shall be
dished. This shall be of 250 mm diameter, 1.2 m high and installed vertically on suitable legs. The legs shall be provided
with M.S. Plate of size 75 mm x 75 mm x 5 mm at the bottom so that the legs do not puncture the roof. The legs shall be
grouted in CC foundation. Flange connection shall be provided for connection with wet riser pipe. Air release valve and
pressure gauge with shut off valve shall be provided. The air vessel shall be tested at 25 kgf/cm2 pressure before
installation.
INSTALLATION
(i) The installation work shall be carried out in accordance with the detailed drawings prepared by The contractor and
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 160
(ii) In pipe above ground level, expansion loops or joints shall be provided to take care of expansion or contraction of
pipes due to temperature changes.
(iii) Tee-off connections shall be through equal or reducing tees, otherwise ferrules welded to the Main pipe shall not
be resorted to.
(iv) Open ends of piping shall be blocked as soon as the pipe is installed to avoid entrance of foreign Matter.
(v) Piping installation shall be supported on or suspended from structure adequately .
The contractor shall provide, clamps, hangers etc.
(vi) Proper lines and levels shall be maintained while installing exposed pipes.
(vii) Pipe supports in pump house shall be floor mounted and of mild steel/G.I spacing of pipe Supports shall not be
more than that specified below:-

Nominal Pipe Size (mm) Spacing (m)

20 and 25 2.00
32 and 125 2.50
150 and above 3.00

Extra supports shall be provided at the bends and at heavy fittings like valves to avoid undue stress on the pipes.
(viii) Anti vibration pads, springs or liners of resilient and non-deteriorating material shall be provided at each support,
so as to prevent transmission of vibration through the supports.
(ix) Pipe sleeves of diameter larger than the pipe by least 50 mm shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls
and the annular spaces shall be filled with felt and finished with retaining rings.
(x) (a) Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight and in
Plumb. Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by clamps.
(b) The space in the floor cut outs around the pipe work shall be closed using cement Concrete (1:2:4 mix) or
steel sheet, from the fire safety considerations, taking care to see that a small annular space is left around
the pipes to prevent transmission of vibration to the structure.
(c) Riser shall have suitable supports at the lowest point.
(xi) Where mild steel pipes are to be buried under ground the top of the pipes shall be not less than 100 cms below the
ground level. Where this not practicable, permission of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained for burying the
pipes at interval in Masonry or C.C. blocks shall be provided for supporting the pipes. After the pipes have been
laid, the trench shall be refilled with the excavated soil in layers of 20 cm and rammed and any extra soil shall be
removed from the site of work by the contractor.
(xii) Underground pipe shall be laid at least 2 m. away from the face of the building preferably
along the roads and foot paths. As far as possible laying of pipes under road, pavement and large open Spaces shall
be avoided. Pipes shall not be laid under building and where unavoidable, these shall be laid in masonry trenches
with removable covers.
(xiii) To facilitate detection of leak and isolation of defective portion of pipe, valves shall be
provided in underground pipe at suitable locations. As far as possible such valves shall be provided over ground. If
the valves are to be provided below ground, suitable masonry chamber with cover plate shall be provided.
Locations where vehicles can pass shall be avoided for provision of valve below ground.
(xiv) Pipe over ground shall be painted in red colour. Suitable identification shall be Provided to indicate the run of
under ground pipe wherever the route of underground pipe cannot be ascertained from the location of yard
hydrant/isolating valves.
(xv) It shall be made sure that proper noiseless circulation is achieved in the system. If proper Circulation is not
achieved due to air-bound connections, the contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all the
expenses for carrying out the above rectification including the tearing up and refinishing of floors, walls, etc. as
required.

PRESSURE TESTING
(a) All piping shall be tested to hydrostatic test pressure of at least one and a half times the Maximum
operating pressure, but not less than 10 Kg/[Link] for a period not less than 24 hours. All leaks and defects
in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
(b) Piping repaired subsequent to the above pressure test shall be re-tested in the same manner.
(c) System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.
(d) Pressure gauges may be capped off during pressure testing of the installation.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 161

 PIPE SUPPORTS
For installing pipes vertically or horizontally inside the building standard pipe supports of reputed make shall be
used. Following supports shall be used.
(i) Split pipe support clamps with rubber lining for vertical, horizontal and roof hanging.
(ii) Clevis Hangers for horizontal supports to adjust varying heights.
For pipes of size 100 mm and above, with the prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge, “U” clamp with dash fastener
may be used for supporting horizontal pipe from ceiling.

MEASUREMENT
Measurement of plumbing work shall be on following basis:-
(a) Piping shall be measured along the centre line of installed pipes including all pipe fittings and Accessories
but excluding valves and other items for which quantities are specifically indicated in the schedule of
work. No separate payment shall be made for fittings and accessories.
(b) The rates for piping work shall include all wastage allowances, flanges, pipe supports, hangers,
Excavation, refilling, testing , nuts and check nuts, vibration isolators, suspension where Specified or
required and any other item required to complete the piping installation. None of These items will be
separately measured and paid.

FIRE FIGHTING ACCESSORIES

1. LANDING VALVE
Landing valves are provided in the system for connection of hose pipes for discharging water for fighting fire by
fire brigade b or trained personnel.
The landing valves shall be as per IS: 5290
1.1 The landing valves are of single and double head outlet types.
1.2 Material of construction:
(i) Body, outlet and cap etc : Bronze or Aluminum alloy or stainless steel

(ii) Spindle : Brass for Bronze body, stainless steel for

Aluminum alloy and Stainless steel body.
(iii) Hand wheel : Mild steel or cast iron.

2. INSTALLATION
(i) The landing valve shall be fitted to a T connection of the riser at the landing in such a way that the Valve
is in the centre of the internal hydrant opening and at height of 900 m. from floor level.
(ii) The valve base shall be vertical and the valve facing outside. There should be no hindrance in Operation of
the handle.

3. FIRST AID HOSE REEL

First aid hose reel is meant for delivering small quantity of water in early stage of fire and can be operated even
by untrained personnel, and thus provides a most effective fire fighting facility. It consists of a length of 20 mm
(nominal internal) diameter hose tubing warped around a reel with water. Inlet pipe, stop valve and shut off nozzle.
The entire assembly is mounted on a wall bracket and can swing 180 degree. The water inlet is connected to the
riser pipe by means of 37 mm socket and valve. The hose tube can be pulled out easily for the purpose of discharge
of water on fire.

First aid hose reel shall be as per IS-884. The coupling branch pipe and nozzle shall be as per IS: 8090
Material of Construction:-
(i) Hub and sides : Aluminum Alloy/Mild steel/Aluminum sheets.
(ii) Wall Bracket : Cast iron/Mild steel.
(iii) Hose tube (20 mm) Thermoplastic (Textile Reinforced) Type-2
as per IS-12585 (Nominal internal dia)
(iv) Nozzle with branch pipe : Brass
(v) Stop Valve(Ball Valve) : Gun metal

Normally M.S. construction is used. Other materials may be used in areas having corrosive atmosphere.
The water flow rate shall be not less than 24 lpm and the range of jet shall be not less than 6 m.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 162

 4. Installation
(i) First aid hose reels are installed with internal hydrant space for which is provided as per where space is not
provided, first aid hose reel shall be installed in suitable size MS cabinet made from 2 mm thick sheet with
glass door. The cabinet shall be painted red. The size of the cabinet shall be such that there is no obstruction in
swinging the hose reel. The location of cabinet shall be such that it does not form an obstruction in
passage/escape route.
(ii) The length of hose tube shall be such that the nozzle of the hose can be taken into every room and within a
range of 6 m. from any part of the room.
(iii) There shall be no obstruction in swinging the hose reel and should be installed above landing valve Where
provided.
(iv) The inlet valve shall be at 900 mm above floor level.
(v) Hose reel bracket should be firmly grouted on the wall with the help of rawl bolts.

FIRE HOSE DELIVERY COUPLING BRANCH PIPE AND NOZZLES

These are important accessories used for fire fighting operations.
i. Material of Construction
1. Copper Alloy
2. Aluminum alloy
3. Stainless Steel

ii. Delivery Hose Coupling‟s

a) The delivery hose couplings consist of male half coupling and female half coupling. Groves are Provided on outer
side on both coupling for binding hose pipes wit wires. In female coupling spring Loaded cam tooth is provided for
holding male half coupling in position. Male half coupling and female half coupling are provided on both sides (i.e.
on one side male and on other side female) of hose pipes. Two or more pipes can be joined together with the help
of these couplings instantaneously.
b) Sizes: - These are available in two sizes i.e. 63 mm and 70 mm. Normally size 63 mm is used.
iii. Branch Pipe and Nozzle: - Branch pipes with nozzle are mounted at the end of hose pipe. Branch pipe is properly
finished and free from sharp edges. During operation, a fireman has to hold the branch pipe. One end of branch pipe is
fixed with hose coupling and the other end is threaded to fit the nozzle. Nozzle is tapered pipe with one end threaded
internally which is fixed on branch pipe. The size of other End i.e. nozzle shall be 20 mm.(nominal internal diameter)

FIRE SERVICE INLET AND FIRE SERVICE CONNECTION

(i) These are provided for connection of fire service hose pipes for either directly pressurizing the system their pumps
or filling water in the tank from a distance. In the first case non return valve with butterfly valve shall be provided
for holding water pressure. Fire service inlet shall be provided with each wet riser/down comer and the ring main.
(ii) Material of Construction
a) Copper Alloy.
b) Aluminum Alloy.

HOSE PIPES
Hose pipe shall be rubber lined woven jacketed and 63 mm in diameter. They shall conform to Type A (Re-inforced rubber
lined) of IS: 636. They shall be flexible and capable of being rolled. Length of hose pipe will be 15 m.

i. The hose pipe shall be complete with male and female coupling at the ends.

ELECTRICAL WORK
GENERAL
 Unless otherwise specified in the tender specifications, all equipments and materials for Electrical works shall be
suitable for operations on 415 V/240 V +- 10%(3 phase/single phase) 50 Hz AC system.
 All electrical works shall be carried out complying Central Electricity Authority (Measures Relating To Safety and
Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and NEC 2011, as amended up to date.
 All parts of electrical works shall be carried out as per appropriate CPWD General Specifications For Electrical
works, namely Part 1 (internal) 2013, Part II (external) 1994 work all as amended to date.
 All materials and components used shall conform to the relevant IS specifications amended to Date.

POWER SUPPLY
Following 3 phases, 415 Volts, 50 Hz, supplies is to be arranged by agency free of cost for fire fighting installations.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 163

  Normal supply for fire pumps near under ground tank.

MOTORS
The motors shall be squirrel cage AC induction type. The motors shall be suitable for continuous duty and rating necessary
to drive the pump at 150 percent of its rated discharge with at least 65 percent rated head. The motor shall be totally
enclosed fan cooled type conforming to protection clause IP 21 of IS: 4691. The class of insulation shall be “F”. The
synchronous speed shall be 1500/3000 rpm as per requirement of the pump. The motor shall conform to IS: 325.

MOTOR STARTER
(i) The motor starter shall conform to IS: 1822 “Motor starters of voltage not exceeding 1000 volts” and shall
be air insulated and suitable for 415 V +- 10%, 50 Hz, 3 phase AC supply and shall be Integrated in the
panel.
(ii) Starter for the motor shall be direct on line (D.O.L) for motors up to and including 7.5 H.P rating and
automatic star-delta type for motors of higher ratings unless otherwise specified in the tender
specifications.
(iii) Each starter shall be provided with the following protections:-
(i) Thermal overload on all the three phases with adjustable settings.
(ii) Independent single phase preventor (current sensing type)
(iv) Adequate number of extra NO/NC contacts for interlocks, indicating lamps, remote operation Etc. shall be
provided on the starter/contractor.
(V) Under voltage/ No volt trip shall not be provided.

CONTROL PANEL
(i) The control panel shall be floor mounted cubical type compartmentalized panel board fabricated from 2
mm. thick CRCA sheet, phosphatised and powder coat painted, totally enclosed, dust and vermin proof,
free standing, floor mounting type with suitable size cable alley and loose wire box, having suitable size
Aluminium bus bar. The board shall be fabricated from 2.0 mm thick CRCA sheet and powder coated
after 7 tank treatment process. The board shall be fabricated with IP 42 degree of protection for indoor and
IP 54 degree of protection for outdoor. It shall be suitable for termination of the incoming / outgoings
cable(s) from bottom / top.
(ii) The capacity of switch gear shall be suitable for the requirements of motor fed / controlled. Starting
currents shall be duly considered.
(iii) Switchgears & accessories shall be provided as specified for automatic operation of terrace fire pumps
sensing the pressure drop in the down comer. Besides automatic operation of pumps, provisions for
manual operation shall be incorporated.
(iv) Control panel shall house starters for motor with independent current sensing type
Single phase preventor for each starter.
(v) Digital type measuring instruments like ammeter & voltmeter, Volt meter with selector switch, a set of
indicating lamps and fuses for voltmeter and lamps shall be provided. Ammeter with CTs, and selector
switch shall be provided with each motor starter. Instruments shall be flush mounted with the panel and
have a class index not higher than 1.0. The instruments and accessories shall be provided whether or not
specifically indicated in the tender specifications.
(vi) Care shall be taken to provide adequate clearances between phase bus bars as well as between Phase bus
bars, neutral and earth.
(vii) Where terminations are done on the bus bars by drilling holes therein, extra cross section shall be provided
for the bus bars. Alternatively, terminations may be made by clamping.
(viii) Provision shall be made for proper termination of cables at the switchboards such that there is no strain
either on the cables, or on the terminators. Cables connected to the upper ties shall be duly clamped within
the switchboard.
(ix) Identification labels shall be provided against each switchgear and starter compartment, using plastic /
aluminum engraved labels.
(x) Metallic danger board conforming to relevant IS shall be fixed on each electrical panel.

POWER CABLING
(i) Unless otherwise specified, the power cables shall be XLPE insulated, PVC outer sheathed Aluminum
conductor, armoured cables 1100 V grade. The power cables shall be of 2 core for Single phase, 4 core for
sizes up to and including 25 sq. mm, 3-1/2 core for sizes higher than 25 [Link] for 3 phase. Alternatively,
XLPE/PVC insulated copper cable (single core/multicore unarmoured) of grade 1100 V shall be used.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 164
 (ii) Power cables shall be of sizes to meet the starting and running current of motors fed and shall be as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, after taking into consideration the load, the length of cabling.
(iii) Cables shall be laid in suitable metallic trays suspended from ceiling, or mounted on walls. Cable ducts
shall not be provided in pump rooms. Cable trays shall be of perforated steel sheet with adequate structural
strength and rigidity. Necessary supports and suspenders for cable trays shall be provided by the contractor
as required.

CONTROL WIRING
(i) Control wiring shall be done using ISI marked PVC insulated and PVC sheathed, 2.5 [Link] 250 V grade,
armoured multi-core copper conductor cable. The control cable shall also be laid in the same manner as
power cable.
(ii) The number and size of the control cables shall be such as to suit the control system design adopted by the
contractor as per OEM recommendation.
(iii) Runs of control wires within the switchboard shall be neatly bunched and suitably supported/Clamped.
Means shall be provided for easy identification of the control wires.
(iv) Control wiring shall correspond to the circuitry/sequence of operations and interlocks approved By
Engineer-in-Charge.

EARTHING
i. Provision of earth electrodes and the type of earthing shall be as specified in the NIT.
ii. The earth work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD Specifications for Electrical Works (Part-I), Internal
2013.
iii. The size of earth conductors for body earthing of equipments shall be 2 Nos 6 mm dia copper Wire/2 Nos 25 x 3
mm G.I strip.
iv. Compression type glands shall be used for all terminations in the case of PVC/XLPE cables.

PAINTING
All panels shall be supplied with the manufacturer‟s standard finish painting or as indicated in the Schedule of
Work.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM

1.0 SCOPE
The general requirement of selection, design, installation, testing, commissioning and maintenance of automatic sprinkler
system for fire fighting in buildings used for other than industrial and storage purpose.
1.1 Reference: For additional information regarding definitions, planning, design, hydraulic calculations, Tables etc.
following documents are to be referred to:-
(i) IS:15105:- Design and installation of fixed automatic sprinkler, Fire Extinguisher Systems- Code of Practice.
(ii) IS: 9972:- Specification for Automatic Sprinkler Heads for Fire Protection Service.

1.2 CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCIES

Sprinklers are provided in industrial and non industrial buildings. The design of sprinkler installation depends upon type of
occupancy. Buildings are categorized under the following classes for the purpose of designing the installations in IS 15105
a) Light hazard class
b) Moderate hazard class
c) High hazard class
d) Storage hazards.
For details of classifications, IS: 15105 is to be referred. Light Hazard Occupancies shall be understood as those with low
fire loads and with materials within having low rates of heat release. Light Hazard Occupancies are of non-industrial type
subject to the condition that “No single compartment greater than 210 m2 are allowable within light hazard occupancies
and such compartments shall be fire separated by walls having 30 min rating and doors. Otherwise the sprinkler system
shall be designed as per Ordinary Hazard Occupancy.”
Office buildings (excluding store rooms), education institutions, hospitals (excluding kitchens, stores, utilities), libraries,
museums, nursing homes, prisons and residential apartments are classified under light hazard occupancies.
Airport terminal buildings, car parking areas within building or basement, departmental stores/retail shops are classified
under ordinary hazard class.
In order to satisfy above conditions, all buildings classified under Light Hazard shall be designed under Ordinary Hazard
class. Accordingly these specifications cover Ordinary Hazard class only.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 165
COORDINATION
Award of Work: - Depending upon progress of building work, the work of fire fighting should be awarded well in time.
i. All make and model / technical specification with arrangement drawings as per site locality.
ii. Before handing over, the building is to be got inspected by the representative of Chief Fire Officer and local
bodies. The building will be issued N.O.C. for occupation / possession only when all safety provisions including
fire fighting work are complete to the satisfaction of Chief Fire Officer. As such, fire fighting work will be
considered completed in all respect only when NOC is Issued by CFO or competent officer of local bodies.

INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

PREPARATION AND APPROVAL OF DRAWING:-

After award of the work, the contractor has to prepare working drawings and submit To the Engineer-in-charge for
approval. The work is to be executed as per approved drawings.
1) Site survey should be carried out in detail.
2) In addition to building plans, layout plan along with landscape plan/horticulture plan and other services plans
should be consulted.
3) Pipe sizes are to be decided in accordance with provision as per CPWD specification.

INSTALLATION:-
1) All valves shall be installed at a height and in a position that their operation by right hand is conveniently possible.
2) All pressure gauges should be installed so that the dial is vertical and is visible while entering the pump House.
3) Risers shall be parallel to the wall and in plumb. Adequate supports shall be provided from the wall. Opening
around the pipe in slab shall be filled with CC and finished with plaster.
4) Internal hydrant shall be provided in the centre and facing out side for ease of operation. Sufficient Space shall be
provided around the handle for operation. There shall be no hindrance in moving the first aid hose reel.
5) Terrace pipes shall be supported on CC pedestals of adequate height. The pipe route shall be such as no Hindrance
is created in movement at the terrace. Pipes shall be sufficiently raised above terrace. It is to be ensured that water
proofing is not damaged during laying of pipes.

TESTING:-
Initial Testing
1) During laying of pipes, the same shall be subjected to 10 Kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure for a period of 24 Hours, in
sections.
2) After completion of the work, all valves/fittings shall be installed in position and entire system shall be tested for
24 hours at a pressure of 10 Kg/cm2. The drop of pressure up to 0.5 Kg/cm2 shall be accepted.

Final Testing
1) After completion, all operation checks shall be carried out for automatic operation of the systems. For this purpose,
landing valves may be opened at different locations. The exercise shall be repeated couple of times to ensure
trouble free operation of the system.
2) Flow Test: - The design flow of pumps shall be checked. The pump shall be operated after opening a number of
landing valves at different locations. Design pressure is to be maintained in the pump House. Water discharge is to
be measured by drop in level in UG tank for a certain period. All pumps shall be tested one by one. The flow rate
shall be not less than as specified while maintaining the design pressure in pump house.

COMMISSIONING:-
Flushing the System: Before commissioning, the entire system shall be flushed to ensure that any earth/foreign matters
which might have entered during installation are taken out. For this, pump may be operated and valves opened at different
locations.
1) As soon as the work is complete, the system shall be commissioned and made available for use. Requirement of
fire fighting installations is equally important during occupation of the building. If the building is to be occupied in
part, fire fighting system of building completed shall be commissioned by isolating the system of under
construction portion of the building.
2) The fire fighting system shall be maintained and manned from the very first day of its commissioning.
3) Any defects noticed during the warranty period shall be promptly attended by the contractor and availability of the
system at all time is to be ensured.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 166

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

ITEM NO. PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS AS PER NIT

I CO2 Type Fire Extinguisher
1 Conforming IS IS: 15683
2 Capacity 4.5 Kg
3 Filling Ratio 0.66
4 Type Portable
5 Expellant Self
6 Efficiency Discharge Minimum 95%
7 Discharge Time More Than 8 Sec & 15 Sec
8 Throw Minimum 2 Mtrs. for 4.5 Kg
9 Operating Position Upright
10 Operating Valve Wheel / Squeeze Grip type
11 Operating Temperature Range -30 Deg C To +55 Deg C
12 Fire Rating 21B, C
II ABC Type Fire Extinguisher
1 Conforming IS IS: 15683
2 Capacity 6 Kg
3 Anti Corrosive Inhibitor Epoxy Polyester Powder Coating
4 Type of Extinguisher Constant Pressure
5 Type of Extinguishing Media Dry Powder As per IS 14609
6 Expellant Pressurized with N2 Gas
7 Efficiency Discharge Minimum 85%
8 Jet Length More than 2 Mtrs.
9 Discharge Time More Than 13 Sec
10 Hydraulic test Pressure 35 Kgf/Cm2
11 Operating Position Upright
12 Charged Pressure 15 Kgf/Cm2
13 Operating Temperature Range -10 Deg C To +55 Deg C
14 Operating Valve Squeeze Grip type with hose
15 Fire Rating 3A, 34B, C
III Clean Agent Type Fire Extinguisher
1 Conforming IS IS: 15683
2 Capacity 6 Kg
3 Type of Extinguisher Constant Pressure
4 Valve Type Squeeze Grip Type with Nozzle
5 Efficiency Discharge Minimum 95%
6 Operating Position Upright
7 Expellant Pressurized with N2 Gas
8 Extinguisher Media HFC 236 fa
9 Operating Temperature Range -0 Deg C To +55 Deg C
IV Electrical Matting
1 Conforming IEC IEC 61111
2 Class Class - 1 PV tested upto 10 KV

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 167

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF E & M WORK

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are to be
followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition & specification of the
work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not mentioned so, makes of the
materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E), & decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final & binding.
iii) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him, and material issued from the
department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E). The watch and ward of
the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work is completed & handed over
to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account. The contractor shall make his own
arrangement for carriage of materials, etc. issued to him departmentally from the site store to the site of work at his own
cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
iv) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
v) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
vi) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an undertaking
from the OEM vide OM No. DG/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system.
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years from the
date of supply of equipment.
vii) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out of
acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 168

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF MATERIAL FOR FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WORK

Sl. No. Item Acceptable makes

1 Pump Kirloskar / Crompton / Wilo Mather & Platt / KSB
2 Motor Kirloskar / Siemens / Crompton / ABB
3 GI / MS Pipe Jindal / Tata / Sail (ISI Marked)
4 Sluice / Butterfly / Non Return / Ball Sant / Honeywell / Kirloskar / Advance / KSB - ISI
Valves Marked
5 Pressure Switch / Pressure Gauge Danfoss / Indofoss / Feibig / H. Guru / Marsh /
Japson / Rapid Control / System Sensor
6 Internal / External Hydrant / First Aid Life Guard / Newage / Getech / Omex (ISI Marked)
Hose Reel / Hose Pipe / Fire Brigade Inlet
etc.
7 Sprinkler Life Guard / Safe Guard / Omex / Duntop / Tyco /
HD
8 Fire Extinguisher and Accessories Life Guard / Getech / Omex / Fire Shield / Minimax /
Ceasfire
9 Fire Control Panel (Indoor / Indoor) SPC Electrotech / Masstech Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. /
Ambit / Tricolite / Adlec / Milestone / Advance
Panels & Switchgears (P) Ltd. / Meditron / Stech
Power Industries / TTS Pvt. Ltd. / Innovative
Engineering Solution / Aarnav Powertech (APT) (Only
CPRI Approved)

10 Selector Switch ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T /

Kaycee / BCH
11 Digital type Ammeter / Voltmeter / ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T /
Multifunction meter Automatic Electric / Kappa
12 LED Type Indicating Lamps ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
13 Push Buttons ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T

14 Control fuses with base Siemens / BCH / L&T / GE

15 CT / PT As per manufacturer‟s practice.

16 FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
(ISI Marked)
17 LT Cable (ISI Marked) Polycab / RR Kable / Havells / KEI / Finolex

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 169

 PART C-7
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing CCTV & Networking System).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Pat-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of CCTV &
Networking System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive
Engineer (E). If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of CCTV & 36,13,063/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
Networking System agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
Work requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 14.45 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 21.68 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 28.90 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of CCTV &

Networking System Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 170

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 171

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 172

 CCTV & NETWORKING WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR CCTV & NETWORKING

1. Specification:-
The work shall be executed as per CPWD‟s general specification for Electrical Works Part – I (Internal) – 2013, Part – II
(External) – 1994, I.E. Rules, Indian Standards amended up to date and as per direction of Engineer-in charge.

2. Terms of Payments:-
Following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against the stage of
work shown herein on pro – rata basis.
(v) No advance payment shall be made.
(vi) 70% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
(vii) 20% after completion of installation in all respect.
(viii) Balance 10% will be paid after Testing, Commissioning & Handing Over to the department for beneficial
use.

3. Storage:-Responsibility for storage of material for execution of work shall be of main contractor.

4. The material in required quantity to be used in the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use
at site. The Engineer-in-charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his opinion,
is not as per specifications.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF E & M WORK

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are to be
followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition & specification of the
work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not mentioned so, makes of the
materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E), & decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final &
binding.
iii) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him, and material issued from the
department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E). The watch and ward of
the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work is completed & handed over
to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account. The contractor shall make his own
arrangement for carriage of materials, etc. issued to him departmentally from the site store to the site of work at his own
cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
iv) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
v) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
vi) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an undertaking
from the OEM vide OM No. DG/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system.
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years from
the date of supply of equipment.
vii) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out of
acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 173

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CCTV & NETWORKING

1.0 SITE CONDITION: The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site
requirement by him, before tendering.

SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS :

1.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Single Multistoried Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the Indian
Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will comply with
the following:
(i) CPWD Specification for Internal (2013) and External Specification (1994) as amended up to date.
(ii) Prevailing factories Act. as amended up to date.
(iii) Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date.
(iv) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable as amended up to date.
(v) Workmen‟s compensation Act. as amended up to date.
(vi) Water works manual as amended up to date.

Interpreting Specifications:
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical specifications
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General specifications
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CCTV WORK

ITEM NO PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

I IP DOME CAMERA
1 Image Sensor 1/2.8” 4MP / 5MP Progressive Scan CMOS or better
2 Lens Type Motorized Varifocal lens
3 Minimum Illumination 0.03 lux color/0 lux with IR LEDs on or better
4 IR Distance 30 M or better
5 Shutter Speed 1 to 1/100,000 s
6 Day/Night Mode Auto / Day / Night / Schedule
7 Noise Reduction 3DNR / 3D DNR
8 WDR 120 dB WDR
9 Edge Base Storage Supports up to 128 GB Micro SD
10 Event triggering Motion Detection, Line Crossing Detection, Intrusion
Detection, Unattended Baggage Detection, Object
Removal Detection, Face Detection
11 Audio In / Out
12 Video Compression H.265 / H.264 / MJPEG
13 Video Streaming Triple Stream
14 Supported Protocols IPv4/IPv6, ARP, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP,
RTSP/RTP/RTCP, IGMP, SMTP, DHCP, NTP,
DNS, DDNS, QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP,

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 174

 ICMP, IGMP, TLS, Bonjour, SIP, PPPoE, VLAN,
DSCP
15 Compatibility ONVIF Profie S, Profile G
16 Ingression Protection IP 66/67, IK10 Housing
17 Operational Temperature (-40 °C To +60 °C)
18 Relative Humidity 0% to 95%, non-condensing
19 Power Supply 12VDC +/-10%, 24VAC +/-10%, PoE IEEE 802.3af
20 Certificates BIS , UL, FCC, CE / RoHS
II IP BULLET CAMERA
1 Image Sensor 1/2.8” 4MP / 5MP Progressive Scan CMOS or better
2 Lens Type Motorized Varifocal lens
3 Minimum Illumination 0.03 lux color/0 lux with IR LEDs on or better
4 IR Distance 50 M or better

5 Shutter Speed 1 to 1/100,000 s

6 Day/Night Mode Auto / Day / Night / Schedule
7 Noise Reduction 3DNR / 3D DNR
8 WDR 120 dB WDR
9 Edge Base Storage Supports up to 128 GB Micro SD
10 Event triggering Motion Detection, Line Crossing Detection, Intrusion
Detection, Unattended Baggage Detection, Object
Removal Detection, Face Detection
11 Audio In / Out
12 Video Compression H.265 / H.264 / MJPEG
13 Video Streaming Triple Stream
14 Supported Protocols IPv4/IPv6, ARP, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP,
RTSP/RTP/RTCP, IGMP, SMTP, DHCP, NTP,
DNS, DDNS, QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP,
ICMP, IGMP, TLS, Bonjour, SIP, PPPoE, VLAN,
DSCP
15 Compatibility ONVIF Profie S, Profile G
16 Ingression Protection IP 66/67, IK10 Housing
17 Operational Temperature (-40 °C To +60 °C)
18 Relative Humidity 0% to 95%, non-condensing
19 Power Supply 12VDC +/-10%, 24VAC +/-10%, PoE IEEE 802.3af
20 Certificates BIS , UL, FCC, CE / RoHS
III NVR WITH STORAGE & VMS
a) Recorder with storage
1 It should connect up to 64 cameras including license.
2 OS : Linux / Windows
3 It should support streaming live/recorded video up to 100 simultaneous PC clients or better
4 It should support two-way audio
5 For 64 Channel HDD Storage : Up to 64 TB, USB Port : minimum 3
6 Incoming bandwidth 320 Mbps.
7 Power Supply : Single Phase 100 - 240 VAC, 50/60Hz
8 Pre-loaded Operating System must be on windows/Linux platform
9 Should be BIS , UL, FCC, CE / RoHS certified.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 175

 b) VMS Client for live view
1 The Video Management System (VMS) software shall be used to view live and recorded video
from capture cards and IP devices connected to local and wide area networks. The VMS software
shall have a client/server-based architecture that can be configured as a standalone VMS system
with the client software running on the server hardware and/or the client running on any network-
connected TCP/IP workstation. Multiple client workstations shall be capable of simultaneously
viewing live and/or recorded video from one or more servers. Multiple servers shall also be able
to simultaneously provide live and/or recorded video to one or more workstations.
2 VMS and Recorder should be from single OEM
3 Recording of all video transmitted to the VMS shall be continuous, uninterrupted and unattended
4 It should also provide following feature: Electronic Image Stabilizer (EIS)
5 The VMS system shall manage the video it has been configured to monitor. Loss of video signal
shall be configured to annunciate on VMS client by an on-screen visual indication alerting
operators of video loss.
6 The VMS client software shall be able to view live video and audio, recorded video and audio
and be able to configure the complete system all from a single application
7 The VMS client software shall have the same functionality when connected remotely as it does
when it is run locally on the same computer as the server software
8 The VMS client software shall operate on all of the following operating systems: Windows,
Linux, Mac OSX etc.
9 The VMS shall also allow an authorized user to view video through a web client interface. The
web client interface shall allow authorized users to view live video, view recorded video, control
pan-tilt zoom (PTZ) cameras and activate triggers. The web client interface shall allow
connections to multiple VMS servers simultaneously
10 The web client interface shall operate with/without requiring installation of any software
11 When using the web client interface, the VMS server shall transcode the video into a JPEG file of
the size as the browser screen before sending it to the browser
12 The web client interface shall support the following browsers: IE, Firefox, Opera, Safari, Chrome
13 The VMS server software shall record and retrieve video, audio and alarm data and provide it to
the VMS clients upon request.
14 The VMS software shall provide a purpose built mobile application capable of viewing multiple
simultaneous live video streams and playing a recorded video stream. Application shall be
provided for both iOS and Android operating systems. Min. 5 mobile clients to be supplied at
each location.
IV WORKSTATION
1 Processor 10th Generation Intel core I7- 10700K Processor or higher
2 Memory Minimum 32 GB RAM 2666 MHz or higher.
3 Hard Disk Drives Minimum 2 TB SATA 7200 RPM
4 Graphics Minimum 2GB Graphics Card
5 Audio HD integrated audio with internal speaker
6 Ports 2 x USB 3.2 + 2 x USB 2.0, 1 x Display Port, 1 x HDMI
Ports, 1 x RJ 45 Ports, Audio Ports.
7 Keyboard & Mouse Provided
8 Compliance / Certification BIS, CE, CSA, FCC B, RoHS, Energy Star®
9 OS / Driver Windows 10 Professional preloaded with driver media
V LED DISPLAY
1 Screen Size 55" or Higher
2 Aspect Ratio 16 : 9
4 Native Resolution 3840 x 2160 (4K - UHD)
5 Viewing Angle 178 °/178 ° (H/V)
6 Speaker In Built

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 176

 7 Rated Power Consumption 200 Watt or Better
8 Standby Power Consumption 0.5 Watt
9 Input / Output Connectivity 3 x HDMI, DVI-D, DP, USB, Audio, RJ45
10 Compliance / Certification BIS, CE, FCC

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF NETWORKING WORK

I 24 PORT PoE / PoE+ L3 CORE

SWITCH
a) Architecture
1) The Switch Shall be 19" Rack Mountable
2) The switch should have Min 24 x10/100/1000 Base -
T PoE / PoE+ port,8 x 1GbSFP ports upgradeable to
10Gb SFP+ (SFP unpopulated & upgradeable to 10Gb
Ethernet via licensing). Includes Base Software License.
3) The switch should have 1 dual-personality (RJ-45 or
USB) serial console port
4) Shall have switching capacity of 128 Gbps or better
5) Shall have up to 95 million pps switching throughput
or better
6) The Switch should support 16000 MAC address
7) The switch should have minimum 370 Watt
PoE/PoE+ power budget.
8) The switch should be based on IEEE 802.3af/IEEE
802.3at, RPS Support.
b) Features
Supports intelligent Layer 2 switching, as well as
advanced Layer 3 routing services, role-based policy
capabilities, Provider Bridges, bidirectional Access
Control Lists, ingress/egress bandwidth control. It
enable fine-grained control over traffic flows, as well as
controlled access to specific network services and
application. Layer 3 services include IPv4 and IPv6
dynamic routing, as well as IP multicast services.
Support for L2 protocols as well as L3 protocols like
RIP and static routing are included in the base license.
Support is available for IPv6 management.
c) Environmental Features
1 Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C
2 Certification CB / IEC / EN / UL / RoHS
d) OEM should be leaders in Gartner magic quadrant report (wired and wireless).
Switch, module, wireless components should be from the same OEM.

II 24 PORT PoE / PoE+ L2 SWITCH

a) Architecture
1) The Switch Shall be 19" Rack Mountable
2) The switch should have should have Min 24
x10/100/1000 Base - T PoE / PoE+ port, 4 x 1/10GbE
SFP/SFP+ (SFP unpopulated & upgradeable to 10Gb
Ethernet via licensing). Includes Base Software License.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 177

 3) The switch should have 1 dual-personality (RJ-45 or
USB) serial console port

4) Shall have switching capacity of 128 Gbps or better

5) Shall have up to 95 million pps switching throughput

or better
6) The Switch should support 16000 MAC address
7) The switch should have minimum 370 Watt
PoE/PoE+ power budget.
8) The switch should be based on IEEE 802.3af/IEEE
802.3at, RPS Support.
b) Features
1) Support for L2 protocols as well as L3 protocols
IPv4 Routing Services, Multicast, Qos & Filtering.

c) Environmental Features
1 Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C
2 Certification CB / IEC / EN / UL / RoHS
d) OEM should be leaders in Gartner magic quadrant report (wired and wireless).
Switch, module, wireless components should be from the same OEM.
III SFP MODULE
a) Features Compatibility with 24 Port L3 Core Switch & L2
Access Switches, it should from same OEM.
1 G SFP Module should be compatible with supplied 24
Port L2 Access / L3 core Switches Interface SFP
b) Environmental Features
1 Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C
IV NETWORKING RACK
a) 12U Wall Mount Rack
1 Racks manufactured out of steel sheet punched, formed, welded and Powder coated
2 Rack should be manufactured by ISO 14001 & IS18001 Certified Company & Should be UL
Certified
3 Standard for Racks configuration will be welded frame and vented top cover
4 Rack should have Front Toughened Glass Door with lock & Key
5 Rack should be 1U=44.45 mm
6 Rack should Conforms to DIN 41494 or Equivalent EIA /ISO / EN/CEA Standard
7 Rack should have Adjustable mounting depth
8 Rack should have 100% assured compatibility with all equipments conforming to DIN 41494
(General industrial standard for equipments)
9 Powder coated finish with seven Tank pretreatment process meeting IS
10 Rack should have Proper Grounding & Bonding
11 Rack should have one catilever shelf
12 Rack should have Fan module Mount Provision on top Cover with fan
13 Power Distribution Unit - 06 Amp Universal - 06 Socket - 16 Amp Switch with Indicator - 06
Amp Fuse - 06 Amp 3 Pin Plug with Power Cable.
14 Rack should have 1 No Horizontal Cable Organizer with Plastic Loops.
15 Rack should have provision for cable entry Exit from Both top & Bottom.
16 Rack should have 1 Packet of Mounting hardware, Pack of 10 or more

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 178

 b) 9U Wall Mount Rack
1 Racks manufactured out of steel sheet punched, formed, welded and Powder coated
2 Rack should be manufactured by ISO 14001 & IS18001 Certified Company & Should be UL
Certified
3 Standard for Racks configuration will be welded frame and vented top cover
4 Rack should have Front Toughened Glass Door with lock & Key
5 Rack should be 1U=44.45 mm
6 Rack should Conforms to DIN 41494 or Equivalent EIA /ISO / EN/CEA Standard
7 Rack should have Adjustable mounting depth
8 Rack should have 100% assured compatibility with all equipments conforming to DIN 41494
(General industrial standard for equipments)
9 Powder coated finish with seven Tank pretreatment process meeting IS
10 Rack should have Proper Grounding & Bonding
11 Rack should have one catilever shelf
12 Rack should have Fan module Mount Provision on top Cover with fan
13 Power Distribution Unit - 06 Amp Universal - 06 Socket - 16 Amp Switch with Indicator - 06
Amp Fuse - 06 Amp 3 Pin Plug with Power Cable.
14 Rack should have 1 No Horizontal Cable Organizer with Plastic Loops.
15 Rack should have provision for cable entry Exit from Both top & Bottom.
16 Rack should have 1 Packet of Mounting hardware, Pack of 10 or more

ITEM NO PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

V 6 Core Outdoor Armored Multimode Cable, OM3/OM4
1 Cable Type 6 fiber Multi Mode, Armoured, Loose-tube, Gel filled
cable complying to ISO/IEC 11801, EN50173,
ANSI/TIA 568-C.3 and Telcordia GR-20; suitable for
use in direct burial, outdoor ducts and backbone
cabling
2 Fiber type 50/125/250, primary coated buffers
3 Fiber Attenuation
@850nm <=2.5 dB / Km Max
@1300nm <=0.7dB / Km Max
4 Bandwidth
@850nm >1500 MHz-KM

@1300nm >500 MHz-KM

5 Loose Tube construction Single PBTP loose tube filled with water blocking gel.
6 Outer Sheath HDPE
7 Tensile rating 1000N or better
8 Maximum Crush resistance 2000N or better
9 Operating Temperature -10 Degree C to +70 Degree C
10 Compliance RoHS

VI Fully Loaded Fiber LIU, Multimode

1 Fiber Management shelf The fiber management shelf shall have compact
design and be ideal for high density front patching
applications.
Should be fully loaded and factory fitted assembly
with no assembling required during installation at site
High Density: 1U: 6/12/24 Fiber terminations

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 179

 Should be supplied loaded with LC adapters, splice
trays, LC/UPC OM3 Pigtails and fiber management
rings
Pigtail shall be made of bend insensitive multimode
fiber
2 Drawer style shelf Easy access to splicing tray & connectors
Should have front locking latches on both side of shelf
3 Accessories Fiber management guides, radius controls & secure tie
downs provided
Pre loaded with labeling strips, 2 grounding lugs
Sealed cable inlets for dust and rodent protection
4 Material Min 16 gauge CRCA Sheet steel with powder coating
5 Compliance ROHS /EU Compliant
VII LC to LC Patch Cord, Multimode
1 Make and Type LC/UPC to LC/UPC Duplex tuned Fiber Optic Patch
Cord, 50/125 Micron, Bend Insensitive OM3/OM4
2 Cable Sheath LSZH
3 Approval UL Listings
4 Cable Diameter 1.6 mm duplex cord
5 Insertion Loss MAX 0.3 db at 850nm
6 Temperature Range -10 Degree C to +60 Degree C
7 Compliant ROHS

VIII CAT6 UTP FULLY LOADED PATCH PANEL

1 Type 19” 24-port, loaded with Jack. The IDC section

consists of V shape contacts that flex not fatigue when
terminated. Each port should have shutter and can be
colour coded to match jack outlets.
24-port, Modular, 1U, PCB based, Unshielded
Twisted Pair, Category 6, ANSI/TIA 568-C.2 and
ISO/IEC 11801
2 Port arrangement Configured as 6 Port Module with individually
replaceable CAT-6 Jacks
3 Circuit Identification Front of each module shall be capable of accepting 9
mm to 12 mm labels
4 Port Identification 9mm or 12mm Labels on each of 24-ports (to be
included in supply
5 Modular Jack 750 mating cycles
6 Materials
Housing Polyphenylene oxide, 94V-0 rated
Wiring blocks Polycarbonate, 94V-0 rated
Contact Plating 50μ” Gold/100μ” Nickel
7 Approvals UL listed.
Must be part of the registered 4 connector channel
certified by ETL.
8 Compliance ROHS compliance
9 Termination Pattern TIA / EIA 568 A and B
IX PATCH CHORD
1 Type Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category 6, ANSI/TIA 568-
C.2 & ISO/IEC 11801
2 Conductor 24 AWG
3 Length Shall be available in multiple length and jacket color.
4 Plug Protection Factory fitted strain relief boots on either side
5 Jacket LSZH
6 Wiring Shall be available in universal B-wiring
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 180
 7 Compliance ROHS compliance
8 Approval Intertek - ETL 4 connector channel compliant.
X CAT 6 I/O PORT, JACK & FACE PLATE
(a) CAT 6 I/O PORT, JACK
1 I/O PORT RJ45
2 Type Cat6 Modular Jacks shall meet and exceed channel
specification of Category 6 transmission requirements
for connecting hardware, as specified in Commercial
building telecommunications Cabling standard and
ISO/IEC 11801:2002 second edition. when used as a
component in a properly installed UTP channel.
3 Front Connection Lead Frame : Copper Allow with 50u inch Gold over
Nickel
4 Connector Body Plastic: UL940V-0
5 Housing Encapsulated Lead Frame technology
6 Accessories Jack should support uniform hassle free termination
technology and be able to ensure performance in each
termination without dependency on expertise of
technician.
Integrated bend-limiting strain-relief unit for cable
entry with locking facility at IDC contact point
Support cable pair termination process on the jacks at
90 degree angle.
7 Insertion life 750 cycles.
8 IEEE Specification (PoE) IEEE 802.3at type 1 and 2 (up to 30W).
9 Termination Pattern TIA / EIA 568 A and B
10 Approvals UL Listed
11 RoHS Compliant
(b) FACE PLATE
1 Material Fire -retardant Plastic, ABS, White color.
2 Acceptability Should be able to accept Cat6A, Cat6 and Cat5e
information outlets
3 Approvals UL94V0
XI CAT 6 CABLE
1 Type 23 AWG Solid Bare Copper, Unshielded Twisted 4
Pair, Category 6
2 Conductors Solid Bare Copper
3 Insulation Polyethylene / Polyolefin
4 Jacket LSZH jacket complying to:
• Fire rating IEC 60332-3-22
• Halogen IEC 60754 -1
• Acid Gas IEC 60754 -2
• Smoke density IEC 61034 -2
5 Pair Separator Cross-member (+) fluted Spline.
6 Approvals ETL verified to ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Cat 6 horizontal
cable.
ETL verified to ISO/IEC 11801 Cat 6 horizontal
cable.
7 Packing Box of 305 meters
8 Compliance ROHS compliance

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 181

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES FOR CCTV & NETWORKING WORK

Sl. No. ITEMS MAKES

1 IP Camera Honeywell / Bosch / Tyco / Sony

2 NVR With Storage & VMS Camera, Recorder & VMS should be from single OEM
3 Surveillance Hard Disk WD / Seagate / Toshiba
4 Workstation Dell / HP / IBM / FUJITSU
5 Display Sony / LG / Samsung / Panasonic
6 Networking Switch, SFP Module Extreme / Cisco / Juniper
7 Networking Rack WQ / Rittal / Valrack (Legrand) / APW
8 Fiber Optic Cable, CAT 6 Cable, Belden / Commscope / Systimax / AMP / Molex
CAT 6 I/O Port, Face Plate, Jack,
Patch Panel, Patch Chord etc.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 182

 PART C-8
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing Conferencing System).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Pat-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Conferencing
System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E).
If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of 10,60,654/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
Conferencing System agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
Work requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 4.24 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 6.36 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 8.48 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of

Conferencing System Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 183

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 184

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 185

 CONFERENCING SYSTEM WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR CONFERENCING SYSTEM

1.0 SITE CONDITION: The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site
requirement by him, before tendering.

SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS:

1.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the Indian
Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will comply with
the following:
(i) CPWD Specification for Internal (2013) and External Specification (1994) as amended up to date.
(ii) Prevailing factories Act. as amended up to date.
(iii) Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date.
(iv) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable as amended up to date.
(v) Workmen‟s compensation Act. as amended up to date.
(vi) Water works manual as amended up to date.

Interpreting Specifications:
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical specifications
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General specifications
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.

ITEM NO PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS

I PROJECTOR
1 Technology 3 LCD Laser
2 Resolution (1920 x 1200) Pixels (WUXGA)
3 Aspect Ratio 16:10
4 Brightness 5000 Lumens or Better
5 Keystone Correction Horizontal Maximum +/- 30 Deg.
6 Connectivity 2 x HDMI In, 1 x RJ 45, RS 232C, 2 x USB, 2 x VGA
In, VGA Out, 2 x Audio In, 1 x Audio Out
7 Built - In - Speaker Yes
8 Power Consumption 450 Watt or Better
9 Noise Level (Normal) 37 dB
10 Power Supply 220V-240V, 50 Hz
11 Warranty Period Minimum 3 Years or 12,000 Hrs.
12 Projector Mount Should be as per site requirement
II PROJECTOR MOUNT
Features Should be as per site requirement
III PROJECTOR SCREEN
Size 8 Ft x 6 Ft Motorized Remote controlled Screen
Features IR as well as RF Remote Control
Matt White High Gain Screen fabric with 1:1 screen

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 186

 gain
Noiseless synchronous motor with phase reversal
protection

IV Chairman Conference Unit

1 Features Microphone ON/OFF, push button with chairman
priority, delegate OFF push button for switching OFF
all delegate microphone, delegate OFF LED indicator
for all active delegate microphones OFF, speaker
LED indicator for chairman microphone ON,
gooseneck microphone, etc.
2 Gooseneck Microphone Length >= 15” to <= 24” Cardiod / Super-cardiod pick up
pattern
3 Frequency Response 200 Hz To 12.5 KHz
4 DHT (At 1 KHz) 0.03%
5 Loudspeaker Signal To Noise Ratio > 70 dB(A)
6 Headphone Socket Inbuilt
V Delegate Conference Unit
1 Features Microphone ON/OFF, push button to activate /
deactivate the microphone, LED indicator for request
and speaker ON, gooseneck microphone

2 Gooseneck Microphone Length >= 15” to <= 24” Cardiod / Super-cardiod pick up
pattern
3 Frequency Response 200 Hz To 12.5 KHz
4 DHT (At 1 KHz) 0.03%
5 Loudspeaker Signal To Noise Ratio > 70 dB(A)
6 Headphone Socket Inbuilt
VI Central Control Unit
1 System Performance For wired operation up to Max. 40 delegate units
including Chairperson units can be directly connected
to the CCU.
2 Features Built in / External USB Audio Recorder, Ethernet Port
shall be provided for network connection and control
units, Option to external PC for diagnostics, pre-
installed control software for Microphone
management and Audio Recording and controlling
conference parameters including equalization,
feedback suppression, microphone limiting, and
conference modes etc.
3 Nominal Input Voltage & Main Frequency 100 To 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz
4 Frequency response for input 30 Hz To 20 KHz
5 Signal To Noise Ratio > 70 dB(A)
VII Loudspeaker
1 Design Compact size, robust, ABS enclosure
2 Rated power 15 W
3 Power tapping Power tapping: 15/7.5/3.75/1.9 W
4 Effective frequency range (-10 dB) 95 Hz – 19 kHz
5 Sound pressure level at rated power / 1 W(1 98/86 dB (SPL)
kHz, 1 m)
6 Nominal Impedance 8 Ohm
VIII Mixing Amplifier

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 187

 1 General Feature 4 microphone inputs with independent level control.
2 Rated Output Power 120 Watt
3 Frequency Response 80 Hz - 18 kHz
4 THD < 1% at Rated Power, 1 kHz
IX Wireless Handheld Microphone
1 No of channels 32
2 Polar Pattern Cardiod

3 Frequency Response 80 Hz – 18 kHz ± 2 dB

4 RF sensitivity <1.0 μV for 12 dB

5 Signal To Noise Ratio >= 100 dBA
6 Battery 14 Hr. battery life from two AA alkaline batteries.

ACCEPTABLE MAKES FOR CONFERENCING SYSTEM

Sl. No. Items Makes

1 Projector Panasonic / Sony / Epson
2 Projector Mount Customized
3 Projector Screen Liberty / Suvira / Grandview / Draper
4 Conferencing System Units Sennheiser / Televic / Bosch / Brahler / TOA
5 Loudspeaker Bosch / JBL / QSC / Apart Audio / TOA
6 Mixing Amplifier Bosch / Dynacord / Lab Gruppen / Crown / Powersoft
/ Apart Audio / QSC / TOA
7 Microphone Sennheiser / Bosch / AKG / Shure / Audio Technica /
Revolab / TOA
8 Speaker Cable Belden / Klotz / Krystal / Kramer
9 Rack WQ / Rittal / Valrack (Legrand) / APW

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 188

 PART C-9
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing Solar Photo Voltaic System).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Pat-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of Solar Photo
Voltaic System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive
Engineer (E). If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of Solar Photo 21,56,395/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
Voltaic System Work agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied free
of cost. This should be certified by an officer not below
the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager or
equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 8.62 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 12.93 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 17.25 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of Solar

Photo Voltaic System Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 189

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 190

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 191

 SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC POWER PLANT SYSTEM WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

1. Specifications:-
This specification is intended to cover the complete installation of Solar Power Plant System to be provided in Building.
The work shall be carried out in accordance with the CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Work Part-I (Internal)
2013, Part-II (External) 1994, BIS specification, MNRE, Indian Electricity Act & Rules relevant IS specifications which
govern the requirements of the Solar Power Plant System and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge including amendments
up to date of the specifications, standards and regulations. Nothing extra shall be paid on account of the additional
specifications and conditions as the same are to be read along with schedule of quantities for the work.
2. Terms of Payments:-
Following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against the stage of
work shown herein on pro – rata basis.
(i) No advance payment shall be made.
(ii) 80% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
(iii) 10% after completion of installation in all respect.
(iv) Balance 10% will be paid after Testing, Commissioning & Handing Over to the department for beneficial
use.
3. Storage:-Responsibility for storage of material for execution of work shall be of main contractor.
4. Power & Water Supply:- Responsibility for supply of power & water for execution of work shall be of main contractor.
5. The material in required quantity to be used in the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use
at site. The Engineer-in-charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his opinion,
is not as per specifications.
6. Contractor shall preserve the copies of invoices, test certificates, gate passes etc. to prove the genuineness of
material/purchases. The responsibility of procurement of genuine material of specialized works shall rest with the
contractor.
7. No inspection out side the country is permissible if required so the same will be deemed to be waived off and necessary
test reports shall be submitted before the dispatch of equipment.
8. All works required for proper installation of Solar PV Power Plant including necessary civil works for mounting
structures of solar module, shall be done by the contractor. The entire work shall be performed on turnkey basis. All the
works related to the proper installation and functioning of the systems shall have to be carried out by the contractor in the
prices offered by him.
9. All necessary electrical wiring from existing electrical distribution box up to Grid Tie Inverter / PCU of Solar PV Power
Plant and back from Grid Tie Inverter/PCU to distribution box shall have to be done by the contractor including supply of
all required materials.
10. Supply and Installation of Display board of 6‟ X 4‟ size showing all technical information of SPV plant shall be done by
the contractor. The matter written on these boards shall be finalized with CPWD.
11. The complete Solar PV Power Plant shall be warranted and maintained by the contractor against any manufacturing/
design/ installation defects for a minimum period of 5 years from the date of installation.
12. Warrantee and Maintenance period will include rectification /replacement of all the defective and consumable
components/items including batteries. However all the non functional parts/ materials/ items replaced during the Warrantee
period shall be the property of the contractor.
13. After commissioning of the plant, the contractor will conduct one on-site training of the purchaser‟s/user‟s
personnel regarding assembly, start-up, operation, maintenance and repairs of the Solar PV Power Plant.
14. Processing, Net metering connection and it should be functional all should be done by the agency.
15. During 5 year‟s Warrantee period, the contractor will have to make all necessary arrangements including
placement of required manpower at site for satisfactory performance of the Power Plant.
The security deposit deducted from the contractors‟ bill as per norms shall be refunded to the agency on successful
completion of this warranty period of 5 years.
16. Rectification of all the defects developed in the Solar PV Power Plant during Warrantee period shall have to be
done by the contractor promptly, at the most within 7 days from the date of receipt of compliant.
17. During Warrantee period, the contractor shall have to submit annual performance & functionality report to user
agency.
18. During the Warrantee period, CPWD / users will have all the rights to cross check the performance of the Solar PV
Power Plant. CPWD may randomly pick up its components to get them tested at Govt. / MNRE approved any test center. If
during such tests any part is not found as per the specified technical parameters, CPWD will take the necessary action to

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 192

recover the losses and the same may be communicated to MNRE and other nodal agencies. The decision of CPWD in this
regard will be final and binding on the tenderer.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF E & M WORK

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are to be
followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition & specification of the
work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not mentioned so, makes of the
materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E), & decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final &
binding.
iii) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him, and material issued from the
department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E). The watch and ward of
the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work is completed & handed over
to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account. The contractor shall make his
own arrangement for carriage of materials, etc. issued to him departmentally from the site store to the site of work at
his own cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
iv) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
v) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
vi) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an undertaking
from the OEM vide OM No. DG/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
a) Authorization certificate.
b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract
as well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system.
c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.
vii) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out of
acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC POWER PLANT SYSTEM

1.0 SITE CONDITION: The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.
A) SOLAR PV MODULE
General Description

The SPV power plant shall have a total capacity of 30 KWp. The power plant shall provide a reliable and independent
power supply to the LT Panel at 415 V. The proper design of the system is to be approved by Engineer-in-charge.

1. Solar Photovoltaic Modules

1.1 The minimum array capacity Solar PV power plant should be 30 KWp. Solar Photovoltaic Module of capacity 330
Wp or above, manufactured in India, conforming to IS 14286/IEC 61215, IS/IEC 61730-Part-1, IS/IEC 61730-Part-2.
The solar panel including solar cells should be Indian make.

1.2 Solar Photovoltaic Module conversion efficiency shall not be less than 16.5%.

1.3 PV modules used in solar power plants/ systems must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, which should
not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years.

1.4 Since the modules would be used in a high voltage circuit, the high voltage insulation test shall be carried out on each
module and a test certificate to that effect provided.

1.5 Manufacturers / Contractors should confirm whether they are supplying PV module using a RF identification tag
(RFID), which must contain the following information. The RFID can be inside or outside the module laminate, but
must be able to withstand harsh environmental conditions.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 193
i. Name of the manufacturer of PV Module
ii. Name of the Manufacturer of Solar cells
iii. Month and year of the manufacture (separately for solar cells and module)
iv. Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)
v. I-V curve for the module
vi. Peak Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the module Unique Serial No and Model No of the module
vii. Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate
viii. Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate
ix. Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per ISO 9000 series.

1.6 Other general requirement for the PV modules and subsystems shall be the following

a. Module shall be made up of mono or poly crystalline silicon cells.

b. The module frame is made of corrosion resistant materials, preferably having aluminium anodized finish.
c. The module shall be provided with a junction box with either provision of external screw terminal connection or
sealed type and with arrangement for provision of by-pass diode. The box shall have hinged, weather proof lid with
captive screws and cable gland entry points or may be of sealed type and IP65 rated.

B) GRID TIE INVERTER OR PCU

1. Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) should convert DC power produced by SPV modules in to AC
power.

Sl. No. Parameters Specifications

A Input DC
i Maximum Input PV Power As per design
ii Maximum Input Voltage 1000 V
iii DC Input Voltage Range 350-800 V
iv Number of Independent MPPT As per design
v MPPT Voltage range (Minimum range) As per design
vi Maximum DC Current Design to be submitted
B Output AC
i Rated & Maximum AC Power Output As per design
ii Output AC Voltage 400 V AC, three phase, 4 wire, 50Hz +/- 2.5 Hz
iii Frequency 50 Hz
iv Total harmonic distortion < 3%
v Night Time Loss <3 W
vi Power Factor 1 (Adjustable +/-0.8)
C Performance
i Maximum Efficiency Not less than 97%
ii Self Consumption At Night <1 W
iii MPPT Efficiency >99%
D Protection
i DC Reverse Polarity Protection Yes
ii DC Switch Yes
iii Protection Class / Over Voltage Category I / III
E Certification
F Communication
i Power Management Unit According to certification
ii Standard Communication Port RS485
iii Operation Data Storage 25 Years
G General Data
i Ambient Temperature Range -25º C To +60º C

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 194

 ii Degree of Protection IP65
iii Dimension / Weight As per Manufacturer design.
iv Noise level < 65 dBA
v Cooling Natural
vi Surge Rating Up to 150% of the continuous rating for a
minimum of 30 Seconds
vii Display LCD
viii Warranty 10 Years

2. Other important Features/Protections required in the Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU)
2.1 Automatic morning wake-up and nightly shutdown
2.2 Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) must have the feature to work in tandem with other similar Grid
Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) and be able to be successively switched ON and OFF automatically
based on solar radiation variations during the day.
2.3 Authentic tracking of the solar arrays maximum power operation voltage (MPPT).
2.4 Array ground fault detection.
2.5 LCD and piezoelectric keypad operator interface Menu driven Automatic fault conditions reset for all parameters like
voltage, frequency and/or black out.

2.6 MOV type / Category II surge arresters/ on AC and DC terminals for over voltage protection from lightning-induced
surges or else suitable arrangement shall be provided externally.
2.7 The Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall have AC /DC side disconnector of appropriate rating
or else suitable arrangement shall be provided externally. DC disconnector can be provided in String Combiner box
alternatively.
2.8 All parameters should be accessible through an industry standard communication link.

3. Electrical safety, Earthing and protection

3.1 Internal Faults: In built protection for internal faults including excess temperature, commutation failure, overload and
cooling fan failure (if fitted) is required.
3.2 Over Voltage Protection: Over Voltage Protection against atmospheric lightning discharge to the PV array is
required.
3.3 Earth fault supervision: An integrated earth fault device shall have to be provided to detect eventual earth fault on DC
side and shall send message to the supervisory system.
3.4 The Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall include an easily accessible emergency OFF button
located at an appropriate position on the unit
3.5 The Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall include ground lugs for equipment and PV array
grounding. The DC circuit ground shall be a solid single point ground connection in accordance with IEC 69042.

4. General Features of Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU):

The Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) enclosure shall be weatherproof and capable of surviving
climatic changes and should keep the Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) intact under all conditions
in the room where it will be housed. The Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall be located
outdoor with suitable protection and should be either wall/ pad mounted. Moisture condensation and entry of rodents
and insects shall be prevented in the Grid Tie Inverter or Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) enclosure.

5. Operating Modes:
The following operating modes are to be made available: Night or Sleep mode: Where the Grid Tie Inverter or Power
Conditioning Unit (PCU) is almost completely turned off, with just the timer and control system still in operation,
losses should not exceed 1 watts per 5 kilowatt.
a. Standby mode : Where the control system continuously monitors the output of the solar generator until pre-set value
is exceeded (typically 10 watts)
b. Operational or MPPT tracking mode : The control system continuously adjust the voltage of the generator to
optimize the power available. The power conditioner must automatically re-enter stand-by mode when input power
reduces below the standby mode threshold. Front Panel display should prove the status of the Grid Tie Inverter or
Power Conditioning Unit (PCU), including AC Voltage, Current, Power output & DC Current, Voltage and Power
input, and fault Indication (if any).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 195

C) SPV MONITORING SYSTEM
SPV monitoring system which should be capable of communicating with each individual PV module through the
solar inverter to provide MPPT level real time monitoring (web and mobile) for 25 Years to display the following
parameters –
Control and Communication Gateway along with Sensors - Control and Communication Gateway has an interface
that allows for controlling of the Grid Tie inverters power through wireless connections & RS 485 to Ethernet
converter suitable for Irradiance Sensor.
1)
D) ARRAY STRUCTURE
1. Wherever required, suitable number of PV panel structures shall be provided.
2. Structural material shall be corrosion resistant and electrolytically compatible with the Materials used in the
module frame, its fasteners, nuts and bolts. Galvanizing should meet ASTM A-123 hot dipped galvanizing or
equivalent which provides thickness of 80 microns on steel as per ISI 5905, if steel frame is used. Aluminum frame
structures with adequate strength and in accordance with relevant BIS/international standards can also be used.
(i) Structures shall be supplied complete with all members to be compatible for allowing easy installation.
(ii) The structure should be capable of withstanding a wind load of 150 km/hr after grouting & installation.
(iii) The structures shall be designed for simple mechanical and electrical installation. There shall be no
requirement of welding or complex machinery at the installation site. If prior civil work or support
platform is absolutely essential to install the structures, the Contractor shall clearly and unambiguously
communicate such requirements along with their specifications in the bid. Detailed engineering
drawings and instructions for such prior civil work shall be carried out prior to the supply of Goods.
(iv) The Contractor shall specify installation details of the PV modules and the support structures with
appropriate diagrams and drawings. Such details shall include, but not limited to, the following;
a) Determination of true south at the site;
b) Array tilt angle to the horizontal, with permitted tolerance;
c) Details with drawings for fixing the modules;
d) Details with drawings of fixing the junction/terminal boxes;
e) Interconnection details inside the junction/terminal boxes;
f) Structure installation details and drawings;
g) Electrical grounding (earthing);
h) Inter-panel/Inter-row distances with allowed tolerances; and
i) Safety precautions to be taken.

The array structure shall support SPV modules at a given orientation and absorb and transfer the mechanical loads to the
terrace columns and beams properly. All nuts and bolts shall be of very good quality stainless steel. Detailed design and
Drawing shall have to submitted to the consultant engaged by client or the Engineer-in-charge for acceptance and approval
before execution of work.

E) FOUNDATION BASE: The legs of the structures made with GI angles will be fixed and grouted in the PCC
foundation columns made with 1:2:4 cement concrete depending on the site condition.

F) SURGE ARRESTOR
1. SURGE PROTECTOR CATEGORY II
1.1 The surge Protection manufacturer shall offer a complete line of surge Protection product to support the
requirements for the Distribution. The surge protector at this stage shall be provided to protect the downstream
electrical and electronics against any induced switching surges that may be passed on to the downstream electrical
& electronic system.
1.2 The Protection unit shall be based on Single High Capacity Metal Oxide Varistors (MOV), capable of handling
8/20 μs surges and shall be able to give an indication in the event module failure and be pluggable to facilitate the
in‐service replacement without distributing the lines.

G) PLANT METERING/DATA LOGGING

All major parameters should be available on the digital bus and logging facility for energy auditing through the
internal microprocessor and can be read on the digital front panel at any time the current values, previous values
for up to a month and the average values. The following parameters should be accessible via the operating interface
display.
a. AC Voltage
b. AC Output current & Output Power
c. DC Input Voltage
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 196
 d. DC Input Current
e. Active Time disabled
f. Time Idle
g. Temperatures
h. Inverter Status
Protective function limits (AC Over voltage, AC Under voltage, Over frequency, Under frequency ground fault,
PV starting voltage, PV stopping voltage, Over voltage delay, Under voltage delay over frequency, Ground fault
delay, PV starting delay, PV stopping delay).

H) MAXIMUM POWER POINT TRACKER (MPPT)

Maximum power point tracker shall be integrated in the Inverter to maximize energy drawn from the array. The
MPPT should be micro processor based to minimize power losses. The details of working mechanism of MPPT
shall be mentioned. The MPPT must have provision (manual setting) for constant voltage operation.

I) JNCTION BOXES
The junction boxes if provided (on the basis of design) in the PV array for termination of connecting cables. The
Junction Boxes shall be made of FRP/Powder Coated Aluminum with full dust, water & vermin proof
arrangement. All wires/cables must be terminated through cable lugs and connectors. The Junction Boxes shall be
such that input & output termination can be made through suitable cable glands.
 Made of FRP or cast aluminum
 Copper bus bars/terminal blocks housed in the junction box with suitable termination threads
 Conforming to IP65 standards and IEC 62208
 Hinged door with EPDM rubber gasket to prevent water entry.
 Single compression cable glands.
 Provision of earthing

J) AC DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD

AC Distribution Panel Board (DPB) shall control the AC power from inverter and Interconnection from ACDB to
transformer and then to HT bus (if required to export power) be carried out and complete equipment along with
metering (if required to export power) to be installed in the ACDB. Requirement/specifications of ACDB may be
changed as per site conditions. The AC panel shall be provided with adequate safety features to prevent
transmission of fault.

K) LIGHTNING AND OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION

There shall be the required number of suitable lightning arrestors installed in the array field. Suitable earthing such
that induced transients find an alternate route to earth. Protection shall meet the safety rules as per Indian
Electricity Act. All building earth conductors shall be interconnected through the concept of earth mats for
interconnection with separate earth pits. For each earth pits necessary test points shall have to be provided.

L) EARTHING PROTECTION
Each array structure should be grounded properly. Provision should be kept for shorting and grounding of the PV
array at the time of maintenance work. All metal casing/shielding of the plant should be thoroughly grounded in
accordance with Indian electricity Act./IE Rules. Earth Resistance should be tested in presence of the
representative of CPWD after earthing by calibrated earth tester. Inverters, ACDB and DCDB should also be
earthed properly. The 11KV side equipments and parts shall be earthed in compliance to Indian Electricity Rules,
all non current carrying metal parts shall be earthed with two separate and distinct earth continuity conductors to an
efficient earth electrode.

M) CABLES & WIRES

1. Cabling: Cabling shall be carried out as per IE Rules. All other cabling above ground should be suitably mounted
on cable trays with proper covers. The cable shall be XLPE insulated PVC sheathed aluminium / copper conductor
cables.
2. Wires: Only FRLS copper wires of appropriate size and of reputed make shall have to be used.
3. Cables Ends: All connections are to be made through suitable cable/lug/terminals/ connectors; crimped properly
& with use of Cable Glands.
4. Cable Marking: All cable/wires are to be marked in proper manner by good quality ferule or by other means so
that the cable can be easily identified.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 197

 Any change in cabling schedule/sizes if desired by the Contractor/Contractor be got approved after citing
appropriate reasons. All cable schedules/layout drawings have to be got approved from the Department prior to
installation. All cable tests and measurement methods should confirm to IEC 60189.
5. Multi Strand, Annealed high conductivity copper conductor
- Overall PVC insulation for UV protection and confirm to IEC 69947
- All cables shall conform to BIS standards (IS 694) and (IS 1554) 28
- The size of each type of cable selected shall be based on minimum voltage drop, however, the
maximum drop shall be limited to 2%
- Selected cable should carry a current density of minimum 1.2 Amp/[Link]
- All electrical control / power cables / wires inside the building to be fixed in accordance with CPWD
specifications for electrical works Part-I internal only Rigid Steel Conduit should be used for wiring
inside the building
- Proper laying of cables have to be ensured in appropriate cable trays, pipes / trenches as per site
requirement.
- For laying / termination of cables, latest BIS / IEC codes / standards be followed.

ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF SPV SYSTEM

SL. NO. ITEMS MAKES

1. SPV modules Tata Power / RenewSys / Havells / Adani / Vikram
Solar / Waaree (MNRE Approved)
2. SPV module GI mounting structure As per BIS
3. PCUs (Inverter) Delta / ABB / Havells / SMA / Waaree (MNRE
Approved)
4. Junction Boxes As per OEM

5. Data Logging system with remote As per OEM

monitoring
6. AC / DC Distribution units Siemens / ABB / Schneider Electric / Legrand /
Havells / L&T
7. Wires / Cables Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
8. Lightning Arrestor JMV / Electro power / Stemon
9. Earthing Kit JMV / Electro power / Stemon

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 198

 PART C-10
Name of Work: Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand). (SH : Providing VRV/VRF AC System).

1. The work shall be carried out under the scope of composite tender which shall be executed under one agreement.
Schedule for Electrical Works is Pat-C of the tender documents. The main contractor for civil work will Associate
appropriate & eligible CPWD registered contractor for carrying out Electrical Component of work as given in Part-C
(Electrical Works) of the tender documents. The eligible tenderers for major component in Association of Electrical
Contractor will quote rates for Electrical Component (Part-C Electrical Work) also. The lowest tenderer would be
decided based on quoted rates in respect of all the schedules attached in tender documents.

2. The main contractor will associate specialized agency for the remaining E&M works i.e. SITC of VRV/VRF AC
System Work, he shall be allowed to execute the same after due verification & approval of the Executive Engineer (E).
If himself is eligible, they will submit eligible documents.

For components of E&M works, the eligibility criteria for associate agency will be as detailed below:
Sl. No. Component of E&M Estimated Eligibility
works Cost Rs.
I SITC of VRV/VRF 1,66,59,405/- The successful bidder shall associate with him specialized
AC System Work agencies/Firms/bidders, who fulfill the following
requirements to undertake the work. Joint ventures are not
accepted.
a) Should have satisfactorily completed similar works
during the last seven years ending last date of the month
previous to the one in which tenders are invited. For this
purpose, the cost of work shall mean gross value of the
completed work including cost of material supplied by
the Government/Client but excluding those supplied
free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager
or equivalent.
i) Three similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 66.63 Lakhs
OR
ii) Two similar completed works each costing not less
than Rs. 99.95 Lakhs
OR
iii) One similar completed work costing not less than
Rs. 133.27 Lakhs

b) Similar work means the work of “SITC of VRV/VRF

AC System Work”.

The value of executed works shall be brought to current

costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at
simple rate of 7% per annum calculated from the date of
completion to previous day of last day of submission of bids.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 199

3. The composite category contractor is also be eligible to carry out himself/herself any or all of these works without
associating any specialized agency provided,
i He fulfills the prescribed eligibility criteria respectively for these works as stipulated in NIT.
OR
ii He directly procures the equipment of approved make from manufacturer and gets it installed from authorized
agency/service provider of the manufacturer or specialized agency as per criteria mentioned in NIT.

4. The composite contractor and the associated specialized agencies is required to give affidavit to confirm their
association.

5. Tender accepting authority approves the change of sub-agency in case it is required during the currency of the contract.

6. The lowest tenderer is required to submit, alongwith the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking form the OEM regarding.
(a) Authorization certificate.
(b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for maintenance/comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system, and
(c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.

7. No condition is incorporated in the NIT‟s regarding visits of CPWD officers within country or outside India to inspect
equipments/materials/stores where such expenditure is to be borne either by the contractor. Officers of the department
may conduct inspection before dispatch of equipments/materials at manufacturer‟s works. The contractor has to arrange
facilities for inspection of equipments/materials including conducting the required tests in the manufacturing unit.
However, no condition is incorporated in the NIT regarding inspection of equipments/materials in the manufacturing
unit located outside India without prior permission of MoHUA.

8. After the work is awarded, one set of agreement shall be handed over to EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD who will be Engineer in charge of minor component Part-C (E&M) Works. Executive Engineer-Ranchi,
CPWD, of major component will operate Part-A and part-B of the agreement. Executive Engineer (E) in charge of
minor components shall operate Part-C Electrical Work along with Part-A of the agreement. The main contractor will
have to sign another agreement for Part-C (E&M) Work with the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E) RANCHI-II,
CPWD. The main contractor has to enter in agreement with the contractor associated by him for execution of minor
component Part-C (E&M) Work. Copy of such agreement shall be submitted to the EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (E)
RANCHI-II, CPWD the Engineer in Charge of minor component (Electrical) as well as the Executive Engineer-
Ranchi, CPWD Engineer in charge of major component. Running payments for the major component shall be made by
the Executive Engineer of major discipline to the main contractor. Running payment for minor components shall be
made by the Executive Engineer (E) in charge of the discipline of minor component either directly to the main
contractor or Associated Electrical Contractor as agreement executed in between if so.

9. If Running Payments for minor components is made to the main contractor by the Executive Engineer (E) for Part-C
(E&M) Work in charge of the discipline of minor component directly to the main contractor, The Main Contractor
shall make payment to Associated Electrical Contractor within fifteen days positively. In case main contractor fails to
make the payment to the contractor associated by him within 15 days of receipt of each running account payment then
on the written complain of contractor associated for such minor component Executive Engineer (E) in charge of minor
component shall serve the show cause notice to main contractor and after considering the reply of the same he may
make the payment directly to the contractor associated for minor component as per the terms & conditions of the
agreement drawn between main contractor and associate contractor fixed by him, if reply of main contractor either not
received or found unsatisfactory, such payment made to the associate contractor shall be recovered by Executive
Engineer in charge of major or minor component from the next RA/final bill due to main contractor as the case may be.
The payment of minor component of the work i.e. Part-C shall be made as per terms and conditions of the tripartite
agreement among main agency, associated agency and Engineer-in-Charge of minor component. The tripartite
agreement shall be submitted to Engineer-in-Charge of major component also.

10. If the main contractor fails to associate Electrical Contractor for execution of minor components (Part-C (E&M) Work)
within prescribed time or furnishes incomplete details or furnishes details of ineligible agencies even after the tenderer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 200

 is given due opportunity, the entire scope of such component of works shall be withdrawn from the tender and the same
shall be got executed by the Engineer-in-Charge at the risk and cost of the main contractor.
11. In case the main contractor intends to change the Associated Electrical Contractor during the operation of the contract,
he shall obtain prior approval of respective Engineer-in-Charge of the agreement. The new Electrical Contractor shall
also have to satisfy the laid down eligibility criteria. In case Engineer-in-Charge of respective discipline is not satisfied
with the performance of any agency, he can direct the contractor to change the agency executing such items of work
and this shall be binding on the contractor.

12. Final bill of the whole work shall be finalized and paid by the Executive Engineer in charge of major component.
Executive (E) will prepare and pass the final bill for his component of work and pass on the same to the Executive
Engineer-Ranchi, CPWDin charge of major component for including in the final bill for composite work.

13. The Chief Engineer - Ranchi will be competent authority for deciding reduced rates pertaining to Part-C (E&M)
Work, if any. Date of completion of all components of work will be same. Levy of compensation under Clause 2 as
well as fair and reasonable extension of time will be granted by the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of the major
component in consultation with The Chief Engineer - Ranchi for Part-C (E&M) Work and on receipt of required
information in this regard from the Executive Engineer of major discipline as well as concerned of minor discipline.
Also Executive Engineer in charge of major component shall be competent authority to give fair and reasonable
extension of time under provision of clause 5 and the Chief Engineer - Ranchi in charge of major component shall be
competent authority to reschedule milestones as stipulated.

14. Some milestones shall be applicable for Part-C (E&M) components of work as given in CPWD 7/8 under clause-5.
The Associated Agency of Electrical Components will ensure that their components of the work are executed in time
without giving any chances for slippage of milestones of the project. The amount to be withheld under Clause 5 of the
contract will be decided by the Executive Engineer of the main discipline and not by the Executive Engineer (E). In the
event of not achieving the necessary milestones as assessed from milestone bar chart, specified percentage of the
tendered value of will be withheld for failure of each milestone.

15. Arbitration case if any shall be handled by the Executive Engineer of the major discipline along with the support of the
Executive Engineer (E) of minor discipline i.e. Part-C (E&M) Work.

16. The main contractor or his authorized representative or his Associated Electrical Contractor shall sign the site order
book for (E&M) Works and comply with the remarks entered therein by the Engineer in Charge or his authorized
representative of the Department (The Assistant Engineer (E) & The Junior Engineer (E)) for the (E&M) Component
of work.

17. The associated agency or main agency, whoever undertakes the work, shall be in procession of valid electrical
contractor license before tart of work

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 201

 AC SYSTEM WORK
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR AC WORK

1. Specification:-
The work shall be executed as per CPWD‟s general specification for Electrical Works Part – I (Internal) – 2013, Part – II
(External) – 1994, HVAC work – 2017, I.E. Rules, Indian Standards amended up to date and as per direction of Engineer-in
charge.

2. Terms of Payments:-
Following percentage of contract rates for the various items included in the contract shall be payable against the stage of
work shown herein on pro – rata basis.
(v) No advance payment shall be made.
(vi) 70% after initial inspection and delivery at site in good condition on pro-rata basis.
(vii) 20% after completion of installation in all respect.
(viii) Balance 10% will be paid after Testing, Commissioning & Handing Over to the department for beneficial
use.

3. Storage:-Responsibility for storage of material for execution of work shall be of main contractor.

4. The material in required quantity to be used in the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use
at site. The Engineer-in-charge shall reserve the right to instruct the contractor to remove the material which, in his opinion,
is not as per specifications.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF E & M WORK

i) The work shall be carried out in conformity with CPWD General specification Part – I (Internal) 2013 and CPWD
General specification Part – II (External) 1994 for electrical works as amended up to date and as per instructions of
the Engineer-in-Charge of the work wherever the specification is silent relevant. Indian standard specifications are
to be followed.
ii) Wherever makes of materials are not mentioned in the schedule of work / additional condition &
specification of the work, the contractor shall quote clearly the make of materials in his tender. If it is not
mentioned so, makes of the materials shall be decided by the Executive Engineer (E), & decision of the Engineer in
Charge shall be final & binding.
iii) The contractor will make his own arrangement for storage of material arranged by him, and material
issued from the department. The material, if issued, shall be issued to him from store of the Junior Engineer (E).
The watch and ward of the materials and of the installations would be responsibility of the contractor till the work
is completed & handed over to the client department. Nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor on this account.
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for carriage of materials, etc. issued to him departmentally from
the site store to the site of work at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
iv) All the material should be ISI marked wherever not specified, if ISI marked material is not available it should be
conforming to BIS specification amended up to date, approval of Engineer in Charge in such case shall be final &
binding to contractor.
v) The field units may also purse with contractors of the existing contract to make payment to the labour by contractor
through Bank or ECS or online transfer also.
vi) The Lowest tenderer shall submit, along with the performance guarantee after the acceptance of tender, an
undertaking from the OEM vide OM [Link]/MISC.(ELECT.)/1 dated 30.03.2017.
a) Authorization certificate.
b) The OEM shall unconditionally support the lowest tenderer technically throughout the execution of contract as
well as for Maintenance / comprehensive maintenance contract for the useful life of the system.
c) OEM shall provide all the spares required for healthy functioning of the equipment for at least seven years
from the date of supply of equipment.
vii) Acceptable makes of materials to be used in the work are as under. However approval of the makes of material out of
acceptable make shall be got from Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 202

 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR AC SYSTEM

1.0 SITE CONDITION:

The work is to be carried out for Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

1.1 The Tenderers are advised to visit the site for any site particular to be well acquaintance about the site
requirement by him, before tendering.

SCOPE OF WORK AND EXCLUSIONS:

1.2 General features and major components of the work are as under.
Construction of Offices and Residences of RPO, Ranchi.

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS AND INDIAN STANDARDS

All works shall be carried out in accordance with relevant regulation, both statutory and those specified by the Indian
Standards related to the works covered by this specification. In particular, the equipment and installation will comply with
the following:
(i) CPWD Specification for Internal (2013) and External Specification (1994) as amended up to date.
(ii) Prevailing factories Act. as amended up to date.
(iii) Indian Electricity Rules as amended up to date.
(iv) B.I.S. & other standards as applicable as amended up to date.
(v) Workmen‟s compensation Act. as amended up to date.
(vi) Water works manual as amended up to date.

Interpreting Specifications:
In interpreting the specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed in case of contradictions:
(a) Schedule of quantities
(b) Technical specifications
(c) Drawing (if any)
(d) General specifications
(e) Relevant BIS or other international code in case BIS code is not available.

1. The scope of this section comprises the design, supply erection, testing and commissioning of 100% inverter
technology based VRV/VRF type system of air conditioning conforming to these specification/ Explanatory Note
and in accordance with the requirements of Drawing and Schedule of Quantities. The prices quoted shall include
all the equipment ancillary material as specified and all such items whatsoever and which may be required to
fulfill the intent and purpose as laid down in the specification and the approved drawings. The contractor shall
calculate equipment capacity based upon design parameters specified for the system design & verify all the
quantities and sizes of refrigerant pipe, fitting, cables, control cable, pipes, insulation, indoor units, and outdoor
units etc. before installation to avoid any shortfall or surplus. The tenderer shall also include all necessary civil
work MS frame work for installation of outdoor and indoor units in VRV/VRF based air condition system. The
cost quoted by tenderer shall also include the refrigerant gas R-410A & its charging for proper & specified
functioning of air conditioning system.

Civil work/ MS frame work for indoor and outdoor units related to VRV/VRF equipment, all cuttings should be
properly finished as existing surrounding. The installation of outdoor unit on the terrace of building should be
checked up structurally & their mounting should be structurally safe for the outdoor unit to ensure in such a way
that after installation.

a) Cutting of walls and floors/ ceiling.

b) Making holes.
c) Sleeves.
d) Foundation

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 203

2. The scope in the tender schedule also covers detailed designing of complete air-conditioning system based on
100% inverter technology based Air-cooled VRV/VRF air conditioner, capable of cooling and heating as per
individual or season requirement suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz AC electric supply.

The outdoor units shall have both cooling & heat pump mode, consisting of one/ multiple outdoor unit with single
circuit of refrigerant piping and multiple indoor units of various types. Each indoor unit should have capability to
cool or heat as per seasonal weather changes. This shall also include complete capacity calculation for indoor and
outdoor units complete with CAD drawing, designing & layout of following.

I. Outdoor units.
II. Indoor units.
III. Refrigerant piping
IV. Condensate water piping & disposal.
V. Power & Control Cables between Outdoor units & Indoor units. (as applicable)
VI. Vertical / Horizontal TPN DB / Panel

While designing the system care should be taken to select outdoor units of suitable capacity based
on design data & to economize on available floor area for installation of outdoor units as well as
optimum utilization of outdoor units and type of indoor unit taken into considerations. The indoor
units should be designed based upon the heat load calculations for individual rooms/ areas to be
air-conditioned and over capacities should be avoided. The design should also specifically take care
of disposal of condensate drain water so that there is no leakage of condensate water inside the room
as well in the route of condensate water pipe line. The layout of refrigerant piping is to be designed in
such a way so that it should not disturb the aesthetic of the building/ room, inadvertent damage in
the route of pipe should not occur in future & optimum length of pipe line for efficient air
conditioning. After completion of the work four sets of ‘as erected/ commissioned drawing’ of
activities listed above shall be submitted.

Design Data
The work of air-conditioning outdoor and indoor units as specified in schedule of work is required to be carried out for
Office of RPO, Ranchi.

There may be certain parameter like inadequate heat insulation of the building, air leakage from doors, windows or other
outlets such as staircases, corridor, ventilators, shaft & including no under deck insulation of top floor of the building.
Therefore, the specified design parameters are only tentative in nature, however, all efforts shall be made to achieve the
following specified design parameters and if at any design stage need for higher capacity outdoor HP is required, necessary
approval shall be accorded based on design analysis and discussions on the subject. In case of any deviation from the
parameters specified below, the technical issues involved shall be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge for seeking
necessary approvals to achieve these parameters. Engineer-in-charge, however, reserves to right to permit any deviations
from the parameters as specified.

3. The project of air-conditioning of office of RPO, Ranchi is required to be executed in time bound and professional
manner. The equipments involved in air-conditioning are complex in nature comprising of instrumentation, control
and central management system. The job, therefore calls for highest order of technical expertise and also
requirement of experience of air-conditioning installation with proven performance. The tenderer, shall, therefore
obtain, before quoting/ the consent of OEM and furnish the same along with the bid document. This consent shall
also cover aspects of desired assistance in the field of design, development, testing, execution, completion &
maintenance/ maintenance spares of the air-conditioning system.

4. Notwithstanding the technical details as specified in the tender, the manufacturers may offer/ indicate systems and
necessary design & features applicable for the offered products at the tendering stage.

5. Specifications of Outdoor Unit

i) Outdoors units of the VRV system shall be compact air cooled type.
ii) The outdoor unit should comprise of Inverter controlled Twin Rotary Compressor / Scroll Compressor

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 204

 iii) Each module of outdoor unit must have at least 50 % of Variable compressor which can work on Part load Suitable
to operate at heat load proportional to indoor requirement.
iv) The ODU must deliver COP of minimum 4.7 at 50 % load.
v) The outdoor units must be suitable for up to 225 m refrigerant piping between outdoor unit & the farthest indoor
units. Allowable level difference between outdoor unit & indoor units shall be 50 m in case of outdoor unit on
top & 40 m in case of outdoor unit at bottom.
vi) Allowable level difference between various indoor units connected to one out door unit shall be up to 15 m.
vii) The outdoor units shall be suitable to operate within an ambient temperature range of 5 Deg C to 43 Deg C in
cooling mode; & -20 Deg C to 15 Deg C in heating mode.
viii) The entire operation of outdoor units shall be through independent remotes of indoor units. No separate Start/ Stop
function shall be required.
ix) Starter for the Outdoor Unit compressor shall be ―Direct on Line type. Inverter compressor of the unit shall start
first & at the minimum frequency, to reduce the inrush current during starting.
x) Complete refrigerant circuit, oil balancing/ equalizing circuit shall be factory assembled & tested

6. Specifications of Indoor units :

The units include pre-filter, fan section and DX coil section. The housing of units shall be light weight powder coated
galvanized steel. Units shall have external casing of ABS Plastic for supply and return air.
i) All indoor units as specified shall have, in general, noise levels less than 46 db.
ii) Each unit shall have electronic control valve to control refrigerant flow rate respond to load variation of
the room.
iii) The address of the indoor unit shall be set automatically or through central controller in case of
individual and group control.
iv) The fan shall be dual suction, aerodynamically designed, Turbo, multi blade type, statically &
dynamically balanced to ensure low noise and vibration free operation of the system. The fan shall be direct
driven type, mounted directly on motor shaft having support from housing.
v) The cooling coil shall be made out of seamless copper tubes and having continuous aluminum fins. The
fins shall be spaced by collars forming an integral part. The tubes shall be staggered in the direction of airflow.
The tubes shall be hydraulically/ mechanically expanded for minimum thermal contact resistance with fins.
Each coil shall be factory tested at 21 kg/sqm air pressure under water.
vi) Indoor unit shall have cleanable type filter fixed to an integrally moulded/ moulded plastic frame. The
filter shall be slide in and neatly insertable type. It shall be possible to clean the filters either with compressed
air or water.
vii) Each unit shall have Electronic control expansion valve for variable refrigerant Flow Effect.
viii) Each indoor high wall, unit shall be with cordless remote controller as standard features. The controller
shall be able to change fan speed and angle of swing flap (for high wall) temperature etc. individually as per
manufacturer.

7. Installation:
i) The units shall be mounted on ribbed rubber pads for vibration isolation. The contractor shall supply the required
charge of refrigerant, lubricant and other consumables, for commissioning and testing of the equipment.
ii) All the equipment shall be thoroughly tested and checked for leaks. All safety controls shall be suitably set and a
record of all setting shall be furnished to the project supervisor.
iii) Providing and fixing M.S. structural support for condensing unit with vibration isolator pad in-between support and
structure and vibration isolation suspender and pads for evaporating units shall be in scope of contractor.

8. Painting:
Shop coats of paint that have become marred during transportation or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral
spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas, then coated with enamel paint to match the finish
over the adjoining shop- painted surfaces.

9. Condensate Drain Piping:

All pipes to be used for condensate drain shall be PVC pipe conforming to IS: 4985 - Class I & all joints should be
Gluing or solvent cementing as per manufacturer recommendation.

10. Y- Joints / Header Joints

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 205

 Y-Joint/ Ref-net separation refrigeration pipe joints and headers shall be in the appropriate orientation to enable
correct distribution of refrigerant. The Distribution Joints should be factory insulated with pre-formed sections of
Expanded Polystyrene/Equivalent.

11. Refrigerant Piping:

i. Refrigerant piping for the air-conditioning system shall be upto 19.1 mm dia of soft seamless copper
tubes & for above 19.1 mm dia the pipe material shall be of hard seamless copper tubes with pipes material
being hard drawn copper pipe. Forged copper fittings shall be used for the refrigerant piping. The refrigerant
piping arrangements shall be in accordance with good engineering practices as applicable to the air-
conditioning industry, and shall include charging connections, suction line insulation and all other items
normally forming part of proper refrigerant circuits except Y joint/separation tubes.
ii. Before joining any copper pipe or fittings, its internals shall be thoroughly cleaned by passing a clean
cloth via wire or cable through its entire length. The piping shall be continuously kept clean of dirt etc. while
constructing the joints. Subsequently it shall be thoroughly blown out using nitrogen gas.
iii. After completion of installation of the refrigerant piping, the refrigerant piping system shall be pressure
tested using nitrogen gas at a suitable pressure as specified by OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer).
Pressure shall be maintained in the system for 48 hours. The system shall then be evacuated to vacuum of not
less than 700 mm Hg and held for 24 hours.
iv. The suction line pipe size and the liquid line pipe sizes shall be selected according to the manufacturer's
specified diameter. All refrigerant pipes shall be properly supported and anchored to the building/structure
using steel hangers, fasteners, brackets and supports which shall be fixed to the building/structure by means of
inserts or expansion shields or anchor fasteners of adequate size and number to support the load imposed
thereon.
v. The refrigerant piping should be laid in such a way that it should not distort the interior of the room,
wherever the refrigerant pipe has to be laid across the room, it should be laid properly.
viii. Entire liquid and suction refrigerant pipe lines including all fittings, valves and strainer bodies, etc. shall
be insulated with 19mm thick electrometric nitrile rubber as specified in BOQ.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 206

 ACCEPTABLE MAKES FOR AC SYSTEM WORK

Sl. No. Items Acceptable makes

1 VRV/VRF System, Outdoor units, IndoorHitachi / Carrier / Mitsubishi Electric / O-General /
Unit Daikin / Blue Star
2 AHU System Air / Waves / Zeco / Edge Tech

3 Copper Tubes / Pipe Met-Tube / Hindustan / Rajco/Total line / Mandav

tubes / Jindal Refrigeration
4 Nitrile Rubber Armaflex / Eurobatex / Aeroflex / K-Flex

5 PVC Pipe Polypack / Prakash / Surya / Malhotra / Finolex

6 G I Pipe Tata /Jindal (ISI Marked)

7 G.I. Sheets Tata / Sail

8 Flexible Duct Caryaire / Role Star / GP Spiro / Atco

9 MS Dampers/Louvers Caryaire / Mapro / Servex / Airflow

10 Polyurethane Foam Malanpur / Lloyd

11 Diffuser/grills Caryair / Mapro / Dynacraft

12 PPR PIPE Fusion / Aquaplast India / Vector / Hindustan Plastic /

Sanitube

13 Power Cables, Control Cables Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI

14 LT Cables (ISI Marked) Polycab / RR Kabel / Havells / Finolex / KEI
15 Cubical type LT Panel Board / Feeder SPC Electrotech / Masstech Switchgears Pvt. Ltd. /
Pillar (CPRI approved) Ambit / Tricolite / Adlec / Milestone / Advance Panels
& Switchgears (P) Ltd. / Industrial Switchgears /
Meditron / Stech Power Industries / TTS Pvt. Ltd. / S K
Engineering / Innovative Engineering Solution / Aarnav
Powertech (Only CPRI Approved)
16 Selector Switch ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T / Kaycee /
BCH
17 Digital type Ammeter / Voltmeter / ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T /
Multifunction meter Automatic Electric / Kappa
18 LED Type Indicating Lamps ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
19 Push Buttons ABB / Siemens / Schneider / Legrand / L&T
20 Control fuses with base Siemens / BCH / L&T / GE
21 CT / PT As per manufacturer‟s practice.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 207

 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING [M.O.U] BETWEEN

1] M/S [Name of the firm with full address]

Enlistment Status
Valid Upto:
[Henceforth called the main contractor]
And
2] M/S [Name of the firm with full address]
Enlistment Status
Valid Upto:
[Henceforth, called Associated Contractor]

Name of Work : - Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional

Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).

(SH – SITC of ……………………….).

[Electrical Component only] as per schedule, specifications, terms and conditions of the tender.
We state that M.O.U. between us will be treated as an agreement and has legality as per Indian
Contract Act (amended upto date) and the department (CPWD) can enforce all the terms and conditions of
the agreement for execution of the above work. Both of us shall be responsible for the execution of work
as per the agreement to the extent of this MOU allows. Both the parties shall be paid consequent to the
execution as per agreement to the extent this MOU permits.

We have agreed as under :

1- The associated contractor shall be liable for disciplinary action if he failed to discharge the action(s)
and other legal action as per agreement besides forfeiture of the security deposit.

2- All the material, machinery and equipments, tools and tackles required for execution of the
electrical works. As per agreement shall be the responsibility of the associated contractor.

3- The site staff required for the electrical work shall be arranged by the associated contractor as per
terms and conditions of the agreement.

SIGNATURE OF MAIN CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE OF ASSOCIATED

CONTRACTOR

Date Date

Place Place

COUNTERSIGNED

EE(E)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 208

 WILLINGNESS CERTIFICATE
Name of Work : - Construction of Residential and Non-residential building for Regional
Passport Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).

(SH – SITC of ……………………….).

I hereby give my willingness to work as associated contractor for the above mentioned work.

I will execute the work as per specifications and conditions for the agreement and as per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Also I will employee full time technically qualified supervisor for the
works. I will attend inspection of officers of the department as and when required.

Date : Signature of Contractor

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 209

 Abstract of Estimated Cost

Name of Work:- Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building

(Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station
including development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c Street
Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA system,
Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system, Solar Photo
Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport Office at Ranchi
(Jharkhand).

Rate to be quoted Amount

by agency in Quoted by
Estimated percentage agency (In Rs.)
Description
amount (Rs.) above/below/at
par with respect
to estimated cost
1. As per Total of Schedule of 36,55,22,820/-
Quantity
(Civil Component)
2. As per Total of Schedule of 9,32,90,220/-
Quantity
(Electrical Component)

Total Estimated Cost 45,88,13,040/-

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 210

 Schedule of Quantity (Civil component)
Name of Work : Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building
(Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station
including development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c
Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA
system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system,
Solar Photo Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport
Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand)

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount

1 EARTH WORK
1.1 Carriage of excavated earth by Mechanical
3000 Cum 46.56 139680
Transport lead upto 1 KM.
1.2 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means
(Hydraulic excavator)/manual means over
areas (exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in
width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including
getting out and disposal of excavated earth
lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m, as directed
by Engineer-incharge.
1.2.1 All kinds of soil 9804 Cum 205.45 2014232
1.3 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means
(Hydraulic excavator) /manual means in
foundation trenches or drains (not exceeding
1.5 m in width or 10 sqm on plan), including
dressing of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift
upto 1.5 m, including getting out the
excavated soil and disposal of surplus
excavated soil as directed, within a lead of 50
m.
1.3.1 All kinds of soil. 554 Cum 286.85 158915
1.4 Excavating trenches of required width for
pipes, cables, etc including excavation for
sockets, and dressing of sides, ramming of
bottoms, depth upto 1.5 m, including getting
out the excavated soil, and then returning the
soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm
in depth, including consolidating each
deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc.
and disposing of surplus excavated soil as
directed, within a lead of 50 m :

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 211

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
1.4.1 All kinds of soil
[Link] Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia. but not
580 Mtr 417.35 242063
exceeding 300 mm dia.
1.5 Filling available excavated earth (excluding
rock) in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations
etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm in depth,
7353 Cum 253.95 1867294
consolidating each deposited layer by
ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m and
lift upto 1.5 m.
1.6 Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part
thereof in excavation /banking excavated or
stacked materials.
1.6.1 All kinds of soil 5606 Cum 104.50 585827
1.7 Supplying and filling in plinth with sand
under floors, including watering, ramming, 325 Cum 1215.30 394973
consolidating and dressing complete.
2 CONCRETE WORK
2.1 Providing and laying in position cement
concrete of specified grade excluding the cost
of centering and shuttering - All work up to
plinth level :
2.1.1 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand (zone-III)
derived from natural sources : 4 graded stone
21 Cum 7365.15 154668
aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from
natural sources)
2.1.2 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III)
derived from natural sources : 6 graded stone
16 Cum 6670.25 106724
aggregate 40 mm nominal size derived from
natural sources)
2.1.3 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand (zone-III)
derived from natural sources : 10 graded stone
575 Cum 6050.65 3479124
aggregate 40 mm nominal size derived from
natural sources)
2.2 Centering and shuttering including strutting,
propping etc. and emoval of form work for :
2.2.1 Foundations, footings, bases for columns 250 Sqm 307.95 76988
2.3 Making plinth protection 50 mm thick of
cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand :
6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
over 75mm thick bed of dry brick ballast 40
mm nominal size, well rammed and 280 Sqm 681.65 190862
consolidated and grouted with fine sand,
including finishing the top smooth.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 212

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
3 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
3.1 Centering and shuttering including strutting,
propping etc. and removal of form for
3.1.1 Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc.
417 Sqm 307.95 128415
for mass concrete
3.1.2 Walls (any thickness) including attached
pilasters, butteresses, plinth and string courses 3500 Sqm 669.55 2343425
etc.
3.1.3 Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies
10182 Sqm 766.55 7805012
and access platform
3.1.4 Shelves (Cast in situ) 98 Sqm 766.55 75122
3.1.5 Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders,
8796 Sqm 608.35 5351047
bressumers and cantilevers
3.1.6 Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and
7948 Sqm 804.25 6392179
Struts
3.1.7 Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-
1127 Sqm 657.75 741284
staircases
3.1.8 Under 20 cm wide
[Link] Weather shade, Chajjas, corbels etc., including
250 Mtr 181.90 45475
edges
3.1.9 Weather shade, Chajjas, corbels etc., including
428 Sqm 814.95 348799
edges
3.2 Extra for additional height in centering,
shuttering where ever required with adequate
bracing, propping etc., including cost of de-
shuttering and decentering at all levels, over a
height of 3.5 m, for every additional height of 1
metre or part thereof (Plan area to be
measured).
3.2.1 Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and
7006 Sqm 319.25 2236666
balconies (Plan area to be measured)
3.3 Providing, hoisting and fixing above plinth level
up to floor five level precast reinforced cement
concrete work in string courses, bands, copings,
bed plates, anchor blocks, plain window sills
and the like, including the cost of required
5 Cum 9673.50 48368
centering, shuttering but, excluding cost of
reinforcement, with 1:1.5:3 (1 cement 1.5 coarse
sand (zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size
derived from natural sources).
3.4 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including
straightening, cutting, bending, placing in
position and binding all complete upto plinth
level.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 213

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
3.4.1 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade
409140 Kg 89.65 36679401
Fe-500D or more.
3.5 Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including
straightening, cutting, bending, placing in
position and binding all complete above plinth
level.
3.5.1 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars 537150 Kg 89.65 48155498
3.6 Add for plaster drip course/ groove in
plastered surface or moulding to R.C.C. 350 Mtr 64.70 22645
projections.
3.7 Providing and laying in position ready mixed
or site batched design mix cement concrete for
reinforced cement concrete work; using coarse
aggregate and fine aggregate derived from
natural sources, Portland Pozzolana /
Ordinary Portland /Portland Slag cement,
admixtures in recommended proportions as
per IS: 9103 to accelerate / retard setting of
concrete, to improve durability and
workability without impairing strength;
including pumping of concrete to site of
laying, curing, carriage for all leads; but
excluding the cost of centering, shuttering,
finishing and reinforcement as per direction of
the engineer-in-charge; for the following
grades of concrete. Note: Extra cement up to
10% of the minimum specified cement
content in design mix shall be payable
separately. In case the cement content in
design mix is more than 110% of the
specified minimum cement content, the
contractor shall have discretion to either re-
design the mix or bear the cost of extra
cement.
3.7.1 All works upto plinth level
[Link] Concrete of M25 grade with minimum cement
2771 Cum 7997.30 22160518
content of 330 kg /cum
3.7.2 All works above plinth level upto floor V level
[Link] Concrete of M25 grade with minimum cement
3581 Cum 10080.15 36097017
content of 330 kg /cum
3.8 Add for using extra cement in the items of design
mix over and above the specified cement content
2027 Qtl 688.45 1395488
therein.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 214

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
3.9 Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above
floor V level for each four floors or part 400 Cum 280.95 112380
thereof.
3.10 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system
related with floor location as per drawings and
direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints
system will be of extruded aluminum base
members, self aligning / self centering
arrangement and support plates etc. as per
ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it
provides floor to floor /floor to wall expansion
control system for various vertical localtion in
load application areas that accommodates
multi directional seismic movement without
stress to it's components. System shall consist
of metal profiles with a universal aluminum
base member designed to accommodate
various project conditions and finish floor
treatments. The cover plate shall be designed
of width and thickness required to satisfy
projects movement and loading requirements
and secured to base members by utilizing
manufacturer‟s pre-engineered self- centering
arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all
directions. The Self - centering arrangement
shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and
slide inside the corresponding aluminum
extrusion cavity to allow freedom of
movement and flexure in all directions
including vertical displacement. Provision of
Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint
System to have watertight joint is mandatory
requirement all as per the manufactures
design and as approved by Engineer -in-
Charge. (Material shall confirm to ASTM
6063).
3.10.1 Floor Joint of 100 mm gap 55 Mtr. 5800.15 319008

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 215

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
3.11 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system
related with wall joint (internal/external)
location as per drawings and direction of
Engineer-In- Charge. The joints shall be of
extruded aluminum base members, self
aligning / centering arrangement and support
plates as per ASTM B221- 02. The material
shall be such that it provides an Expansion
Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall/
wall to corner application, both new and
existing construction in office Buildings &
complexes with no slipping down tendency
amongst the components of the Joint System.
The Joint System shall utilize light weight
aluminum profiles exhibiting minimal exposed
aluminum surfaces mechanically snap locking
the multicellular to facilitate movement.
(Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).
3.11.1 Wall Joint of 100 mm gap 60 Mtr. 4835.50 290130
3.12 Providing and fixing of expansion joint system
of approved make and manufactures for
various roof locations as per approved
drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
The joints shall be of extruded aluminum base
members with, self aligning and self centering
arragement support plates asper ASTM B221-
02. The system shall be such that it provides
watertight roof to roof/roof to corner joint
cover expansion control system that is capable
of accommodating multidirectional seismic
movement without stress to its components.
System shall consist of metal profile that
incorporates a universal aluminum base
member designed to accommodate various
project conditions and roof treatments. The
cover plate shall be designed of width and
thickness required to satisfy movement and
loading requirements and secured to base
members by utilizing manufacturer‟s pre-
engineered self-centering arrangement that
freely rotates / moves in all directions. The
Self centering arrangement shall exhibit
circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside
the corresponding aluminum extrusion cavity
to allow freedom of movement and flexure in

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 216

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
all directions including vertical displacement.
The Joint System shall resists damage or
deterioration from the impact of falling ice,
exposure to UV, airborne contaminants and
occasional foot traffic from maintenance
personnel. Provision of Moisture Barrier
Membrane in the Joint System to have water
tight joint is mandatory requirement. (Material
shall confirm to ASTM 6063).
3.12.1 Roof Joint of 100 mm gap 45 Mtr. 5424.20 244089
4 MASONRY WORK
4.1 Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S.
(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5
in foundation and plinth in:
4.1.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 20 Cum 6882.00 137640
4.1.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) 300 Cum 6658.25 1997475
4.2 Extra for brick work / AAC block masonry /
Tile brick masonry in superstructure above
350 Cum 142.00 49700
floor V level, for each four floors or part
thereof by mechanical means.
4.3 Half brick masonry with common burnt clay
F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class
designation 7.5 in foundations and plinth in :
4.3.1 cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 70 Sqm 837.85 58650
4.4 Half brick masonry with common burnt clay
F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class
designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth
level up to floor V level.
4.4.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) 25 Sqm 1018.05 25451
4.5 Extra for half brick masonry in superstructure,
above floor V level for every four floors or part 300 Sqm 12.60 3780
thereof by mechanical means.
4.6 Brick work with non modular fly ash bricks
conforming to IS:12894,class designation 10
average compressive strength in super
structure above plinth level up to floor V level
in :
4.6.1 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 Coarse sand) 110 Cum 7676.30 844393
4.7 Half brick masonry with non modular fly ash
bricks of class designation 10, conformingio IS
:12894, in super structure above plinth and
upto floor V level.
4.7.1 Cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) 100 Sqm 969.65 96965

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 217

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
4.8 Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated
concrete (AAC) blocks masonry with
150mm/200mm/230mm/300 mm thick with
Grade-I AAC blocks of density 551 to 650 kg/
cum conforming to IS: 2185 (Part 3) in super
structure above plinth level up to floor V level
2461 cum 7213.50 17752424
with RCC band at sill level and lintel level
with approved block laying polymer modified
adhesive mortar all complete as per direction
of Engineer-in-Charge. (The payment of RCC
band and reinforcement shall be made for
seperately).
5 MARBLE AND GRANITE WORK
5.1 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw
cut, mirror polished, premoulded and
prepolished, machine cut for kitchen
platforms, vanity counters, window sills ,
facias and similar locations of required size,
approved shade, colour and texture laid over
20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement
: 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white
cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy
touch ups, including rubbing, curing,
moulding and polishing to edges to give high
gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.
5.1.1 Raj Nagar Plain white marble/ Udaipur green
marble/ Zebra black marble
[Link] Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 128 Sqm 2906.45 372026
[Link] Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 96 Sqm 2639.45 253387
5.1.2 Granite stone slab colour black, Cherry/Ruby
red
[Link] Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm 63 Sqm 4679.35 294799
[Link] Area of slab over 0.50 sqm 479 Sqm 4425.35 2119743
Providing edge moulding to 18 mm thick
marble stone counters, Vanities etc., including
5.3 machine polishing to edge to give high gloss
finish etc. complete as per design approved by
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.3.1 Granite work 150 Mtr. 418.85 62828
Extra for fixing marble /granite stone, over
and above corresponding basic item, in facia
5.4 and drops of width upto 150 mm with epoxy 100 Mtr. 475.55 47555
resin based adhesive, including cleaning etc.
complete.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 218

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
5.5 Extra for providing opening of required size &
shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen
platform, vanity counter and similar location
in marble/ Granite/stone work, including 90 Each 808.15 72734
necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including
moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges
etc. complete.
5.6 Providing and fixing joint free digital glazed
vitrified wall tiles of size 300 mm x 600 mm of
approved make, in all colours, shades as
approved by Engineer-in-Charge, in skirting,
risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick
1906 Sqm 1063.45 2026936
bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry @
3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white
cement mixed with pigment of matching
shade complete.
5.7 Designing, fabricating, testing, installing and
fixing in position Curtain Wall with
Aluminium Composite Panel Cladding, with
open grooves for linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building , for all heights and all
levels etc. including: (a) Structural analysis &
design and preparation of shop drawings for
pressure equalisation or rain screen principle
as required, proper drainage of water to make
it watertight including checking of all the
structural and functional design.
(b) Providing, fabricating and supplying and
fixing panels of aluminium composite panel
cladding in pan shape in metalic colour of
approved shades made out of 4mm thick
aluminium composite panel material
consisting of 3mm thick FR grade mineral core
sandwiched between two Aluminium sheets
(each 0.5mm thick).The aluminium composite
panel cladding sheet shall be coil coated, with
Kynar 500 based PVDF / Lumiflon based
fluoropolymer resin coating of approved
colour and shade on face # 1 and polymer
(Service) coating on face # 2 as specified using
stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts, washers,
cleats, weather silicone sealant, backer rods
etc.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 219

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
(c) The fastening brackets of Aluminium alloy
6005 T5 / MS with Hot Dip Galvanised with
serrations and serrated washers to arrest the
wind load movement, fasteners, SS 316 Pins and
anchor bolts of approved make in SS 316, Nylon
separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts all
complete required to perform as per
specification and drawing The item includes cost
of all material & labour component, the cost of
all mock ups at site, cost of all samples of the
individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, field tests on the
assembled working curtain wall with aluminium
composite panel cladding, cleaning and
protection of the curtain wall with aluminium
50 Sqm 4474.20 223710
composite panel cladding till the handing over
of the building for occupation. Base frame work
for ACP cladding is payable under the relevant
aluminium item.s The Contractor shall provide
curtain wall with aluminium composite panel
cladding, having all the performance
characteristics all complete , as per the
Architectural drawings, as per item description,
as specified, as per the approved shop drawings
and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
However, for the purpose of payment, only the
actual area on the external face of the curtain
wall with Aluminum Composite Panel Cladding
(including width of groove) shall be measured in
sqm. up to two decimal places.
6 WOOD AND P.V.C. WORK
6.1 Extra for providing frosted glass panes 4 mm
thick instead of ordinary float glass panes 4
mm thick in doors, windows and clerestory
40 Sqm 148.50 5940
window shutters. (Area of opening for glass
panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be
measured).
6.2 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door
shutters conforming to IS :2202 (Part I) non-
decorative type, core of block board
construction with frame of 1st class hard wood
and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering
with vertical grains or cross bands and face
veneers on both faces of shutters:
6.2.1 30 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless
750 Sqm 1881.95 1411463
Steel butt hinges with necessary screws

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 220

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding
0.1 sqm in all type of flush doors (cost of glass
6.3
excluded) (overall area of door shutter to be
measured):
6.3.1 Rectangular or square 125 Sqm 173.95 21744
6.4 Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required
pattern in frames of windows etc. with M.S.
flats, square or round bars etc. including
priming coat with approved steel primer all
complete.
6.4.1 Fixed to openings /wooden frames with rawl
12737 Kg 197.70 2518105
plugs screws etc.
6.5 Providing and fixing aluminium extruded
section body tubular type universal hydraulic
door closer (having brand logo with ISi, IS :
3564, embossed on the body, door weight upto
127 Each 856.30 108750
36 kg to 80 kg and door width from 701 mm to
1000 mm), with double speed adjustment with
necessary accessories and screws etc.
complete.
6.6 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass
casement window fastener with necessary 10 Each 140.80 1408
screws etc. complete.
6.7 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass
casement stays (straight peg type) with
necessary screws etc. complete :
6.7.1 250 mm weighing not less than 280 gms 10 Each 180.95 1810
6.8 Providing & Fixing decorative high pressure
laminated sheet of plain /wood grain in gloss
/ matt/ suede finish with high density
protective surface layer and reverse side of
adhesive bonding quality conforming to IS :
2046 Type S, including cost of adhesive of
approved quality.
6.8.1 1.0 mm thick 1780 Sqm 764.00 1359920

6.8.2 0.50 mm thick 303 Sqm 596.22 180655

6.9 Providing and fixing wire gauge shutters
using stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge with
wire of dia 0.5 mm and average width of
aperture 1.4 mm in both directions for doors,
windows and clerestory windows with
necessary screws :
6.9.1 35 mm thick shutters
[Link] With ISI marked stainless steel butt hinges of
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 221
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
required size
[Link].1 Second class teak wood 227 Sqm 4631.80 1051419
6.10 Providing and fixing fly proof stainless steel
grade 304 wire gauge , to uPVC/Aluminium
windows and clerestory windows using wire
gauge with average width of aperture 1.4 mm 123 Sqm 990.93 121884
in both directions with wire of dia. 0.50 mm all
complete as per direction of engineer in charge
.
6.11 Providing and fixing factory made pre
laminated Decorative finish P.V.C. door frame
of size 60x50 with a wall thickness of 5 mm,
made out of extruded 5 mm pre laminated
decorative finish sheet mitred cut at two
corners and joined with 2 Nos. of 150 mm long
brackets of 15 x 15 mm primered M.S. square
405 Mtr 462.25 187211
tube, the vertical door profiles to be reinforced
with 40 x 20 mm primered M.S. square tube of
19 gauge through out the frame. The door
frame to be fixed to the wall using S.S. screws
of 65/100 mm size, complete as per
manufacturers specification and direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
6.12 Providing and fixing factory made 30 mm
thick Pre laminated Decorative finish PVC
Flush door shutter consisting of frames made
out of M.S. tubes of 19 guage thickness and
size of 20mm x 40mm for styles, top & bottom
rails . M.S. frame shall have coat of metal
primer of approved make and
[Link] inside panel shall consist of
20 mm thick multi chamber hollow PVC
section of 1mm wall thickness bonded using
solvent cement/cyanoacrylate adhesive with 5
mm thick prelam PVC sheet of density 600
kg/cum on both side of the inside panel . All
the four edges of the panel to be sealed with
lipping of 10 mm thick and 20 mm wide PVC
sheet batton. Door edges lipping to be painted
PVC link of matching colour of preelam
moulded PVC sheet of door 20 mm thick (
5mm X 4 nos.) thick PVC sheet to be given for
lock provision at lock height. Door to be fixed
with frame with 3 nos S.S. butt hinges of size
100mmx25mmx2mm with 50 mm long S.S.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 222

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
screw etc. complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge, Manufacturer's
specification and drawing.
6.12.1 Pre laminated Decorative finish PVC Flush
126 Sqm 4018.40 506318
door shutter (wood grained finish)
6.13 Providing and fixing factory made uPVC
glazed/wire mesh windows/doors comprising
of lead free uPVC multi-chambered frame, sash
and mullion/coupler (where ever required)
extruded profiles having minimum wall
thickness of 1.70 mm for Series R1 and R2
profiles and 2.10 mm for Series R3 and R4
profiles conforming to EN: 12608 in any
shape, colour and design duly reinforced
with galvanized mild steel section made of
required shape & size as per CPWD
Specification, uPVC extruded glazing beads,
interlocks and Inline sash adaptor (where
ever required) of appropriate dimension,
EPDM gasket, hardware, SS 304 grade
fasteners of minimum 8 mm dia with
countersunk head, comprising of matching
polyamide PA6 grade sleeve for fixing frame to
finished wall as per IS 1367 : Part 1 to 14, plastic
packers, plastic caps and necessary stainless steel
screws etc. Profile of frame, sash & mullion (if
required) shall be mitred cut and fusion
welded/mechanically jointed duly sealed at all
corners, including drilling of holes for fixing
hardware and drainage of water etc. After fixing
frame the gap between frame and adjacent
finished wall shall be filled with weather proof
silicon sealant over backer rod of approved size
and quality, all complete as per approved
drawing conforming to CPWD specification &
direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Section of
steel reinforcement and cross sections of uPVC
profiles to be as per design approved by
Engineer-in- Charge. Note:- Structural design
proof checked from a Government Engineering
Institute, to be provided by the manufacturer
for : (i) Sites with basic wind speed > 45 m/sec
as per IS 875 - Part 3 (ii) Sites with structure
height more than 20m for all wind speeds
6.13.1 Fixed window / ventilator without mullion /
transom.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 223

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
[Link] Using R3 series with frame (55mm & above ) x
57 Sqm 6439.00 367023
(45mm & above). (Height upto 2.5 meter)
6.13.2 Fixed window / ventilator with mullion /
transom.
[Link] Using R4 series with frame (64mm & above ) x
(50mm & above) & mullion (64mm & above) x 900 Sqm 5490.00 4941000
(70mm & above). (Height above 2.5 meter)
6.13.3 Casement window double panels with fixed
mullion with S.S. 304 friction hinges as per size
and weight of sash, multi-point locking
system, zinc alloy (zamak) powder coated
handles.
[Link] Using R3 series with frame (55mm & above ) x
(45mm & above) & sash (55mm & above) x
448 Sqm 10845.00 4858560
(65mm & above) & mullion (55mm & above) x
(65mm & above). (Height upto 1.8 meter).
6.13.4 Three track three panels sliding window with
Aluminium channel for roller track, wool pile,
nylon rollers with SS 304 body.
[Link] Using R3 series with frame (98mm & above) x
(40mm & above) & sash (30mm & above) x
(55mm & above) with zinc alloy (zamak)
425 Sqm 7838.00 3331150
powder coated handle on two end panels
along with multi-point locking system (Height
upto 1.8 meter).
6.14 Providing and fixing fire resistant door frame
of section 50 x 60 mm on horizontal side & 35 x
60 mm on vertical sides having built in rebate
made out of 1.6 mm thick GI sheet ( Zinc
coating not less than 120gm/m²) suitable for
mounting 120 min Fire Rated Glazed Door
Shutters. The frame shall be filled with
Mineral wool Insulation having density min
96Kg/m³ . The frame will have a provision of
G.I. Anchor fastners 14 nos ( 5 each on vertical
96 Mtr 1791.05 171941
style & 4 on horizontal style of size M10 x 80 )
suitable for fixing in the opening along with
Factory made Template for SS Ball Bearing
Hinges of Size 100x89x3mm for fixing of fire
rated glazed shutter. The frame shall be
finished with a approved fire resistant primer
or Powder coating of not less than 30 micron
in desired shade as per the directions of
Engineer - in- charge . (Cost of SS ball bearing
hinges is excluded).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 224

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
6.15 Providing and fixing 60 mm thick glazed fire
resistant door shutters of 120 min Fire Rating
confirming to IS:3614 (Part II) or EN1634-
1:1999, tested and certified as per laboratory
approved by Engineer-in-charge, with suitable
mounting on door frame, consisting of vertical
styles, top rail & side rail 60 mm x 60 mm wide
and bottom rail of 110 mm x 60 mm made out
of 1.6mm thick G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less
55 Sqm 9736.05 535483
than 120gm/m²) duly filled mineral wool
insulation having density min 96 kg/m³ and
fixing with necessary stainless steel ball
bearing hinges of size 100x89x3mm of
approved make, including applying a coat of
approved fire resistant primer or powder
coating not less than 30 micron etc all complete
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge
(panelling to be paid for seperately).
6.16 Providing and fixing glazing in fire resistant
door shutters, fixed panels & partitions etc., with
G.I. beading made out of 1.6 mm thick G.I. sheet
(zinc coating not less than 120 gm/m²) of size 20
x 33 mm screwed with M4 x 38 mm SS screws at
distance 75 mm from the edges and 150 mm c/c ,
including applying a coat of approved fire
resistant primer/powder coating of not less than
30 micron on G.I. beading, & special ceramic
tape of 5 x 20 mm size etc complete in all respect
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. The glass
shall be clear, toughened, interlayered, non-
wired fire resistant having 11 mm thickness of
approved brand with 120 minutes of fire
resistance both integrity & radiation control 49 Sqm 39995.80 1959794
(EW120) and minimum 15 min of insulation
(EI15) and having a sound reduction of 37dB and
LT of 86%. Glass shall be compliant to class 2(B)2
category of Impact Resistance as per EN 12600.
The glass should be manufactured in UL & TUV
audited Facility and including UL-EU
Certification. The maximum glazing size cannot
be more than 1100 mm x 2200 mm (w x h) or 2.42
sq mts in total area. The test report for the
complete system (Glazed Door or Partition) will
be considered valid only if it contains the stamp
and signature of the authorized signatory from
the glass manufacturer. (Actual glass size is to be
measured at site for payments).
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 225
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
6.17 Providing and fixing bright /matt finished
Stainless Steel handles of approved quality &
make with necessary screws etc all complete.
6.17.1 100mm 476 Each 75.70 36033
7 STEEL WORK
7.1 Structural steel work riveted, bolted or welded
in built up sections, trusses and framed work,
including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position 500 Kg 78.20 39100
and applying a priming coat of approved steel
primer all complete
7.2 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet
door with frame of 40x40x6 mm angle iron and
3 mm M.S. gusset plates at the junctions and
corners,all necessary fittings complete,
including applying a priming coat of approved
steel primer.
7.2.1 Using flats 30x6mm for diagonal braces and
10 Sqm 4615.15 46152
central cross piece
7.3 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of
approved make, made of required size M.S.
laths, interlocked together through their entire
length and jointed together at the end by end
locks, mounted on specially designed pipe
shaft with brackets, side guides and
arrangements for inside and outside locking
with push and pull operation complete,
including the cost of providing and fixing
necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs
manufactured from high tensile steel wire of
adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part
1 and M.S. top cover of required thickness for
rolling shutters.
7.3.1 80x1.20 mm M.S. laths with 1.20 mm thick top
38 Sqm 2868.30 108995
cover
7.4 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling
12 Each 424.20 5090
shutters.
7.5 Extra for providing mechanical device chain
and crank operation for operating rolling
shutters.
7.5.1 Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the
38 Sqm 1108.70 42131
area
7.6 Extra for providing grilled rolling shutters
manufactured out of 8 mm dia M.S. bar instead
15 Sqm 668.95 10034
of laths as per design approved by Engineer-in-
charge, (area of grill to be measured).

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 226

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
7.7 Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames
conforming to IS: 4351,manufactured from
commercial mild steel sheet of 1.60 mm
thickness, including hinges, jamb, lock jamb,
bead and if required angle threshold of mild
steel angle of section 50x25 mm, or base ties of
1.60 mm, pressed mild steel welded or rigidly
fixed together by mechanical means, including
M.S. pressed butt hinges 2.5 mm thick with
mortar guards, lock strike-plate and shock
absorbers as specified and applying a coat of
approved steel primer after pre-treatment of
the surface as directed by Engineer-in-charge:
7.7.1 Profile C
[Link] Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail
1195 Mtr 471.25 563144
to each jamb
7.7.2 Profile E
[Link] Fixing with adjustable lugs with split end tail
375 Mtr 511.40 191775
to each jamb
Steel work in built up tubular (round, square
or rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc.,
ncluding cutting, hoisting, fixing in position
7.8
and applying a priming coat of approved steel
primer, including welding and bolted with
special shaped washers etc. complete.
7.8.1 Hot finished welded type tubes 2000 Kg 154.90 309800
7.9 Providing and fixing M.S. fan clamp type I or
II of 16 mm dia M.S. bar, bent to shape with
hooked ends in R.C.C. slabs or beams during 128 Each 185.95 23802
laying, including painting the exposed portion
of loop, all as per standard design complete.
7.10 Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast
iron or M.S. sheet box for ceiling fan clamp, of
internal dia 140 mm, 73 mm height, top lid of
1.5 mm thick M.S. sheet with its top surface
hacked for proper bonding,top lid shall be
239 Each 185.20 44263
screwed into the cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by
means of 3.3 mm dia round headed screws,
one lock at the corners. Clamp shall be made
of 12 mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape as per
standard drawing.
7.11 Steel work welded in built up sections/
framed work, including cutting, hoisting,
fixing in position and applying a priming coat

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 227

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
of approved steel primer using structural steel
etc. as required.
7.11.1 In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings,
1865 Kg 142.30 265390
brackets, gates and similar works
7.12 Providing and fixing stainless steel ( Grade
304) railing made of Hollow tubes, channels,
plates etc., including welding, grinding,
buffing, polishing and making curvature
(wherever required) and fitting the same with
necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete,
i/c fixing the railing with necessary accessories
& stainless steel dash fasteners , stainless steel 6500 Kg 612.25 3979625
bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the
floor or the side of waist slab with suitable
arrangement as per approval of Engineer-
incharge, (for payment purpose only weight of
stainless steel members shall be considered
excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts,
fasteners etc.).
7.13 Providing & fixing glass panes with putty and
glazing clips in steel doors, windows,
clerestory windows, all complete with :
7.13.1 4.0 mm thick glass panes 10 Sqm 940.30 9403
8 FLOORING
8.1 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with
concrete hardener topping, under layer 40 mm
thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size) and top layer 12 mm thick
cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1
cement hardener mix : 2 graded stone 120 Sqm 855.90 102708
aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume,
hardening compound mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg
of cement or as per manufacturer's
specifications. This includes cost of cement
slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of
steps etc. complete.
Cement plaster skirting up to 30 cm height,
with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
8.2
sand), finished with a floating coat of neat
cement.
8.2.1 18 mm thick 12 Sqm 570.75 6849
8.3 Marble stone flooring with 18 mm thick
marble stone, as per sample of marble
approved by Engineer-in-charge, over 20 mm

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 228

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
(average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with
grey cement slurry, including rubbing and
polishing complete with :
8.3.1 Udaipur green marble 288 Sqm 2100.40 604915
8.4 Providing and fixing of 18 mm thick marble
stone for dado, skirting, risers of steps etc.
including wall lining (veneer work) in
required design and patterns, in linear as well
as curvilinear portions of the building, all
complete as per the architectural drawings,
with 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand), laid and jointed
with cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including
pointing with white cement slurry admixed
with pigment of matching shade, including
rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete
as specified and as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge.
8.4.1 Udaipur green marble 190 Sqm 2114.91 401833
8.5 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in
different sizes (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer) with water absorption less than
0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of
approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours
and shade, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement:4 coarse sand) jointing with grey
cement slurry @3.3 kg/sqm including grouting
the joints with white cement and matching
pigments etc. The tiles must be cut with the
zero chipping diamond cutter only . Laying of
tiles will be done with the notch trowel, plier,
wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling
system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles
gently and easily.
8.5.1 Glazed vitrified floor tiles polished finish of
size
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm 3100 Sqm 1359.20 4213520
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm 1100 Sqm 1612.75 1774025
8.5.2 Glazed Vitrified tiles Matt/Antiskid finish of
size
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm 1150 Sqm 1311.05 1507708

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 229

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
8.6 Providing and laying Vitrified wooden
finished floor tiles (thickness to be specified
by the manufacturer) with water absorption
less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622,
of approved brand & manufacturer, in
approved colours and shade, laid on 20 mm
thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse
sand). Tiles shall be laid with 3 mm spacer
over cement mortar and gap shall be filled
with epoxy grout only as per Agreement Item
No. 8.8 The tiles must be cut with the zero
chipping diamond cutter only. Laying of tiles
will be done with the notch trowel, plier,
wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling
system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles
gently and easily.
8.6.1 Size of Tile 200 x 1200 mm 188 Sqm 2024.19 380548
8.7 Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in different
sizes (thickness to be specified by
manufacturer), with water absorption less than
0.08 % and conforming to I.S. 15622, of
approved make, in all colours & shade, in
skirting, riser of steps, over 12 mm thick bed of
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand),
jointing with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/
sqm including grouting the joint with white
cement & matching pigments etc. complete.
8.7.1 Glazed vitrified floor tiles polished finish of
size
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm 350 Sqm 1384.21 484474
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 1200 mm 160 Sqm 1658.48 265357
8.7.2 Wooden finished glazed vitrified floor tiles .
[Link] Size of Tile 200 x 1200 mm 25 Sqm 2045.67 51142
8.7.3 Glazed Vitrified tiles Matt/Antiskid finish of
size
[Link] Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm 50 Sqm 1356.78 67839
8.8 Grouting the joints of flooring tiles having
joints of 3 mm width, using epoxy grout mix of
0.70 kg of organic coated filler of desired shade
(0.10 kg of hardener and 0.20 kg of resin per
kg), including filling /grouting and finishing
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
8.8.1 Size of Tile 600x1200 mm/200x1200 mm 1859 Sqm 205.15 381374

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 230

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
8.9 Deduct for not grouting the joints with white
cement and matching pigment in the items of 1859 Sqm 11.70 -21750
fixing of vitrified tiles.
8.10 Providing and laying Polished Granite stone
flooring in required design and patterns, in
linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building all complete as per the architectural
drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20
mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4
(1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with
cement slurry and pointing with white cement
slurry admixed with pigment of matching
shade including rubbing, curing and polishing
etc. all complete as specified and as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.10.1 Polished Granite stone slab colour of Black,
1428 Sqm 3908.80 5581766
Cherry/Ruby Red or equivalent
8.11 Providing and fixing machine cut, mirror/
eggshell polished , Granite stone work for
wall lining (veneer work) including dado,
skirting, risers of steps etc., in required design
and pattern wherever required, stones of
different finished surface texture, on 12 mm
(average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) laid and jointed with white
cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including
pointing with white cement slurry admixed
with pigment of matching shade, including
rubbing, curing, polishing etc. all complete as
per Architectural drawings, and as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.11.1 Polished Granite stone slab jet black , Cherry
430 Sqm 3928.87 1689414
Red , Elite Browe , cat Eye or equivalent
9 ROOFING
9.1 Making khurras 45x45 cm with average
minimum thickness of 5 cm cement concrete
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C.
sheet 1 m x1 m x 400 micron, finished with 12 50 Each 266.60 13330
mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) and a coat of neat cement, rounding the
edges and making and finishing the outlet
complete.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 231

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
9.2 Providing and fixing on wall face
unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes
conforming to IS : 13592 Type A, including
jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382,
leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion, (i)
Single socketed pipes.
9.2.1 110 mm diameter 777 Mtr 319.75 248446
9.3 Providing and fixing on wall face
unplasticised - PVC moulded
fittings/accessories for unplasticised Rigid
PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592
Type A, including jointing with seal ring
conforming to IS : 5382, leaving 10 mm gap for
thermal expansion.
9.3.1 Single tee with door
[Link] 110x110x110 mm 25 Each 205.45 5136
9.3.2 Bend 87.5°
[Link] 110 mm bend 54 Each 132.00 7128
9.3.3 Shoe (Plain)
[Link] 110 mm Shoe 50 Each 115.95 5798
9.4 Providing and fixing unplasticised -PVC pipe
clips of approved design to unplasticised -
PVC rain water pipes by means of 50x50x50
mm hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S.
screws of required length, including cutting
brick work and fixing in cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) and making good the
wall etc. complete.
9.4.1 110 mm 512 Each 309.50 158464
9.5 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain
water pipe cast iron grating 15 cm diameter 40 Each 47.90 1916
and weighing not less than 440 grams.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 232

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
9.6 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height
including providing and fixing of frame work
made of special sections, power pressed from
M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating
of 120 gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS
: 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25
mm wide x 1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27
mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre,
one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash
fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm
dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed to the
angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required
length with nuts & bolts of required size and
other end of angle hanger fixed with
intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm
running at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to
centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm
thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered
flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm,
at 450 mm centre to centre,shall be fixed in a
direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate
channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64
mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every
junction, including fixing perimeter channels
0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20
mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling
fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl
plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry
wall screws @ 230 mm interval, including
fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and
perimeter channel with the help of dry wall
screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c,
including jointing and finishing to a flush
finish of tapered and square edges of the board
with recommended
jointing compound , jointing tapes , finishing
with jointing compound in 3 layers covering
upto 150 mm on both sides of joint and two
coats of primer suitable for board, all as per
manufacturer's specification and also
including the cost of making openings for light
fittings, grills,diffusers, cutouts made with
frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed, all
complete as per drawings, specification and
direction of the Engineer in Charge but

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 233

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
excluding the cost of painting with :
9.6.1 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture
300 Sqm 1300.50 390150
resistant board
9.7 Providing and Fixing 15 mm thick densified
tegular edged eco friendly light weight
calcium silicate false ceiling tiles of approved
texture of size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal
level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of
hot dipped galvanised steel sections
(galvanising @ 120 grams per sqm including
both side) consisting of main „T‟ runner
suitably spaced at joints to get required length
and of size 24x38 mm made from 0.33 mm
thick (minimum) sheet, spaced 1200 mm
centre to centre, and cross “T” of size 24x28
mm made out of 0.33 mm (Minimum) sheet,
1200 mm long spaced between main ‟T‟ at 600
mm centre to centre to form a grid of 1200x600
mm and secondary cross „T‟ of length 600 mm
and size 24 x28 mm made of 0.33 mm thick
(Minimum) sheet to be inter locked at middle
of the 1200x 600 mm panel to from grid of size
600x600 mm, resting on periphery walls
/partitions on a Perimeter wall angle pre-
701 Sqm 1718.70 1204809
coated steel of size(24x24X3000 mm made of
0.40 mm thick (minimum) sheet with the help
of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre with
25 mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm
interval and laying 15 mm thick densified
edges calicum silicate ceiling tiles of approved
texture in the grid, including, cutting/ making
opening for services like diffusers, grills, light
fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc.,
wherever required. Main „T‟ runners to be
suspended from ceiling using G.I. slotted
cleats of size 25x35x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling
with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash
fasteners, 4 mm G.I. adjustable rods with
galvanised steel level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8
mm, spaced at 1200 mm centre to centre along
main „T‟, bottom exposed with 24 mm of all
Tsections shall be pre-painted with polyster
baked paint, for all heights, as per
specifications, drawings and as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 234

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Note :- Only calcium silicate false ceiling area
will be measured from wall to wall. No
deduction shall be made for exposed
frames/opening (cut outs) having area less
than 0.30 [Link] calcium silicate ceiling tile
shall have NRC value of 0.50 (Minimum), light
reflection > 85%, non- combustible as per B.S.
476 part IV, 100% humidity resistance and also
having thermal conductivity <0.043 w/mK.
10 FINISHING
10.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix :
10.1.1 1:6 (1 cement: 6 fine sand) 14543 Sqm 282.00 4101126
10.2 15 mm cement plaster on the rough side of
single or half brick wall of mix :
10.2.1 1:6 (1 cement: 6 fine sand) 10898 Sqm 324.30 3534221
10.3 12 mm cement plaster finished with a floating
coat of neat cement :
10.3.1 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand) 1058 Sqm 361.30 382255
10.4 6 mm cement plaster of mix :
10.4.1 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) 14640 Sqm 253.05 3704652
10.5 6 mm cement plaster (1:3) finished with a
226 Sqm 334.20 75529
floating coat of neat cement.
10.6 Neat cement punning. 100 Sqm 67.80 6780
10.7 Extra for plastering exterior walls of height
more than 10 m from ground level for every 5000 Sqm 72.80 364000
additional height of 3 m or part thereof.
10.8 Applying one coat of water thinnable cement
primer of approved brand and manufacture on
wall surface :
10.8.1 Water thinnable cement primer 28390 Sqm 64.45 1829736
10.9 Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of
required shade :
10.9.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28
ltr/10 sqm) over and including priming coat of 600 Sqm 245.00 147000
exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/10 sqm
10.10 Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth
exterior paint with Silicone additives of
required shade:
10.10.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43
ltr/10 sqm over and including priming coat of 11691 Sqm 162.35 1898034
exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm)
10.11 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of
approved brand and manufacture to give an
even shade :

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 235

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
10.11.1 Two or more coats on new work 1514 Sqm 131.45 199015
10.12 Providing and applying white cement based
putty of average thickness 1 mm, of approved
brand and manufacturer, over the plastered 28390 Sqm 123.85 3516102
wall surface to prepare the surface even and
smooth complete.
10.13 Wall painting with acrylic emulsion paint,
having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound )
content less than 50 grams/ litre, of approved
brand and manufacture, including applying
additional coats wherever required, to achieve
even shade and colour.
10.13.1 Two coats 28390 Sqm 116.05 3294660
11 ROAD WORK
11.1 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade
with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne
capacity after excavating earth to an average of
22.5 cm depth, dressing to camber and
2754 Sqm 180.50 497097
consolidating with road roller including
making good the undulations etc. and re-
rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus
earth with lead upto 50 metres.
11.2 Providing and laying design mix cement
concrete of M-30 grade, in roads/ taxi tracks/
runways, using cement content as per design
mix, using coarse sand and graded stone
aggregate of 20 to 40 mm nominal size in
appropriate proportions as per approved &
specified design criteria, providing dowel bars
with sleeve/ tie bars wherever required,
laying at site, spreading and compacting
mechanically by using needle and surface
vibrators, levelling to required slope/ camber,
finishing with required texture, including steel
form work with sturdy M.S. channel sections,
curing, making provision for contraction/
expansion, construction & longitudinal joints
(10 mm wide x 50 mm deep) by groove cutting
machine, providing and filling joints with
approved joint filler and sealants, complete all
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Note:-
Cement content considered in M-30 is @ 340
kg/cum. less cement used as per design mix is
recoverable separately. However no extra
payment for using higher cement containt.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 236

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
11.2.1 Cement concrete prepared with batch mixing
414 Cum 9492.90 3930061
machine / RMC plant
11.3 Providing and laying at or near ground level
factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement
concrete in position to the required line, level
and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making
joints with or without grooves (thickness of
joints except at sharp curve shall not to more 42 Cum 8613.55 361769
than 5mm), including making drainage
opening wherever required complete etc. as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of
finished kerb edging shall be measured for
payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be
approved by Engineer-in-charge).
11.4 Construction of granular sub-base by
providing close graded Material conforming to
specifications, mixing in a mechanical mix
plant at OMC, carriage of mixed material by
tippers to work site, for all leads & lifts,
spreading in uniform layers of specified
thickness with motor grader on prepared
surface and compacting with vibratory power
roller to achieve the desired density, complete
as per specifications and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
11.4.1 With material conforming to Grade-II (size
range 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) having CBR Value- 413 Cum 2775.65 1146343
25
11.5 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting
graded stone aggregate(size range 53 mm to
0.075 mm) to wet mix macadam
(WMM)specification including premixing the
material with water at OMC in for all leads &
lifts, laying in uniform layers with mechanical
413 Cum 2803.65 1157907
paver finisher in sub- base / base course on
well prepared surface and compacting with
vibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity to
achieve the desired density, complete as per
specifications and directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 237

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
11.5.1 Providing and laying matt finished vitrified
tile of size 300x300x9.8mm having with water
absorption less than 0.5% and conforming to
IS:15622 of approved make in all colours and
shades in for outdoor floors such as footpath,
court yard, multi modals location etc., laid on
75 Sqm 1250.75 93806
20mm thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) in all shapes & patterns
including grouting the joints with white
cement mixed with matching pigments etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
11.6 Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision
impaired persons as per standards) of size
300x300x9.8mm having with water absorption
less than 0.5% and conforming to IS:15622 of
approved make in all colours and shades in for
outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard,
13 Sqm 1719.00 22347
multi modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick
base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) in all shapes & patterns including
grouting the joints with white cement mixed
with matching pigments etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge..
11.7 Providing and laying factory made chamfered
edge Cement Concrete paver blocks in
footpath, parks, lawns, drive ways or light
traffic parking etc, of required strength,
thickness & size/ shape, made by table
vibratory method using PU mould, laid in
required colour & pattern over 50mm thick
compacted bed of sand, compacting and
proper embedding/laying of inter locking
paver blocks into the sand bedding layer
through vibratory compaction by using plate
vibrator, filling the joints with sand and
cutting of paver blocks as per required size
and pattern, finishing and sweeping extra
sand. complete all as per direction of Engineer-
in-Charge.
11.7.1 80 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-30 grade
with approved color design and pattern.
1442 Sqm 1011.20 1458150

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 238

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
12 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
12.1 Providing and fixing water closet squatting
pan (Indian type [Link] ) with 100 mm sand
cast Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white
P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe,
with manually controlled device (handle lever)
conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and
fixtures complete, including cutting and
making good the walls and floors wherever
required:
12.1.1 White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan
of size 580x440 mm with integral type foot 33 Each 5781.35 190785
rests
12.2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china
pedestal type water closet (European type)
with seat and lid, 10 litre low level white
vitreous china flushing cistern & C.P. flush
bend with fittings & C.I. brackets,40 mm flush
bend, overflow arrangement with specials of
standard make and mosquito proof coupling
of approved municipal design complete,
including painting of fittings and brackets,
cutting and making good the walls and floors
wherever required :
12.2.1 W.C. pan with ISI marked white solid plastic
27 Each 6941.30 187415
seat and lid
12.3 Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I.
brackets, 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps, 32 mm
C.P. brass waste of standard pattern, including
painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever require:
12.3.1 White Vitreous China Flat back wash basin
size 550x 400 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass 60 Each 2731.45 163887
pillar tap
12.4 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304
(18/8) kitchen sink as per IS:13983 with C.I.
brackets and stainless steel plug 40
mm,including painting of fittings and
brackets, cutting and making good the walls
wherever required :
12.4.1 Kitchen sink with drain board
[Link] 510x1040 mm bowl depth 200 mm 6 Each 6276.00 37656
12.4.2 Kitchen sink without drain board
[Link] 610x460 mm bowl depth 200 mm 54 Each 3337.85 180244

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 239

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
12.5 Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe for
sink or wash basin including P.V.C. waste
fittings complete.
12.5.1 Flexible pipe
[Link] 40 mm dia 69 Each 104.35 7200
12.6 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent
pipes :
12.6.1 100 mm dia
[Link] Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes
1257 Mtr 1061.25 1333991
epoxy coated inside & outside IS:15905
12.7 Providing and fixing bend of required degree
with access door, insertion rubber washer 3
mm thick, bolts and nuts complete.
12.7.1 100 mm dia
[Link] Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
41 Each 550.80 22583
coated inside & outside as per IS:15905
12.8 Providing and fixing plain bend of required
degree.
12.8.1 100 mm dia
[Link] Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes
156 Each 346.05 53984
epoxy coated inside & outside IS:15905
12.9 Providing and fixing single equal plain
junction of required degree with access door,
insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and
nuts complete.
12.9.1 100x100x100 mm
[Link] Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes
202 Each 627.05 126664
epoxy coated inside & outside IS:15905
12.10 Providing and fixing single equal plain
junction of required degree :
12.10.1 100x100x100 mm
12.10.1. Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
121 Each 573.50 69394
1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905
12.11 Providing and fixing shielded coupling for
Hubless centrifugally cast iron pipe
12.11.1 100 mm dia
12.11.1. SS 304 grade coupling with EPDM rubber
1701 Each 406.30 691116
1 gasket
12.12 Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing
design with screwed down or hinged grating
with or without vent arm complete, including
cost of cutting and making good the walls and
floors :
12.12.1 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 240
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
12.12.1. Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
169 Each 760.85 128584
1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905
12.13 Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast
(spun) iron soil, waste vent pipes and fittings
with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of
any colour such as chocolate grey, or buff etc.
over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for
ew work :
12.13.1 100 mm diameter pipe 733 Mtr 69.55 50980
12.14 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamp of
approved design to sand cast iron/ cast iron
(spun) pipes comprising of M.S. flat brackets
made of 50x5 mm flat of specified shape,
projecting 75 mm outside the wall surface and
fixed on wall with 4nos, 6mm dia expansion
hold fasteners, including drilling necessary
holes in brick wall/ CC/RCC surface and the
cost of bolts etc. The pipes shall be fixed to the
already fixed brackets with the help of 30 mm
x1.6 mm galvanised M.S. flats of specified
shape and of total length 420 mm and shall be
fixed with M.S. nuts, bolts, & washers of size
25x6 mm, one bolts on each side of the pipe.
12.14.1 Total bracket length 580 mm of approved
499 Each 247.95 123727
shape and design (for single 100 mm dia pipe)
13 WATER SUPPLY
13.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) pipes,having thermal
stability for hot & cold water supply, including
all CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, i/c
fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing.
This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with
one step CPVC solvent cement and the cost of
cutting chases and making good the same
including testing of joints complete as per
direction of Engineer in charge.
Concealed work, including cutting chases
and making good the walls etc.
13.1.1 15 mm nominal dia Pipes 233 Mtr 441.15 102788
13.1.2 20 mm nominal dia Pipes 369 Mtr 513.75 189574
13.2 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with
G.I. fittings and clamps,i/c cutting and making
good the walls [Link] work - Exposed on
wall
13.2.1 25 mm dia nominal bore 52 Mtr 491.20 25542
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 241
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
13.2.2 32 mm dia nominal bore 464 Mtr 563.60 261510
13.2.3 40 mm dia nominal bore 322 Mtr 725.15 233498
13.3 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with
G.I. fittings including trenching and refilling
etc.
External work.
13.3.1 50 mm dia nominal bore 500 Mtr 654.20 327100
13.4 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve
with C.I. wheel of approved quality (screwed
end) :
13.4.1 25 mm nominal bore 8 Each 532.35 4259
13.4.2 32 mm nominal bore 8 Each 589.90 4719
13.4.3 40 mm nominal bore 48 Each 707.30 33950
13.4.4 50 mm nominal bore 5 Each 878.25 4391
13.5 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC
connection pipe with brass unions :
13.5.1 45 cm length
[Link] 15 mm nominal bore 354 Each 85.20 30161
13.6 Constructing masonry Chamber 90x90x100 cm
inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) for sluice valve, with
C.I. surface box 100 mm top diameter, 160 mm
bottom diameter and 180 mm deep (inside)
with chained lid and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary
excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1
cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stone
aggregate 40 mm nominal size ) and inside
plastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) 12 mm thick, finished with a
floating coat of neat cement complete as per
standard design :
13.6.1 With Fly ash F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of
8 Each 17577.90 140623
class designation 7.5
13.7 Providing and placing on terrace (at all floor
levels) polyethylene water storage tank, IS :
12701 marked, with cover and suitable locking
arrangement and making necessary holes for
inlet, outlet and overflow pipes but without
42000 Ltr 9.70 407400
fittings and the base support for tank.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 242

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
14 DRAINAGE
14.1 Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully
trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick
masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover
with frame o f 300 x300 mm size (inside) the
weight of cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and
frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per
standard design:
14.1.1 100x100 mm size P type
[Link] With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
32 Each 2453.55 78514
bricks of class designation 7.5
14.2 Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class
(light duty) [Link] with collars jointed
with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the
proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand)
including testing of joints etc. complete :
14.2.1 150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 340 Mtr 493.10 167654
14.2.2 250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 240 Mtr 811.15 194676
14.3 Constructing brick masonry manhole in
cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand )
with R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement :
2coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1
cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone
aggregate 40mm nominal size), inside
plastering 12mm thick with cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with
floating coat of neat cement and making
channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2
coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm
nominal size) finished with a floating coat of
neat cement complete as per standard design :
14.3.1 Inside size 90x80 cm and 45 cm deep including
C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm
internal dimensions, total weight of cover and
frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of
cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) :
[Link] With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
25 each 11687.10 292178
bricks of class designation 7.5
14.3.2 Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep
including C.I. cover with frame (medium
duty) 500 mm internal diameter, total weight
of cover and frame to be not less than 116 kg
(weight of cover 58 kg and weight of frame 58
kg) :
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 243
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
[Link] With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
6 each 24405.90 146435
bricks of class designation 7.5
14.4 Extra for depth for manholes :
14.4.1 Size 90x80 cm
[Link] With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
5 metre 8127.45 40637
bricks of class designation 7.5
14.4.2 Size 120x90 cm
[Link] With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
2 metre 9744.25 19489
bricks of class designation 7.5
14.5 Providing M.S. foot rests including fixing in
manholes with 20x20x10 cm cement concrete
blocks 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
as per standard design :
14.5.1 With 20 mm diameter round bar 25 each 420.00 10500
14.6 Constructing brick masonry road gully
chamber 50x45x60 cm with bricks in cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including
500x450 mm pre-cast R.C.C. horizontal grating
with frame complete as per standard design :
14.6.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
35 Each 5589.45 195631
bricks of class designation 7.5
15 ALUMINIUM WORK
15.1 Providing and fixing aluminium work for
doors, windows, ventilators and partitions
with extruded built up standard tubular
sections/ appropriate Z sections and other
sections of approved make conforming to IS:
733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of
required dia and size, including necessary
filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top,
bottom and sides with required EPDM
rubber/neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium
sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight,
mitred and jointed mechanically wherever
required including cleat angle, Aluminium
snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass
/ stainless steel screws, all complete as per
architectural drawings and the directions of
Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing, paneling and
dash fasteners to be paid for separately
15.1.1 For fixed portion
[Link] Powder coated aluminium (minimum
279 Kg 466.30 130098
thickness of powder coating 50 micron)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 244

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
15.1.2 For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators
including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots
and making provision for fixing of fittings
wherever required including the cost of EPDM
rubber / neoprene gasket required (Fittings
shall be paid for separately)
[Link] Powder coated aluminium (minimum
293 Kg 564.80 165486
thickness of powder coating 50 micron)
15.2 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick
prelaminated particle board flat pressed three
layer or graded wood particle board
conforming to IS:12823 Grade l Type ll, in
panelling fixed in aluminum doors, windows
shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass /
stainless steel screws etc. complete as per
architectural drawings and directions of
engineer-in-charge.
15.2.1 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative
19 Sqm 951.05 18070
lamination on both sides
15.3 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium
door, window, ventilator shutters and
partitions etc. with EPDM rubber / neoprene
sket etc. complete as per the architectural
drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-
charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall
be paid in basic item
15.3.1 With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness
16 Sqm 1019.80 16317
(weight not less than 10kg/sqm)
15.4 Providing and fixing double action hydraulic
floor spring of approved brand and
manufacture conforming to IS : 6315, having
brand logo embossed on the body / plate with
double spring mechanism and door weight
upto 125 kg, for doors, including cost of
cutting floors, embedding in floors as required
and making good the same matching to the
existing floor finishing and cover plates with
brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer
box with slide plate etc. complete as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
15.4.1 With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25
4 Each 2448.85 9795
mm thickness
15.5 Providing and fixing Brass 100mm mortice
latch and lock with 6 levers without pair of 4 Each 449.55 1798
handles (best make of approved quality) for

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 245

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
aluminium doors including necessary cutting
and making good etc. complete.

15.6 Providing and fixing aluminium round shape

handle of outer dia 100 mm with SS screws etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
15.6.1 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron
8 Each 89.60 717
aluminium
15.7 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless
toughened glass door shutter of approved
brand and manufacture with making
necessary holes etc. for fixing required door
fittings including providing and fixing top &
bottom patch, pivot plate & double acting
hydraulic floor spring type fixing arrangement 6 Sqm 12681.31 76088
as per Godrej make floor spring combo with
lock 100 kg (Code - 4607) or equivalent, D-
Type Pull handle (Godrej - 2805) or equivalent
made of SS 304 grade, stopper etc. all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge .
15.8 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless
toughened reflective glass for fixed portion of
approved brand and manufacture, including
providing and fixing top, bottom & side glass
clip of Godrej - 2356 or equivalent make and 8 Sqm 5082.04 40656
making necessary holes, filling gaps with
sealant etc. for fixing of fittings etc. all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
16 WATER PROOFING

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 246

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
16.1 Providing and laying integral cement based
water proofing treatment including
preparation of surface as required for
treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc
consisting of following operations: a)
Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using
2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS. 2645
and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the
RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300
mm height including cleaning the surface
before treatment. b) Laying brick bats with
mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm
to 115 mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5
(1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645
and approved by Engineer-in-charge over 20
mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1
cement :5 coarse sand ) admixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645
and approved by Engineer-in-charge to
required slope and treating similarly the
adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including
rounding of junctions of walls and slabs c)
After two days of proper curing applying a
second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/
sqm of cement admixed jointless cement
mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)
admixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineer-in-charge including laying glass fibre
cloth of approved quality in top layer of
plaster and finally finishing the surface with
trowel with neat cement slurry and making
pattern of 300x300 mm square 3 mm deep. e)
The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded
with water for a minimum period of two
weeks for curing and for final test. All above
operations to be done in order and as directed
and specified by the Engineer-in- Charge :
16.1.1 With average thickness of 120 mm and
1600 Sqm 1522.95 2436720
minimum thickness at khurra as 65 mm.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 247

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
16.2 Providing and applying integral crystalline
slurry of hydrophilic in nature for
waterproofing treatment to the RCC structures
like retaining walls of the basement, water
tanks, roof slabs, podiums, reservoir, sewage
& water treatment plant, tunnels / subway
and bridge deck etc., prepared by mixing in
the ratio of 5 : 2 (5 parts integral crystalline
slurry : 2 parts water) for vertical surfaces and
3 : 1 (3 parts integral crystalline slurry : 1 part
water) for horizontal surfaces and applying
the same from negative (internal) side with the
help of synthetic fiber brush. The material
shall meet the requirements as specified in
ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e by reducing permeability
of concrete by more than 90% compared with
control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant
to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on negative side.
The crystalline slurry shall be capable of self-
healing of cracks up to a width of [Link]
work shall be carried out all complete as per
specification and the direction of the engineer-
in-charge. The product performance shall
carry guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
16.2.1 For vertical surface two coats @ 0.70 kg per
250 Sqm 406.25 101563
sqm
16.2.2 For horizontal surface one coat @1.10 kg per
125 Sqm 311.50 38938
sqm.
17 RAIN WATER HARVESTING &
TUBEWELLS
17.1 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in
vertical position in bore well unplasticized
PVC medium well screen (RMS) pipes with
ribs, conforming to IS: 12818, including hire &
labour charges, fittings & accessories etc. all
complete, for all depths, as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
17.1.1 100 mm nominal size dia 30 Mtr 579.95 17399
17.2 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling stone
boulders of size range 5 cm to 20 cm, in
recharge pit, in the required thickness, for all 5 Cum 1302.30 6512
leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 248

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
17.3 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling
gravels of size range 5 mm to 10 mm, in the
recharge pit, over the existing layer of
5 Cum 1309.00 6545
boulders, in required thickness, for all leads &
lifts, all complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
17.4 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling coarse
sand of size range 1.5 mm to 2 mm in recharge
pit, in required thickness over gravel layer,for 5 Cum 1309.00 6545
all leads & lifts, all complete as per direction of
Engineer –in-charge.
18 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ALUMINIUM
COMPOSITE PANEL
18.1 Providing and supplying aluminium extruded
tubular and other aluminium sections as per
the architectural drawings and approved shop
drawings , the aluminium quality as per grade
6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super
durable powder coating of 60-80 microns
conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour
5000 Kg 370.45 1852250
and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. ( The item includes cost of material
such as cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary
for fabrication of extruded aluminium frame
work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account).The weight of aluminium extruded
section shall be taken for purpose of payment.
18.2 Designing, fabricating, testing, protection,
installing and fixing in position semi (grid)
unitized system of structural glazing (with open
joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of
the building for all heights and all levels,
including:(a) Structural analysis & design and
preparation of shop drawings for the specified
design loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the
system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times
design wind pressure without any failure),
including functional design of the aluminum
sections for fixing glazing panels of various
thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice
plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts,
clamps etc., structural and weather silicone
sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke
seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water
tightness, pressure equalization & drainage and
protection against fire hazard including:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 249

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
(b) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S.
hot dip galvanised /Aluminium alloy of 6005
T5 brackets of required sizes, sections and
profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimensional
movement for achieving perfect verticality and
fixing structural glazing system rigidly to the
RCC/ masonry/structural steel framework of
building structure using stainless steel anchor
fasteners/bolts, nylon separator to prevent
bimetallic contacts with nuts and washers etc.
of stainless steel grade 316, of the required
capacity and in required numbers.
(c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled,
structural silicone sealant and one part
weather silicone sealant compatible with the
structural silicone sealant of required bite size
in a clean and controlled factory / work shop
environment, including double sided spacer
tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of
approved grade, brand and manufacture, as
per the approved sealant design, within and
all around the perimeter for holding glass.
(d) Providing and fixing in position flashings
of solid aluminium sheet 1 mm thick and of
sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as per
the site conditions, to seal the gap between the
building structure and all its interfaces with
curtain glazing to make it watertight.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 250

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
(e) Making provision for drainage of
moisture/ water that enters the curtain glazing
system to make it watertight, by incorporating
principles of pressure equalization, providing
suitable gutter profiles at bottom (if required),
making necessary holes of required sizes and
of required numbers etc. complete. This item
includes cost of all inputs of designing, labour
for fabricating and installation of aluminium
grid, installation of glazed units, T&P,
scaffolding and other incidental charges
including wastages etc., enabling temporary
structures and services, cranes or cradles etc.
as described above and as specified. The item
includes the cost of getting all the structural
and functional design including shop
drawings checked by a structural designer,
dully approved by Engineer-in-charge. The
item also includes the cost of all mock ups at
site, cost of all samples of the individual
components for testing in an approved
laboratory, field tests on the assembled
working structural glazing as specified,
cleaning and protection till the handing over
of the building for occupation. In the end, the
Contractor shall provide a water tight
structural glazing having all the performance
characteristics etc. all complete as required, as
per the Architectural drawings, as per item
description, as specified, as per the approved
shop drawings and as directed by the
Engineer- in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded
aluminium frames,shadow boxes, extruded
aluminium section capping for fixing in the
grooves of the curtain glazing and vermin
proof stainless steel wire mesh shall be paid
for separately under relevant items under this
sub- head. However, for the purpose of
payment, only the actual area of structural
glazing (including width of grooves) on the
external face shall be measured in sqm. up to
two decimal places.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 251

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Note:-2. The following performance test are to
be conducted on structural glazing system if
area of structural glazing exceeds 2500 Sqm
from the certified laboratories accreditated by
NABL(National Accreditation Board for
Testing and Calibration Laboratories),
Department of Science & Technologies, India.
Cost of testing is payable separately.
The NIT approving authority will decide the
necessity of testing on the basis of cost of the
work, cost of the test and importance of the
work. Performance Testing of Structural glazing
system Tests to be conducted in the NABL
accredited lab or any other accreditation body
which operates in accordance with ISO/IEC
17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 1.
Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage
Test (-50pa to - 300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as
per ASTM E-283-04 testing method for a range of
testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr 2. Static Water
Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500pa) as per
450 Sqm 3111.35 1400108
ASTME- 331-09 testing method for a range up to
2000 ml. 3. Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to
1500pa) as per AAMA 501.01- 05 testing method
for a range upto 2000 ml 4. Structural
Performance Deflection and deformation by
static air pressure test (1.5 times design wind
pressure without any failure) as per ASTME-330-
10 testing method for a range upto 50 mm 5.
Seismic Movement Test (upto 30 mm) as per
AAMA 501.4-09 testing method for Qualitative
test, Tests to be conducted on site. 6. Onsite Test
for Water Leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa to
240 kpa (35psi) upto 2000 ml
18.3 Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass
panels (IGUs) including providing and
supplying at site all accessories and hardwares
for the openable panels as specified and of the
approved make such as heavy duty stainless
steel friction hinges, min 4 -point cremone
15 Sqm 3309.05 49636
locking sets with stainless steel plates, handles,
buffers etc. including necessary stainless steel
screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts, washers etc. all
complete as per the Architectural drawings, as
per the approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 252

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
18.4 Providing, fabricating and supplying shadow
box of required size and shape, for fixing in
the spandrel portion of the structural glazing,
in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building by providing semi -rigid, inorganic,
non-combustible fibre glass wool insulation 50
mm thick, conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958
Part 5. The insulation layer shall have facing
(factory bonded on surface # 10f the fibre glass
15 Sqm 1954.30 29315
insulation layer), of black non-woven fibre
glass tissue of nominal thickness 0.5 mm and
nominal mass not less than 60 gm / sqm,
made of randomly oriented glass fibres
distributed in a binder by a wet-lay process
including fixing 1.5 mm thick solid aluminum
sheet backing using, 6 mm thick cement board
including SS rivets, nuts, bolts, washers etc
complete.
18.5 Providing and supplying Spandrel Glass
Panels comprising of 6 mm thick heat
strengthened monolithic float glass of
approved colour and shade with reflective soft
coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and
shade so as to match the colour and shade of
the IGUs in the vision panels etc. ,all complete
for the required performances as specified, as
per the Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified, and as
directed by the Engineer- in- Charge.“For
payment, only the actual area of glass on face
# 1 of the glass panels (but excluding the area
of grooves and weather silicone sealant)
provided and fixed in position, shall be
measured in sqm. (Payment for fixing of
Spandrel Glass Panels in the curtain glazing is
included in cost of relevant Item*).
(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick
substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2,
having properties as visible Light transmittance
(VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10
to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20 %,
450 Sqm 2213.50 996075
shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0
to 3.3 W/m2 K etc. The properties of
performance glass shall be decided by technical
sanctioning authority as per the site
requirement.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 253

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
19 NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND MATERIALS
19.1 Providing and fixing factory made solid Foam
uPVC profile for kitchen cabinet frame (45 x 20
mm) of approved shade, quality and make.
The profile shall be laminated on both sides,
made from rigid foam sheets (Single extruded)
having density 600 Kg/cum and the exposed
edges sealed with PVC edge beading of same 300 metre 399.90 119970
shade and colour. The frame shall be fire
retardant with necessary screw holding
capacity. Frame shall be fixed to wall using
Expendable Fastener with necessary stainless
steel screws, all complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
19.2 Providing and fixing false ceiling at all heights
with integral densified calcium silicate reinforced
with fibre and natural filler false ceiling tiles of
Size 595x595 mm of approved texture, design and
patterns having NRC (Noise Reduction coefficient)
of 0.50 (minimum) as per IS 8225:1987, Light
reflectance of 85% (minimum). Non combustible as
per BS:476 (part-4), fire performance as per BS:476
(part 6 &7),humidity resistance of 100%, thermal
conductivity < 0.043 W/m Kas per ASTM 518:1991,
in true horizontal level suspended on interlocking
metal powder coated T-Grid of hot dipped
galvanised iron section of 0.40 mm thick on
Silhouette profile, rotary stitched double webbed
white with 6mm reveal profile
(white/black),comprising of main-T runners of
size 15x42mm of length 3000 mm, cross - T of size
15x42 mm of length 1200 mm and secondary
intermediate cross-T of size 15x42 mm of length
600mm to form grid module of size 600 x 600 mm,
suspended from ceiling using galvanised mild steel
items (galvanizing @ 80 grams per sqm) i.e. 50 mm
long, 8 mm outer diameter M-6 dash fasteners, 6
mm dia fully threaded hanger rod upto 1000 mm
length and L-shape level adjuster of size 85x25x2
mm. Galvanised iron perimeter wall angle of size
22x19x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on
periphery wall / partition with the help of plastic
rawl plugs at 450 mm center to center and 40mm
long dry wall S.S screws. The work shall be carried
out as per specifications, drawing and as per
directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.2.1 With 15 mm thick integral densified micro edge
light weight calcium silicate false ceiling tiles 1800 Sqm 2055.65 3700170

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 254

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
19.3 Providing and fixing factory made single
extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite)
solid board one side white color and other side
of board laminted with PVC foil of minimum
14 micron thickness of approved design pasted
with hot melt adhesive for cup boards, work
stations and bathroom/kitchen cabinet etc. of
required sizes comprising of virgin polymer
of K value 58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium
carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/
rice husk/wheat husk) and non toxic additives
(maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms)
having minimum density of 650 kg/cum and
screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) &
900 N (Edge), minimum compressive strength
50 N/ mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2
and resistance to spread of flame of Class A
category with property of being termite/ borer
proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant
and fixing with stainless steel piano
hinges/soft close clip on concealed hinges of
required size with necessary full body
threaded star headed counter sunk S.S screws,
all as per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.
(Note: stainless steel piano hinges/soft close
clip on concealed hinges and necessary S.S
screws shall be paid separately)
19.3.1 18 mm thick 72 Sqm 2714.15 195419
19.4 Providing and fixing factory made single
extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid
plain white color board for backing of cup
boards and bathroom/kitchen cabinets etc. of
required size comprising of virgin polymer of K
value 58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium
carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/
rice husk/wheat husk) and non toxic additives
(maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms)
having minimum density of 650 kg/cum and
screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) &
900 N (Edge), minimum compressive strength
50 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2
and resistance to spread of flame of Class A
category with property of being termite/borer
proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant
and fixing with stainless steel screws etc. all as
per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 255

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
19.4.1 6 mm thick 40 Sqm 982.00 39280
19.4.2 12 mm thick 70 Sqm 1543.95 108077
20 NS ITEMS
20.1 Providing and fixing stainless steel sliding
door bolt made by stainless steel (Grade:304 )
of approved make with nuts and screw etc.
complete. The work shall be carried out as per
manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.1.1 250 x 16 mm 462 Each 911.67 421192
20.2 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade:304
) tower bolt of approved make with nuts and
screw etc. complete. The work shall be carried
out as per manufacturer specification and as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.2.1 250 x 10 mm 534 Each 322.28 172098
[Link] 150 x 10 mm 90 Each 216.66 19499
20.3 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade:304
) pull bolt lock of approved make with 80 Each 201.13 16090
necessary bolt nuts & washers etc complete.
20.4 Providing and fixing hollow stainless steel
(Grade-304) U/D-Type door pull handle of 22
mm dia of approved make with nuts and
screw etc. complete. The work shall be carried
out as per manufacturer specification and as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.4.1 200 mm 914 Each 981.70 897274
20.5 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade-
304) twin leg hanging floor door stopper of
approved make with nuts and screw etc.
complete. The work shall be carried out as per
manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.5.1 Twin leg door stopper. 462 Each 393.27 181691
20.6 Providing and fixing door mounted PVC door
buffer of 50 mm dia, 50-70 mm long of
approved make with nuts and screw etc.
381 Each 44.42 16924
complete. The work shall be carried out as per
manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.7 Providing and fixing decorative type roller
blinds with decorative cassette, in classic roller
series (screen 5%) or equivalent in approved 150 Sqm 3187.64 478146
reputed brands like vista /mack/marvel etc.
or equivalent as approved by Engineer-in-
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 256
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
charge, all complete including all fittings,
fixtures, Labour etc, all complete.
20.8 Providing, fixing and making frame / side
frame 100 mm wide to hold hinges with
shutter by 19 mm thick blockboard confirming
to IS: 1659 for cupboard with necessary six
numbers heavy duty 19 mm thick brass L-
hinge of size 75 mm (Rajbadri/Talladium), 2
nos magnetic catcher having M-10 strength
and one number Godrej or equivalent
wardrobe lock, 2 nos stainless steel (grade
202) D-type handle (AKS or equivalent) &
stainless steel (Grade: 202) heavy duty tower
209 Sqm 3652.40 763352
bolt (AKS or equivalent) of size 200 mm fixed
at top etc complete. Frame of block board
shall be fixed on wall with 60 x 10 mm
stainless steel screw @ 30 cm or as per design
and requirement. The edges/sides of
blockboard shall be laminated/painted with
matching colour. The work shall be carried out
as per manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge. (For payment
entire front side surface of block board shall be
measured).
20.9 Providing and fixing of kitchen shutter
hardware materials like four numbers heavy
duty brass L-hinge of size 75 mm
(Rajbadri/Talladium), 1 no. magnetic catcher
having M-10 strength and 2 nos stainless steel
(grade 202 ) D-type handle (AKS or
equivalent) etc complete. Frame of WPC
72 Sqm 1105.32 79583
board shall be fixed on wall with 60 x 10 mm
stainless steel screw @ 30 cm or as per design
and requirement. The work shall be carried
out as per manufacturer specification and as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (For
payment entire front side surface of block
board shall be measured )

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 257

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.10 Providing and fixing of 18 mm thick cement
bonded particle board in shelves of cup-board
and kitchen cabinet. The shelves will be
supported on 75 mm wide strip of same
material fixed on wall with 40 x 10 mm S.S.
screws including applying of wall putty and
770 Sqm 1172.03 902463
white paint on exposed edge of shelves. The
work will be carried out as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge. (For payment purpose
entire cement board shall be measured and
painting & wall putty shall be measured
seperately in basic item of painting) .
20.11 Providing and fixing 42mm thick premolded
composite nosing in treads of steps comprising
of 18 mm thick granite stone slab, 25x6mm
brass strips in between and 25x18mm granite
stone of the same material as in steps
561 Mtr 728.98 408958
including pasting by epoxy resin like araldite
etc in computerized design for full width of
moulding including mirror polishing
complete in all respect as per architectural
drawing and direction of Engineer in charge.
20.12 Providing and laying heavy duty full body
vitrified paving tile of size 300x300x9.5mm of
approved make in all colours and shades in
out door floors such as footpath, parking,
portico, court yard etc., laid on 20mm thick
500 Sqm 1858.98 929490
base of cement mortar 1:4 (1cement : 4 coarse
sand) in all shapes & patterns including
grouting the joints with white cement mixed
with matching pigments etc. complete as
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
20.13 Providing and fixing water closet squatting
pan (Indian type W.C. pan ) with 100 mm
centrifugally cast iron (Spun) P or S trap
including flush pipe with all fittings and
fixtures complete, including cutting and
making good the walls and floors wherever
required and Metropole flush valve with
regular 32 mm size (concealed body) with
exposed shut off provisions of approved
quality.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 258

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.13.1 White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan
of size 580x440 mm with integral type foot rest
of Jaquar/Cera (Covy Cera-S3010104 ) and 14 Each 7724.87 108148
Metropole flush valve (concealed body) 32
mm size round plate (Cat no. FLV 1095NG).
20.14 Providing and fixing White or approved
colour Vitreous china wall mounting
European type water closet of
Kohler/Jaquar/Cera or equivalent make
(Kohler - Cat No. 17647IN-S-0/Cera-S1043118
/Jaquar - OPS-WHT-15951UF) with matching
colour soft fall solid seat , lid, alongwith
frameless concealed cistern 3/6L of
Kohler/Jaquar/Cera or equivalent make
(Kohler - Cat No. K-315381IN-CP/ Cera-
76 Each 24804.75 1885161
S1043118/ Jaquar: JCS-WHT-2400) and soft
press faceplate of Kohler/Jaquar/Cera or
equivalent make (Kohler Cat No. K-4177IN-M-
C / Cera-B1120104/ Jaquar: JCP-CHR-152415)
with all fittings and fixtures complete (16 mm
steel rack bolt of Jaquar/Cera) including
cutting and making good the walls and floors
wherever required. The work shall be carried
out as per manufacturer specification and as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.15 Providing and fixing white or approved colour
vitreous china flat back large urinal of 365x 315 x
620 mm of approved design of Jaquar/Cera or
equivalent make (Cera- Calcia:S4020107/Jaquar -
URS-WHT-13253O) with Self closing angle cock
pressmatic push valve with wall flange and
minimum 200 mm connecting pipe (Cera:
F9020203; Jaquar: PRS-CHR-077) , 32 mm dia
full threaded Waste coupling (Jaquar - ALD-705,
Cera -F8050101) , spreader (Cera- F8070201) ,
36 Each 12914.18 464910
unions and clamps all in C.P brass as required
including C.P. brass bottle trap of 32 mm dia
with 190 mm long wall connection pipes of
Jaquar/Cera/Kohler (Cera- F8060401; Jaquar-
ALD-CHR-769L ; Kohler-16407IN-CP) or
equivalent make including cutting and making
good the walls and floors wherever required.
The work shall be carried out as per
manufacturer specification and as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 259

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.16 Providing and fixing frosted glass panes 10
mm thick of make jaquar (JSE-CHR-
110UC450X) or equivalent approved make
fixed in urinal partitions with suitable S.S.
fixing arrangement complete including cutting 27 Each 5057.52 136553
and making good the walls and floors where
required. (The gap between fixture and wall to
be filled up with approved type poly sulphide
sealant)
20.17 Providing and fixing white or approved
colour Vitreous china self -rimming
rectangular shape counter wash basin of
minimum size 550x415x170 mm (Cera-
S2030114; Jaquar- ARS-WHT-39601 ; Kohler-
K2241IN-1-0) with 32 mm dia full threaded
Waste coupling (Jaquar - ALD-705, Cera -
F8050101) , C.P. brass bottle trap of 32 mm
67 Each 7591.26 508614
dia with 190 mm long wall connection pipes of
Jaquar/Cera/Kohler (Cera- F8060401; Jaquar-
ALD-CHR-769L ; Kohler-16407IN-CP) or
equivalent make including cutting and making
good the walls wherever required. The work
shall be carried out as per manufacturer
specification and as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
20.18 Providing and fixing C.P. brass quarter turn
pillar cock for wash basin of approved quality
of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent make (FUS-
29001/K-75377IN-4-CP) with 1 number 450
mm Long braided hose with M10X1 Nipple,
67 Each 1780.81 119314
15mm Nut, O-Ring & Rubber Washer (Suitable
for Basin Mixers) of approved quality of
Jaquar or equivalent make (ALD-803AB) etc
complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
20.19 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mounted
sink cock with regular swinging spout , wall
flange of approved quality of Jaquar/Kohler
34 Each 1483.08 50425
or equivalent make (ARI-39347S/K-99482IN-
4-CP) etc complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 260

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.20 Providing and fixing C.P brass two way bib
cock with wall flange of approved quality of
Jaquar/Kohler or equivalant make (FUS-
29041/K-16094IN-4-CP) and hand shower
health faucet -1 meter long easy flexible tube in
103 Each 3073.32 316552
chrome finish and C.P wall hook of approved
quality of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent make
(ALD-579/K-98100IN-0) for European type
W.C pan as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
20.21 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mixer 3-
in-1 system with 115 mm long bend pipe on
upper side alongwith with provision of
overhead shower complete of approved 54 Each 4691.93 253364
quality of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent (Cat
no.: FUS- 29273 UPR/K-98755IN-4-CP) t as
approved by Engineer in charge.
20.22 Providing and fixing concealed body single lever
high flow diverter with button assembly of
approved quality of Jaquar/Kohler or
equivalent (ALD-079N / K-882IN-CP) with
exposed parts consisting operating lever ,
cartridge sleeve , wall flange with seal , button
assembly sleeve & button of approved quality of
16 Each 7299.71 116795
Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent ( FUS-
29079NK/K-P16316IN-4FP-CP) and one number
spout of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent ((SPJ-
15463PM)/K-99060IN-CP) and one number
hand shower of Jaquar or equivalent (ALD-587)
etc complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
20.23 Providing and fixing minimum 75 mm dia
round shape single flow C.P. brass overhead
shower (ABS Chrome plated) with Rubit
cleaning system of approved quality of
Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent ( OHS-1989/K-
23152IN-CP ) including 20 mm dia minimum 450 70 Each 2400.77 168054
mm long round shape C.P. brass wall mounted
shower arm of approved quality of
Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent (SHA-479L300S/K-
16346IN-CP) etc complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
20.24 Providing and fixing 550 mm long glass self
with wall flange on wall of approved quality of
Jaquar/Cera or equivalent make (AQN- 126 Each 2444.61 308021
7771/F5001114) etc complete as per direction of
the Engineer-in-charge.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 261
SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.25 Providing and fixing towel ring with wall
flange (Square/circular) on wall of approved
quality of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent make 126 Each 808.82 101911
(ACN-1121BN/K-5631IN-CP) etc complete as
per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
20.26 Providing and fixing wall mounted 600 mm
long single towel rail with wall flange of
approved quality of Jaquar/Kohler/Cera or
126 Each 1496.32 188536
equivalent make (AQN-7711/K-25065IN-
CP/F5004103) etc complete as per direction of
the Engineer-in-charge.
20.27 Providing and fixing wall mounted liquid
soap dispenser with wall flange of approved
quality of Jaquar/Kohler/Cera or equivalent
99 Each 1164.42 115278
make (ACN-1135N/K-10712D-CP/F5007111)
etc complete as per direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
20.28 Providing and fixing wall mounted toilet
paper holder with wall flange of approved
quality of Jaquar/Kohler/Cera or equivalent
99 Each 633.39 62706
make (ACN-1151N/K-5632IN-CP/F5002109)
etc complete as per direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
20.29 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mounted
bib cock with wall flange of approved quality
of Jaquar/Kohler or equivalent make (FUS- 74 Each 1472.62 108974
29037/K-16093IN-4-CP) etc complete as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
20.30 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mounted
angular stop cock with wall flange of
approved quality of Jaquar/Kohler or
426 Each 1188.13 506143
equivalent make (FUS-29053/K-80154IN-4-CP)
etc complete as per direction of the Engineer-
in-charge.
20.31 Providing and fixing CP brass/stainless steel
(Grade:304) 100 mm nominal dia circular type
grating with or with- out hole of Prayag or
equivalent make (Cat no FT-03M/FT-04M) . 100 Each 112.03 11203
The work shall be carried out as per
manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 262

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.32 Providing support for hanging CI Trap or
Bend by 6 mm dia. G.I. level adjusting
hangers in pair (upto 1200mm length), fixed to
roof slabs into GI expandable dash fastener of
450 Each 112.58 50661
12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long and MS L angle
40x40x5mm size 300 mm long in bottom ,
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
20.33 Providing and fixing 6mm thick mirror of
superior glass (of approved quality ) and of
required shape and size with PVC/2nd class
teak wood coloured and polished moulded
frame ( size 50 mm x 20 mm ) of approved 50 Sqm 2860.98 143049
make and shade with 6 mm thick solid
PVC/WPC board backing. The work shall be
carried out as per manufacturer specification
and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.34 Providing and fixing stainless steel L-Shape
grab bar (Jaquar-SAP-BAD090CS) wherever
required on wall for disabled-friendly
9 Each 10659.63 95937
toilet/bathroom. The work shall be carried out
as per manufacturer specification and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.35 Providing and fixing stainless steel 692 mm
long grab bar (Jaquar-SAP-BR0600CS)
wherever required on wall for disabled-
18 Each 6127.08 110287
friendly toilet/bathroom. The work shall be
carried out as per manufacturer specification
and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.36 Providing and fixing stainless steel vertical
swing grab bar (Jaquar-WAC-SAP-BG0800CS)
wherever required on wall for disabled-
9 Each 14786.83 133081
friendly toilet/bathroom. The work shall be
carried out as per manufacturer specification
and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
20.37 Providing and fixing reflective/solar control
glass panes of approved brand and make as
per manufacturer specification in uPVC
window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc.
complete as per the architectural drawings and
the directions of engineer-in-charge.
20.37.1 With reflective/solar control glass panes of
1650 Sqm 981.10 1618815
5.00 mm thickness.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 263

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Providing and fixing 12 mm thick toughened
clear float glass panes in any geometrical
shape as per pattern approved in railing /
partition frames work including providing
necessary holes of required diameter, edge
polishing , fixing clits, filling gap with
20.38 approved sealants etc. as specified as per the 100 Sqm 3255.31 325531
drawing and design approved complete, as
per the directions of Engineer - in- charge. For
payment purpose, minimum possible
rectangular shape out of which required
pattern is possible to be taken out shall be
considered.
20.39 Hydrological, geological and Geo physical
investigation for suitable site selection of bore
well including collecting all datas with the
1 Job 9365.55 9366
help of scientific methods and submitting
necessary report as per the direction of
Engineer-in-charge
20.40 Drilling 200 x 150 mm dia. Deep bore well in
all kind of strata including lowering M.S tube
(Electrically Resistant welded) medium class
casing pipe of approved company with wall
thickness 2.5 mm of internal diameter 175 mm
including Lab testing of water, submission of
bore well data and cost of development of tube
well by flushing the well for 3 (three) hours or
more for necessary test to get yeild of
discharge of the tube well water etc. complete
as per specification and to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-In-charge. Note :The Agency
will ensure sufficient availability of water
before installation of bore well In case of
sufficient water is not available in bore well
the payment will be restricted to 25%
against item No (20.40.1) and 100% for item
No (20.41) only against expenditure incurred
in lieu of POL labour charge and material
20.40.1 0.00 metre to 300 metre. 300 Mtr 889.85 266955
20.41 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in
vertical position in bore well, unplasticized PVC
medium well casing (CM) pipe of required dia,
conforming to IS: 12818, including required hire
and labour charges, fittings & accessories etc. all
complete, for all depths, as per direction of
Engineer -in-charge.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 264

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.41.1 175 mm nominal size dia.. 30 Mtr 877.15 26315
20.42 Drilling of 100 mm diameter bore in hard rock
strata by using DTH method/direct/reverse
circulation rotary rig method completed in all
respects with all labour, materials, tools and
30 Mtr 641.80 19254
takels, equipment, rig etc. as per specification
and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Note : Measurenment shall be made after
casing.
20.43 Providing and injecting chemical emulsion for
pre construction Anti-termite Treatment and
creating a chemical barrier under and around
the column pits, wall trenches, basement, top
surface of plinth, filling junction of walls and
floor, along the external perimeter of building,
expansion joints, surrounding of pipes etc.
complete plinth area of the building at ground
floor and apron area only. It shall be treated
with chloropyrisphos 20 % EC/imidacloprid
1500 Sqm 189.99 284985
30.5% SC. The rate of application of chemical
emulsion (diluted solution) shall be as
follows1. Treatment for Foundation @ 5 Ltr.
per sqm.2. Back filling in immediate contact
with foundation 7.5 litre per mtr.3. Treatment
for Top Surface of plinth filling 5 litre per
sqm.4. Treatment of soil under Apron along
external perimeter 5 litre per [Link] : The
agency shall provide Guarantee bond as per
enclosed proforma.
20.44 Providing and fixing in position SN-8, UPVC
structured wall /foam core pipe as per IS:
16098 for underground drainage system (UDS)
including jointing with chemical of reputed
make (Supreme, Prince or equivalent). The
work shall be carried out as per manufacturer
specification and as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
20.44.1 160 mm dia pipe of 4.3 mm minimum
210 Mtr 991.73 208263
composite wall thickness.
20.44.2 210 mm dia pipe of 5.5 mm minimum
200 Mtr 1491.68 298336
composite wall thickness.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 265

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
Supplying and installation of Modular toilet
cubicles made of 12 mm thick HPL boards in
sued finish of standard and approved make of
width and length as per site requirement
having 2.0 m overall height including 150 mm
ground clearance with doors of size 710 mm x
1780 mm including all accessories made of
stainless steel 304 grade such as lock set with
indicator, door knob, coat hook, gravity
hinges, top rail, wall plugs/ screws and
adjustable legs of SS grade 316 . Cubicles made
of 12 mm thick HPL boards shall have solid
20.45
grade compact high pressure laminate as per
IS :2046 and EN438-manufactured under high
specific pressure > 5 MOa and temperature >
120' C with bunch of kraft papers impregnated
with thermosetting phenolic resin and
decorative paper made of Alpha cellulose fiber
impregnated with thermosetting melamine
resin which provide superior scratch, abrasion
heat, chemical impact, graffiti & moisture
resistance along with anti bacterial properties.
Panels have a black core that when machined,
presents a distinctive black edge.
Pilasters :- All pilasters shall be made of 12
mm thick HPL compact panel with chamfered
edge and completed with stainless steel made
tumb turn lock set. Aluminium made door
stopper profiles with rubber lining for
dampening the noise while door closing shall
be provided at the vertical ends of the
pilasters. Pilasters shall be anchored to the
floor using stainless steel made adjustable legs.
The bottom gap should be 150 mm. Dividers
:- All intermediate partitions or dividers shall
be made of 12 mm thick HPL compact
laminate panels. They are affixed with
stainless steel made U channel at their ends for
ultimate stability of the system. Size of panels
shall be as per drawing.
20.45.1 For Fixed portion (Measurement will be taken
from floor to top rail i.e. overall height on 150 Sqm 7626.25 1143937
partion/side part only)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 266

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.45.2 For shutter of doors adjustable leg of SS grade
316 and stainless steel 304 grade of lock set
with indicator, door knob, coat hook, gravity
hinges, wall plugs/screws, top rail and all 100 Sqm 8763.49 876349
other accessories. (Measurement will be taken
from floor to top rail i.e. overall height on
front portion only)
20.46 Providing & Fixing Aluminium box louvers
Batten system of size 100mm x 50 mm x 1.2
mm thickness. The box louvers shall be made
as per final shop drawing to achieve desired
shape, size and design ,which is to be
provided by agency. The box louvers shall be
fixed on "U" type aluminium brackets of
suitable thickness not less than 1.5 mm fixed
with Stainless Steel nut [Link] "U" type
aluminium brackets shall be fixed on back
support Mild Steel frame /Aluminium frame
(Mild Steel / non PVDF coated Aluminium
5000 mtr. 750.16 3750818
frame shall be paid separately ) as and when
required as per approved design. Box louver
and bracket shall be finished with exterior
grade PVDF (minimum thickness of PVDF
coating 60 micron as per approved colour and
shade and as directed by engineer-in-charge)
from approved vendor / certified plant using
electrostatic charge automatic carona
technology spray gun and cured in
combination of infrared and hot air oven etc.
complete. Aluminium section shall be of
Hindalco, Jindal, Nalco.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 267

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.47 Design supply & installation of Spider
Glazing system over M. S. frame designed to
with stand the wind pressure as per IS 875
(Part-III). The System held with Spider
Fittings of SS-316 Grade Steel of approved
manufacturer with glass panel having 12 mm
thick clear toughened glass held together with
SS- 316 Grade Stainless steel Spider & bolt
assembly. The Glass panel assembly shall be
fixed over existing mild steel structure by
means of SS- 316 Grade stainless steel fittings
as per approved design and drawing
submitted by the agency. The joint of glass
panel shall be finished with non staining
weather sealants of approved make, Teflon/
nylon bushes and separators to prevent bi-
metallic contacts, all complete to perform as
per specification and approved drawings. The
90 Sqm 8036.56 723290
complete system to be designed to
accommodate thermal expansion & seismic
movements etc. The joints between glass
panels (6 to 8 mm) and gaps at the perimeter &
in U channel of the assembly to be filled with
non staining weather sealant, so as to make the
entire system fully water proof & dust proof.
The rate shall include all design, Engineering
and shop drawing including approval from
structural designer, labour, T&P, scaffolding,
other incidental charges including wastage,
enabling temporary services all fitting fixers
nut bolts, washer, Buffer plates, fastener,
anchors, SS channel laminated glass etc. all
complete. For the purpose of payment, actual
surface area of Glazing including thickness of
joints and the portion of Glass panel inside the
SS channel shall be measured.
20.48 Supply and laying of stone screening 11.2 mm
nominal size in the pit of STP as per direction
60 cum 1712.57 102754
of Engineer-in-charge and manufacturers
specification.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 268

SI. No. Description of items Qty Unit Rate Amount
20.49 Supply, Installation, testing & Commissioning
of under ground package sewage treatment
plant (STP) of capacity 50 KLD MBBR type
consisting bar screen of size 500 mm x 500 mm
having 10 mm opening size , 10 KL FRP raw
sewage collection tank. Tertiary treatment
plant having capacity 4.0 Cum/hour shall be
installed along with all accessories and E/M
equipments with 20 KL FRP treated water 1 job 5689579.89 5689580
storage tank i/c running, maintenance and
operation for six months. The entire tank shall
be placed underground as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge . The work shall be carried
out as per specification given in NIT
document and manufacturer recommendation.
(Earth work, Electric connection, Screening
material, PCC etc paid separately).
Sub Total 331945287
Add cost index @11% except NS Item no. 20.1 to 20.49 33577533
Total of Civil Component 365522820

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 269

 Schedule of Quantity (Electrical component)
Name of Work : Construction of Residential and Non-residential building [Office Building
(Basement + Ground + 4), 14 Nos. Type-II Qtr. (G+6), 13 Nos. Type -III
Qtr.(G+6), 5 Nos. mixed type Qtr.(G+4) having 3 Nos. Type - IV Qtr., 01 No.
Type -IV (Special) Qtr. and 01 No. Type-V Qtr., Electrical sub Station
including development work, Internal Roads, RCC Sump, Rain water
harvesting, water supply line, drainage & STP, Providing Internal EI i/c
Street Light, Substation, & LT Distribution, DG set, Lifts, Fire Alarm & PA
system, Fire Fighting system, CCTV & Networking, Conferencing system,
Solar Photo Voltaic system and VRV/VRF system] of Regional Passport
Office at Ranchi (Jharkhand).
Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
SH:I INTERNAL EI I/C STREET LIGHT
Wiring
1.1 Wiring for light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit, with modular
switch, modular plate, suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable etc as required.
(a) Group A 705 845.00 Point 595725.00
(b) Group B 193 961.00 Point 185473.00
(c) Group C 1143 1213.00 Point 1386459.00
1.2 Wiring for twin control light point with 1.5 19 1290.00 Point 24510.00
[Link] FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface / recessed steel
conduit, 2 way modular switch, modular plate,
suitable GI box and earthing the point with 1.5
[Link]. FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable etc as required
1.3 Wiring for light/ power plug with 2 X 4 sq. 9500 265.00 Mtr. 2517500.00
[Link] PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface/recessed steel
conduit alongwith 1 No 4 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable for
loop earthing ect. as required.
1.4 Wiring for light/ power plug with 4 X 4 sq. 2500 392.00 Mtr. 980000.00
[Link] PVC insulated copper conductor
single core cable in surface/recessed steel
conduit alongwith 2 Nos 4 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor single core cable for
loop earthing ect. as required.
1.5 Wiring for circuit/ submain wiring alongwith earth wire with the following sizes of FRLS PVC
insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface/ recessed steel conduit ect. as reqd.
(a) 2 X 1.5 sq. mm + 1 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 1500 208.00 Mtr. 312000.00
(b) 4 X 1.5 sq. mm + 2 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 700 415.00 Mtr. 290500.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 270

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(c) 6 X 1.5 sq. mm + 3 X 1.5 sq. mm earth wire 600 541.00 Mtr. 324600.00
(d) 2 X 6 sq. mm + 1 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 700 356.00 Mtr. 249200.00
(e) 4 X 6 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 400 529.00 Mtr. 211600.00
(f) 4 X 10 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 700 670.00 Mtr. 469000.00
(g) 4 X 16 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire 250 946.00 Mtr. 236500.00
1.6 Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 mm dia FRLS PVC insulated annealed copper
conductor, unarmoured telephone cable in the existing surface / recessed steel / PVC conduit as
required.
(a) 2 Pair 3300 20.00 Mtr. 66000.00
1.7 Supplying and drawing Co-Axial TV Cable RG- 1600 33.00 Mtr. 52800.00
6, grade, 0.7 mm Solid copper conductor PE
insulated shielded with fine tinned copper braid
and protected with PVC sheath in the existing
surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.
1.8 Supplying and fixing following modular switch / socket on the existing modular plate & switch
box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

(a) 5/6 amps switch 482 85.00 Each 40970.00

(b) 3 pin 5/6 amp socket outlet 482 111.00 Each 53502.00
(c) Telephone socket outlet 163 119.00 Each 19397.00
(d) TV antenna socket outlet 106 119.00 Each 12614.00
(e) USB Connector 106 1630.00 Each 172780.00
1.9 Supplying and fixing following size / modules, GI box alongwith modular base and cover plate
for modular switches in recess etc. as required.
(a) 1 or 2 Module (75 mm X 75 mm) 459 243.00 Each 111537.00
(b) 6 Module (200 mm X 75 mm) 241 333.00 Each 80253.00
1.10 Supplying and fixing of following sizes of steel conduit along with accessories in surface / recess
including painting in case of surface conduit, or cutting the wall and making good the same in
case of recessed conduit as required.
(a) 20 mm 7500 146.00 Mtr. 1095000.00
(b) 25 mm 2200 165.00 Mtr. 363000.00
(c) 32 mm 700 203.00 Mtr. 142100.00
1.11 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with 129 401.00 Each 51729.00
modular plate and cover in front on surface or in
recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5 / 6
A modular socket outlet and 5 / 6 A modular
switch, connection etc. as required.
1.12 Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with 618 495.00 Each 305910.00
modular plate and cover in front on surface or in
recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5 / 6
A & 15 / 16 A modular socket outlet and 15 / 16
A modular switch, connection etc. as required.
1.13 Supplying and fixing call bell / buzzer suitable 75 92.00 Each 6900.00
for single phase, 230 volts complete as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 271

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
Occupancy Sensor
1.14 Supplying, installation, testing and 132 4538.00 Each 599016.00
commissioning of Passive Infrared(PIR)
technology based occupancy sensor having high
preformance, non regulating programmable type,
suitable for connected load upto 10Amp , for
mounting height up to 2.8 mtr and for 5 m
diameter coverage area along with necessary
fixing arrangements i/c programming at site etc.
complete as required.
1.15 Supplying, installation, testing and 76 8615.00 Each 654740.00
commissioning of Microwave technology based
occupancy sensor having high preformance, non
regulating programmable type, suitable for
connected load upto 10Amp , for mounting height
up to 2.6 mtr and for 5m X 20m coverage area
along with necessary fixing arrangements i/c
programming at site etc. complete as required.
1.16 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 2 10910.00 Each 21820.00
Commissioning of Basic tool for configuration of
PIR Ocupancy Sensor & Microwave Ocupancy
Sensor complete etc. as required.
Fan & Fitting Accessories
1.17 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 138 1247.00 Each 172086.00
Commissioning of Single Box type Surface
mounting prewired fitting, precoated CRCA
housing, having system luminous efficacy > 100
Lm/W, system lumen output > 2000 lumen i/c
glare free LED lamp, driver, diffuser suitable for
operation on 230 V (+/-10 %), 50 Hz, AC supply,
including connection with 1.5 sq. mm FRLS PVC
insulated, copper conductor, single core cable and
earthing etc. as required.
1.18 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 45 1260.00 Each 56700.00
Commissioning of Surface mounted LED Batten
fitting, having system luminous efficacy > 100
Lm/W, system lumen output > 2000 lumen i/c
glare free LED lamp, electronic driver, diffuser
suitable for operation on 230 V (+/- 10 %), 50
Hz, AC supply, i/c connection, earthing,
complete etc. as required.
1.19 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 445 5031.00 Each 2238795.00
Commissioning of Recess mounted LED
luminaire of size 2ft X 2ft having system
luminous efficacy >= 100 Lm/W, system lumen
output >= 3600 lumens, UGR<19 i/c electronic
driver, diffuser, CRCA Housing suitable for
operation on 230 V(+/- 10%),50 Hz, AC supply,

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 272

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
i/c connection with 1.5 sqmm FRLS wire,
earthing, complete etc. as required.
1.20 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 111 641.00 Each 71151.00
Commissioning of Surface mounted LED Batten
fitting, having system luminous efficacy >= 90
Lm/W, system lumen output > 900 lumen i/c
LED lamp, electronic driver, diffuser suitable for
operation on 230 V (+/- 10 %), 50 Hz, AC
supply, i/c connection, earthing, complete etc. as
required. (For Mirror Light).
1.21 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 61 1510.00 Each 92110.00
Commissioning of Surface ceiling mounted LED
Bulkhead luminaire having system luminous
efficacy >= 70 Lm/W, system lumen output >=
600 Lumens suitable for 9 - 10 W, 230 V, 50 Hz,
AC supply with LED lamp, driver, diffuser,
pressure die cast aluminium housing i/c
connection, earthing complete etc. as required.
1.22 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 366 1115.00 Each 408090.00
Commissioning of Wall bracket fitting with 9 -
15 Watts LED lamp i/c driver, diffuser suitable
for operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, AC supply i/c
connection, earthing complete etc. as required.
1.23 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 13 2833.00 Each 36829.00
Commissioning of Decorative Wall bracket
fitting with 15 Watts LED lamp i/c driver,
diffuser suitable for operation on 230 V, 50 Hz,
AC supply i/c connection, earthing complete etc.
as required.

1.24 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 144 1175.00 Each 169200.00

Commissioning of Recess mounted Round
Shaped LED downlighter luminaire, having
system luminous efficacy >= 100 Lm/W, system
lumen output >= 600 Lumens suitable for
operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, AC supply with LED
lamp, driver, diffuser i/c connection, earthing
complete etc. as required.
1.25 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 65 1175.00 Each 76375.00
Commissioning of Surface mounted Round
Shaped LED downlighter luminaire having
system luminous efficacy > 90 Lm/W, system
lumen output >= 1000 Lumens suitable for
operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, AC supply with LED
lamp, driver, diffuser i/c connection, earthing
complete etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 273

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
1.26 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 120 1510.00 Each 181200.00
Commissioning of Recess mounted Round
Shaped LED downlighter luminaire having
system luminous efficacy >= 100 Lm/W, system
lumen output >= 1200 Lumens suitable for
operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, AC supply with LED
lamp, driver, diffuser i/c connection, earthing
complete etc. as required.

1.27 Supplying, Installations, Testing & 4 8017.00 Each 32068.00

Commissioning of Outdoor LED Flood Light
Luminaire having system luminous efficacy >=
100 Lm/W, system lumen output >= 8000 lumen,
suitable for operation on 230 Volts, 50 Hz Single
Phase AC supply with LED lamp, Aluminium die
cast housing with IP66 protection, driver,
diffuser, 10 KV SPD i/c connection, earthing
complete etc. as required.

1.28 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning 146 2688.00 Each 392448.00
of 1200 mm sweep, BEE 5 star rated, ceiling fan
with Brush Less Direct Current (BLDC) Motor,
class of insulation: B, 3 nos. blades, 30 cm long
down rod, 2 nos. canopies, shackle kit, safety
rope, copper winding, Power Factor not less than
0.9, Service Value (CMM/W) minimum 6.85, Air
delivery minimum 215 CMM, 350 RPM
(tolerance as per IS : 374- 2019), THD less than
10%, remote or electronic regulator unit for speed
control and all remaining accessories including
safety pin, nut bolts, washers, temperature
rise=75 degree C (max.), insulation resistance
more than 2 mega ohm, suitable for 230 V, 50
Hz, single phase AC Supply, earthing etc.
complete as required.
1.29 Supply and Installation of 400 mm sweep wall 194 2458.00 Each 476852.00
bracket fan suitable for 230V, 50 Hz, AC single
phase supply including connection, testing,
commissioning complete etc. as required.
1.30 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 77 1862.00 Each 143374.00
Commissioning of 250 mm sweep, Plastic body
fresh Air exhaust fan including louver complete
with all accessories suitable for operation on 230
volt, 50 Hz in the existing opening, including
making good the damage, connection, complete
etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 274

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
1.31 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 68 4120.00 Each 280160.00
Commissioning of 300 mm sweep, metallic
heavy duty with 900 RPM exhaust fan, with all
accessories, louvers/ shutter suitable for operation
on 230 volt, 50 Hz in the existing opening,
including making good the damage, connection,
complete etc. as required.
RISING MAINS, BOARDS & DB's
1.32 Supplying, installing by suspension on ceiling, testing and commissioning of following capacity
Sandwich Type Rising Mains for use on 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts, 50Hz A.C. supply with metal
clad enclosure having IP-54 rating after fixing the tap off boxes and all accessories, made of
1.6mm thick steel sheet duly powder coated in convenient sections complete with 4 Nos
aluminium bus bars having current density of 130 A/ sq cm at nominal current rating, necessary
joints, elbow joints & expansion joints and bends, fire barrier at each floor, provision of tapping
at every metre, adopter box and copper flexible for joints, continuous earthing with 2 Nos
aluminium strip of suitable size (one on each side) including, G.I. clamping brackets, suspenders,
angle iron bracket, steel fasteners, connecting to earthing system etc. as required
(a) 400 A 25kA SC for 1 sec 30 12022.00 Mtr. 360660.00
(b) 250 A 25kA SC for 1 sec 60 14517.00 Mtr. 871020.00
1.33 Supplying, installation, testing & commisioning of following capacity Plug In/ tap off box on the
existing Sandwich Type Rising Mains for use on 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts, 50Hz A.C. supply
made with 1.6mm thick sheet steel enclosure (IP54) duly powder coated with provision of
MCCB/ACB (but without MCCB/ACB) complete etc. as required.
(a) 125 A 15kA SC for 1 sec 12 9911.00 Each 118932.00
(b) 160 A 25kA SC for 1 sec 5 9911.00 Each 49555.00
1.34 Supplying, installation, testing & commisioning of following capacity End Feed Unit for the
existing Sandwich Type Rising Mains for use on 3 phase 4 wire 415 volts, 50Hz A.C. supply
made with 1.6mm thick steel sheet enclosure (IP54) duly powder coated with provision of
MCCB/ACB (but without MCCB/ACB) complete with necessary joints including clamping
brackets, angle iron bracket, steel fasteners, connecting to earthing system etc. as required.
(a) 400 A 30kA SC for 1 sec 1 37071.00 Each 37071.00
(b) 250 A 25kA SC for 1 sec 2 34448.00 Each 68896.00
1.35 Supplying and fixing of following ways surface / recess mounting, vertical type, 415 V, TPN
MCB distribution board of sheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 A
tinned copper bus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCBs (But without
MCBs and incomer) as required. (Note : Vertical type MCB TPDB is normally used where 3
phase outlets are required.)
(a) 8 way (4 + 24), Double door 14 7744.00 Each 108416.00
(b) 4 way (4 + 12), Double door 7 5651.00 Each 39557.00
1.36 Supplying and fixing following way, horizontal type three pole and neutral, sheet steel, MCB
distribution board, 415 volts, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus
bar, earth bar, din bar, interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But
without MCB/RCCB/Isolator)
(a) 12 way (4 + 36), Double door 5 8591.00 Each 42955.00
(b) 8 way (4 + 24), Double door 35 4601.00 Each 161035.00
(c) 6 way (4 + 18), Double door 5 3693.00 Each 18465.00
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 275
Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
1.37 Supplying and fixing following way, single pole and neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board,
240 V, on surface/ recess, complete with tinned copper bus bar, neutral bus bar, earth bar, din bar,
interconnections, powder painted including earthing etc. as required. (But without
MCB/RCCB/Isolator)
(a) 18 way, Double door 27 3277.00 Each 88479.00
(b) 8 way, Double door 5 1760.00 Each 8800.00
1.38 Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing MCBDB/cubicle
panel board including making connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

(a) 40 Amps 4 pole 16 KA 3 7764.00 Each 23292.00

(b) 63 Amps 4 pole 16 KA 10 7764.00 Each 77640.00
(c) 125 Amps 4 pole 16 KA 15 7812.00 Each 117180.00
(d) 160 Amps 4 pole 16 KA 10 10144.00 Each 101440.00
(e) 250 Amps 4 pole 25 KA (For End Feed Unit) 2 27070.00 Each 54140.00
(f) 400 Amps 4 pole 36 KA (For End Feed Unit) 1 33787.00 Each 33787.00
1.39 Supplying and fixing following rating, double pole, 230 / 415 volts,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature
circuit breaker suitable for inductive load in the existing MCB DB complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc as required.
(a) 63 Amps 27 1213.00 Each 32751.00
1.40 Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, 240 / 415 volts,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature
circuit breaker suitable for inductive load in the existing MCB DB complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc as required.
(a) 40 - 63 Amps 45 2221.00 Each 99945.00
1.41 Supplying and fixing TP, 240 / 415 volts,10 kA, "C" curve, miniature circuit breaker suitable for
inductive load in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning
etc as required.
(a) 40 - 63 Amps 140 1817.00 Each 254380.00
1.42 Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240 / 415 volts, 10kA, "C" curve, miniature
circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete
with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.
(a) Single pole 1572 199.00 Each 312828.00
(b) Double pole 5 556.00 Each 2780.00
1.43 Supplying and fixing following rating, Double pole, 230 volts, residual current circuit breaker
(RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc. as required.
(a) 40 Amps 27 2872.00 Each 77544.00
1.44 Supplying and fixing following rating, Four pole, 415 volts, residual current circuit breaker
(RCCB), having a sensitivity current 30 mA in the existing MCB DB complete with connections,
testing and commissioning etc. as required.
(a) 40 Amps 5 3396.00 Each 16980.00
1.45 Supplying and fixing Cable End Box (Loose Wire Box) suitable for following triple pole and
neutral, sheet steel, MCB distribution board, 415 volts, on surface/ recess, complete with testing
and commissioning etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 276

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(a) For 6 Way, Double door TPN MCBDB 5 1062.00 Each 5310.00
(a) For 8 Way, Double door TPN MCBDB 35 1239.00 Each 43365.00
1.46 Supplying and fixing Cable End Box (Loose Wire 17 764.00 Each 12988.00
Box) suitable for triple pole and neutral, sheet
steel, Vertical MCB distribution board, 415 volts,
on surface/ recess, complete with testing and
commissioning etc. as required.
1.47 Supplying and fixing 20 A, 240 V, SPN industrial 129 1232.00 Each 158928.00
type socket outlet with 2 pole and earth, metal
enclosed plug top alongwith 20 A, "C" curve, SP,
MCB, in sheet steel enclosure, on surface or in
recess, with chained metal cover for the socket
out let and complete with connections, testing and
commissioning etc. as required.
1.48 Supplying and Laying of Copper one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power
cable of 1.1 KV grade confirming to IS:7098 (Part 1) 1988 of following size on wall / Ceiling /
Cable Tray complete etc. as required.
(a) 4 X 50 Sq. mm 150 3823.00 Mtr. 573450.00
Earthing
1.49 Earthing with GI earth pipe 4.5 mtr long 40 mm 17 5308.00 Each 90236.00
dia including accessories, and providing masonry
enclosure with cover plate having locking
arrangement and watering pipe etc. with charcoal
/ coke and salt as required.
1.50 Providing and laying earth connection from earth 50 188.00 Mtr. 9400.00
electrode with 6 SWG dia G.I. Wire in 15 mm dia
G.I. pipe from earth electrode including
connection with G.I. thimble excavation and re-
filling as required.
1.51 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on 120 57.00 Mtr. 6840.00
surface or in recess for loop earthing as required.
1.52 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on 475 37.00 Mtr. 17575.00
surface or in recess for loop earthing along with
existing surface/ recessed conduit/ submain
wiring/ cable as required.
1.53 Earthing with GI earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm x 13 6216.00 Set 80808.00
6 mm thick including accessories, and providing
masonry enclosure with cover plate having
locking arrangement and watering pipe of 2.7
metre long etc. with charcoal or coke and salt as
required.
Lightning Conductor
1.54 Providing and fixing of lightning conductor finial, 13 448.00 Each 5824.00
made of 25 mm dia 300 mm long, G.I. tube,
having single prong at top, with 85 mm dia 6 mm
thick G.I. base plate including holes etc. complete
as required.
AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 277
Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
1.55 Jointing copper / G.I. tape (with another copper / 270 93.00 Each 25110.00
G I tape, base of the finial or any other metallic
object) by riveting / nut bolting / sweating and
soldering etc as required.
1.56 Providing and fixing G.I. tape 20 mm X 3 mm 415 104.00 Mtr. 43160.00
thick on parapet or surface of wall for lightning
conductor complete as required. (For horizontal
run)
1.57 Providing and fixing G.I. tape 20 mm X 3 mm 400 163.00 Mtr. 65200.00
thick on parapet or surface of wall for lightning
conductor complete as required. (For vertical
run)
1.58 Providing and fixing testing joint, made of 20 mm 13 102.00 Each 1326.00
X 3 mm thick G.I. strip, 125 mm long, with 4
nos. of G.I. bolts, nuts check nuts and spring
washers etc. complete as required.
1.59 Providing and laying G.I. tape 32 mm X 6 mm 95 176.00 Mtr. 16720.00
from earth electrode directly in ground as
required.
Lan Wiring
1.60 Supplying and drawing of UTP 4 pair CAT 6 LAN cable in the existing surface / recessed steel /
PVC conduit as required.
(a) 1 run of Cable 4750 49.00 Mtr. 232750.00
1.61 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 190 261.00 Each 49590.00
Commissioning of single port information outlet
suitable for UTP 4 - Pair, CAT 6 LAN cable
including face plate in the existing modular box,
end termination complete etc. as required.
Energy Meter Panel
1.62 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of indoor type totally enclosed, dust and vermin
proof, wall mounted Cubical Panel Board of suitable size, constructed as per CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer -in -Charge, made out of 2.0 mm thick
CRCA sheet with loose wire box, locking arrangement, pre paint treated, phosphatized and
power coated by approved Siemens gray paint, with 150 amps 4 Strips aluminium Bus Bar,
connection, inter - connection and following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it,
including installation, plastering, painting complete etc. as required.
[For Type - II 14 Nos. Qtrs (G+6) & Type - III 7 Nos. Qtrs. (G+6)]
A 150 Amps, 4 Strip Aluminium bus bar - 1 Set
B Incomer
(a) 100 A, 4 pole, 25 KA, TM Release MCCB (O/C, S/C) Ics = 100% Icu with Extended Rotary &
Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering -
(a) Digital type Voltmeter (0 - 500) Volts with backup Fuse &
selector switch - 1 Set
(b) Digital type Ammeter (0 - 100) Amps with back up Fuse,
CTs, & selector switch - 1 Set

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 278

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(c) LED Type Indicating lamp (RYB) with back up
Fuse - 1 Set
D Outgoing
(a) 63 A, DP, 10 KA, MCB - 9 Nos.
(b) 5-32 A, SP, 10 KA, MCB - 3 Nos.
(c) 5 - 30 A, Single Phase Energy Meter LCD
Display - 7 Nos.
A To D 3 132736.00 Job 398208.00
1.63 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of indoor type totally enclosed, dust and vermin
proof, wall mounted Cubical Panel Board of suitable size, constructed as per CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer -in -Charge, made out of 2.0 mm thick
CRCA sheet with loose wire box, locking arrangement, pre paint treated, phosphatized and
power coated by approved Siemens gray paint, with 150 amps 4 Strips aluminium Bus Bar,
connection, inter - connection and following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it,
including installation, plastering, painting complete etc. as required.
[For Type - III 6 Nos. Qtrs. (G+6)]
A 150 Amps, 4 Strip Aluminium bus bar - 1 Set
B Incomer
(a) 100 A, 4 pole, 25 KA, TM Release MCCB (O/C, S/C) Ics = 100% Icu with Extended Rotary &
Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering -
(a) Digital type Voltmeter (0 - 500) Volts with backup Fuse &
selector switch - 1 Set
(b) Digital type Ammeter (0 - 100) Amps with back up Fuse,
CTs, & selector switch - 1 Set
(c) LED Type Indicating lamp (RYB) with back up
Fuse - 1 Set
D Outgoing
(a) 63 A, DP, 10 KA, MCB - 9 Nos.
(b) 5-32 A, SP, 10 KA, MCB - 3 Nos.
(c) 5 - 30 A, Single Phase Energy Meter LCD
Display - 6 Nos.
A To D 1 129919.00 Job 129919.00
1.64 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of indoor type totally enclosed, dust and vermin
proof, wall mounted Cubical Panel Board of suitable size, constructed as per CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer -in -Charge, made out of 2.0 mm thick
CRCA sheet with loose wire box, locking arrangement, pre paint treated, phosphatized and
power coated by approved Siemens gray paint, with 200 amps 4 Strips aluminium Bus Bar,
connection, inter - connection and following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it,
including installation, plastering, painting complete etc. as required.
[For Type - IV, 4 Nos. Qtrs & Type - V, 1 No. Qtr (G+4)]
A 200 Amps 4 strip aluminium busbar - 1 Set
B Incomer

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 279

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(a) 125 A, 4 pole, 25 KA, TM Release MCCB (O/C, S/C) Ics = 100% Icu with Extended Rotary &
Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering -
(a) Digital type Voltmeter (0 - 500) Volts with backup Fuse &
selector switch - 1 Set
(b) Digital type Ammeter (0 - 125) Amps with back up Fuse,
CTs, & selector switch - 1 Set
(c) LED Type Indicating lamp (RYB) with back up
Fuse - 1 Set
D Out Going
(a) 63 A, 4 Pole, 10 KA, MCB - 7 Nos.
(b) 5-32 A, SP, 10 KA, MCB - 3 Nos.
(c) 10 - 60 A, Three Phase Energy Meter LCD
Display - 5 Nos.
A To D 1 142750.00 Job 142750.00
Street Light
1.65 Supplying & Erection of pre-fabricated and pre- 25 13779.00 Each 344475.00
painted Octagonal section made of 3 mm thick
sheet hot dip galvanised pole of 6 [Link]
with single arm 1 Mtr. bracket suitable for 130
mm Bottom, 70 mm Top and welded steel base
plate of size 200 mm x 200 mm x 12 mm thick
having 4 Nos. mounting holes on 200 mm PCD.
Including providing & fixing 4 Nos 20 mm dia.
600 mm long foundation bolt in the existing RCC
foundation and pre-fabricated bakelite sheet with
1 No. 6 A, 10 KA, SP 'C' series MCB and suitable
size stud type connector in the inner side of the
existing pole respectively. Supplying and drawing
3 x 1.5 [Link] FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor from existing connector to fitting,
connection earthing complete etc. as required.
1.66 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning 25 5565.00 Each 139125.00
of Outdoor type LED Street light fitting with high
pressure die cast aluminium housing (IP - 65/66 )
having system luminous efficacy >= 110 Lm/W,
system lumen output >= 6800 lumen i/c LED lamp,
driver, diffuser, 10 KV surge protection suitable for
operation on 230 V, 50 Hz, AC supply i/c
connection, earthing complete etc. as required.
1.67 Providing and laying in position reinforced cement 25 6036.00 Each 150900.00
concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded
stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) in foundation
of pre-fabricated pole including reinforcement,
form work, plastering complete etc as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 280

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
1.68 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of double door out door type totally enclosed,
dust and vermin proof, pedestal mounted Feeder Pillar of suitable size, constructed as per, CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer-in-charge, made out of 2.0 mm thick CRCA
sheet with locking arrangement, prepaint treated, phosphatized and powder coated by approved
Siemens gray paint, with 63 Amps 4 strip aluminium busbar, connection, inter-connection and
following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it, cable alley, installation on suitable size CC
foundation (embeded legs, should not be less than 300 mm), depth should be 400 mm i/c
plastering, painting etc. as required. The enclosure shall have a degree of protection not less than
IP 54. (Street Light Feeder Pillar)

Each Incomer shall have Surge Protection Device of Type - II category of

minimum 50KA rating.
A 63 Amps 4 strip aluminium busbar - 1 Set
B Incomer
(a) 32 Amps, 4 Pole, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary
handle & Spreader link - 1 No.
(b) Digital Type Voltmeter with selector / Fuse - 1
Set
(c) Digital Type Ammeter with selector / Fuse / CTs
- 1 Set
(d) R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp with
back up fuse - 1 Set
C Out Going
(a) 16 Amps, 10 KA, DP MCB - 8 Nos
(b) 32 Amps, 2P, AC3 duty Contactor- 3 Nos.
(c) 24 Hr Analoge Time Switch – 1 No
(d) ON/OFF Indication – 1 Set
(e) Auto Manual Selector – 1 No.
D 2 Nos, 20 x 3 mm copper strip entire width of the
feeder pillar - (Earth Bus)
A to D 1 125188.00 Job 125188.00
SH:II SUBSTATION & LT DISTRIBUTION
WORK
2.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of indoor type, floor mounted, metal clad, 11
KV, VCB panel with 3 Nos. VCBs, totally enclosed & fully interlocked, horizontal drawout,
horizontal isolation type breaker as per IS 13118, as amended upto date and additional
specifications, having capacities as mentioned below, single break, trip free mechanism, manually
charged and auto / manually closing breaker suitable for use on 11 KV, 3 Phase, 50 Hz, A.C
supply with short circuit fault level not less than of 350 MVA, complete with self contained fully
interlocked, rack in and rack out mechanism, air insulated but encapsulated copper bus bars of
630 Amps capacity, breaker featured with mechanical ON/ OFF indicator with hand trip device,
spring release coil, shunt trip coil and auxiliary switch of 4 NO + 4 NC and equipped with
following switchgears & accessories i/c POWER PACK connections suitable for 3 Core "E" HT
XLPE insulated, 11 KV cable (cable entry from bottom side), end termination with heat
shrinkable jointing material etc as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 281

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(Note-Cost of end termination not included in this
item)
A (a) Incoming - 1 No. 630 Amp. VCB
(b) 1 No. - 11 KV/110 Volts PT Class 0.5 accuracy and 100 VA burden with 1 No. digital
voltmeter (0-15KV), selector switch for voltmeter and protection fuses / MCB for HT metering
upto 12 KV on incomer.
(c) 1 No. (0 - 300 A) Ammeter, digital type, with
selector switches.
(d) 1 No. - Microprocessor based numerical relay with O/L,
E/F and S/C protections.
(e) 1 No. - set of dual core dual ratio 3 CTs 300/150/5/5 A of 15 VA burden and accuracy Class -
0.5 for metering and class 5P10 for protection.(Suitable for above metering set)
B (a) Outgoing 2 Nos. 630 A VCB
(b) 2 Nos. (0 - 100 A) Ammeter, digital type, with
selector switches.
(c) 2 Nos. - Microprocessor based numerical relays with O/L,
E/F and S/C protections.
(d) 2 Sets of dual core dual ratio 3 CTs 100/50/5/5 A of 15 VA burden and accuracy Class - 1.0
for metering and class 5P10 for protection.(Suitable for above metering set)
A to B 2 1339428.00 Job 2678856.00
2.2 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 2 1846895.00 Job 3693790.00
of 400 KVA 11/ 0.433 KV, 3 Phase, 50Hz, Dy11
vector group, indoor ONAN type, copper wound
transformer with off load tap changing
arrangement on HV side in steps of + 5% to -
10% steps of 2.5% (as per IS 1180 Level 2),
having cable end boxes on HV side suitable for 3
Core suitable size XLPE cable of 11KV grade
and suitable capacity cable end box on LV side
with neutral brought out separately including
supplying and laying of copper conductor
multicore control cable from transformer to HT
breaker for safety tripping, suitably mounted on
M.S. Channel i/c supplying and grouting of
suitable M.S. Channel with all accessories and
Losses as per latest IS 1180 Level 2 under BIS
Guidelines & as per specification attached
complete in all respects as required at site.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 282

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.3 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 2 1272978.00 Job 2545956.00
of 100 KVA 11/ 0.433 KV, 3 Phase, 50Hz, Dy11
vector group, indoor ONAN type, copper wound
transformer with off load tap changing
arrangement on HV side in steps of + 5% to -
10% steps of 2.5% (as per IS 1180 Level 2),
having cable end boxes on HV side suitable for 3
Core suitable size XLPE cable of 11KV grade
and suitable capacity cable end box on LV side
with neutral brought out separately including
supplying and laying of copper conductor
multicore control cable from transformer to HT
breaker for safety tripping, suitably mounted on
M.S. Channel i/c supplying and grouting of
suitable M.S. Channel with all accessories and
Losses as per latest IS 1180 Level 2 under BIS
Guidelines & as per specification attached
complete in all respects as required at site.
2.4 Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 2 226.00 Each 452.00
200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2
mm thick, and vitreous enameled white on both
sides, and with inscription in single red colour on
front side as required.
2.5 Providing and fixing H.T. danger notice plate of 6 244.00 Each 1464.00
250 mm X 200 mm, made of mild steel, at least 2
mm thick, and vitreous enameled white on both
sides, and with inscription in single red colour on
front side as required.
2.6 Providing, Installation, Testing and 8 7246.00 Each 57968.00
Commissioning of ISI marked CO2 Type Fire
Extinguisher of 4.5 kg capacity consisting of
seamless cylinder, complete with delivery hose
horn, locking arrangement etc and complete
conforming to IS:15683 duly charged with CO2
etc. complete with up to date test certificate as
required.
2.7 Providing of Insulated Electrical Matting Class - 2 11843.00 Each 23686.00
1 PV tested upto 10 KV of 1 mtr.x 10 mtr & 2
mm thick as per IEC 61111 complete as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 283

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.8 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of dust & vermin proof, Floor mounted cubical
type LT panel, IP 42 housing, suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz Ac supply system having
fabricated in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having 900 Amp capacity 4 strip
aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/ SMC bus bar supports, bottom base
channel of MS section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 25 mm x 5 mm
at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with
required size of Al. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5sq. mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/c providing following switch
gears -
(Main Non Essential Non Residential LT Panel At Substation )
Each Incomer shall have Surge Protection Device of Type - I + II category of minimum 50 KA
rating with suitable capacity fuse.
A Incomer
Horizontal type four pole EDO air circuit breakers of 800 Amps with Microprocessor based
protection release (S/C, O/C, E/F) 50KA fault breaking capacity (Ics=Icu upto 433V manually
operated, fitted with interlocked door, automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and frame earthing contact, conforming to IS-1397-2 1993
as amended up-to-date complete with following accessories for each complete with following
accessories for each ACB - 2 Nos.
(a) Independent manual spring closing
mechanism for each ACB -2 Nos.
(b) Microprocessor release (EMI & EMC certified) for over current, earth fault & short circuit
protection for each ACB - 2 Sets.
© Multifunctional meter with mode selection button and push button type
switches with CTs - 2 Sets.
(d) 3 Nos. Phase indication LED lamps with 2 Amps back up MCBs, breaker 'ON' indication light
with 2 A MCB, test terminal block set, circuits as per-standard practice, auxiliary contacts for
positive interlocking of the breakers as required. - 2 Sets
(e) Shunt trip coil 220V A.C. - 2 Sets
BUS Coupler (Comprises of the following)
Horizontal type four pole EDO air circuit breakers of 800 Amps with Microprocessor based
protection release (S/C, O/C, E/F) 50KA fault breaking capacity (Ics=Icu upto 433V manually
operated, fitted with interlocked door, automatic safety shutters, mechanical ON/OFF and
service/test/isolated position indicators and frame earthing contact, conforming to IS-13947-2
1993 as amended up-to-date complete with following accessories for each complete with
following accessories for each ACB - 1 No.
(a) Independent manual spring closing
mechanism- 1 No.
(b) Breaker „ON‟ indicating light with back up 2A MCB fuse test terminal
block, etc. as required.- 1 Set.
BUS BARS :

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 284

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
4 Strip aluminium bus bars of minimum 1000 Amps capacity of suitable cross section for
acheving required current density with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c suitable size
supports & their spacing etc.
Interlocking Features
Electrical through advance contacts in ACB's (IN-Comers and Bus-Couplers) and Mechanical
(castel key) interlocking should be provided to ensure that only one supply is available at a time
on each section of bus and to eliminate any possibility of accidentally approaching two supplies at
one bus section
B Out Goings - Panel - I
(i) 400 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 2 Nos. (1 No. for DG Set AMF Panel + 1 No. Spare)
(ii) 250 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 2 Nos. [1 No. for VRV/VRF (NE Outdoor) FP + 1 No. Spare]
(iii) 200 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. (1 No. for APFC + 1 No. Spare)
(iv) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
(v) 63 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
C Out Goings - Panel - II
(i) 400 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 3 Nos. [1 No. for FFS Pump Room + 1 No. for RM - Power & VRV/VRF (NE
Indoor) + 1 No. Spare]
(ii) 250 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
(iii) 200 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. [1 No. for APFC + 1 No. Spare]
(iv) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
(v) 63 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
A to C 1 1672809.00 Job 1672809.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 285

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.9 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of dust & vermin proof, Floor mounted cubical
type LT panel, IP 42 housing, suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz Ac supply system having
fabricated in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having 500 Amp capacity 4 strip
aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/ SMC bus bar supports, bottom base
channel of MS section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 25 mm x 5 mm
at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with
required size of Al. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5sq. mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/c providing following switch
gears -
(Main Essential LT Panel At Substation )
Each Incomer shall have Surge Protection Device of Type - I + II category
of minimum 50 KA rating.
A 500 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium alloy bus
bars - 1 Set
B Incomer
(a) 400 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No.
(b) Multifunctional meter with mode selection button and push button type
switches with CTs - 1 Set
© R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp with
fuse - 1 Set
C Out Goings
(i) 250 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB Microprocessor Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 5 Nos. [ 1 No. for RM-Light & VRV/VRF (Ess Indoor) + 1 No. for RM-UPS
+ 1 No. for VRV/VRF (Ess Outdoor FP + 2 Nos. Spare]
(ii) 200 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
1 No. (For Res Essential FP for Lifts & FFS)
(iii) 125 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. (1 No. for Vertical Lift DB + 1 No. Spare)
(iv) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. (1 No. for Office Bldg FFS at Terrace + 1 No. Spare)
(v) 63 Amps, 4 Pole, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No. (Spare)
(vi) 32 Amps, 4 Pole, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link - 3
Nos. (1 No. for Street / Compound Light + 2 Nos. Spare)

A to C 1 585976.00 Job 585976.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 286

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.10 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of dust & vermin proof, Floor / Pedestal
mounted of cubical type 100 KVAR Capatity (12 Switching Stages) Automatic Power Factor
Correction Panel IP 42 enclosure suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz Ac supply system
having fabricated in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick
for frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having 300 Amp capacity 4 strip
aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, bus bar supports, bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick fabrication shall be done in trasportable
sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 25 mm x 5 mm at the rear
with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of
bus bars/Copper Cables and control wiring with 2.5 [Link]. PVC insulated copper FRLS
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates i/c providing & fixing of MPP Std duty
capacitor complete etc as required.
A 300 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium bus bars -
1 Set
B Incomer :-
(a) 200 Amps, 4P, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary
handle & Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering :-
(a) Digital Type Voltmeter with selector / Fuse - 1
Set
(b) Digital Type Ammeter with selector / Fuse / CTs
- 1 Set
(c) R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp with
back up fuse - 1 Set
D Component :-
(a) 12 Stage Microprocessor APFC relay with auto
set function - 1 No.
(b) Auto Manual selector switch - 1 No.
(c) 4 NO Aux Relay
(d) Add on block (4 NC)
(e) Axial Fan considered for forced ventilation
E Outgoings :-
I 20 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. & Feeder comprises
(a) 40 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 20 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
II 15 KVAR Feeder - 2 No. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 40 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 15 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 287

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
III 10 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. & Feeder comprises
(a) 20 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 10 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
IV 5 KVAR Feeder - 4 Nos. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 10 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 5 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
V 4 KVAR Feeder - 2 Nos. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 10 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 4 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
VI 2 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. & Feeder comprises
(a) 6 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 2 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
VII 10 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. Fixed Type
(a) 20 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 10 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 288

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(d) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
A To E 2 318058.00 Job 636116.00
2.11 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of dust & vermin proof, Floor mounted cubical
type LT panel, IP 42 housing, suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz Ac supply system having
fabricated in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick for
frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having 400 Amp capacity 4 strip
aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, DMC/ SMC bus bar supports, bottom base
channel of MS section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick, fabrication shall be done in
transportable sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 25 mm x 5 mm
at the rear with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with
required size of Al. bus bars and control wiring with 2.5sq. mm. FRLS PVC insulated copper
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates in two half, i/c providing following switch
gears -
(Main Non Essential Residential LT Panel At Substation )
Each Incomer shall have Surge Protection Device of Type - I + II category of minimum 50 KA
rating with suitable capacity fuse.
A Incomer
250 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, Microprocessor release MCCB with tripping features of O/C, E/F,
S/C with extended rotary handle and spreader link - 2 Nos.

(a) Multifunctional meter with mode selection button and push button type
switches with CTs - 2 Sets
(b) R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp
with fuse - 2 Sets
BUS BARS :
4 Strip aluminium bus bars of minimum 400 Amps capacity of suitable cross section for
acheving required current density with heat shrinkable coloured sleeves and i/c suitable size
supports & their spacing etc.
BUS Coupler - 1 No. (Comprising of following)
250 Amps, 4 Pole, 50 KA, Microprocessor release MCCB with tripping features of O/C, E/F,
S/C with extended rotary handle and spreader link including mechanical interlocking feature (so
as to act as coupler) - 1 No.
(a) Breaker „ON‟ indicating light with back up 2A MCB fuse test terminal
block, etc. as required.- 1 Set.
Interlocking Features
Electrical through advance contacts in MCCB (Incomers & Bus coupler) and mchanical (Castel
key) interlocking should be provided to ensure that only one supply is available at a time on each
section of bus and to eliminate any possible of accidentally approaching two supplies at one bus
section.
B Out Goings - Panel - I
(i) 200 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. (Res Essential FP for Lifts & FFS + 1 No. Spare)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 289

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(ii) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
3 Nos. [2 Nos. for Energy Meter Panel For Type -II Qtrs. + 1 No. Spare]
(iii) 63 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link - 3
Nos. (1 No. for APFC + 2 Nos. Spare)
C Out Goings - Panel - II
(i) 125 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
2 Nos. (1 No. for Energy Meter Panel For Type -IV & V Qtrs. + 1 No. Spare)
(ii) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link -
3 Nos. [2 Nos. for Energy Meter Panel For Type -III Qtrs. + 1 No. Spare]
(iii) 63 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle & Spreader link - 3
Nos. (1 No. for APFC + 2 Nos. Spare)
A to C 1 667304.00 Job 667304.00
2.12 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of dust & vermin proof, Floor / Pedestal
mounted of cubical type 25 KVAR Capatity (9 Switching Stages) Automatic Power Factor
Correction Panel IP 42 enclosure suitable for 415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire 50 Hz Ac supply system
having fabricated in compartmentalized (preferably) design from CRCA sheet steel of 2 mm thick
for frame work and covers, 3 mm thick for gland, plates i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7
tank process for powder coating in approved shade, having 100 Amp capacity 4 strip
aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, bus bar supports, bottom base channel of MS
section not less than 100 mm x 50 mm x 5 mm thick fabrication shall be done in trasportable
sections, entire panel shall have a common copper earth bar of size 25 mm x 5 mm at the rear
with 2 Nos. earth stud, solid connections from main bus bar to switch gears with required size of
bus bars/Copper Cables and control wiring with 2.5 [Link]. PVC insulated copper FRLS
conductor S/C cable, cable alleys, cable gland plates i/c providing & fixing of MPP Std duty
capacitor complete etc as required.
A 100 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium bus bars -
1 Set
B Incomer :-
(a) 63 Amps, 4P, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle
& Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering :-
(a) Digital Type Voltmeter with selector / Fuse - 1
Set
(b) Digital Type Ammeter with selector / Fuse / CTs
- 1 Set
(c) R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp with
back up fuse - 1 Set
D Component :-
(a) 9 Stage Microprocessor APFC relay with auto set
function - 1 No.
(b) Auto Manual selector switch - 1 No.
(c) 4 NO Aux Relay
(d) Add on block (4 NC)
(e) Axial Fan considered for forced ventilation
E Outgoings :-

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 290

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
I 5 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. & Feeder comprises
(a) 10 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 5 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
II 4 KVAR Feeder - 2 Nos. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 10 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 4 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
III 2 KVAR Feeder - 2 Nos. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 6 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 2 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
IV 1 KVAR Feeder - 3 Nos. & Each Feeder
comprises
(a) 6 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 1 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) Capacitor duty contactor with 2 NO + 2 NC - 1
No.
(d) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(e) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
V 5 KVAR Feeder - 1 No. Fixed Type
(a) 10 A, 10kA, 3P, MCB - 1 No.
(b) 5 KVAR, MPP Type Heavy duty capacitor - 1
No.
(c) ON - OFF Indication LED - 1 Set
(d) Start Stop Push Button - 1 Set
A To E 2 203917.00 Job 407834.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 291

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.13 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of double door out door type totally enclosed,
dust and vermin proof, pedestal mounted Feeder Pillar of suitable size, constructed as per, CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer-in-charge, fabricated in compartmentalized
design with CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work & cover, 3mm thick for gland plates
i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, with
300 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, connection, inter-
connection and following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it, cable alley, installation on
suitable size CC foundation (embedded legs, should not be less than 300 mm), depth should be
400 mm i/c plastering, painting etc. as required. The enclosure shall have a degree of protection
not less than IP 54. (Res Essential FP for Lifts & FFS)

Each Incomer shall have Surge Protection Device of Type - II category of

minimum 50KA rating.
A 200 Amp, Onload Changeover - 1 No.
B 300 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium bus bars -
1 Set
C Incomer
(a) 200 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 1 No.
(b) Digital Type Voltmeter with selector / Fuse - 1
Set
(c) Digital Type Ammeter with selector / Fuse / CTs
- 1 Set
(d) R - Y - B Indicating lamp LED Type Lamp with
back up fuse - 1 Set
D Outgoings
(a) 100 Amps, 4 Pole, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 4 Nos.
(b) 40 Amps, 4 Pole, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle &
Spreader link - 6 Nos.
E 2 Nos, 20 x 5 mm copper strip entire width of the
feeder pillar - (Earth Bus)
F 10 Amp. 3pin socket outlet with 10 Amp. switch and one brass batten holder to be
provided in the feeder pillar.
A To F 1 324488.00 Job 324488.00
CABLE LAYING
2.14 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 11 KV grade of following size direct in ground including
excavation, sand cushioning, protective covering and refilling the trench etc as required. The
Cable should be confirming to IS 7098 (Part II) amended upto date.
(a) 3 x 240 Sq mm 'E' 100 3230.00 Mtr. 323000.00
(b) 3 x 185 Sq mm 'E' 100 2765.00 Mtr. 276500.00
2.15 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 11 KV grade of following size in the existing masonry open duct
as required. The Cable should be confirming to IS 7098 (Part II) amended upto date.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 292

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(a) 3 x 240 Sq mm 'E' 20 2843.00 Mtr. 56860.00
(b) 3 x 185 Sq mm 'E' 20 2378.00 Mtr. 47560.00
2.16 Supplying and making indoor cable end termination with heat shrinkable jointing kit complete
with all accessories including lugs suitable for following size of 3 core, XLPE aluminium
conductor cable of 11 KV grade as required.
(a) 3 x 240 Sq mm 5 11681.00 Each 58405.00
(b) 3 x 185 Sq mm 5 12232.00 Each 61160.00
2.17 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size direct in ground including
excavation, sand cushioning, protective covering and refilling the trench etc as required.. The
Cable should be confirming to IS:7098 (part-I) and ammended upto date.
(a) 3.5 x 240 Sqmm 10 2542.00 Mtr. 25420.00
(b) 3.5 x 185 Sqmm 165 2038.00 Mtr. 336270.00
(c) 3.5 x 95 Sqmm 255 1260.00 Mtr. 321300.00
(d) 3.5 x 70 Sqmm 210 1076.00 Mtr. 225960.00
(e) 3.5 x 35 Sqmm 450 740.00 Mtr. 333000.00
(f) 3.5 x 25 Sqmm 140 661.00 Mtr. 92540.00
2.18 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size in the existing masonry open
duct as required. The Cable should be confirming to IS:7098 (part-I) and ammended upto date.
(a) 3.5 x 240 Sqmm 45 2239.00 Mtr. 100755.00
(b) 3.5 x 185 Sqmm 20 1735.00 Mtr. 34700.00
(c) 3.5 x 95 Sqmm 30 957.00 Mtr. 28710.00
(d) 3.5 x 70 Sqmm 10 774.00 Mtr. 7740.00
(e) 3.5 x 35 Sqmm 30 437.00 Mtr. 13110.00
(f) 3.5 x 25 Sqmm 20 358.00 Mtr. 7160.00
(g) 2 x 10 Sqmm 50 203.00 Mtr. 10150.00
2.19 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size in the existing DWC
HDPE/RCC/ HUME/ METAL pipe as required. The Cable should be confirming to IS:7098
(part-I) and ammended upto date.
(a) 3.5 x 35 Sqmm 20 444.00 Mtr. 8880.00
(b) 3.5 x 25 Sqmm 20 366.00 Mtr. 7320.00
(c) 2 x 10 Sqmm 475 211.00 Mtr. 100225.00
2.20 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size on wall surface as required. The
Cable should be confirming to IS:7098 (part-I) and ammended upto date.
(a) 3.5 x 240 Sqmm (clamped with 40x3mm MS flat 5 2326.00 Mtr. 11630.00
clamp)
(b) 3.5 x 185 Sqmm (clamped with 25/40x3mm MS 40 1807.00 Mtr. 72280.00
flat clamp)
(c) 3.5 x 95 Sqmm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat 60 1023.00 Mtr. 61380.00
clamp)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 293

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(d) 3.5 x 70 Sqmm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat 70 840.00 Mtr. 58800.00
clamp)
(e) 3.5 x 35 Sqmm (clamped with 1mm thick saddle) 90 453.00 Mtr. 40770.00
(f) 3.5 x 25 Sqmm (clamped with 1mm thick saddle) 90 374.00 Mtr. 33660.00
2.21 Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium lugs for
following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1 KV
grade as required.
(a) 3.5 x 240 Sqmm (62 mm) 4 809.00 Each 3236.00
(b) 3.5 x 185 Sqmm (57 mm) 16 702.00 Each 11232.00
(c) 3.5 x 95 Sqmm (45 mm) 14 473.00 Each 6622.00
(d) 3.5 x 70 Sqmm (38 mm) 8 368.00 Each 2944.00
(e) 3.5 x 35 Sqmm (32 mm) 16 300.00 Each 4800.00
(f) 3.5 x 25 Sqmm (28 mm) 12 250.00 Each 3000.00
(g) 2 x 10 Sqmm (19 mm) 48 198.00 Each 9504.00
2.22 Supplying and laying of following size DWC HDPE pipe ISI marked along with all accessories
like socket, bend, couplers etc. conforming to IS 14930, Part-II complete with fitting and cutting,
jointing etc direct in ground (75 cm below ground level) including excavation and refilling the
trench but excluding sand cushioning and protective covering etc. complete as required.
(a) 63 mm dia (OD-63 mm & ID-51 mm nominal) 475 209.00 Mtr. 99275.00
2.23 Providing, laying and fixing following dia G.I. pipe (medium class) in ground complete with G.I.
fittings including trenching (75 cm deep)and re-filling etc as required.
(b) 80 mm dia 20 536.00 Mtr. 10720.00
Earthing
2.24 Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 8 11794.00 Set 94352.00
mm X 3 mm thick including accessories, and
providing masonry enclosure with cover plate
having locking arrangement and watering pipe of
2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as
required.
2.25 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 26 6216.00 Set 161616.00
6 mm thick including accessories and providing
masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking
arrangement and watering pipe of 2.7 metre long
etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.
2.26 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 1224.00 Mtr. 48960.00
40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode including
connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer
excavation and re-filling etc. as required.
2.27 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip 60 1009.00 Mtr. 60540.00
on surface or in recess for connections etc. as
required.
2.28 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 80 483.00 Mtr. 38640.00
mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode including
connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring, washer
excavation and re-filling etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 294

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
2.29 Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on 185 206.00 Mtr. 38110.00
surface or in recess for connections etc. as
required.
SH:III DG SET WORK
3.1 Providing, Installing, Testing and Commissioning of „Silent Type‟ Diesel Generating set
alongwith having Prime Power Rating of 250 KVA, 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 0.8 lagging power
factor at 415 V suitable for 50 Hz, 3 phase system & for 0.85 Load Factor and consisting of the
followings:
A Diesel Engine:
Diesel engine 4 stroke liquid cooled, electric start, of suitable BHP at 1500 RPM suitable for
above output of alternator at 40 Degree C, 50% RH & at 1000 Meter MSL and conforming to BS
5514, BS 649, IS 10000, capable of taking 10% over loading for one hour after 12 hours of
continuous operation. The engine will be fitted complete with all the required accessories.
B Engine mounted Instrument Panel fitted with and having
digital display for following:
(i)Start-stop switch
(ii)Water temperature indication
(iii)Lubrication oil pressure indication
(iv)Lubrication oil temperature indication
(v)Battery charging indication
(vi) RPM indication
(vii)Over speed indication
(viii)Low lub. Oil trip indication
(ix)Engine Hours indication
C Alternator :
Synchronous alternator rated at 250 KVA, 415 volts at 1500 RPM, 3 phase 50 Hz, AC supply
with 0.8 lagging power factor at 40 Degree C, 50% RH & a 1000 Meter MSL. The alternator shall
be having SPDP enclosure, brushless, continuous duty, self-excited and self-regulated through
AVR conforming to IS: 4722/BS 2613 suitable for tropical conditions and with class-F/H
insulation.
D Base Frame & Foundation
Both the engine and alternator shall be mounted on suitable base frame made of MS channel with
necessary reinforcement which shall be installed on suitable cement concrete foundation and
vibration isolation arrangement as per recommendations of manufacturer.
E Fuel Tank :
Daily service fuel tank of minimum 500 Ltrs. / manufacturer standared fabricated with
suitable gauge M.S. sheet complete with all standard accessories and fuel piping between fuel
tank and diesel engine with MS class „C‟ pipes of suitable dia. Complete with valves, level
indications & accessories as required as per specifications.
F Exhaust System :
As per CPCB - II norms
G Starting System :

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 295

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
12V/24V DC starting system comprising of starter motors : voltage regulator and arrangement for
initial excitation complete with suitable nos. of batteries (suitable capacity) as required as per
specifications.
H Accoustic and weather proof enclosure with arrangement for fresh air intake for cooling of the
engine & alternator, extraction, discharging hot air in to the atmosphere as per specifications.
I Fabricating, Installing, Testing & Commissioning of automatic mains failure control including
by-pass arrangement, suitable for 250 KVA silent type DG set complete with relays, timers, set of
CTs for metering & protection and energy analyser to indicate currents, phase and line voltages,
frequency, power factor, KWH, KVARH & provision for overload, short circuit, restricted earth
fault, under frequency, control cabling from AMF panel to diesel engine and elsewhere if
required, all complete and inter locking including the following :
(i) 400 Amps, 4P, On Load Changeover - 1 No. (For
manual by pass system)
(a) 400 Amps, 4 Pole, MCCB, 36 KA With Thermal Magnetic released with Extended Rotary
Handle & Spreader link (O/C, S/C) Protection - 2 Nos.
(b) 400 Amps, 4 Pole, Contactor - 2 Nos.
(c) Auto/Manual/Test/Off selector switch
(d) 2 Nos. Over voltage relay, and 2 Nos. under
voltage relay.
(e) 3 Sets of current transformers 15 P 10 accuracy for protection and 15 VA
class-I for metering.
(f) Energy analyser unit to indicate current voltage frequency
power factor and KWH.
(g) Indicating lamps for load on mains and load on
set.
(h) Fuse for instruments.
(i) Battery charger, complete with transformer/rectifier, D.C. voltmeter and ammeter, selector switch
for trickle, off and boost and current adjustment.
(j) Main supply failure monitor.
(k) Supply failure timer.
(l) Restoration timer.
(m) Control unit with three impulse automatic engine start/stop
and failure to start lockout.
(n) Impulse counter with locking and reset facility.
(o) ON/OFF/Control circuit switch with indicator.
(p) Audio/Video annunciation for
(i) High water temperature
(ii) Low lubricating oil pressure
(iii) Engine over speed
(iv) Engine fails to start
(v) Full load/maximum load warning
Note - Fuel for DG set testing at site is included.
A to I 1 2042741.00 Set 2042741.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 296

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
3.2 Providing and laying in position cement concrete 3.90 7549.00 Cum 29441.00
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size) in foundation of
pump, DG set etc including form work etc as
required.
SH : LIFT WORK
IV
4.1 Supplying, Installation, testing and commissioning of 16 Passenger (1088 Kg) without machine
room, Gearless type lift serving different floors, as per detailed specification enclosed and as
under:- (For Office Building)
(i) Speed - 1.5 MPS
(ii) Floors - (B+G+4)
(iii) Travel - 22.5 Mtr. (Approx)
(iv) Stop & Opening - 6
(v) Lift Well - 2550 mm x 2100 mm
Lift Door
(vi) The clear opening of Entrance to the lift car shall be at least 1000 mm. The doors shall be
constructed as automatic horizontal sliding doors. The lift door shall be contrasting in colour from
the adjoining wall. There shall be no difference in level between the lift door and the floor surface
at each level. The gap between the lift door and building floor shall not be more than 12 mm. A
non- contact sensor device shall be provided in the door opening to detect an entering of exiting
passenger or an assistive device and prevent the risk of the passenger or assistive device from
being hit by the leading door panel(s).
The sensor device shall cover at least 2/3 of the door height measured from a distance of 25 mm
above the door sill. Time of closing of an automatic door shall be more than 5 s and the closing
speed shall not exceed 0.25 m/s. The door opening time shall be adjustable to suit the conditions
where the lift is installed. A mechanism to increase this time shall be installed to be customized
by a user with mobility impairments (for example by means of a button outside the car to call the
lift to the floor for it to arrive with extended door opening time, and a button marked with a
wheelchair symbol inside the car with the same purpose). Under normal operation the leveling
accuracy of the lift car shall be +/- 5 mm. Doors should be with minimum 1 Hrs fire rating.
Call Buttons
(vii) The call button located outside the lift shall have a clear floor space of at least 900 mm X
1200 mm with no obstruction placed to prevent a wheelchair user from reaching the call button
and shall be installed at a height between 800 mm and 1000 mm
Touch Control
(viii) Touch control panels shall not be used in any case as they are not accessible to visually
impaired persons. The control panel inside the lift shall meet the following requirements.
(a) It shall be placed at a height of between 900 mm and
1100 mm from the floor level.
(b) The Control buttons may be placed either horizontally
or vertically within this space.
(c) It shall have buttons with Braille / raised letters and in sharp contrast form the background
to aid people with visual impairments.
(ix) Type of doors:

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 297

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
a) Car - Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding stainless steel scratch proof (moon
rock finish / hairline finish)
b) Landing doors - Stainless Steel with Moon
Rock Finish / Hairline Finish.
(x) Handrails shall be placed at a height of 900 mm from the floor level. These shall be fixed on
both sides and at the rear of the lift.
Audio Video Indicator
(xi) The lift shall have a voice announcement system along with a visual display to indicate the
floor level and also the information that the door of the cage is open or closed for entrance or exit.
The announcement system shall be clearly audible, that is, the announcement shall be of the order
of 50 dB.
(xii) All the buttons have Braille symbols
(xiii) Other Requirements
a) Internal walls shall have a non-reflective matte finish in a colour and
tone contrasting with the floor.
b) The floor of the lift car shall be rigid and have a non-reflective matte finish and shall be slip
resistant having similar friction qualities to the floor of the lift landing to decrease the risk of
stumbling.
c) The provision of a mirror on the wall of the lift car opposite the lift door is a positive aid to
navigation for wheelchair users. It allows the wheelchair user to see if anyone is behind them and
also to see the floor indicator panel. The mirror should not extend below 900 mm from the lift
floor to avoid confusing people with impaired sight
d) Internal car lighting should provide minimum level of illumination of 100 lux at floor level,
uniformly distributed, and avoiding the spotlights.(only LED lights to be used)
e) Emergency warning: The car shall have an alarm device (two-way communication system)
permanently connected to a manned security point according to the following:
(i) The device shall ensure voice communication in both directions with an organization in
charge of passenger rescue or with the person in charge of the safety of the building.
(ii) The operating force for alarm button shall be minimum
2.5 N and, maximum 5 N.
(iii) The device shall provide visual and audible information feedback for passengers confirming
that, the alarm has been sent, using a yellow enlightened bell-shaped symbol, and the alarm has
been received, voice communication established, using the green enlightened symbol consisting
of two heads.
(xiv) Overload warning indicator, Pit Ladder, Battery operated emergency light and alarm bell,
Infra red door screen, Mirror, Firemen Switch etc.
(xv) Automatic Rescue Device complete with dry
Maintenance free batteries
(xvi) Operation : Microprocessor based Simplex
without attendent
(i) To (xvi) 2 2284474.00 Job 4568948.00
4.2 Supplying, Installation, testing and commissioning of 13 Passenger (884 Kg) without machine
room, Gearless type lift serving different floors, as per detailed specification enclosed and as
under:- (For T-II & T-III Qtrs. Building)

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 298

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(i) Speed - 1 MPS
(ii) Floors - (G+6)
(iii) Travel - 18 Mtr. (Approx)
(iv) Stop & Opening - 7
(v) Lift Well - 2550 mm x 1950 mm
Lift Door
(vi) The clear opening of Entrance to the lift car shall be at least 900 mm. The doors shall be
constructed as automatic horizontal sliding doors. The lift door shall be contrasting in colour from
the adjoining wall. There shall be no difference in level between the lift door and the floor surface
at each level. The gap between the lift door and building floor shall not be more than 12 mm. A
non- contact sensor device shall be provided in the door opening to detect an entering of exiting
passenger or an assistive device and prevent the risk of the passenger or assistive device from
being hit by the leading door panel(s).
The sensor device shall cover at least 2/3 of the door height measured from a distance of 25 mm
above the door sill. Time of closing of an automatic door shall be more than 5 s and the closing
speed shall not exceed 0.25 m/s. The door opening time shall be adjustable to suit the conditions
where the lift is installed. A mechanism to increase this time shall be installed to be customized
by a user with mobility impairments (for example by means of a button outside the car to call the
lift to the floor for it to arrive with extended door opening time, and a button marked with a
wheelchair symbol inside the car with the same purpose). Under normal operation the leveling
accuracy of the lift car shall be +/- 5 mm. Doors should be with minimum 1 Hrs fire rating.
Call Buttons
(vii) The call button located outside the lift shall have a clear floor space of at least 900 mm X
1200 mm with no obstruction placed to prevent a wheelchair user from reaching the call button
and shall be installed at a height between 800 mm and 1000 mm
Touch Control
(viii) Touch control panels shall not be used in any case as they are not accessible to visually
impaired persons. The control panel inside the lift shall meet the following requirements.
(a) It shall be placed at a height of between 900 mm and
1100 mm from the floor level.
(b) The Control buttons may be placed either horizontally
or vertically within this space.
(c) It shall have buttons with Braille / raised letters and in sharp contrast form the background
to aid people with visual impairments.
(ix) Type of doors:
a) Car - Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding stainless steel scratch proof (moon
rock finish / hairline finish)
b) Landing doors - Stainless Steel with Moon
Rock Finish / Hairline Finish.
(x) Handrails shall be placed at a height of 900 mm from the floor level. These shall be fixed on
both sides and at the rear of the lift.
Audio Video Indicator

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 299

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(xi) The lift shall have a voice announcement system along with a visual display to indicate the
floor level and also the information that the door of the cage is open or closed for entrance or exit.
The announcement system shall be clearly audible, that is, the announcement shall be of the order
of 50 dB.
(xii) All the buttons have Braille symbols
(xiii) Other Requirements
a) Internal walls shall have a non-reflective matte finish in a colour and
tone contrasting with the floor.
b) The floor of the lift car shall be rigid and have a non-reflective matte finish and shall be slip
resistant having similar friction qualities to the floor of the lift landing to decrease the risk of
stumbling.
c) The provision of a mirror on the wall of the lift car opposite the lift door is a positive aid to
navigation for wheelchair users. It allows the wheelchair user to see if anyone is behind them and
also to see the floor indicator panel. The mirror should not extend below 900 mm from the lift
floor to avoid confusing people with impaired sight
d) Internal car lighting should provide minimum level of illumination of 100 lux at floor level,
uniformly distributed, and avoiding the spotlights.(only LED lights to be used)
e) Emergency warning: The car shall have an alarm device (two-way communication system)
permanently connected to a manned security point according to the following:
(i) The device shall ensure voice communication in both directions with an organization in
charge of passenger rescue or with the person in charge of the safety of the building.
(ii) The operating force for alarm button shall be minimum
2.5 N and, maximum 5 N.
(iii) The device shall provide visual and audible information feedback for passengers confirming
that, the alarm has been sent, using a yellow enlightened bell-shaped symbol, and the alarm has
been received, voice communication established, using the green enlightened symbol consisting
of two heads.
(xiv) Overload warning indicator, Pit Ladder, Battery operated emergency light and alarm bell,
Infra red door screen, Mirror, Firemen Switch etc.
(xv) Automatic Rescue Device complete with dry
Maintenance free batteries
(xvi) Operation : Microprocessor based Simplex
without attendant
(i) To (xvi) 2 2020668.00 Job 4041336.00
4.3 Supplying, Installation, testing and commissioning of 13 Passenger (884 Kg) without machine
room, Gearless type lift serving different floors, as per detailed specification enclosed and as
under:- (For T-IV & T-V Qtrs. Building)
(i) Speed - 1 MPS
(ii) Floors - (G+4)
(iii) Travel - 12.6 Mtr. (Approx)
(iv) Stop & Opening - 5
(v) Lift Well - 2550 mm x 1950 mm
Lift Door

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 300

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(vi) The clear opening of Entrance to the lift car shall be at least 900 mm. The doors shall be
constructed as automatic horizontal sliding doors. The lift door shall be contrasting in colour from
the adjoining wall. There shall be no difference in level between the lift door and the floor surface
at each level. The gap between the lift door and building floor shall not be more than 12 mm. A
non- contact sensor device shall be provided in the door opening to detect an entering of exiting
passenger or an assistive device and prevent the risk of the passenger or assistive device from
being hit by the leading door panel(s).
The sensor device shall cover at least 2/3 of the door height measured from a distance of 25 mm
above the door sill. Time of closing of an automatic door shall be more than 5 s and the closing
speed shall not exceed 0.25 m/s. The door opening time shall be adjustable to suit the conditions
where the lift is installed. A mechanism to increase this time shall be installed to be customized
by a user with mobility impairments (for example by means of a button outside the car to call the
lift to the floor for it to arrive with extended door opening time, and a button marked with a
wheelchair symbol inside the car with the same purpose). Under normal operation the leveling
accuracy of the lift car shall be +/- 5 mm. Doors should be with minimum 1 Hrs fire rating.
Call Buttons
(vii) The call button located outside the lift shall have a clear floor space of at least 900 mm X
1200 mm with no obstruction placed to prevent a wheelchair user from reaching the call button
and shall be installed at a height between 800 mm and 1000 mm
Touch Control
(viii) Touch control panels shall not be used in any case as they are not accessible to visually
impaired persons. The control panel inside the lift shall meet the following requirements.
(a) It shall be placed at a height of between 900 mm and
1100 mm from the floor level.
(b) The Control buttons may be placed either horizontally
or vertically within this space.
(c) It shall have buttons with Braille / raised letters and in sharp contrast form the background
to aid people with visual impairments.
(ix) Type of doors:
a) Car - Power operated, centre opening horizontal sliding stainless steel scratch proof (moon
rock finish / hairline finish)
b) Landing doors - Stainless Steel with Moon
Rock Finish / Hairline Finish.
(x) Handrails shall be placed at a height of 900 mm from the floor level. These shall be fixed on
both sides and at the rear of the lift.
Audio Video Indicator
(xi) The lift shall have a voice announcement system along with a visual display to indicate the
floor level and also the information that the door of the cage is open or closed for entrance or exit.
The announcement system shall be clearly audible, that is, the announcement shall be of the order
of 50 dB.
(xii) All the buttons have Braille symbols
(xiii) Other Requirements
a) Internal walls shall have a non-reflective matte finish in a colour and
tone contrasting with the floor.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 301

 Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
b) The floor of the lift car shall be rigid and have a non-reflective matte finish and shall be slip
resistant having similar friction qualities to the floor of the lift landing to decrease the risk of
stumbling.
c) The provision of a mirror on the wall of the lift car opposite the lift door is a positive aid to
navigation for wheelchair users. It allows the wheelchair user to see if anyone is behind them and
also to see the floor indicator panel. The mirror should not extend below 900 mm from the lift
floor to avoid confusing people with impaired sight
d) Internal car lighting should provide minimum level of illumination of 100 lux at floor level,
uniformly distributed, and avoiding the spotlights.(only LED lights to be used)
e) Emergency warning: The car shall have an alarm device (two-way communication system)
permanently connected to a manned security point according to the following:
(i) The device shall ensure voice communication in both directions with an organization in
charge of passenger rescue or with the person in charge of the safety of the building.
(ii) The operating force for alarm button shall be minimum
2.5 N and, maximum 5 N.
(iii) The device shall provide visual and audible information feedback for passengers confirming
that, the alarm has been sent, using a yellow enlightened bell-shaped symbol, and the alarm has
been received, voice communication established, using the green enlightened symbol consisting
of two heads.
(xiv) Overload warning indicator, Pit Ladder, Battery operated emergency light and alarm bell,
Infra red door screen, Mirror, Firemen Switch etc.
(xv) Automatic Rescue Device complete with dry
Maintenance free batteries
(xvi) Operation : Microprocessor based Simplex
without attendent
(i) To (xvi) 1 1891078.00 Job 1891078.00
SH : V FIRE ALARM & PA SYSTEM WORK
Automatic Fire alarm System & PA System
5.1 Supplying, installation, testing and commissioning of microprocessor based intelligent
addressable main fire alarm panel, central processing unit with the following loop modules and
capable of supporting not less than 240 devices (including detectors) and minimum 120 detectors
per loop and loop length up to 2 km, network communication card, minimum 320 character
graphics/ LCD display with touch screen or other keypad and minimum 4000 events history log
in the non volatile memory (EPROM), power supply unit (230 ± 5% V, 50 hz), 48 hrs back-up
with 24 volt sealed maintenance free batteries with automatic charger. The panel shall have
facility to connect printer to printout log and facility to have seamless integration with
analog/digital voice evacuation system (which is part of the schedule of work under SH: PA
System) and shall be complete with all accessories. The panel shall be compatible for IBMS
system with open protocol BAC net/ Modbus over IP complete as per specifications.

(a) Four Loop Panel 1 368818.00 Each 368818.00

5.2 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 403 2846.00 Each 1146938.00
of intelligent analog addressable photo thermal
detector complete with mounting base complete
as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 302

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
5.3 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 32 2713.00 Each 86816.00
of intelligent addressable thermal detector with
rate of rise cum fixed temperature thermistor
complete with base as required.
5.4 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 6 2990.00 Each 17940.00
of intelligent addressable fire control module
complete as required.
5.5 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 80 263.00 Each 21040.00
of response indicator on surface/recessed MS Box
having two LED, metallic cover complete with all
connections etc as required.
5.6 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 24 3257.00 Each 78168.00
of fault isolator complete with base as required.
5.7 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 11 3859.00 Each 42449.00
of addressable manual call point complete as
required.
5.8 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 6 3494.00 Each 20964.00
of addressable horn cum strobe complete as
required.
5.9 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 6 3255.00 Each 19530.00
of intelligent addressable phone control module
complete as required.
5.10 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 6 1587.00 Each 9522.00
of fire fighter phone jack complete as required.
5.11 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 2 5727.00 Each 11454.00
of fire fighter telephone handset complete as
required.
5.12 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 1 126399.00 Each 126399.00
of 6 zone, voice alarm controller with USB, MP3
player (including 6 zone button paging station)
with seamless integration facility with main fire
alarm panel for voice evacuation complete as
required.
5.13 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 54 1826.00 Each 98604.00
of 6 inches dia, 2 Watts, 70/100 volts ceiling
speakers complete as required.
5.14 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 2 145780.00 Each 291560.00
of digital audio amplifier 75 Watt, 25V rms
operating at 240 Volt AC Supply complete as
required.
Conventional Fire Alarm System
5.15 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning sector panel suitable for following zones,
complete with visual indications for short circuit fault, open circuit fault, fire condition and all
other standard facilities as per IS:2189 with mimic diagram for all area/zone covered, complete
with all connections, interconnections as required.
(a) 4 Zone 3 8468.00 Each 25404.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 303

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
5.16 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 19 395.00 Each 7505.00
of manual call box of ABS type in surface/recess
with stainless steel chain & hammer assembly
complete with glass and push button etc. as
required.
5.17 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning 11 1553.00 Each 17083.00
of fire alarm hooter with strobe complete as
required.
CABLING & WIRING
5.18 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core
cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.
(a) 2 x 1.5 Sq. mm 1500 41.00 Mtr 61500.00
5.19 Supplying and drawing of cable Fire Retardant PVC insulated copper conductor cable in the
existing surface / recessed steel conduit of following pairs, cores and size including connections
and interconnections etc. as required.
(a) Speaker cable Single pair, 2-core, 1.5 sqmm 600 51.00 Mtr 30600.00
SH : FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM WORK
VI
6.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electric driven Main Fire Pump suitable
for automatic operation and consisting of following, complete in all respects, as required.
(a) Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body & bronze impeller
with stainless steel shaft, mechanical seal conforming to IS 1520.
(b) Suitable HP Squirrel cage induction motor, TFEC, synchronous speed 1500 RPM, suitable for
operation on 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, AC supply with IP 55 protection for enclosure, horizontal
foot mounted type with Class-'F' insulation, conforming to IS-325.
(c) M.S. Fabricated common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation
bolts etc. as required.
(d) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly
plastered with antivibration pads.
(i) 2280 lpm at 70 m Head 2 367296.00 Set 734592.00
6.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Diesel Engine driven main fire pump
suitable for automatic operation and consisting of following, complete in all respect as required.
(Diesel Driven Pump)
(a) Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal pump of cast iron body and bronze impeller with stainless
steel shaft, mechanical seal conforming to IS 1520.
(b) Suitable HP, 1500 RPM water cooled with radiator, diesel engine conforming to relevant IS
standard complete with auto starting mechanism, 12 / 24 volts electric starting equipment, diesel
tank, exhaust pipe extended upto 10 meter outside pump house duly insulated with 50 mm thick
glass wool with 1.0 mm thick aluminium sheet cladding, residential silencer, instruments and
protection as per standard specification, stop solenoid for auto stop in the event of fault with
audio indications, painted with post office red colour etc. as required.
(c) M.S. Fabricated, common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation
bolts etc. as required.
(d) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly
plastered with antivibration pads.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 304

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(i) 2280 lpm at 70 m Head 1 610297.00 Set 610297.00
6.3 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electric driven Pressurization pump
suitable for automatic operation and consisting of following, complete in all respects, as required.
(Jockey Pump)
(a) Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal pump of cast iron body and bronze impeller with stainless
steel shaft, mechanical seal conforming to IS 1520.
(b) Suitable HP Squirrel cage Induction motor TFEC type suitable for operation on 415 volts, 3
phase, 50 Hz AC supply with IP 55 class of protection for enclosure, horizontal foot mounted
type with Class-'F' insulation, conforming to IS-325.
(c) M.S. Fabricated common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation
bolts etc. as required.
(d) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly
plastered with antivibration pads.
(i) 180 lpm at 70 m Head 2 102391.00 Set 204782.00
6.4 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electric driven terrace pump suitable
for automatic operation and consisting of following complete in all respect as required. (Terrace
Pump)
(a) Horizontal type, multistage, centrifugal, split casing pump of cast iron body and bronze
impeller with stainless steel shaft, mechanical confirming to IS 1520.
(b) Suitable HP Squirell cage induction motor TEFC type suitable for operation on 415 volts, 3
phase 50 Hz AC supply with IP55 class of protection for enclosure, horizontal foot mounted type
with class-'F' insulation, confirming to IS - 325.
(c) M.S. fabricated common base plate, coupling, coupling guard, foundation bolts etc. as
required.
(d) Suitable cement concrete foundation duly plastered with anti vibration pads.
(a) 900 lpm at 35 m Head 8 100946.00 Job 807568.00
COMMON PANEL IN FIRE PUMP HOUSE
6.5 Fabrication, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Electrical control panel of
cubical construction, floor mounted type, fabricated out of 2 mm thick CRCA sheet,
compartmentalized with hinged lockable doors, dust and vermin proof, powder coated of
approved shade after 7 tank treatment process, cable alley, interconnection with suitable size
copper conductor cable / solid copper strip, having switchgears and accessories, mountings and
internal wiring, earth terminals, numbering etc. complete in all respect, suitable for main fire
pump, pressurisation pump & diesel pump set complete as per CPWD specification with
following in coming and outgoing, suitable for operation on 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. AC supply
with enclosure protection class IP 42 as required.
I INCOMER
(a) 400A, 50kA, 4P, MCCB, Ics = 100% Icu rating Digital Voltmeter (0 - 500 V) with selector
switch Digital Ammeter (0 - 400 A) with selector switch & CTs etc.
(b) LED type RYB phase indicating lamps, ON,
OFF, trip indicating lamps
(e) Set of Copper Bus Bar 500 A
II OUTGOING

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 305

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(Note : All outgoing feeders for pumps should have digital Ammeter with selector switches and
LED type ON, OFF, trip indicating lamps)
(a) Main Fire Pump
125 A, 50kA, TPN, MCCB, Ics = 100% Icu, with fully automatic Star/ Delta starter suitable for
60 HP pump with overload protection, current sensing type single phase preventor complete with
all accessories and internal wiring required for automatic operation, selector switch for local /
remote, Auto / Manual / OFF operation. - 2 Sets
(b) Jockey Pump
63 A, 50kA, TPN, MCCB, Ics = 100% Icu with suitable HP fully automatic Star/ Delta starter
with overload protection, current sensing type single phase preventor complete with all
accessories and internal wiring required for automatic operation, selector switch for local /
remote, Auto / Manual / OFF operation. - 2 Sets
(c) Diesel Engine Control
Control for Diesel Engine comprising -
Automatic / Manual selector switch & 3 attempts starting device, timers and relays as required,
push buttons, start/ stop in manual mode.
Indicating Lamp for High / Low Lub. Oil pressure, High Water Temp and
Engine on indication.
Battery charger suitable for 12 V / 24 V DC with boost and tickle selector switch, 0-30 V DC volt
meter, 0-20 A DC Ammeter.
All standard relays and accessories for automatic
operation of diesel engine.
III SYSTEM CONTROLLER
Designing, Supply, Installation, Testing and 1 372106.00 Set 372106.00
Commissioning of system controller to control
operation of Main Electric Fire Pump, Diesel
Pump, Pressurization Pump, Terrace Pump in
sequence as per specification consisting of relays,
timers, sensors, annunciation window for fault
indication, complete as per specification.
6.6 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of double door out door type totally enclosed,
dust and vermin proof, pedestal mounted Feeder Pillar of suitable size, constructed as per, CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer-in-charge, made out of 2.0 mm thick CRCA
sheet with locking arrangement, prepaint treated, phosphatized and powder coated by approved
Siemens gray paint, with 150 Amps 4 strip aluminium busbar, connection, inter-connection and
following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it, cable alley, installation on suitable size CC
foundation (embeded legs, should not be less than 300 mm), depth should be 400 mm i/c
plastering, painting etc. as required. The enclosure shall have a degree of protection not less than
IP 54.
A 150 Amps, 4 Strip Aluminium bus bar - 1 Set
B Incomer - 100 Amps, 4P, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary
handle & Spreader link - 1 No.
C Outgoings for 11 KW Star Delta Starter Feeder -
2 Nos.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 306

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(i) 63 Amps, 3P, 25 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary handle
& Spreader link - 2 Nos.
(ii) 45 Amps, 3 Pole, AC3 duty contactor - 6 Nos.
(iii) Thermal over load relay- 2 Nos.
(iv) 2 NO + 2 NC Aux Contact - 6 Nos.
(v) Single phase preventor Relay- 2 Nos.
(vi) OFF/ ON Indication Lamp - 6 Sets.
(vii) Start stop push button - 4 Sets.
(viii) Timer - 2 Nos.
(ix) Pressure Healthy LED Indicating Lamp - 1 No.
(x) Auto manual selector switch - 2 Nos.
D Metering
(i) Digital Voltmeter ( 0-500) V with selector switch
- 1 No.
(ii) Digital Ammeter (0-100) A with selector switch
and CT's etc. - 2 Nos
(iii) RYB Indicating LED type Lamp - 1 Set
E 2 Nos, 20 x 5 mm copper strip entire width of the
feeder pillar - (Earth Bus)
Note - The necessary arrangements should be made to automatic start of pump in case of
pressure drop from pre - set value.
A To E 4 205519.00 Job 822076.00
PLUMBING
6.7 Providing, Laying, Testing & Commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS
1239 / 3589 i/c fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets etc. in ground
including welding, excavation & providing cement concrete blocks as supports, anticorrosive
treatment with coaltar/ asphalt tape as per IS 10221, refilling the trench etc. of following sizes
complete as required.
(a) 150 mm dia 500 2376.00 Mtr. 1188000.00
(b) 100 mm dia 120 2661.00 Mtr. 319320.00
6.8 Providing, Laying, Testing & Commissioning of 'C' class heavy duty MS pipe conforming to IS
3589 / IS 1239 including welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts bolts, gaskets
etc. and fixing the pipe on the wall /ceiling with suitable clamp / support frame and painting with
two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required.
(a) 200 mm dia (wall thickness 6.3 mm) 30 2926.00 Mtr. 87780.00
(b) 150 mm dia 20 2064.00 Mtr. 41280.00
(c) 100 mm dia 560 1499.00 Mtr. 839440.00
(d) 80 mm dia 195 1122.00 Mtr. 218790.00
(e) 65 mm dia 195 1004.00 Mtr. 195780.00
(f) 50 mm dia 185 787.00 Mtr. 145595.00
(g) 40 mm dia 190 651.00 Mtr. 123690.00
(h) 32 mm dia 280 527.00 Mtr. 147560.00
(i) 25 mm dia 460 471.00 Mtr. 216660.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 307

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
6.9 Providing, Laying, Testing & Commissioning of 'B' class medium duty GI pipe conforming to
IS 1239 including welding, fittings like elbows, tees, flanges, tapers, nuts, bolts, gaskets etc. and
fixing the pipe on the wall /ceiling with suitable clamp / support frame and painting with two or
more coats of synthetic enamel paint of required shade complete as required.
(a) 50 mm dia (For Sprinkler Drain) 60 859.00 Mtr. 51540.00
6.10 Providing, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Stainless Steel Y-Strainer fabricated out of
1.6 mm thick stainless steel, Grade 304, sheet with 3 mm dia holes with stainless steel flange.
(a) 200 mm dia 2 22052.00 Each 44104.00
(b) 100 mm dia 8 6450.00 Each 51600.00
6.11 Supplying and Fixing Orifice plate made out of 6 44 1291.00 Each 56804.00
mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304) with orifice
of required size to be fitted between flange &
landing valve of external and internal hydrants to
reduce pressure at the outlet to the level of 3.5
kg/cm2 complete as required.
6.12 Supplying, Fixing, Testing & Commissioning of Butterfly valve PN 1.6 rating with bronze /
gunmetal seat duly ISI marked complete with nuts, bolts, washers, gaskets, confirming to IS
13095 of following sizes as required.
(a) 200 mm dia 5 14958.00 Set 74790.00
(b) 150 mm dia 10 8699.00 Set 86990.00
(c) 100 mm dia 29 6454.00 Set 187166.00
(d) 80 mm dia 21 4842.00 Set 101682.00
(c) 50 mm dia 12 3671.00 Set 44052.00
6.13 Providing, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Non-Return Valve of following sizes
conforming to IS 5312 complete with rubber gasket, GI bolts, nuts, washers etc. as required.
(a) 150 mm dia 6 17577.00 Set 105462.00
(b) 100 mm dia 10 10836.00 Set 108360.00
(c) 80 mm dia 14 7539.00 Set 105546.00
HYDRANT, FIRE HOSE REEL, VALVES
ETC.
6.14 Supplying and Fixing Single headed external yard hydrant valve with 1 No. 63 mm dia
instantaneous FM Gun metal / Stainless Steel coupling and cast iron wheel, ISI marked,
conforming to IS 5290 (Type - A) with black Gunmetal / Stainless Steel cap and chain as
required.
(a) Single Headed Gunmetal 13 7494.00 Set 97422.00
6.15 Supplying and Fixing Single headed internal yard hydrant valve with instantaneous Gun metal
/ Stainless Steel coupling of 63 mm dia with cast iron wheel ISI marked conforming to IS 5290
(Type - A) with black Gunmetal / Stainless Steel cap and chain as required.
(a) Single Headed Gunmetal 31 7494.00 Set 232314.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 308

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
6.16 Providing & Fixing of Hose cabinet of size 900 13 10501.00 Each 136513.00
mm x 600 mm x 500 mm made of 2 mm thick
MS sheet with 6 mm thick glazed glass doors i/c
necessary locking arrangement suitable to
accommodate external hydrant with butterfly
valve, 2 Nos. 15 mtr. long hose pipe, 1 No.
branch pipe, mounted on wall or raised brick
platform and duly painted with post office red
externally and while internally with synthetic
enamel paint complete in all respect, for external
hydrant, as required.
6.17 Providing & Fixing angle iron (40 mm x 40 mm x 31 7868.00 Each 243908.00
5 mm) door frame and MS sheet (2 mm thick)
cum glass shutter of size 2.1 Mtr. x 1.2 Mtr. (N.S)
with 25 mm x 25 mm x 3 mm angle frame all
around & stiffened in between i/c hinges, handle,
locking arrangement, painting with approved
synthetic enamel paint i/c sign writing on glass at
internal hydrant including providing & fixing MS
sheet 2 mm thick on remaining portion above
door to close opening i/c painting etc. as required.
6.18 Supplying and fixing First-Aid Hose Reel with MS construction spray painted in post office red,
conforming to IS 884 complete with the following as required.
(i) 20 mm nominal internal dia water hose thermoplastic (Textile reinforced) type -2 as
per IS: 12585
(ii) 20 mm nominal internal dia gun metal globe
valve & nozzle.
(iii) Drum and brackets for fixing the equipmets on
wall.
(iv) Connections from riser with 25 mm dia stop gun metal valve
& M.S. Pipe and socket.
a) 30 m 31 8413.00 Set 260803.00
6.19 Supplying and Fixing 63 mm dia, 15 m long RRL hose pipe with 63 mm dia male and female
couplings duly bound with GI wire, rivets etc. conforming to IS: 636 (Type -A) as required.
(a) Gun Metal 52 5188.00 Set 269776.00
6.20 Supplying & Fixing 63 mm dia Gun metal short branch pipe with 20 mm nominal internal
diameter size nozzle conforming to IS: 903 suitable for instantaneous connection to interconnect
hose pipe coupling as required.
(a) Gun Metal 44 2402.00 Each 105688.00
6.21 Supplying and Fixing of Fire Brigade Connection of cast iron body with Gun Metal male
instantaneous inlet couplings complete with cap and chain as required for suitable dia MS Pipe
connection conforming to IS 904 as required.
(a) 2 Way - 100 mm dia M.S. Pipe 5 6590.00 Set 32950.00
(b) 3 way - 150 mm dia M.S. Pipe 3 9302.00 Set 27906.00
6.22 Supplying and Fixing of Fire Brigade Draw out 1 5933.00 Set 5933.00
Connection of cast iron body complete etc. as

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 309

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
required.

6.23 Supplying and Fixing Air Vessel made of 250 7 18009.00 Set 126063.00
mm dia, 8 mm thick MS sheet, 1200 mm in
height with air release valve on top and flanged
connection to riser, drain arrangement with 25
mm dia Gun metal wheel valve with required
accessories, pressure gauge and painting with
synthetic enamel paint of approved shade as
required.
6.24 Providing and Fixing diaphragm type pressure 50 195.00 Each 9750.00
gauge alongwith accessories complete etc. as
required.
6.25 Providing and Fixing pressure switch in the MS 10 1508.00 Each 15080.00
pipe line including connection etc. as required.
6.26 Providing and Fixing flow switch in following sizes MS pipe including
connection etc. as required.
(a) 100 mm dia 12 7362.00 Each 88344.00
6.27 Providing, Fixing, Testing & Commissioning of 15 mm dia quartzoid bulb type sprinklers of
rating 68 degree centigrade with required accessories :
(a) Pendent Sprinkler 303 484.00 Each 146652.00
6.28 Supplying, installation, testing & commissioning of sprinkler flexible pipe (UL Listed) of
stainless steel complete with 15 NPT on reducer thread with maximum working pressure of 175
PSI test pressure of 875 PSI (Burst) with branch line (Inlet) 25mm NPT male thread to sprinkler
head (Outlet) 15mm NPT female thread with reducer, nipple, 2 side brackets, center bracket,
stockbar of following sizes complete as required.
(a) 1200 mm 303 1633.00 Set 494799.00
6.29 Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of installation control valve of cast iron body,
brass/bronze working parts comprising of water motor alarm, bronze seat clapper, clapper arm
and hydraulically driven mechanical gong bell to sound continuous alarm when the wet
riser/sprinkler system activates, pressure gauges, emergency releases, strainer, pressure switch,
cock valve complete with drain valve and bypass, test control box, ball valves, MS pipe of
required size, flanges, orifice plate, gasket etc of following sizes as required :
(a) 150 mm dia 1 47898.00 Each 47898.00
6.30 Providing, Installation, Testing and 39 7246.00 Each 282594.00
Commissioning of ISI marked CO2 Type Fire
Extinguisher of 4.5 kg capacity consisting of
seamless cylinder, complete with delivery hose
horn, locking arrangement etc and complete
conforming to IS:15683 duly charged with CO2
etc. complete with up to date test certificate as
required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 310

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
6.31 Providing, Installation, Testing and 35 2601.00 Each 91035.00
Commissioning of ISI marked ABC Stored
Pressure Type Fire Extinguisher of 6 Kg
capacity consisting of welded cylinder, squeeze
level discharge valve fitted with pressure
indicating gauge, internal discharge tube,
discharge nozzle, suspension bracket, conforming
to IS:15683:2006 duly charged with ISI marked
Mono Ammonium Phosphate base ABC powder
conforming to IS: 14609 charged with purged
water and pressurized with Nitrogen gas etc.
complete with up to date test certificate as
required.
6.32 Providing, Installation, Testing and 2 25267.00 Each 50534.00
Commissioning of Clean Agent Stored Pressure
Type Fire Extinguisher of 6 Kg capacity ISI
marked IS: 15683 filled with HFC Clean Agent
Gas consisting of squeeze grip valve, locking
arrangement, pressure guage, suspension bracket
etc. complete with up to date test certificate as
required.
6.33 Providing of set of 4 Nos. GI bucket made from 6 3439.00 Set 20634.00
24 SWG GI sheet painted in post office red
colour with prior coat of red-oxide paint and
written with white paint 'FIRE' and mounted on
MS angle iron frame with bracket of appropriate
size & capacity i/c filling sand etc. as required.
6.34 Providing of Insulated Electrical Matting Class - 1 11843.00 Each 11843.00
1 PV tested upto 10 KV of 1 mtr.x 10 mtr & 2
mm thick as per IEC 61111 complete as required.
CABLING
6.35 Supplying and laying control wiring with multicore copper stranded conductor of following sizes
PVC insulated, PVC sheathed armoured underground cable between various sensors and system
controller/ starter etc. in pump house and outside on surface/existing cable tray complete with
connections at both end with glands etc. as required.
(a) 8 x 2.5 sq. mm 10 510.00 Mtr. 5100.00
(b) 6 x 2.5 sq. mm 10 398.00 Mtr. 3980.00
(c) 4 x 2.5 sq. mm 10 287.00 Mtr. 2870.00
(d) 2 x 2.5 sq. mm 10 195.00 Mtr. 1950.00
6.36 Supplying and installing following size of perforated Hot Dipped Galvanised Iron cable tray
(Galvanisation thickness not less than 50 microns) with perforation not more than 17.5%, in
convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with G.I. suspenders
including G.I. bolts & nuts, etc. as required.
(a) 150 mm width x 50 mm depth x 1.6 mm 30 644.00 Mtr. 19320.00
thickness

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 311

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
6.37 Supplying and Fixing of Copper conductor armoured one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade confirming to IS:7098 (Part 1) 1988 of following
size on surface/existing cable tray including testing, commissioning complete etc as required.
(a) 3 x 16 [Link] (From Panel to Pumps) 135 964.00 Mtr. 130140.00
EARTHING
6.38 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm 12 6216.00 Set 74592.00
x 6 mm thick including accessories, and
providing masonary enclosure with cover plate
having locking arrangement and watering pipe of
2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/coke and salt as
required.
6.39 Providing and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I strip in 70 483.00 Mtr. 33810.00
40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode
including connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring,
washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.
6.40 Providing and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. strip on 100 206.00 Mtr. 20600.00
surface or in recess for connections etc, as
required.
SH : CCTV & NETWORKING
VII
7.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 33 30353.00 Each 1001649.00
Commissioning of IP CCTV Dome Camera: 4
MP / 5 MP, 1/2.8" Progressive Scan CMOS or
better, Triple Stream, 120 dB WDR, Motorized
Varifocal Lens, 3D DNR, DC 12V / PoE
supportable, Profile S & G, complete etc. as
required.
7.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 9 30058.00 Each 270522.00
Commissioning of IP CCTV Bullet Camera: 4
MP / 5 MP, 1/2.8" Progressive Scan CMOS or
better, Triple Stream, 120 dB WDR, Motorized
Varifocal Lens, 3D DNR, DC 12V / PoE
supportable, Profile S & G, complete etc. as
required.
7.3 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 1 334286.00 Each 334286.00
Commissioning of IP Based NVR, Supportable
up to 64 IP Cameras, Preloaded Professional
VMS Software and should be included client
VMS software for monitoring complete
accessories as required.
7.4 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 2 25149.00 Each 50298.00
Commissioning of Surveillance Hard Disk 8 TB,
7200 RPM for storage of 30 days inside Recorder
complete etc. as required.
7.5 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 1 302765.00 Each 302765.00
Commissioning of Client Workstation with Intel
Core i7, 32 GB Memory RAM, 2 GB Graphics,

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 312

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
Windows 10 OS and complete accessories as
required.

7.6 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 1 84163.00 Each 84163.00

Commissioning of 55" 4K UHD LED
Commercial display complete in all respect etc. as
required as per specification.
ACTIVE COMPONENTS
7.7 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 1 225193.00 Each 225193.00
24 Port L3 Fully managed switch 10/100/1000
Base - T POE including power cord as detailed in
technical specification complete etc. as required.
7.8 Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 10 92416.00 Each 924160.00
24 Port L2 Fully managed switch 10/100/1000
Base - T POE including power cord as detailed in
technical specification complete etc. as required.
7.9 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 12 6354.00 Each 76248.00
Commissioning of 1000 BASE SFP Tarns
receiver module as detailed in technical
specification complete etc. as required.
PASSIVE COMPONENTS
7.10 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of following capacity wall / floor mounted
powder coated CRCA sheet made, Networking Rack with lockable front toughened glass door,
Standard Accessories, 1U Cable Manager, Power Distribution Unit, Mounting Hardware
complete etc. as required.
(a) 9U Wall Mount 2 8147.00 Each 16294.00
(b) 12U Wall Mount 3 8908.00 Each 26724.00
7.11 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 300 129.00 Mtr. 38700.00
Commissioning of 6 Core outdoor type
Multimode fiber cable, corrugated steel tape
armored, loose tube, gel filled, 50/125 micron as
detailed in technical specification complete etc. as
required.
7.12 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 1 18777.00 Each 18777.00
Commissioning of 12 port LIU Fully Loaded
Fiber LC, Multimode Patch Panel that can be
loaded with coupler, pigtail, splice tray etc. as
detailed in technical specification complete etc. as
required.
7.13 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 5 10265.00 Each 51325.00
Commissioning of 6 port LIU Fully Loaded Fiber
LC, Multimode Patch Panel that can be loaded
with coupler, pigtail, splice tray etc. as detailed in
technical specification complete etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 313

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
7.14 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 12 1618.00 Each 19416.00
Commissioning of LC - LC 3 Mtr. Multimode
Duplex Optical Fiber Patch Cord as detailed in
technical specification complete etc. as required.
7.15 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 11 5273.00 Each 58003.00
Commissioning of 24 Port Fully Loaded Patch
Panel complete etc. as required.
7.16 Supplying and fixing Patch Cord, CAT 6 UTP of following length, including termination of the
cord on its both ends, connection, testing etc as required.
(a) 2 Mtrs. 42 383.00 Each 16086.00
(b) 1 Mtr. 269 366.00 Each 98454.00
SH : CONFERENCING SYSTEM
VIII
8.1 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 1 191656.00 Each 191656.00
Commissioning of 3LCD Laser Projector having
minimum 5000 Lm Brightness or better,
WUXGA Resolution i/c Projector Mount as per
site requirement complete etc as required.
8.2 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 1 13627.00 Each 13627.00
Commissioning of Motorized Projector screen of
size 8 Ft x 6 Ft, Matt White, High Gain complete
etc. as required.
8.3 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 1 44890.00 Each 44890.00
Commissioning of Chairman Conference Unit
with microphone ON/OFF, push button with
chairman priority, delegate OFF push button for
switching OFF all delegate microphone, delegate
OFF LED indicator for all active delegate
microphones OFF, speaker LED indicator for
chairman microphone ON, long gooseneck
microphone having Cardiod / Super-cardiod pick
up pattern including interconnection with
accessories complete etc. as required.
8.4 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 10 42980.00 Each 429800.00
Commissioning of Delegate Conference Unit
with microphone ON/OFF, push button to
activate / deactivate the microphone, LED
indicator for request and speaker ON, long
gooseneck microphone having Cardiod / Super-
cardiod pick up pattern including interconnection
with accessories including 2 Mtrs. / 3 Mtrs.
Conferencing Bus Cable complete etc. as
required.
8.5 Supplying, Installation, Testing & 1 205347.00 Each 205347.00
Commissioning of Central Control Unit
including interconnection with accessories
complete etc. as required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 314

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
8.6 Supplying and fixing of Conferencing Bus Cable of following length including connection,
testing commissioning complete etc as required.
(a) 10 / 20 / 25 Mtrs. 2 13860.00 Each 27720.00
8.7 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 4 7556.00 Each 30224.00
Commissioning of Loudspeaker complete etc. as
required.
8.8 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 1 18057.00 Each 18057.00
Commissioning of Mixing Amplifier complete
etc. as required.
8.9 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 2 32993.00 Each 65986.00
Commissioning of Wireless Handheld
Microphone complete etc. as required.
8.10 Supplying, Installation, Testing and 200 126.00 Mtr. 25200.00
Commissioning of Sheilded 2 Core 2.5 Sq. mm
Speaker Cable complete etc, as required.
8.11 Supplying, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of following capacity wall / floor mounted
powder coated CRCA sheet made, Networking Rack with lockable front toughened glass door,
Standard Accessories, 1U Cable Manager, Power Distribution Unit, Mounting Hardware
complete etc. as required.
(a) 9U Wall Mount 1 8147.00 Each 8147.00
SH : SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER PLANT
IX SYSTEM
9.1 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of ongrid Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant
conforming to MNRE specifications as amended, consisting of Mono/Poly Crystalline silicon
solar cells, net metering facility, necessary protections, earthing, mounted on Aluminium/GI
structure of suitable strength with following components complete as required:-
a) Solar Photovoltaic Module of capacity 330 Wp or above, manufactured in India, conforming to
IS 14286/IEC 61215, IS/IEC 61730-Part-1, IS/IEC 61730-Part-2. Solar Photovoltaic Module
conversion efficiency shall not be less than 16.5%. PV modules used in solar power plants/
systems must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, which should not be less than 90%
at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years.
b) Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) of 350-800 V DC Input voltage range and 400 V AC, three
phase, 4 wire, 50Hz +/- 2.5 Hz, output voltage suitable to generate AC Power with efficiency not
less than 97%, total harmonic distortion less than 3% and suitable for ambient temperature from 0
to 50 degree C. The PCU shall adjust the voltage and frequency level to suit the Grid Voltage
Frequency.
c) Data Monitoring System complete with
accessories.
d) Fixing of Array junction box & Main junction box with IP 65 protection and termination
arrangement for incoming and outgoing cable along with glands, lugs and other accessories etc.
as required.
e) Lightning and surge voltage protection.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 315

 Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
f) Connections & Interconnections by supplying 30 61060.00 KWp 1831800.00
& fixing required size XLPE insulated copper
conductor 1.1 kV grade armoured power and
control cables between solar modules, main
power cable to grid supply PCU unit along with
supplying & fixing of necessary channel/conduit
lugs and other accessories etc. as required.

SH : X VRV / VRF AC SYSTEM

10.1 Supply Installation, Testing and Commissioning of modular type Variable Refrigerant
Flow/Variable Refrigerant Volume air cooled Outdoor units suitable for cooling and
heating, having all hermetically sealed inverter type Scroll Compressor(s), minimum two
compressors for above 14 HP modules, microprocessor based Controller, top
discharge type condensing unit(s), with R 410 A Refrigerant, vibration isolators,
with suitable foundation etc. complete as required. The unit shall deliver the rated
capacity at AHRI Conditions and work even at 50°C ambient temperature without
tripping. The unit shall be suitable to work on 400V +/- 10%, 3 Phase, 50Hz AC power
supply. The unit shall be filled with first charge of the refrigerant and ready for use as
required. The COP at AHRI conditions shall not be less than 3.1 and IEER not less than 6.5 .
60 HP (20 HP + 20 HP + 20 HP) - 3 Sets 366 16415.00 HP 6007890.00
54 HP (18 HP + 18 HP + 18 HP) - 1 Set
44 HP (12 HP + 12 HP + 20 HP) - 1 Set
40 HP (20 HP + 20 HP) - 1 Set
28 HP (12 HP + 16 HP) - 1 Set
20 HP - 1 Set

10.2 Supply Installation, Testing and Commissioning ceiling suspended Treated Fresh air Unit
with multistep electronics expansion valve & advance micro processing control, having 240 Pa
External static pressure with required filterisation. i/c accessories, fittings, supports complete etc
as per specification.
(a) 8.25 TR 3 195360.00 Each 586080.00
(b) 6.56 TR 5 187568.00 Each 937840.00
10.3 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity 4-way
flow VRV/VRF Cassette Type Indoor ceiling mounted unit equipped with synthetic washable
media pre-filter, fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced blower, multispeed motor,
coil section with DX Copper coil, electronic expansion valve, outer cabinet, drain pump,
grill, necessary supports, vibration isolation, cordless remote control etc., suitable for
operation on single phase 230 V ± 10%, 50Hz AC supply, complete, as required. The unit shall
have automatic force shut down provision in case of fire on receiving signal from BMS
System. The cooling capacity of indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree C DB
and 19 Degree C WB temperature.
(a) 1.6 TR 4 30204.00 Each 120816.00
(b) 2.8 TR 5 32015.00 Each 160075.00
(c) 3.2 TR 13 32787.00 Each 426231.00
(d) 4 TR 13 33981.00 Each 441753.00
(e) 4.49 TR 7 81261.00 Each 568827.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 316

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
10.4 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity VRV/VRF High
wall type Indoor unit equipped with washable synthetic media pre-filter, fan section with low
noise fan/dynamically balanced blower, multispeed motor, coil section with DX copper coil,
electronic expansion valve, outer cabinet, cord less remote control, drain pan, necessary
accessories etc., suitable for operation on 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz, single phase AC supply, complete
as required. The unit shall have automatic force shut down provision in case of fire on receiving
signal from BMS System. The cooling capacity of indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27
Degree C DB and 19 Degree C WB temperature.
(a) 1.3 TR 19 21176.00 Each 402344.00
(b) 1.65 TR 9 21746.00 Each 195714.00
(c) 2 TR 8 22100.00 Each 176800.00
10.5 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of following minimum capacity and external
static pressure VRF/VRV ceiling mounted ductable type Indoor unit equipped with washable
synthetic media pre-filter, fan section with low noise fan/dynamically balanced blower,
multispeed motor, coil section with DX copper coil, electronic expansion valve, corded remote
control, outer cabinet, vibration isolators, drain pan, other necessary supports etc., suitable for
operation on single phase AC supply 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz complete as required. The unit shall
have automatic force shut down provision in case of fire on receiveing signal from BMS System.
The cooling capacity of indoor unit will be at air inlet conditions of 27 Degree C DB and 19
Degree C WB temperature.
High Static Ductable units (minimum 110
pascal external static pressure)
(a) 8.25 TR 8 133357.00 Each 1066856.00
10.6 Supply Installation, Testing and 89 3582.00 Each 318798.00
Commissioning of refnet Joints with insulation to
connect indoor units with main header as per
drawing and site condition.
10.7 Supply Installation, Testing and 8 6653.00 Each 53224.00
Commissioning of refnet Joints with insulation to
connect outdoor units as per drawing and site
condition.
10.8 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning including vaccumiazation and Nitrogen
testing of following nominal sizes of soft/hard drawn copper refrigerant piping for
VRV/VRF system, complete with fittings, with suitable adjustable ring type hanger supports,
jointing/brazing including accessories, insulated with XPLE Class-O tubular insulation/with
Class-O closed cell elastometric nitrile rubber tubular sleeves sections of specified thickness as
given below for Suction and Liquid lines, all accessories as per specifications etc. as required :
(a) 6.4 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube 195 245.00 Mtr. 47775.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(b) 9.5 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube 415 331.00 Mtr. 137365.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(c) 12.7 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube 275 466.00 Mtr. 128150.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(d) 15.86 mm dia (OD) (Soft drawn) with tube 315 588.00 Mtr. 185220.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 317

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(e) 19 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 210 707.00 Mtr. 148470.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(f) 22.2 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 115 865.00 Mtr. 99475.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(g) 28.58 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 165 1108.00 Mtr. 182820.00
thickness 1.2 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(h) 34.9 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 85 1230.00 Mtr. 104550.00
thickness 1.62 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
(i) 41.27 mm dia (OD) (Hard drawn) with tube 110 1309.00 Mtr. 143990.00
thickness 1.62 mm with 19 mm thick insulation
10.9 Supply, Installation, Balancing and Commissioning of fabricated at site GSS sheet metal
rectangular/round ducting complete with neoprene rubber gaskets, elbows, splitter dampers,
vanes, hangers, supports etc. as per approved drawings and specifications of following sheet
thickness complete as required.
(a) Thickness 0.63 mm sheet 580 942.00 Sq. 546360.00
Mtr.
(b) Thickness 0.80 mm sheet 150 1104.00 Sq. 165600.00
Mtr.
(c) Thickness 1.00 mm sheet 80 1458.00 Sq. 116640.00
Mtr.
10.10 Supplying, Fixing, Testing and Commissioning of 750 242.00 Sq. 181500.00
Duct thermal insulation with 9 mm thick, Closed Mtr.
Cell Nitrile rubber insulation sheet with
antimicrobial protection complete as per
specifications as required.
10.11 Supplying, Fixing, Testing and Commissioning of 75 275.00 Sq. 20625.00
Duct Acoustic insulation with 13 mm thick, Open Mtr.
Cell Nitrile rubber insulation sheet with complete
as per specifications as required.
10.12 Supplying, Fixing, Testing and Commissioning of 21 8619.00 Sq. 180999.00
powder coated extruded aluminium Mtr.
Supply/Return Air Grills / Diffuser with volume
control damper complete as per specifications as
required.
10.13 Supplying, Fixing, Testing and Commissioning of 32 7074.00 Sq. 226368.00
powder coated extruded aluminium Mtr.
Supply/Return Air Grills / Diffuser without
volume control damper complete as per
specifications as required.
10.14 Supplying, Fixing, Testing and Commissioning of 24 1736.00 Each 41664.00
Canvas connection complete as per specifications
as required.
10.15 Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning Rigid PVC piping complete with fittings,
supports and insulated with 9 mm thick closed cell elastomeric nitrile rubber insulation complete
etc. as required. (For Drain)
(a) 25 mm 350 147.00 Mtr. 51450.00

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 318

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
(b) 32 mm 120 213.00 Mtr. 25560.00
10.16 Supplying and drawing following sizes of FRLS PVC insulated copper conductor, single core
cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

(a) 3 x 2.5 Sq. mm 1050 75.00 Mtr 78750.00

10.17 Supplying and Laying of Aluminium Armoured conductor one number PVC insulated and PVC
sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size on wall / Ceiling complete etc. as
required.
(a) 4 X 16 Sq. mm 250 312.00 Mtr. 78000.00
10.18 Supplying, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of double door out door type totally enclosed,
dust and vermin proof, pedestal mounted Feeder Pillar of suitable size, constructed as per, CPWD
specification and approved drawing of the Engineer-in-charge, fabricated in compartmentalized
design with CRCA sheet steel of 2mm thick for frame work & cover, 3mm thick for gland plates
i/c cleaning & finishing complete with 7 tank process for powder coating in approved shade, with
300 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium alloy bus bars of high conductivity, connection, inter-
connection and following panel mounting switch gears mounted on it, cable alley, installation on
suitable size CC foundation (embedded legs, should not be less than 300 mm), depth should be
400 mm i/c plastering, painting etc. as required. The enclosure shall have a degree of protection
not less than IP 54.
(For AC System)
A 300 Amp capacity 4 strip aluminium alloy bus
bars - 1 Set
B Incomer :-
(a) 250 Amps, 4 Pole, 36 KA, MCCB T/M Release (O/C, S/C) with Rotary
handle & Spreader link - 1 No.
C Metering -
(a) Digital type Voltmeter (0 - 500) Volts with backup Fuse &
selector switch - 1 Set
(b) Digital type Ammeter (0 - 250) Amps with back up fuse,
CTs, & selector switch - 1 Set
(c) LED Type Indicating lamp (RYB) with fuse - 1
Set
D Out Goings:-
(a) 40 Amps, 4 Pole, 10 KA, MCB - 25 Nos.
E 2 Nos, 20 x 5 mm copper strip entire width of the
feeder pillar - (Earth Bus)
A to E 2 220573.00 Job 441146.00
EARTHING
10.19 Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm 8 6216.00 Set 49728.00
x 6 mm thick including accessories, and
providing masonary enclosure with cover plate
having locking arrangement and watering pipe of
2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/coke and salt as
required.

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 319

Item Description of items Quantity Rate Unit Amount
No.
10.20 Providing and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I strip in 25 483.00 Mtr. 12075.00
40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode
including connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring,
washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.
10.21 Providing and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. strip on 55 206.00 Mtr. 11330.00
surface or in recess for connections etc, as
required.
10.22 Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on 60 37.00 Mtr. 2220.00
surface or in recess for loop earthing along with
existing surface/ recessed conduit/ submain
wiring/ cable as required.
Sub Total 86770387
Add Cost Index @ 17.72% on DSR Item except MR Item i.e. 1.5 (b) (c), 1.8(e), 6519833
1.16, 1.17, 1.18, 1.19, 1.20, 1.21, 1.22, 1.23, 1.24, 1.25, 1.26, 1.27, 1.29, 1.30, 1.31,
1.32 (b), 1.33 (a) (b), 1.34 (a) (b), 1.36 (a), 1.37 (a), 1.38 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f), 1.39
(a), 1.40 (a), 1.41 (a), 1.43 (a), 1.44 (a), 1.48 (a), 1.61, 1.62, 1.63, 1.64, 1.65, 1.66,
1.67, 1.68, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14(a) (b), 2.15 (a)
(b), 2.16 (b), 2.17 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f), 2.18 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g), 2.19 (a) (b)
(c), 2.20 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g), 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1 (a), 5.17, 6.6, 6.7 (b), 6.16,
6.17, 6.22, 6.24, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 6.33, 6.34, 6.35 (a) (b) (c) (d), 6.37 (a), 7.1, 7.2,
7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 (a) (b), 7.11, 7.12, 7.13, 7.14, 7.15, 7.16 (a) (b),
8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6 (a), 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11 (a), 10.2 (a) (b), 10.3 (e), 10.5
(a), 10.6, 10.7, 10.10, 10.11, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14, 10.15 (a) (b), 10.17 (a) & 10.18
Total of Electrical Component 93290220

AE(C) AE(E) EE(C) Page 320